Grab Your Spot (FREE) > My World Famous 3 Days to Make Bank online in your business is back baby! This is a special virtual experience I only do once a year, so the spots fill up fast. Grab yours HERE   **FLASH SALE⚡ (Ending Soon) First 50 people get $200 OFF my transformational money course, Make More Work Less. Change your relationship with money and change your MONEY STORY for good. Click here   Guard your creations! In this episode, we're unveiling the ultimate blueprint for protecting your intellectual property, digital products, and content from would-be pirates.     **Intellectual Property 101:** Learn the essentials of safeguarding your creative works, from trademarks to copyrights and everything in between.   **Digital Fortresses:** Discover cutting-edge strategies to fortify your digital products against piracy, ensuring your hard work stays exclusively yours.   **Content Security Hacks:** Explore practical tips and tools to shield your content from unauthorized use and distribution across the vast digital landscape.   **Product Protection Strategies:** Whether it's a physical product or a digital creation, uncover the keys to keeping your innovations safe from imitation and theft.   **Anti-Piracy Measures:** Stay one step ahead of pirates with proactive steps to deter, detect, and take action against intellectual property infringement.   If you want to secure your creative empire, listen to this interview with Trademark Lawyer & Founder of Your Lethal Legal, Chandler J.    Follow her in Instagram: @lawyerchandlerj DIY Legal Resources: www.shoplethallegal.com     Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

FREE LIVE TRAINING> My World Famous 3 Days to Make Bank online in your business is back baby! This is a special virtual experience I only do once a year, so the spots fill up fast. Grab yours HERE   (MAJOR GIVEAWAY-ending soon!) When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle + my exact printable content planner FOR FREE! (normally $477) *offer ends soon   **FLASH SALE⚡ (50% SOLD OUT) First 50 people get $200 OFF my transformational money course, Make More Work Less. Change your relationship with money and change your MONEY STORY for good. Click here   Unlock the vault of online wealth with our latest episode, where I will dive into a the secrets no one will share with you for free.   **Proven Online Money-Making Strategies:** Discover actionable insights and strategies from successful online entrepreneurs who have cracked the code to financial prosperity.    **Monetization Hacks:** Explore innovative and effective ways to monetize your online presence, whether you're a content creator, influencer, or aspiring business owner.   **Global Opportunities:** Learn how to leverage the power of the internet to tap into global markets and maximize your earning potential.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

INSANE FREE GIFT for you >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle + my exact printable content planner FOR FREE! (normally $477) *offer ends soon   **FLASH SALE⚡ First 50 people get $200 OFF my transformational money course, Make More Work Less. Change your relationship with money and change your financial life for good. Click here (Selling Out Fast)   Get ready to embark on a journey of self-discovery with a twist! In today's episode about figuring out what you want and how to get it!  My guest, friend, and now newly published author Cayla Craft and I have an unfiltered conversation filled with thought-provoking insights, and a rollercoaster of emotions as we explore the path to showing up for your deepest desires.   Get her new book “What do you really want?” on Pre-Sale HERE Connect with Cayla on Instagram Connect with Calya on Facebook Listen to her Podcast HERE     Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

Major Giveaway! >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle + my exact printable content planner FOR FREE! (normally $477) *offer ends soon   **FLASH SALE⚡ (50% SOLD OUT) First 50 people get $200 OFF my transformational money course, Make More Work Less. Change your relationship with money and change your financial life for good. Click here   Dive into the transformative stages of change where I take you through the Trans-Theoretical Method, so you can make realistic lasting shifts in your life. You will learn about behavior modification, behavior theory, and the ever-evolving stages of change.   If you want to break habits and create lasting change without relapsing back into old patterns, this episode will show you exactly how to apply this to your own life personally and professionally.  Small shifts translate into substantial results, whether it’s around money, weight loss, procrastination, or even consistent growth in your business.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

$477 FREE GIFT for you  >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle + my exact printable content planner FOR FREE! (normally $477) *offer ends soon   **FLASH SALE⚡ First 50 people get $200 OFF my transformational money course, Make More Work Less. Change your relationship with money and change your financial life for good. Click here   My guest, client, and friend Regina Lawrence and I are spilling the tea on the controversial and often secretive coaching industry. All of the things we wanted to know early on, but no one would tell us….we now know and are going serve it to you straight.   > We answer your burning questions about the coaching industry that everyone gatekeeps. > Gain insider insights on coaching's inner workings. > Uncover potential red flags and controversial practices. > Learn to navigate the coaching industry wisely as a consumer.   APPLY FOR REGINA’S BREATHE RETRET IN TULUM HERE Join Regina’s breathwork memebership HERE Regina on Instagram: @ReginaLawrence Regina on TikTok: @Regina.Lawrence   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

SPECIAL FREE GIFT for you  >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle + my exact printable content planner FOR FREE! (normally $477) *offer ends soon   ⚡FLASH SALE ⚡ First 50 people get $200 OFF my transformational money course, Make More Work Less. Change your relationship with money and change your financial life for good. Click here   It's time to unfu*k your mind and unlock the cash flow you deserve. Remember, the power to change is within you.   > Why you’re experience challenges right now > Gain insights into self-sabotaging patterns hindering financial success. > Learn practical steps to shift your money mindset for abundance. > Implement strategies to unblock and enhance your cash flow.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

4 spots left! > My ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership is strategically designed to teach you everything you need to know, in order to cash in on your talents, passions, and skills online... So you can make More Money while Working Less.   FINAL WEEK (Sale) My New Make More & Work Less Guided Video Workbook Course GET IT HERE  (57% OFF) Step into 2024 with fresh money energy! *limited time offer     Did you know that by 2024, over 60% of internet users will rely on voice search for their online queries? That's just the tip of the iceberg of the big profit plays this year for online businesses. Join me as we delve into the eye-opening revelations of 2024's digital marketing landscape. Everything from AI-Driven content to hyper-personalization to the incredible money-making video content opportunity right now.   {FREE} Season of Abundance Walks: Guided Walking Meditation Series GET IT HERE   Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

Final week of sale >> My New Make More & Work Less Guided Video Workbook Course GET IT HERE  (57% OFF) Step into 2024 with fresh money energy! *limited time offer     {FREE} Season of Abundance Walks: Guided Walking Meditation Series GET IT HERE   Embark on a transformative ASMR Money Manifesting Experience in my newest special audio exprience. Engage with calming whispers and soothing sounds scientifically proven to induce relaxation, promote mindfulness, and get your energy aligned with abundance.   Discover how ASMR techniques aid in manifesting financial abundance backed by studies linking ASMR to reduced stress levels and enhanced focus. Join this unique journey designed to attract wealth and prosperity through the power of ASMR. Immerse yourself in a serene and transformative money manifestation experience.   Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse    

Time to welcome fresh cash into your life >> My New Make More & Work Less Guided Video Workbook Course GET IT HERE  (57% OFF) Step into 2024 with fresh money energy! *limited time offer     {FREE} Season of Abundance Walks: Guided Walking Meditation Series GET IT HERE   Dive into a unique meditation experience designed to manifest abundance as I walk you through steps to align your mindset with prosperity. Elevate your 2024 with this guided walking meditation podcast episode for a year filled with wealth, success, and fulfillment.   *This is designed to listen while walking, stretching, dancing (not while operating a vehicle or a bike of any kind).   Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

Change your money story for 2024! >> My New Make More & Work Less Guided Video Workbook Course GET IT HERE  (57% OFF) Step into 2024 with fresh money energy! *limited time offer   {FREE} Season of Abundance Walks: Guided Walking Meditation Series GET IT HERE   Understanding the Paradox of Receiving Explaining the paradox between the desire for abundance and the subconscious fear of vulnerability when receiving. This paradox often leads to self-sabotage, hesitation, or rejection of opportunities for abundance. Exploring Subconscious Blocks: Discussing common subconscious barriers such as fear of failure, fear of success, feelings of unworthiness, and fear of judgment that hinder receiving. These mental blocks manifest in everyday situations, preventing individuals from accepting compliments, opportunities, or achieving their fullest potential. Impact of Childhood and Conditioning: Addressing how childhood experiences, societal conditioning, and past failures influence one's beliefs about receiving. It’s important to recognize these influences and how they shape attitudes towards abundance and vulnerability.     Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

!!FLASH SALE!! My New Make More & Work Less Guided Video Workbook Course GET IT HERE  (57% OFF) Step into 2024 with a fresh money story to tell by New Year’s. (limited time offer)   {FREE} Season of Abundance Walks: Guided Walking Meditation Series GET IT HERE   Join us for an electrifying episode where we unravel the unconventional journey to riches with Anthony D’Elia, a marketing maverick and master manifestor. Discover the transformative power of daring to think differently and achieve wealth beyond imagination.   Key Topics Covered: Anthony D’Elia’s Success Story: Delve into the extraordinary journey of Anthony D’Elia, a multi-millionaire marketing genius who redefined success by daring to embrace unconventional wisdom.
 The Power of Unconventional Thinking: Explore the significance of challenging societal norms and embracing stupidity as a catalyst for innovation and wealth creation.
 Manifestation Secrets: Learn from Anthony’s insights into mastering the art of manifestation and attracting abundance by reshaping thought patterns.
 Marketing Strategies for Success: Gain valuable insights into Anthony’s marketing strategies that propelled him to immense wealth and success.
 Overcoming Limiting Beliefs: Discover how to identify and overcome limiting beliefs that hinder personal and financial growth.
 Practical Steps to Wealth: Anthony shares actionable steps and tools to implement for immediate impact on your journey to financial abundance.   Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

!!FLASH SALE!! My New Make More & Work Less Guided Video Workbook Course GET IT HERE  (57% OFF) Step into 2024 with a fresh money story to tell by New Year’s. (limited time offer)   {FREE} Season of Abundance Walks: Guided Walking Meditation Series GET IT HERE   In this transformative episode, discover the power of rewiring your mental algorithm to manifest your desires quickly and powerfully. Understanding Mental Algorithms: Unveil the mechanics behind how our thought patterns influence manifestation.
 Identifying Limiting Beliefs: Recognize and challenge the subconscious blocks that hinder your manifesting potential.
 Rewiring Techniques: Explore actionable strategies to retrain your mind, including visualization, affirmations, and gratitude practices.
 The Science of Manifestation: Delve into the intersection of psychology and manifestation to leverage proven techniques for success.
 Case Studies & Success Stories: Real-life examples demonstrating the incredible potential of mental reprogramming for manifestation.
 Building Your Manifestation Toolbox: Practical tips and resources to support your journey towards manifesting your dreams.   Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

**Holiday Sale ** My New Make More & Work Less Guided Video Workbook Course GET IT HERE Transform your money story by New Year’s. (limited time offer)   {FREE} Season of Abundance Walks: Guided Walking Meditation Series GET IT HERE   If you’re experiencing money stress, fears, or uncertainty, in my 16 years of coaching people, you are either in a set of “Abundance Avoidance” behaviors or “Abundance Anxiety” behaviors. These behaviors are most often inherited from childhood, significant close relationships, and both traumatic and subtle negative experiences with money.   I’m going to help you quickly identify which loop you’re in by explaining 10 key symptom identifiers. Then we will discuss how you can start healing these symptoms to move towards a securely attached relationship with money.  This is the behavioral psychology behind your limiting abundance patterns in your life. Once these are unlocked you will mentally and energetically allow abundance to flow freely into your life, maybe for the first time ever!   Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse    

57% OFF my NEW Make More & Work Less Guided Video Workbook Course GET IT HERE Transform your money story by New Year’s. {FREE} Season of Abundance Walks: Guided Walking Meditation Series GET IT HERE In this episode, we'll delve into the transformative advice that propelled me from 17K/year to a multi-millionaire. Key Strategies for Wealth Creation Join us as we uncover the four priceless pieces of advice that formed the cornerstone of my journey to financial freedom. Learn how implementing these strategies can revolutionize your approach to wealth building. Entrepreneurial Insights and Business Growth Tips In this captivating discussion, we explore the mindset and tactics crucial for entrepreneurial success. Discover how these tips resonate with startup founders, business owners, and aspiring entrepreneurs looking to turn their passions into profits. Personal Growth and Self-Made Millionaire Habits We'll uncover the personal development journey and habits that define self-made millionaires. Learn how behavior awareness and critical operating changes are pivotal for achieving extraordinary success.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse    

Transform your Money Story in 7 days or less with my NEW Make More & Work Less Guided Workbook Course GET IT HERE   Join us for an insightful conversation delving into the art of turning passion into profit. In this interview, we explore strategies and success stories, discovering how artists and multi-passionate individuals can transform their creativity into sustainable income streams.  Connect with Guest Sonnet Simmons, Singer & Songwriter: Instagram: @sonnetmusic Her Album on SPOTIFY  Music Coaching Program: https://www.2indie.com/ Key Discussion Points:  Leveraging Diverse Passions:  Exploring the strength and opportunities found in multi-passionate individuals.  How varied interests can lead to unique and marketable offerings. Monetizing Artistic Talent: Insightful strategies for selling art both online and offline.  • Building a strong personal brand to attract loyal customers.  Diversifying Revenue Streams: Exploring various income avenues for creative entrepreneurs.   Tips on digital products, workshops, and merchandise to amplify earnings.  Balancing Passion & Profit: Strategies for maintaining creativity while focusing on financial success.  Finding the equilibrium between artistic expression and profitability.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

Last Chance to Get it ! Join my famous ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership for only $3.33 a day with Thousands in exclusive new bonuses (only a few new member spots left!) CLICK HERE Say goodbye to the struggle of chasing clients and embrace the easy path to attracting the clients you've always envisioned working with. BONUS SALE > Grab my new Make More & Work Less Guided Workbook Course for $200 OFF! This program is designed to transform your money story in 7 days or less.  GET IT HERE (JUST HOURS LEFT)   Say goodbye to the struggle of chasing clients and embrace the easy path to attracting the clients you've always envisioned working with. Get actionable strategies and expert insights that will transform your approach to client acquisition. Discover the easy way to attract, engage, and retain the clients you've always dreamed of working with. Key Points Covered: 1. Understanding Your Ideal Clientele: Learn how to identify and deeply understand your target audience. We discuss the importance of market research, demographics, and psychographics in aligning your offerings with your clients' needs. 2. Crafting an Irresistible Brand Image: Explore the significance of a compelling brand identity in attracting dream clients. We dive into the elements of effective branding and how consistency across various platforms can elevate your business presence. 3. Effective Marketing Techniques: Uncover the power of strategic marketing in reaching and captivating your dream clients. From social media tactics to content marketing and networking strategies, we provide actionable tips to expand your client base.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

The MEGA Annual Sale is here > Get my Guided Workbook Course + Famous ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership, all at the lowest price you've ever seen. PLUSSS! $1000’s new bonuses to supercharge your journey to success. This is your golden ticket to transforming your money story for good.    > Make More & Work Less Guided Workbook Course, designed to transform your money story in 7 days or less. First 200 people get $200 OFF!  Hurry GET IT HERE (50% sold out)    > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership BLACK FRIDAY SALE (under 30 new member spots left!) CLICK HERE   This special 4-part podcast series will allow you to finally understand how to strategically make more and work less. Likely, you’ve been overworking in exchange for little in return, or maybe you have made great money but with a GIANT catch to your health, happiness, and overall wellbeing.   The problem I’ve discovered in working with over 150 thousand people worldwide is that you are working against your natural money language, so it’s like being someone who’s main language is English, but you are trying to deeply express yourself in Mandarin. Eventually, you can get there, but it will take many years of diligent studying, practice, and work.   You will learn to work with, not against, your natural money language, creating a magnetic pull for abundance, opportunities, and prosperity. Uncover the secrets to making more and working less by aligning with the inherent rhythm of your financial flow. It's time to rewrite your money story and invite lasting success into your life. Tune in, embrace your money language, and let the wealth unfold!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

The MEGA Annual Sale is here > Get my Guided Workbook Course + Famous ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership, all at the lowest price you've ever seen. PLUSSS! $1000’s new bonuses will supercharge your journey to success. This is your golden ticket to transforming your money story for good.    > Make More & Work Less Guided Workbook Course, designed to transform your money story in 7 days or less. The first 200 people get $200 OFF!  Hurry GET IT HERE (50% sold out)    > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership BLACK FRIDAY SALE (under 30 new member spots left!) CLICK HERE   This special 4-part podcast series will allow you to finally understand how to strategically make more and work less. Likely, you’ve been overworking in exchange for little in return, or maybe you have made great money but with a GIANT catch to your health, happiness, and overall well-being.   The problem I’ve discovered in working with over 150 thousand people worldwide is that you are working against your natural language, so it’s like being someone who’s main language is English, but you are trying to deeply express yourself in Mandarin. Eventually, you can get there, but it will take many years of diligent studying, practice, and work.   You will learn to work with, not against, your natural money language, creating a magnetic pull for abundance, opportunities, and prosperity. Uncover the secrets to making more and working less by aligning with the inherent rhythm of your financial flow. It's time to rewrite your money story and invite lasting success into your life. Tune in, embrace your money language, and let the wealth unfold!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse

The MEGA Annual Sale is here > Get my Guided Workbook Course + Famous ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership, all at the lowest price you've ever seen. PLUSSS! $1000’s new bonuses to supercharge your journey to success. This is your golden ticket to transforming your money story for good.    > Make More & Work Less Guided Workbook Course, designed to transform your money story in 7 days or less. First 200 people get $200 OFF!  Hurry GET IT HERE (50% sold out)    > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership BLACK FRIDAY SALE (under 30 new member spots left!) CLICK HERE   This special 4-part podcast series will allow you to finally understand how to strategically make more and work less. Likely, you’ve been overworking in exchange for little in return, or maybe you have made great money but with a GIANT catch to your health, happiness, and overall wellbeing.   The problem I’ve discovered in working with over 150 thousand people worldwide is that you are working against your natural money language, so it’s like being someone who’s main language is English, but you are trying to deeply express yourself in Mandarin. Eventually, you can get there, but it will take many years of diligent studying, practice, and work.   You will learn to work with, not against, your natural money language, creating a magnetic pull for abundance, opportunities, and prosperity. Uncover the secrets to making more and working less by aligning with the inherent rhythm of your financial flow. It's time to rewrite your money story and invite lasting success into your life. Tune in, embrace your money language, and let the wealth unfold!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

BlG Black Friday Sale! Get my Guided Workbook Course and Famous ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership, all at the lowest price you've ever seen. PLUSSS! Insane new bonuses that will supercharge your journey to success. This is your golden ticket to transforming your money story for good.     > Make More & Work Less Guided Workbook Course, designed to transform your money story in 7 days or less. First 200 people get $200 OFF!  Hurry GET IT HERE (50% sold out)     > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership BLACK FRIDAY SALE (under 30 new member spots left!)    This special 4-part podcast series will allow you to finally understand how to strategically make more and work less. Likely, you’ve been overworking in exchange for little in return, or maybe you have made great money but with a GIANT catch to your health, happiness, and overall wellbeing.    The problem I’ve discovered in working with over 150-thousand people worldwide is you are working against your natural money language, so it’s like being someone who’s main language is English, but you are trying to deeply express yourself in Mandarin. Eventually, you can get there, but it will take many years of diligent studying, practice, and work.    You will learn to work with, not against, your natural money language, creating a magnetic pull for abundance, opportunities, and prosperity. Uncover the secrets to making more and working less by aligning with the inherent rhythm of your financial flow. It's time to rewrite your money story and invite lasting success into your life. Tune in, embrace your money language, and let the wealth unfold!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

50% Sold Out > My new Make More & Work Less Guided Workbook Course, designed to transform your money story in 7 days or less. First 200 people get $200 OFF!  Hurry GET IT HERE    In this episode, we unravel the intricate tapestry of the beauty industry, placing a spotlight on the money-making intricacies of aesthetic services. Our guest expert peels back the layers to reveal the business strategies, marketing nuances, and economic dynamics that govern the world of beauty aesthetics.   From the rise of aesthetic influencers to the confidential aspects of service development, we leave no stone unturned in exposing the hidden facets of the beauty industry's aesthetic realm. Uncover the financial strategies, market trends, and economic forces that shape this lucrative yet enigmatic aspect of the beauty world.   Join us for an illuminating conversation that goes beyond the surface, laying bare the economic intricacies of aesthetic services within the beauty industry. Whether you're a beauty aficionado, a practitioner, a permanent makeup artist, or simply interested in designing a profitable beauty business, this episode promises valuable insights.     Connect with Anisah Mohamed, Founder of The Aesthetic Loft, Inc: IG handle - @aestheticloft Website - www.theaestheticloft.ca     FREE GIFT FOR YOU!!!!  Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.    Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse     

MEGA LAUNCH SALE! New Workbook Course is here > My new Make More & Work Less Guided Workbook Course, designed to transform your money story in 7 days or less. First 200 people get $200 OFF!  Hurry GET IT HERE (50% sold out)    Time to turn down the “Money Noise" in your mind and uncover the secrets of amping up your wealth volume. If you've ever felt overwhelmed by financial stress or wondered how to break free from the feeling of “never having enough,” this episode is for you. Key Takeaways:    The Psychology of Wealth: • Understand the psychological impact of money on your mindset. • Learn how to identify and overcome negative thought patterns that may be hindering your financial success.   Breaking Free from Financial Stress: • Discover practical tips and strategies to alleviate financial stress. • Explore the connection between mindset and financial well-being.   Creating a Positive Money Mindset: • Uncover the power of positive affirmations and visualization in shaping your financial future. • Gain insights into how a change in perspective can lead to increased financial abundance.   FREE GIFT FOR YOU!!!!  Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

New Workbook Course is here! > My new Make More & Work Less Guided Workbook Course, designed to transform your money story in 7 days or less. The first 200 people get $200 OFF!  Hurry GET IT By CLICKING HERE (These will go fast!)    Step behind the curtain and join us in this illuminating podcast episode, where we unveil the secrets and strategies that go into landing a coveted book publishing deal. Dive deep into the world of publishing as we explore the intricacies of manuscript submissions, agent negotiations, and the art of crafting a compelling book proposal. Our expert guest shares exclusive insights into the behind-the-scenes process, shedding light on the dos and don'ts of catching a publisher's eye. Whether you're an aspiring author or a literary enthusiast, this episode is your backstage pass to understanding the inner workings of the publishing industry.   We unravel the mysteries of book publishing, unraveling the complexities of query letters, author platforms, and genre-specific market trends. Our conversation delves into the pivotal role of literary agents, demystifying their selection criteria and offering practical tips for securing representation. From crafting an irresistible pitch to navigating the digital landscape of modern publishing, we provide a comprehensive guide, ensuring you're well-equipped to embark on your publishing journey.     Connect with Michele Levy Bender here: INSTAGRAM: @Mbender878    WEBSITE:  www.MicheleBender.com      FREE GIFT FOR YOU!!!!  Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse    

LIMITED RELEASE: My new Make More & Work Less Guided Workbook Course It drops tomorrow! First 200 people get $200 off! To get first dibs, you need to be on my free Secret Posse Weekly Digest list. Get on it now > The Secret Posse   Unlock the secrets to making money online with these exclusive insights. Discover the power of passion-driven entrepreneurship and how it fuels success in the digital realm. Embrace authentic connections and community building as the keys to building a loyal customer base. Learn how failures can be your greatest teachers, guiding you toward profitable online ventures. Dive into a world where engagement, authenticity, and resilience pave the way to financial abundance.   Whether you're a budding entrepreneur or an experienced business owner, these valuable tips will propel your online journey to new heights. Get ready to optimize your online presence, attract organic traffic, and skyrocket your earnings.     FREE GIFT FOR YOU!  Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Podcast on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

 IT’S COMING…My new Make More & Work Less Guided Workbook Course We are doing a limited release, so to get first dibs, you need to be on my free Secret Posse Weekly Digest list. Get on it now. The Secret Posse   Childhood trauma can erode self-esteem, making it difficult to believe in one's abilities. This lack of confidence can hinder career growth, preventing individuals from pursuing opportunities or promotions. Trust issues stemming from childhood trauma can make it hard to form healthy professional relationships. Networking, collaboration, and teamwork may suffer, impacting career prospects that often depend on strong interpersonal connections.  Trauma can lead to emotional dysregulation, causing difficulties handling stress and pressure at work. This can affect decision-making, problem-solving, and overall performance, hindering success in a competitive work environment.  Childhood trauma may contribute to mental health issues like anxiety or depression, making it challenging to maintain a healthy work-life balance. Constant emotional turmoil can affect productivity and focus at work, impacting overall career success and job stability. Episode of the Mental Illness Happy Hour with Tiffany Carter: #663 LISTEN HERE on Apple LISTEN HERE on Spotify   Connect with Paul Gilmartin: Hosted TBS’ Dinner and a Movie 1995-2011 Former standup comedian  (Comedy Central Presents: Paul Gilmartin) Podcast www.mentalpod.com Twitter, TikTok and IG @mentalpod   Facebook  www.facebook.com/mentalpod Patreon www.Patreon.com/mentalpod   FREE GIFT FOR YOU!!!!  Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

FREE GIFT FOR YOU!!!  Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.  Ever feel like you're drowning in a sea of tasks and can't catch your breath? That overwhelming feeling—the one that makes you freeze and not know where to start—it's tough. As someone with complex PTSD and anxiety, I had to figure out a way to manage this debilitating cycle, as it was blocking my ultimate success and happiness. This episode is like a friendly chat about dealing with this overwhelm-paralysis anxiety pattern. I break down why it happens and, more importantly, how to get out of it. No jargon, just real talk and practical tips. If you want something different in your life, doing different things is required. IT’S COMING…My new Make More & Work Less Guided Workbook Course We are doing a limited release, so to get first dibs, you need to be on my free Secret Posse Weekly Digest list. Get on it now. The Secret Posse   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

Last Chance! My ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership is strategically designed to teach you everything you need to know, in order to cash in on your talents, passions, and skills online... So you can make More Money While Working Less.   Dive into the world of 'Abundance Psychology: Money Manifesting Secrets of the Rich,' a groundbreaking episode that delves into the powerful intersection of mindset and wealth.   Join us as we explore the psychology of abundance, uncovering the thought patterns, beliefs, and strategies that empower the rich to manifest wealth effortlessly. From mastering the money mindset to understanding the psychology of prosperity, this podcast series is your gateway to unlocking a life of abundance.   Let’s transform your relationship with money and learn the secrets that can turn your financial dreams into reality.    FREE GIFT FOR YOU!!!!  Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

2 spots left! > My ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership is strategically designed to teach you everything you need to know, in order to cash in on your talents, passions, and skills online... So you can make More Money While Working Less.   Join us in 'Money Manifesting Secrets of the Rich: Dollars & Dreams,' where we unlock the vault to a world of financial wisdom. Explore the hidden strategies, mindset shifts, and real-life stories behind the wealth of the world's most successful individuals.   Discover the art and science of manifesting money, as we delve into the secrets that have shaped the fortunes of the rich. From lucrative investments to transformative mindset techniques, this podcast series is your guide to mastering the art of abundance. Tune in and embark on a journey toward your own financial empowerment and the fulfillment of your dreams.   FREE GIFT FOR YOU!!!!  Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

5 spots left! > My ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership is strategically designed to teach you everything you need to know, in order to cash in on your talents, passions, and skills online... So you can make More Money While Working Less.  I have both a yearly membership option that is the best value, and I also offer month-to-month, for my commitment-phoebes. All the details are on the page, and if the Posse is full, it will be clearly noted at the top.     Procrastination is not merely a harmless habit; it's a destructive addiction that silently erodes our potential, dreams, and opportunities. It's an insidious thief of time, robbing us of precious moments we can never reclaim. Recognize procrastination for what it is: a cunning saboteur of success.  According to a study published in Psychological Science, procrastination affects up to 20% of the global population, making it a prevalent and significant issue.  The American Psychological Association reports that chronic procrastination can result in lower job performance, decreased income, and reduced career success. Procrastination is linked to increased levels of stress, anxiety, and depression. Research by the University of Sheffield found that procrastinators are more likely to suffer from mental health issues.  Break free from its grip, reclaim your focus, and unlock the boundless potential within you. Your dreams are too valuable to be buried under the weight of delay.     FREE GIFT FOR YOU!!!!  Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

7 spots left! > My ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership is strategically designed to teach you everything you need to know, in order to cash in on your talents, passions, and skills online... So you can make More Money While Working Less.   I have both a yearly membership option that is the best value, and I also offer month-to-month, for my commitment-phoebes. All the details are on the page, and if the Posse is full, it will be clearly noted at the top.     5 ways your subconscious beliefs about money and wealth are shaped by various factors like upbringing, experiences, and societal influences. These beliefs influence our financial decisions, including how we handle debt:   1. **Fear and Scarcity:** If someone grew up in an environment where money was scarce, they might develop a fear of not having enough. This fear can lead to impulsive borrowing, accumulating bad debt in an attempt to fill the perceived void.   2. **Self-Worth and Success:** For some, self-worth is tied to financial success. People with low self-esteem might resort to debt to maintain a facade of success, accumulating debt to keep up appearances.   3. **Delayed Gratification:** Those who believe in delayed gratification might take calculated good debt, like investing in education, knowing it will yield future benefits. On the contrary, those who seek immediate rewards might accumulate bad debt through impulsive spending.   4. **Belief in Opportunities:** Positive beliefs about opportunities and abundance can lead to strategic borrowing for investments. Someone who believes in their ability to create wealth may take calculated risks, leveraging debt for entrepreneurial ventures.   5. **Financial Education:** Lack of financial education can create subconscious patterns of mismanagement. People may not understand the difference between good and bad debt, leading to indiscriminate borrowing. Understanding these subconscious beliefs is crucial. By identifying and challenging negative beliefs, individuals can reshape their attitudes toward money. Financial education and counseling can play a significant role, empowering individuals to make informed, rational decisions about debt, ultimately paving the way to financial security and wealth accumulation. CONNECT WITH TAWYNA SCHULTZ: Tiktok @tawnyaschultz Instagram @tawnyaschultz  themoneylifecoach.com for free downloads, private coaching, and course info. debtfreegirl.com for a group coaching program, online budgeting, and money mindset course.   FREE GIFT FOR YOU!!!!  Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

Gift for You > Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.   From right now through the end of the year, billions of dollars will be made online alone! Even more great news…this is the easiest time in history to make money while in your pajamas.  13.1 BILLION dollars is projected to be spent in online sales this year just on Black Friday alone!!! All you need is a micro slice of that pie to be living loca richa!  And get this…  The digital course industry alone is expected to grow $457.8 billion in the next 3 years and to $800 billion in the next 8!!! (Figure from Global Industry Analyst)  What happens to most people is they get overwhelmed and stuck, not knowing what to do or where to start. The last thing I want is for you to be sitting back watching other people in your industry cashing in this holiday season, while you’re wishing it was you. (I was in that spot for many years, not approved.)   Before you tell yourself the lie that you need some huge audience or be at famous expert status to cash in….here’s some fun math for you: 0.0001% of 13.1 billion dollars is 1.31 million dollars. See how little of the pie you need to make life-altering cash just in one day?!!!!   My ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership is strategically designed to teach you everything you need to know, in order to cash in on your talents, passions, and skills online... So you can make More Money While Working Less.   Right now, I have a yearly membership option that is the best value, and I also offer month-to-month, for my commitment-phobes. All the details are on the page, and if the Posse is full, it will be clearly noted at the top.     ******To apply for my Exclusive 2-month Private Business Coaching Program, DM me on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany for the application. (only 2 spots left now!)      Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

NEW > Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.   Six signs of your childhood dysfunctional environment and interpreted messages can be showing up as money-limiting behaviors in your present life. Some of these you may be aware of within yourself, but don’t know how to stop them. Some of these are subconscious and today may be the first time you are putting the pieces of the puzzle together.    1. Settling for mediocre  2. Over-functioning to exhaustion 3. Constantly worried about what “they” will think. 4. Often feel confused, not knowing where to start  (Analysis-Paralysis)  5. Overworking and under earning  6. Guilty/Anxiety when discussing money     The first step to rewriting your money story is awareness without self-judgment. Getting into a shame spiral around this stuff will only further repel the abundance you desire and deserve.   ******To apply for my Exclusive 2-month Private Business Coaching Program, DM me on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany for the application. (only 4 spots)   This month I’m releasing a first-of-its-kind Guided Workbook Course: Make More & Work Less. Be on the lookout as there will be a special limited-time sale for it!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

NEW > Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.   Six signs of your childhood's dysfunctional environment and interpreted messages can be showing up as money-limiting behaviors in your present life. Some of these you may be aware of within yourself, but don’t know how to stop them. Some of these are subconscious and today may be the first time you are putting the pieces of the puzzle together.    The first three we are covering in this two-part mini-series:   1. Settling for mediocre  2. Over-functioning to exhaustion 3. Constantly worried about what “they” will think.     The first step to rewriting your money story is awareness without self-judgment. Getting into a shame spiral around this stuff will only further repel the abundance you desire and deserve.   ******To apply for my Exclusive 2-month Private Business Coaching Program, DM me on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany for the application. (only 4 spots)   This month I’m releasing a first-of-its-kind Guided Workbook Course: Make More & Work Less. Be on the lookout as there will be a special limited-time sale for it!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

New & Free > Fall into Abundance: Guided Abundance Walking Meditation Series: click here to get it for FREE! Allow this to be your season of abundance.   Most people think they need MORE to succeed; more money, more power, more time, more friends, more fame, more ideas, more prayers, more knowledge. The truth is progress is made through precise, persistent, and purposeful actions. Less is more, and you will get clear proof of that in this episode.   Three life-altering lessons that manifested in three days…it would be a crime not to share them with you:  > The less you care the more you make. (Detachment) your energy is lighter and more fun which is so attractive to people.  > Your exact unique personality, gifts, and even limitations are divinely yours to serve a specific higher purpose.  > Your level of being comfortable being seen will be a direct correlation to your success online and offline. Everything from money to opportunities, to abundant experiences and ideas increase based on your comfortability and willingness to receive.    This month I’m releasing a first-of-its-kind Guided Workbook Course: Make More & Work Less. Be on the lookout as there will be a special limited-time sale for it!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

LAST CHANCE free gift >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never never-released “Work Less and Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE! This will soon be for sale! (normally $177)   ALMOST OVER  > BIRTHDAY BONUS SALE! ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE as a new member. ONLY A COUPLE SPOTS LEFT!    Welcoming the Abundance and Wealth of your Fall Harvest: Envision this fresh fall season day as a golden opportunity to call in abundance and wealth into your life and business. Just as the leaves transform into riches of red and gold, let this season be a symbol of your own financial transformation.  **Embrace the Prosperity of Change**  The path to wealth is marked by seasons of transformation. Perhaps you've been dreaming of expanding your business, increasing revenue, or diversifying your investments. This fall, recognize that change is the essence of growth. Embrace it, and watch your financial landscape flourish.    **Renew Your Wealth Mindset**  As the autumn breeze revitalizes the world, use this season to renew your wealth mindset. Reflect on your financial journey thus far and celebrate your achievements. Then, harness this energy to set new financial goals and refine your wealth-building strategies. Let the fall season breathe new life into your financial vision.   **Let Go of Financial Obstacles** Just as trees shed their leaves, it's time to release financial obstacles that may have been holding you back. Are there limiting beliefs about money or outdated financial practices that no longer serve you? Let them fall away, creating space for prosperity and abundance to thrive.   **Step into Wealth with Confidence and Gratitude** With each step you take this fall, walk with the confidence that abundance is flowing toward you. Embrace the attitude of gratitude for the financial lessons learned, connections made, and opportunities awaiting you. Trust in your ability to attract wealth into your life and business.   Let this fall be your invitation to manifest abundance and wealth. Embrace the transformation, renew your wealth mindset, shed financial obstacles, and step boldly into a season of financial prosperity.   This month I’m releasing a first-of-its-kind Guided Workbook Course: Make More & Work Less. You only have a little bit of time left to get this $177 course for FREE, before it’s launched to the public.     Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

72 HOURS LEFT for free gift  >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never never-released “Work Less and Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE! This will soon be for sale! (normally $177)   ENDING SOON > BIRTHDAY BONUS SALE! ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE as a new member. ONLY A COUPLE SPOTS LEFT!   In this new series Rich People’s Best Kept Secrets, I’m ripping the curtain open on all the things you’ve secretly wondered about the super rich and successful. Everything from how they manage their money, to how they deal with fear, to the tricks they do to keep themselves motivated.  Given the nature of my former career as a TV Newscaster and now a Top 15 worldwide Podcaster, I’ve had the privilege to not only interview but spend a great deal of quality time with many of the most wealthy, high-profile, and successful people in the world. There are many secrets, habits, and actions that will make you rich, if you implement them.  I know because I have, and now I’m a multi-millionaire while working part-time and loving what I do. This is a far stretch from making 17K a year.   If you’ve watched these people you admire on TV or social media and wondered, “What is their secret? How did they do that?” I’m going to straight up tell you with zero gatekeeping. This series is guaranteed to blow your dang mind about the world of making major money.   This month I’m releasing a first-of-its-kind Guided Workbook Course: Make More & Work Less. You only have a little bit of time left to get this $177 course for FREE, before it’s launched to the public.      NEW > FALL ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES (FREE): projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

FINAL CHANCE for free gift  >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never never-released “Work Less and Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE! This will soon be for sale! (normally $177)   ENDING SOON > BIRTHDAY BONUS SALE! ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE as a new member. ONLY A COUPLE SPOTS LEFT!   In this new series Rich People’s Best Kept Secrets, I’m ripping the curtain open on all the things you’ve secretly wondered about the super rich and successful. Everything from how they manage their money, to how they deal with fear, to the tricks they do to keep themselves motivated.  Given the nature of my former career as a TV Newscaster and now a Top 15 worldwide Podcaster, I’ve had the privilege to not only interview but spend a great deal of quality time with many of the most wealthy, high-profile, and successful people in the world. There are many secrets, habits, and actions that will make you rich if you implement them.   I know because I have, and now I’m a multi-millionaire while working part-time and loving what I do. This is a far stretch from making 17K a year.  If you’ve watched these people you admire on TV or social media and wondered, “What is their secret? How did they do that?” I’m going to straight up tell you with zero gatekeeping. This series is guaranteed to blow your dang mind about the world of making major money.   This month I’m releasing a first-of-its-kind Guided Workbook Course: Make More & Work Less. You only have a little bit of time left to get this $177 course for FREE, before it’s launched to the public.     NEW > FALL ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES (FREE): projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse      

SPECIAL FREE GIFT for you  >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never never-released “Work Less and Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE! This will soon be for sale! (normally $177)   ENDING SOON > BIRTHDAY BONUS SALE! ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE as a new member. ONLY A COUPLE SPOTS LEFT!   In this new series Rich People’s Best Kept Secrets, I’m ripping the curtain open on all the things you’ve secretly wondered about the super rich and successful. Everything from how they manage their money, to how they deal with fear, to the tricks they do to keep themselves motivated.  Given the nature of my former career as a TV Newscaster and now a Top 15 worldwide Podcaster, I’ve had the privilege to not only interview but spend a great deal of quality time with many of the most wealthy, high-profile, and successful people in the world. There are many secrets, habits, and actions that will make you rich if you implement them.  I know because I have, and now I’m a multi-millionaire while working part-time and loving what I do. This is a far stretch from making 17K a year.  If you’ve watched these people you admire on TV or social media and wondered, “What is their secret? How did they do that?” I’m going to straight up tell you with zero gatekeeping. This series is guaranteed to blow your dang mind about the world of making major money.   This month I’m releasing a first of it’s kind Guided Workbook Course: Make More & Work Less. You only have a little bit of time left to get this $177 course for FREE, before it’s launched to the public.     FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

SPECIAL FREE GIFT for you  >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never never-released “Work Less and Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE! This will soon be for sale! (normally $177)   ENDING SOON > BIRTHDAY BONUS SALE! ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership  > CLICK HERE Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE as a new member. ONLY A COUPLE SPOTS LEFT!   In this new series Rich People’s Best Kept Secrets, I’m ripping the curtain open on all the things you’ve secretly wondered about the super rich and successful. Everything from how they manage their money, to how they deal with fear, to the tricks they do to keep themselves motivated.    Given the nature of my former career as a TV Newscaster and now a Top 15 worldwide Podcaster, I’ve had the privilege to not only interview but spend a great deal of quality time with many of the most wealthy, high-profile, and successful people in the world. There are many secrets, habits, and actions that will make you rich if you implement them.    I know because I have, and now I’m a multi-millionaire while working part-time and loving what I do. This is a far stretch from making 17K a year.    If you’ve watched these people you admire on TV or social media and wondered, “What is their secret? How did they do that?” I’m going to straight up tell you with zero gatekeeping. This series is guaranteed to blow your dang mind about the world of making major money.    This month I’m releasing a first-of-its-kind Guided Workbook Course: Make More & Work Less. You only have a little bit of time left to get this $177 course for FREE, before it’s launched to the public.     FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

ENDING SOON (Free Gift)  >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never never-released “Work Less and Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE! This will soon be for sale! (normally $177)   2-Day in-person Business Mastermind event >REGISTER HERE (only 1 ticket left)   BIRTHDAY BONUS SALE! ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE as a new member. ONLY A COUPLE SPOTS LEFT!   In celebration of my birthday month (who are my fellow Virgo), I’ve created a special 4-Part September Saga podcast series for you, Magnetic Wealth Mastery.   Look at this as your crash course to get your body, brain, and energetic field in alignment for maximum abundance.   As we are entering the fall season, also known as “Harvest Season,” this is the best time to clean out the debris in your mental field, nurture your mind, and lay an ideal foundation where you know without a doubt you will have a thriving abundant harvest this year.    This month I’m releasing a first-of-its-kind Guided Workbook Course: Make More & Work Less. You only have a little bit of time left to get this $177 course for FREE, before it’s launched to the public.     FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

ENDING SOON (Free Gift)  >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never never-released “Work Less and Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE! This will soon be for sale! (normally $177)   2-Day in-person Business Mastermind event >REGISTER HERE (only 1 ticket left)   BIRTHDAY BONUS SALE! ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE as a new member. ONLY A COUPLE SPOTS LEFT!   In celebration of my birthday month (who are my fellow Virgo), I’ve created a special 4-Part September Saga podcast series for you, Magnetic Wealth Mastery.   Look at this as your crash course to get your body, brain, and energetic field in alignment for maximum abundance.   As we are entering the fall season, also known as “Harvest Season,” this is the best time to clean out the debris in your mental field, nurture your mind, and lay an ideal foundation where you know without a doubt you will have a thriving abundant harvest this year.    This month I’m releasing a first-of-its-kind Guided Workbook Course: Make More & Work Less. You only have a little bit of time left to get this $177 course for FREE, before it’s launched to the public.     FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

SPECIAL FREE GIFT >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less and Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE! This will soon be for sale! (normally $177)   2-Day in-person Business Mastermind event >REGISTER HERE (only 1 tickets left)   In celebration of my birthday month (who are my fellow Virgo’s), I’ve created a special 4-Part September Saga podcast series for you, Magnetic Wealth Mastery.  Look at this as your crash course to get your body, brain and energetic field in alignment for maximum abundance. As we are entering the fall season, also known as “Harvest Season,” this is the best time to clean out the debris in your mental field, nurture your mind, and lay an ideal foundation where you know without a doubt you will have a thriving abundant harvest this year.  This month I’m releasing a first of it’s kind Guided Workbook Course: Make More & Work Less. You only have a little bit of time left to get this $177 course for FREE, before it’s launched to the public.     FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

SPECIAL FREE GIFT >> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never never-released “Work Less and Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE! This will soon be for sale! (normally $177)   2-Day in-person Business Mastermind event >REGISTER HERE (only 2 tickets left)   In celebration of my birthday month (who are my fellow Virgo), I’ve created a special 4-Part September Saga podcast series for you, Magnetic Wealth Mastery.  Look at this as your crash course to get your body, brain and energetic field in alignment for maximum abundance. As we are entering the fall season, also known as “Harvest Season,” this is the best time to clean out the debris in your mental field, nurture your mind, and lay an ideal foundation where you know without a doubt you will have a thriving abundant harvest this year.  This month I’m releasing a first-of-its-kind Guided Workbook Course: Make More & Work Less. You only have a little bit of time left to get this $177 course for FREE, before it’s launched to the public.     FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

(LAST 24 HOURS) ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership  > CLICK HERE August Bonus Sale: Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE as a new member. ONLY A COUPLE SPOTS LEFT!   FREE GIFT FOR YOU>> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never never-released “Work Less while Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE!  (OFFER ENDS SOON)   2-Day in person Business Mastermind event >REGISTER HERE (only 3 tickets left)   In this power-packed episode, we delve into the dynamic world of online revenue generation for small business owners. You will uncover effective strategies that can elevate your business's financial success in the digital landscape. Whether you're a budding entrepreneur or an established small business owner, this episode is your guide to making more money online.   Last year (2022) Black Friday’s online sales for one day was 40 BILLION DOLLARS. Industry experts predict an increase for this year of 4.5%. The other great news is the average purchase order (AOV) will increase. From 2018-2022 the AOV during Black Friday Week increased by 26%.    Revenue projections for the online education, courses, and coaching marketing for 2023 are $167 BILLION DOLLARS. A growth rate of 9.48% and expected to reach $289 BILLION by 2027. So it is only growing and fast. (source: Statista.com)   The annual spending on coaching in the US alone is ONE BILLION. (source: Harvard Business Review)   The life coaching industry is worth 1.4 billion and is growing at a rate of 3.2% per year in the US. (source IBIS World)    Right now is the perfect time to get your launch strategy, marketing plan, and social media content on point so you can set yourself up to cash in!   FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

(FINAL DAYS-AUGUST SALE) ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership  > CLICK HERE August Bonus Sale: Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE as a new member. ONLY A COUPLE SPOTS LEFT!   FREE GIFT FOR YOU>> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less while Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   2-Day in person Business Mastermind event >REGISTER HERE (only 3 tickets left)   What's an Inconvenience You Can Eliminate? Identify common inconveniences people face and brainstorm solutions. Streamlining a process or simplifying a task can lead to valuable online business ideas.   How Can You Offer Personalized Experiences at Scale? Explore ways to provide personalized experiences to a broader audience. With advancements in technology, personalization doesn't have to be limited to one-on-one interactions anymore. What Unconventional Expertise Do You Possess? Think about unique life experiences or unconventional expertise you have that could be valuable to others. Your journey might offer insights that resonate with a specific audience.   How Can You Augment or Repurpose Existing Products or Services? Instead of reinventing the wheel, think about how you can enhance or repurpose existing products or services in creative ways. This might involve improving a user experience, making a product more sustainable, or adapting it for a new context.   What Subcultures or Niche Communities Are Underserved? Explore niche communities or subcultures that lack dedicated platforms or offerings. Catering to a specific, passionate audience can create a strong sense of community and loyalty.   What's Being Overlooked in Traditional Industries? Analyze traditional industries and identify aspects that have been overlooked or could benefit from a modern twist. For instance, consider how the real estate market has shifted to accommodate remote work or how sustainable practices can be integrated into fashion.   FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

FREE GIFT FOR YOU>> When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   (AUGUST SALE ENDING SOON) ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE August Bonus Sale: Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE as a new member. ONLY A COUPLE SPOTS LEFT!    Today we are confronting a powerful force that resides within us all—the fear of being seen. It's a fear that pulses beneath the surface, whispering doubts and casting shadows on our potential. But let me assure you, standing here today, that this fear is not a weakness—it is a testament to our humanity. And let’s commit right now together that we are no longer going to allow this fear to control us to keep up trapped to keep us playing small.   As we step onto this stage of life, we often grapple with the weight of judgment and vulnerability. The fear of being seen can hold us back, stifle our voices, and hinder our growth. Yet, it is in this very fear that lies the opportunity for liberation, connection, and transformation.   EVERYTHING you desire is on the other side of managing and releasing your fear of being seen, being judged, being exposed, and being vulnerable. This special guided meditation is your next move toward releasing it.   FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

***SURPRISE GIFT*** When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook Course for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   (AUGUST SALE ENDING SOON) ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE August Bonus Sale: Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE as a new member. ONLY A COUPLE SPOTS LEFT!   We delve into the intricate realm of the human psyche and explore the profound fear that often lurks beneath the surface—the fear of being seen. Join us as we unravel the layers of vulnerability, examine the roots of this fear, and share intimate stories that highlight the raw emotions that come with the struggle to reveal our true selves. Get ready to embark on a journey of self-discovery, empathy, and ultimately, the courage to embrace our authentic selves, unapologetically. This is a safe space to confront our fears and begin to understand that being seen is not a weakness, but a remarkable strength that connects us all.   DEEPER QUESTIONS TO ASK YOURSELF: Where in your body do you feel like you’re bracing for impact? Do you feel extra puffy & inflamed? Does your throat feel tight?  When did it feel safer to hide, be quiet, “behave,” or be alone in childhood? From whom? What were you trying to prevent?  Where and when are you doing a version of this in your current adult life? What are you afraid you will lose IF you are highly visible? Who do you feel will judge you and about what? What is the worst thing that can happen by you putting yourself out there? What is the best thing that can happen?   FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

(SALE ENDING SOON) ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE August Bonus Sale: Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE as a new member.  ***BONUS SURPRISE GIFT*** When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less while Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   Here are a few key points to help you make more money while working less: 1. **Leverage Your Strengths:** Identify your unique skills and strengths, focusing on tasks that bring the most value and results. 2. **Efficient Time Management:** Prioritize tasks, eliminate distractions, and use techniques like the Pomodoro method to work smarter in less time. 3. **Automation and Delegation:** Delegate tasks that can be done by others and explore automation tools to streamline repetitive processes. 4. **High-Value Clients/Projects:** Focus on attracting clients or projects that offer higher pay for your expertise and efforts. 5. **Passive Income Streams:** Create passive income sources, such as investments, online courses, or digital products, that generate revenue with minimal ongoing effort. 6. **Smart Networking:** Build strong relationships and connections to open doors for opportunities and collaborations that align with your goals. 7. **Continuous Learning:** Stay updated with industry trends, acquire new skills, and invest in personal development to stay ahead in your field. Remember, achieving this balance is a gradual process. Stay patient, stay focused, and remember to take care of yourself along the way. You've got this!   NEW & FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance    Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

**Major FLASH SALE** ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE   (Get my $297 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for free!)   For a quarter of a century, Rob Murgatroyd helped alleviate physical pain as a chiropractor in Atlanta, Georgia. But beneath the professional success, a restless spirit stirred—a craving for a more vibrant, more fulfilling life.   In this pursuit of joy, Rob discovered his true calling, not in the hum of a chiropractic clinic but in the dynamic realms of podcasting and writing. Together with his equally entrepreneurial wife, Kim, Rob co-hosts "Fri-Date," a top 1% iTunes sensation that cheekily and candidly explores their shared entrepreneurial journey, serving up weekly insights on life, work, and love.   However, Rob's tale of reinvention extends beyond the microphone. Trading Atlanta's cityscape for Southern California's allure, he initially thought he had found his place. But a brief vacation to Florence, Italy, unveiled a profound revelation—life was not about the relentless pursuit of dreams but the full-hearted living of them.   Rob’s Manifesting moving to Italy interview is Episode # 296 or listen HERE.   ***BONUS SURPRISE GIVEAWAY*** When leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com or DM me on Instagram. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less while Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on YouTube: ProjectME TV Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse   CONNECT W/ ROB MURGATROYD: Instagram:  @RobMurgatroyd Coaching:  The Next Chapter Podcast: Fri-Date  

(AUGUST FLASH BONUS SALE) ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE    My proven five-step guide to creating irresistible offers:  First things first ... YOU have to be excited AF about your offer! To the level that if you weren't the one selling it, you would 100% buy it. Because if you don't think it's the greatest, most high-value offer out there, no one else is going to believe it either!   Second ... break down the mega value they will be receiving when they sign up. I mean literally break it down into monetary amounts! This communicates that they're getting a LOT out of one easy sign-up.   Third ... have FUN with your language! Your offer probably isn't sad or serious, so why would your messaging be that way? Write your sales page as if you were excitedly telling a good friend about it.   Fourth ... tell your ideal client not only what they're going to get when they sign up for your offer, but how they're going to FEEL when they experience it. Will their stress go away? Will they gain confidence? Joy for life? Fulfillment? Tell them!   Fifth ... make sure your branding aligns with your offer. Boring brand colors and photography can really kill a sales page. Make it dynamic and make it YOU! But don't overcomplicate it. Remember, simplicity sells, complexity repels!   ***BONUS SURPRISE GIFT*** When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   NEW & FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

(AUGUST FLASH BONUS SALE) ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE   When filled with doubt, do these steps to maintain belief:  1. **Visualize Success:** Create a vivid mental image of your desired outcome. Immerse yourself in the details and emotions of achieving your goal. Visualization can help override doubt and reinforce your belief. 2. **Break It Down:** Divide your goal into smaller, manageable steps. Achieving small victories along the way can boost your confidence and reinforce your belief in the larger goal  3. **Seek Support:** Surround yourself with a supportive community, mentors, or friends who believe in your potential. Their encouragement can counteract moments of doubt. 4. **Reflect on Past Success:** Recall instances where you've overcome challenges or achieved goals against the odds. Reminding yourself of your past triumphs can bolster your belief in your current endeavor.  5. **Positive Self-Talk:** Create and repeat phrases that reinforce your belief in the possibility of success. Affirmations can help rewire negative thought patterns and replace them with empowering beliefs. 6. **Stay Persistent:** Doubt is a natural part of any journey. Embrace it as a challenge rather than a roadblock. Consistent effort and persistence can gradually erode doubt and strengthen your beliefs.   ***BONUS SURPRISE GIFT*** When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   NEW & FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance   Normalization Manifestation Technique TikTok Video HERE     Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

Life is a beautiful canvas, and with every sunrise, we are given the gift of a blank page. No matter where we've been or what we've experienced, we hold the power to start over again.  Sometimes, life takes unexpected turns, and our dreams seem to fade away. But within each of us lies a reservoir of resilience and strength that can carry us through even the darkest times. 🌌 It's never too late to dust off those dreams, paint a new picture, and redefine our path.  Starting over doesn't mean forgetting the past or erasing the chapters that brought us here. It means embracing the lessons, the triumphs, and the trials that shaped us. It means accepting that life is a journey of growth, and with each step forward, we evolve into a wiser and more compassionate version of ourselves. Just as a seed finds the courage to sprout in the harshest of conditions, we too can rise from the ashes of adversity and bloom anew. 🌸 It's in these moments of rebirth that we discover our true strength, and we find the beauty in vulnerability. Let go of the fear of judgment and the weight of expectations. Embrace the freedom that comes with embracing change and starting over. There's no need to wait for a perfect moment; every moment is perfect for a fresh start.   Today, let's release the doubts that hold us back and open our hearts to endless possibilities. Let's believe in ourselves and our dreams, knowing that with each step we take, we are shaping a future filled with hope and promise. Remember, we are not defined by our past or limited by our mistakes. We are the architects of our destiny, and we have the power to create a life that aligns with our deepest desires.   Starting over is not a sign of failure; it's a testament to our resilience and a celebration of our infinite capacity for growth.  Let's seize this moment and embrace the beautiful adventure of starting over again.   CONNECT W/ MY GUEST LO SILVER: Instagram: @LoSilver_ TikTok: @Lo_Silver Special Offer (60% OFF): The Ultimate Bundle     ***BONUS SURPRISE GIVEAWAY*** When leaving a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com or DM me on Instagram. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse

NEW & FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance   In life, fear and faith are intricately woven threads that shape our journey.  Fear can be an overwhelming force, a dark cloud that looms over us, clouding our vision and paralyzing our steps. But it's in those moments of fear that our true strength is tested, and our faith has the chance to rise and shine.   Fear challenges us to grow, to venture into the unknown, and to confront our inner doubts. It is a reminder that we are human, susceptible to uncertainties and vulnerabilities. Yet, it is precisely in those moments that faith becomes our guiding light, offering hope and courage to move forward.   Faith is not about denying fear or pretending it doesn't exist. Rather, it's about acknowledging its presence and choosing not to be bound by it. It's about believing in something greater than ourselves – a force that empowers us to face our fears head-on, knowing that we are never alone.   Fear and faith are intertwined in a dance of contrasts, each revealing the other's significance. Without fear, faith wouldn't shine as brightly; without faith, fear could consume us entirely. Embracing this delicate balance, we discover the beauty of life's unpredictable journey.   So, let's embrace fear as an opportunity to grow, to step out of our comfort zones, and to learn valuable lessons. Let's have faith in ourselves and in the universe, trusting that we are capable of overcoming any challenge that comes our way.   Today, as we walk our paths, let's remember that fear and faith are not opposing forces – they are companions in our quest for growth and fulfillment. Together, they create a symphony of emotions that make our lives richer and more meaningful.   Trust that the universe is conspiring in your favor, and fear will lose its grip on your heart.   ***BONUS SURPRISE GIFT*** When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less while Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   (SALE-NEW MEMBERS) ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership > CLICK HERE     Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

***BONUS SURPRISE GIFT*** When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com or DM me on Instagram. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale! You’ve probably heard all of the spiritual coaches and read manifestation content about the 3D, 4D, and even 5D >> but I guarantee you’ve not been taught how to access the 6D as this is my own unique six-step manifestation process.  In this two-part mid-year Money Manifestation mini-series I will be taking you thru all six phases, and showing you how to apply them to your own life, both personally and professionally.  In part two we will cover: Decisive action Disrupting scarcity noise Determination   This is the Law of Attraction on STEROIDS.   NEW & FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

***BONUS SURPRISE GIFT*** When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com or DM me on Instagram. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   You’ve probably heard all of the spiritual coaches and read manifestation content about the 3D, 4D, even 5D >> but I guarantee you’ve not been taught how to access the 6D as this is my own unique six-step manifestation process.  In this two-part mid-year Money Manifestation mini-series I will be taking you thru all six phases, and showing you how to apply them to your own life, both personally and professionally.   In part one we will cover: Desire Descriptive Depth of emotion. This is the Law of Attraction on STEROIDS.   NEW & FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse  

!! Applications are Closing !!  The Abundance League Mastermind This 4-month revolutionary program + two day in-person event at my beach house! Structure your business to make more money, while you work less.     From words to bookshelf: Empowering yourself to write, publish your story, and take risks.    The powerfully motivating episode begins by addressing the common doubts and insecurities that often hinder individuals from pursuing their dreams and happiness.    My guest and client Amber James share her heart-wrenching story of what led her to “blow up her life” in order to claim her ultimate happiness and fulfillment.     This interview is undeniable evidence of what is waiting for you on the other side of doing uncomfortable and scary things.    CONNECT W/ MY GUEST AMBER JAMES: Instagram: @NotesToSelfShop  Book: NotesToSelfShop.com    ***BONUS SURPRISE GIVEAWAY*** When leaving a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com or DM me on Instagram. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

{Last Chance} to apply >  The Abundance League Mastermind This 4-month revolutionary program + two day in-person event at my beach house! Structure your business to make more money, while you work less.     In this compelling self-help episode, we explore the common struggles we face when plagued by self-doubt and gripped by fear, highlighting how these negative emotions can hold us back from realizing our full potential.    Through personal anecdotes, psychological research, and expert advice, this episode unveils the underlying causes and triggers of self-doubt and fear, unraveling their detrimental effects on our personal and professional lives.   This is a step-by-step approach to conquering self-doubt and fear, providing you with effective tools and techniques to regain confidence, build resilience, and foster a positive mindset. It emphasizes the importance of self-awareness and self-compassion as essential foundations for personal growth and overcoming obstacles.   ***BONUS SURPRISE GIFT*** When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com or DM me on Instagram. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   NEW & FREE > SUMMER ABUNDANCE: GUIDED WALKING MEDITATION SERIES: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance     Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

{50% SOLD OUT!} DETAILS + APPLY HERE The Abundance League Mastermind This 4-month revolutionary program + a two-day in-person event at my beach house! Structure your business to make more money, while you work less.     Keeping it real for you (as always)…   I know it can be hard to have fun with your business when nothing feels like it's working.  ▶ You have no consistent client flow & keep attracting excuse people instead of empowered people.  ▶ You're tired of working ALL the time ▶ You aren't seeing a clear path of how to grow w/o trading more of your energy.  ▶ You’re feeling alone in all of this, all you want is someone to show you what needs to be done, and you’ll do it! I've BEEN THERE, and it’s ROUGH.  And unfortunately, it's a self-fulfilling prophecy. The longer you stay in this fear state where you’re REPELLING abundance, the more you will feel stuck in your business. 😫 The only way I was able to break out of this scarcity cycle 🌀 was to say "NO MORE,” and do what I *actually* wanted in my business. ▶ No more taking on clients that weren’t a great fit.  ▶ No more forcing, pushing & hustling  ▶ No more “guessing” & “hoping it works”  ✔Absolutely NO MORE trying to figure it all out on my own.    Within a short period of time, everything started to flow.  The marketing, the meetings with potential clients, the content creation, the sales, — everything felt *right* for the first time.   And guess what? It was easier than I could’ve ever imagined. Now I’m paying it forward by showing you how to get a boost of fresh cash into your business right now.    Don’t Miss This Sis! > Learn the other 2 Unique Ways to Get Fresh Cash into your Business + all the live hot seat business coaching: Access the FREE Live Training Recording HERE http://projectmewithtiffany.com/summercash   ***BONUS SURPRISE GIFT*** When you leave a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com or DM me on Instagram. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less while Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

Free Access to > 4 Unique Ways to Get Fresh Cash into your Business this Summer: FREE Live Training Recording http://projectmewithtiffany.com/summercash   In this episode, we have a raw and real conversation about how friendships shift, change, and evolve as we continue to grow.  Both Lori and I share whom we look to intentionally surround ourselves with to support our greatest success and the boundaries we set in those relationships.  The reality is, in order for us to keep rising; we’ve got to cut some people loose with love.    ***BONUS SURPRISE GIVEAWAY*** When leaving a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com or DM me on Instagram. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   {50% SOLD OUT!} DETAILS + APPLY HERE The Abundance League Mastermind This 4-month revolutionary program + two days in-person event at my beach house! Structure your business to make more money, while you work less.     Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse    CONNECT W/ MY GUEST LORI HARDER: Instagram: @LoriHarder and @DrinkLitePink  Podcast: Earn Your Happy @EarnYourHappy

{FINAL DAY} Access FREE Live Training Replay Here: 4 Unique Ways to Get Fresh Cash into Your Business this Summer http://projectmewithtiffany.com/summercash   ***BONUS SURPRISE GIVEAWAY*** When leaving a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com or DM me on Instagram. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale! The No Fluff (audio) guide to having it all this summer. This is a four-part series designed to give your bank account and business a huge dose of sweet summer abundance.    DETAILS + APPLY HERE The Abundance League Mastermind This 4-month revolutionary program + two in-person events at my beach house! The Abundance League Business Mastermind is where I will be personally showing you how to get your time back while continuing to see your business and bank account grow!     Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

***BONUS SURPRISE GIVEAWAY*** When leaving a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com or DM me on Instagram. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less while Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   The No Fluff (audio) guide to having it all this summer. This is a four-part series designed to give your bank account and business a huge dose of sweet summer abundance.    DETAILS + APPLY HERE The Abundance League Mastermind This 4-month revolutionary program + two in-person event at my beach house! The Abundance League Business Mastermind is where I will be personally showing you how to get your time back while continuing to see your business and bank account grow!     Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

Don’t Miss It > Today! Special Free Live Training! Grab your spot here http://projectmewithtiffany.com/summercash 4 Unique Ways to Get Fresh Cash into Your Business this Summer (replay will be available for 48 hours)   The No Fluff (audio) guide to having it all this summer. This is a four-part series designed to give your bank account and business a huge dose of sweet summer abundance.    ***BONUS SURPRISE GIVEAWAY*** When leaving a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com or DM me on Instagram. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale!   DETAILS + APPLY HERE The Abundance League Mastermind This 4-month revolutionary program + two in-person events at my beach house! The Abundance League Business Mastermind is where I will be personally showing you how to get your time back while continuing to see your business and bank account grow!     Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

Only 48 hours left > Special Free Live Training! 4 Unique Ways to Get Fresh Cash into Your Business this Summer: Grab your spot here http://projectmewithtiffany.com/summercash The No Fluff (audio) guide to having it all this summer. This is a four-part series designed to give your bank account and business a huge dose of sweet summer abundance.   ***BONUS SURPRISE GIVEAWAY*** When leaving a written review of the podcast on Apple Podcast, leave your name in the review or Instagram/TikTok handle, take a screenshot of it, and email it to us at support@projectMEwithtiffany.com or DM me on Instagram. I will give you my brand new never released “Work Less While Making More” Printable Workbook for FREE! This will soon be for sale! DETAILS + APPLY HERE The Abundance League Mastermind This 4-month revolutionary program + two in-person event at my beach house! The Abundance League Business Mastermind is where I will be personally showing you how to get your time back while continuing to see your business and bank account grow!     Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

Rare Free Live Fresh Cash Training. 4 Unique Ways to Get Fresh Cash into Your Business this Summer!  Grab your spot here right now, free tickets are limited http://projectmewithtiffany.com/summercash   Not sure which actions will get you the results you want in your business? This is what paralyzes most entrepreneurs, and why your revenue has flat-lined or even worse, fallen.  You have limited time, energy, and mental bandwidth…we all do. You have spent a ton of it doing all sorts of things, and yet nothing is really getting you to that next substantial level in your business. This can leave you feeling frustrated, defeated, and then you lose your mojo. Well, I’m going to give you a JUMP START today. When my mastermind clients come to me, it’s usually because they are facing burnout, and can’t keep going at this pace. They’ve been operating a business FTA (From Their Ass) and have no systems in place to generate high-quality clients and sales 24/7 whether they are actively working or not.  You will hit a ceiling, just as I did in both of my businesses…when you can’t trade any more time for money, and if you don’t figure out a way to help more people with you doing way less, you’re gonna lose your mind, health, and maybe your business.  The first action to take is to listen to this episode, where I share the best business advice I’ve learned and implemented over the last 16 years.    {PRE-LAUNCH PRICING IS ENDING} This 4-month revolutionary program, The Abundance League Business Mastermind is where I will be personally showing you how to get your time back while continuing to see your business and bank account grow! It’s by application only. You don’t want to miss this pre-launch pricing. DETAILS + APPLY HERE The Abundance League Mastermind   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse   

4 Unique Ways to Get Fresh Cash into Your Business this Summer! FREE ONE-TIME-ONLY SPECIALIZED LIVE TRAINING > Grab your spot here right now, free tickets are limited http://projectmewithtiffany.com/summercash     Million-dollar advice right here… Sometimes the most valuable, time-saving, and money-making advice is to learn what NOT TO DO in your business.  There are two things that cost me the most money when building and scaling both of my businesses: one is my 8-figure medical digital marketing agency (I’ve had it for 16 years now), and the other is this brand + podcast ProjectME with Tiffany Carter.    Being scared to invest money back into my business until I was bringing in more money. Totally counterintuitive to how successful businesses are built! All businesses carry debt, that is a good thing and normal, as long as you are strategically investing in the growth of your company.   I have a natural tendency to play cheap; because I get scared that I won’t make that money back. Then I end up burned out trying to figure it out and do things with not enough support or guidance, and that ends up costing me way more money.   Too much work and not enough play. Highly ambitious people tend to keep working more because we were taught that success = hard work. The truth is, the more fun and free you feel the more money you will make, as this is when the creative ideas for new offers, products, content, and creativity flow in. Strategically working less will actually make you more money!   The proof is clear…. I grew my second business ProjectME to one million dollars a year in 1.5 years this way. My first business took me 6 years to reach this milestone, and I was working 12 hours a day 6-7 days a week.  Dishing all the goods with my guest Dr. Audra, Celebrity Medical Specialist.  These uber-famous and talented people do things that give them the edge, and you will learn them in this episode, so you can apply them to your own life.    Connect with Dr. Audra: IG Handle:@draudralance  Special Videos- mytrainingroom.co Website: www.spinesportrehabilitation.com   This 4-month revolutionary program, The Abundance League Business Mastermind is where I will be personally showing you how to take your business to the next level without losing your mind. It’s by application only, and the pre-launch sale is ending soon. DETAILS + APPLY HERE The Abundance League Mastermind   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

Almost over! > The Abundance League Mastermind Learn exactly how to grow your business without burning yourself out. {$3000 OFF SALE IS ENDING}   I learned this the hard and expensive way.    Whether you are just starting out in business or have been at it for years, you know without attracting new clients your business can’t really grow.    You have a valuable skill set to offer.    You know that people need what you are offering, yet you are baffled when it comes to finding the people who are excited to buy from you.  My first business was built the old-fashioned and hard way….going to conferences, networking, flying to do 120-page PowerPoint pitch presentations, only to get told “no” after hours and hours of unpaid work. It is truly easier than ever to make money with your talents and skill sets, plus the cost of starting a business is lower than ever in history.    When I started ProjectME close to five years ago, I knew I was doing an online business model, using content marketing to attract and build relationships with people like you. I saw thousands of other people doing it, so why not me?!    So I poured time, energy, heart, and money into creating highly valuable content, and then CRICKETS. No body was asking to hire me, my podcast wasn’t taking off, heck my content was getting barely any engagement aside from 90-Day Fiancés.    Week after week of this, I was mentally fried and frustrated. This didn’t feel fun it felt forced. Then I had an epiphany in my living room that changed my business and quite frankly my life forever.    >>> Sharing the full story in this episode! So if you feeling like nothing is working and everything feels heavy in your content marketing right now, this is exactly what you need to hear today.   This 4-month revolutionary program, The Abundance League Business Mastermind is where I will be personally showing you how to take your business to the next level without losing your mind. It’s by application only, and the pre-launch sale is ending soon. DETAILS + APPLY HERE The Abundance League Mastermind   YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

ONE WEEK LEFT! > The Abundance League Mastermind Learn exactly how to scale your business to the high 6 and 7 figures without burning yourself out. {$3000 OFF SALE IS ENDING}   There’s a new highly profitable way to share your offers and market your business, and the entrepreneurs who are embracing this are cashing in, and the people who are resisting this change are losing THOUSANDS of dollars a day.   Before your brain starts telling you, “Oh but I have such a small audience,” “I’m not someone who is going to shake my bootie on social media,” or “I’m boring and I don’t want to be on my phone all the time!” HEAR ME OUT ON THIS.    You showing up in your content as 100% you on any given day, the messy, the cute, the crabby, the tired, the joyful, the stressed, and all of the hundreds of emotional states in between > IS YOUR SECRET WEAPON.    In fact, your showing up too polished, too put together, to surface, and too professional is what is killing your audience growth and sales.    People want to deeply connect with the person they hire or the brand they are buying from, it’s nearly impossible to do that IF you aren’t showing all sides of yourself.    Your brain tells you that it isn’t professional to show up that way in my industry and that people won’t buy from you if they really knew how much of a mess you really are behind the scenes. And I’m here today telling you with concrete proof, THAT THE OPPOSITE IS TRUE.    If you don’t build trust quickly with strangers it could take YEARS before they feel safe enough to give you their time, energy, and money. The secret is to have your ideal client feel you are that new friend who they feel like they’ve known for years. The only way to do this with integrity is to show up in your content with your walls down and that social costume off.    For the first time ever my Brand Director, Samantha Parker, and I are pulling back the curtain on our Millionaire Content Marketing Formula. Between the two of us, we have 24 years of experience in doing digital marketing for thousands of business owners and brands of all sizes and industries. This proprietary formula we’ve developed works for any business in any industry.    Connect with Sam: Instagram: @TheSamanthaParker TikTok: @ChilGlitter   This 4-month revolutionary program, The Abundance League Business Mastermind is where I will be personally showing you how to take your business to the next level without losing your mind. It’s by application only, and the pre-launch sale is ending soon. DETAILS + APPLY HERE The Abundance League Mastermind   YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

My NEW Life-Changing Program is HERE! > The Abundance League Mastermind Learn exactly how to scale your business to the high 6 and 7 figures without burning yourself out. {Pre-Launch Sale ENDING SOON}   Running a small business can be challenging, and avoiding costly mistakes is essential for long-term success, and scaling your profits to the BIG Leagues.  Here are a few additional pitfalls to watch out for:   Lack of Strategic Planning: Without a well-defined strategy, your business may be sailing aimlessly. Failing to set clear goals, outline strategies, and develop a roadmap can lead to wasted time, effort, and resources. Take the time to create a strategic plan that outlines your objectives, target market, competitive advantages, and marketing strategies. With a clear direction, you'll make informed decisions and avoid costly detours.   Ignoring Data and Analytics: In today's data-driven world, ignoring the insights provided by analytics can be detrimental to your business. Neglecting to track and analyze key metrics such as website traffic, conversion rates, customer behavior, and marketing campaign performance can lead to missed opportunities for optimization and growth. Leverage data and analytics tools to gain valuable insights into your business operations, make data-informed decisions, and continuously improve your strategies for maximum profitability.   Overextending Yourself: Taking on too much or trying to do it all on your own can lead to burnout and compromised quality. Assess your workload, delegate tasks, and consider outsourcing certain aspects that are not your core strengths. Remember, your time and energy are valuable resources. By optimizing your efforts and focusing on what you do best, you can enhance productivity and profitability.   Ineffective Marketing Strategies: Marketing is vital for business growth, but ineffective strategies can drain your resources without yielding results. Ensure your marketing efforts align with your target audience and utilize the most suitable channels for your business. Take advantage of analytics tools to track the performance of your campaigns and adjust your strategies accordingly. By focusing on the most effective marketing tactics, you'll generate better ROI and attract qualified leads.   Join me for new revolutionary 4-month program The Abundance League Mastermind where I will be personally showing you how to take your business to the next level without losing your mind. It’s by application only, and the pre-launch sale is ending soon. DETAILS + APPLY HERE The Abundance League Mastermind : https://projectmewithtiffany.clickfunnels.com/abundanceleague   YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

My NEW Life-Changing Program is HERE! > The Abundance League Mastermind Learn exactly how to scale your business to the high 6 and 7 figures without burning yourself out. {Pre-Launch Sale ENDING SOON}   Three unexpected strategies to generate wealth: These approaches may challenge traditional notions of wealth creation, but they possess the power to unlock new opportunities in our ever-evolving world.     1.  Embrace the Art of Creative Disruption:  In a world of constant change, disruptive innovation holds immense potential for financial success. Rather than following what other people are doing in your industry, dare to disrupt established industries with your unique ideas and creative solutions. Look for ways to challenge the status quo and offer fresh perspectives. Identify gaps in existing markets, seek out unaddressed needs, and develop innovative products or services that revolutionize the way people live, work, or entertain themselves. Remember, disruptive ideas can originate from anyone, regardless of their background or experience. Embrace your creativity, think outside the box, and be willing to take calculated risks.   2. Spend money based on where you want to be, to where you’re at currently: While it may seem counterintuitive to spend money before making substantial profits, investing in your growth and development is a crucial step toward long-term financial success.  You will waste far more time, energy, and money trying to figure stuff out yourself while executing all the tasks to “save money.” By investing in your growth and development, you position yourself to stand out from the competition, offer higher value to your clients or customers, and ultimately increase your earning potential.     3. Emphasize Value Creation: In today's competitive landscape, it's essential to focus on creating genuine value for others. Instead of solely chasing profits, prioritize providing solutions to people's problems. Develop a deep understanding of your target audience's needs and aspirations. Tailor your products or services to address those needs effectively. When you consistently deliver value and exceed expectations, you build a loyal customer base and establish a reputation as a trusted authority in your field. Remember, long-term financial success stems from making a positive impact on others' lives.     YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

Biggest SALE EVER! > The Abundance League Mastermind – My new one-of-kind program is designed to show you exactly how to scale your business to the high 6 and 7 figures without burning yourself out. {Pre-Launch Sale $3000 OFF}   A secure attachment style when it comes to money is characterized by a healthy and balanced approach to financial matters.  The ultimate goal: Financial confidence: Individuals with a secure attachment style tend to have confidence and trust in their ability to manage their finances effectively. They are more likely to have a positive attitude towards money, viewing it as a tool for achieving their goals rather than a source of stress or anxiety. Financial responsibility: People with a secure attachment style demonstrate responsible financial behaviors. They prioritize meeting financial obligations, such as paying bills on time, budgeting, and saving for the future. They understand the importance of financial stability and take proactive steps to achieve it. Openness to discussing money: Securely attached individuals are comfortable discussing money matters with others, including partners, family members, or financial advisors. They are open to seeking advice, guidance, and support when needed. They recognize the value of communication and collaboration in financial decision-making. A balanced approach to spending: Those with a secure attachment style tend to have a balanced approach to spending. They can enjoy the present moment by treating themselves to occasional indulgences while also considering their long-term financial well-being. They make informed decisions based on their values and financial priorities. Financial boundaries: Individuals with a secure attachment style understand the importance of setting healthy financial boundaries. They can say no to requests for money or manage financial expectations in relationships without feeling guilty or overly obligated. They prioritize their own financial stability and well-being. Adaptive financial coping strategies: When faced with financial challenges or setbacks, securely attached individuals are more likely to respond in a resilient and adaptive manner. They can seek solutions, adjust their financial plans, and seek support when needed. They view setbacks as temporary and see them as opportunities for growth and learning.   Have you noticed any connections between your attachment style and your financial attitudes? Share your experiences and insights with me >> Message me on Instagram or TikTok.   YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

NEW program ALERT > The Abundance League Mastermind – My new one-of-kind program designed to show you exactly how to scale your business to the high 6 and 7 figures without burning yourself out. {Pre-Launch Sale $3000 OFF}     Disorganized attachment style typically refers to a pattern of inconsistent or unpredictable behavior in relationships, often stemming from early childhood experiences. While attachment styles are primarily associated with interpersonal relationships, they can influence various aspects of life, including one's relationship with money.  Here are some signs that may indicate a disorganized attachment style when it comes to money: Impulsive spending: Individuals with a disorganized attachment style may engage in impulsive and unplanned spending, often driven by emotional needs rather than financial considerations. You might use money as a way to soothe yourself or seek temporary relief from distressing emotions. Financial self-sabotage: People with a disorganized attachment style may engage in self-sabotaging behaviors that hinder their financial stability and success. This could involve neglecting financial responsibilities, missing bill payments, or making poor financial decisions repeatedly. Extreme financial dependence or avoidance: Some individuals with a disorganized attachment style may swing between extremes of financial dependence and avoidance.  Chaotic financial organization: Disorganized attachment can manifest in disorganization and chaos when it comes to financial matters. This may involve misplacing important documents, failing to keep track of expenses, or lacking a clear budget or financial plan. Money as a source of anxiety or shame: People with a disorganized attachment style may experience heightened anxiety, guilt, or shame surrounding money. They might feel a deep-seated fear of financial instability or unworthiness, which can negatively impact their financial decision-making and overall well-being. Impaired long-term financial planning: Individuals with a disorganized attachment style may struggle with creating and sticking to long-term financial plans. They might have difficulty envisioning future goals or may be prone to making impulsive decisions that undermine their financial stability over time. Have you noticed any connections between your attachment style and your financial attitudes? Share your experiences and insights with me >> Message me on Instagram or TikTok.     YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   FINAL SPOTS (Mega Bonus Sale) > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my $300 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

My NEW program> The Abundance League Mastermind – My new one-of-kind program designed to show you exactly how to generate life-changing cash, while having a crap-ton of fun doing it!   The link between avoidant attachment style, as it relates to money.   What is Avoidant Attachment? Avoidant attachment refers to a tendency to avoid intimacy, emotional closeness, and dependency in relationships. But did you know it can also shape our financial behaviors? Let's uncover the connection in this episode.  Embracing Financial Independence: Avoidantly attached individuals prioritize financial autonomy and self-sufficiency. Let's celebrate the strength of managing our own finances and cultivating a sense of empowerment.  Emotionally Detached from Money: Money might feel like a practical tool rather than something emotionally significant. Let's explore the balance between logic and emotional considerations when making financial decisions.  Financial Avoidance: Avoidantly attached individuals may have a tendency to procrastinate or neglect financial tasks. It's time to confront our financial avoidance habits and develop healthy financial habits, one step at a time!  Trusting Financial Intimacy: Opening up about money matters can be challenging for avoidant individuals. Let's work on building trust and fostering healthy financial conversations within our relationships.  Accumulating Wealth: In some cases, avoidantly attached individuals may focus on accumulating wealth and resources for security. Let's explore balancing financial growth with embracing life's experiences and moments of joy.    Have you noticed any connections between your attachment style and your financial attitudes? Share your experiences and insights with me on Instagram or TikTok.   YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

NEW program ALERT > The Abundance League Mastermind – My new one-of-kind program designed to show you exactly how to generate life-changing cash, while having a crap-ton of fun doing it!   The fascinating connection between anxious attachment style and our relationship with money. What is Anxious Attachment? Anxious attachment refers to a tendency to seek excessive reassurance, fear rejection or abandonment, and have a heightened need for closeness and attention in relationships. But did you know it can impact our financial behaviors too? In this episode, we will explore… > Financial Dependence: Anxiously attached individuals often seek financial security by relying heavily on others, like partners or family. Taking charge of our financial lives can help us foster independence and empowerment.  > Emotional Spending: Emotional distress can sometimes lead to impulsive spending as a way to seek temporary relief or validation. Let's explore healthier coping mechanisms to nurture our emotional well-being.  >  Seeking Validation: We often find ourselves seeking external validation for our financial decisions. Remember, trust your instincts and cultivate self-confidence in your money choices. You got this!  > Overcoming Financial Anxiety: Anxious individuals may experience an intensified fear of financial instability. Let's explore strategies to manage this anxiety, like creating realistic budgets and seeking professional guidance.  > Unhealthy Power Dynamics: In relationships, anxiously attached individuals might tolerate financial mistreatment due to their fear of abandonment. Let's focus on fostering equality and open communication when it comes to money matters.  Understanding our attachment style can help us develop healthier financial habits and cultivate financial security. Let's work towards embracing financial empowerment, independence, and emotional well-being!    YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   FINAL SPOTS (Mega Bonus Sale) > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my $300 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

Breaking News! > Introducing The Abundance League Mastermind – My new one-of-kind program designed to show you exactly how to generate life-changing cash, while having a crap-ton of fun doing it!   It’s never 100% about you. When our egos get bruised, especially after wanting something so badly to happen and it doesn’t, most people instantly go into self-judgment.  > The guy or girl doesn’t like you back in that way. > Almost no one bought the course you’re selling.  > You didn’t land the client you thought was a for-sure yes. > Someone ghosts you or no shows an appointment   This likely triggers you into thinking “What’s Wrong with Me?” When we have a core wound from childhood that we are defective in some way, not good enough, not entirely lovable…it’s so easy to take someone else words, choices, or behaviors personally.  Anytime this crap comes up for me I say these three words on repeat, “This isn’t personal.”  There are dozens of factors why people make the decisions they do, and very few of them are about you personally. If your side of the street is clean, and you’re operating with kindness and integrity, there is nothing else you could have done. Period. This person, this client, this opportunity wasn’t meant for you right now, otherwise it would have happened differently.  A hint…. The stronger attachment you have to your desired outcome the higher the likelihood that it won’t happen. Because, you are basing your well-being and self-worth at the hands of something outside of yourself, and this is rooted in fear, insecurity, and scarcity. The OPPOSITE of abundance.  You will learn how to better navigate this crushing self-doubt in this episode.    FINAL SPOTS (Mega Bonus Sale) > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my $300 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE!   YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

I always thought something was wrong with me. Going back to 4 years old in pre-school, we were playing “duck, duck, goose” and I would get so anxious that someone was going to pick me…where all of the other kids couldn’t wait to be tagged.  I didn’t want all of that pressure or attention on me, and even as a toddler, I knew that wasn’t normal.  Flash forward two years, at 6 years old I got kicked out of Sunday school for asking too many questions about God and proof of his existence. My deep questions were labeled as “disruptive to the curriculum.” Again, I knew something about me wasn’t like the others.  My entire life I’ve had countless people mention how I see things differently, that I’m “too sensitive,” that I need to “let things go,” so I learned it was safer for me to isolate when the world’s energy felt overwhelming…but this only left me feeling more alone and like nobody understood me.  One day about 6.5 years ago, a new friend of mine who just got her Reiki Master certification, mentioned that she is both an Empath and an HSP (highly sensitive person)… I had never heard of these terms before despite my 1000 years in 12 different types of therapy.  In this simple conversation, I felt completely seen and validated for all of these things that I felt made me so weird and different from other people.  This world is tough enough as it is, but as an empath and a Highly Sensitive Person, it can feel like too much to handle. The key is to work with these beautiful traits of yours and manage them with love. Today’s episode will open your eyes to a new way of navigating that big beautiful compassionate heart of yours.  Connect with Holly: Instagram: @balancedgrowth_withholly Empath Edge Weekly (FREE) + Book a session: www.balancedgrowthcounseling.com Boundaries Guide for Empaths (FREE): https://www.empathsedge.com/guiltfreeboundaries.     YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   MEGA BONUS SALE (ALMOST SOLD OUT) > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse     

ALMOST SOLD OUT! ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my $300 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE!   I REMEMBER IT LIKE IT WAS YESTERDAY Special message for you... You know what you DON’T want to feel anymore > trapped in a career you hate, having no free time to even read a book, being limited on options because of finances, waking up every day feeling blah, doing the same uninspiring routine… The frustration comes because you don’t know WHERE TO EVEN START?! What steps to take to create a better life for yourself? This only leaves you feeling more overwhelmed and hopeless.  I remember everyone looked like they had their stuff together and life purpose figured out, meanwhile, I was stuck on Lost Island…willing to do the work, but having no clear guidance on where to even start! Here’s what I wish someone that Tiffany back then >> Instead of worrying about finding your purpose, your calling….I want you to focus on SERVING a purpose, and then your purpose will serve you.  The purpose of your life is to serve in a way that brings great joy to yourself and others…What are things you do for your family, friends, and co-workers, at your church that bring you great delight? (Not what simply what you’re good at, but what you’re good at AND love doing.) Is it helping someone write a resume? Is it a source of comfort and wisdom for people going through a tough time? Is it giving people advice on workouts or eating better? Don’t concern yourself with quitting or starting new professions. Instead, follow the path of your natural desires, talents, and passions with the full intention of bringing joy to yourself and others.  Your life purpose doesn’t need to be clearly defined for you to have success. It is in the process of doing that we find our divine calling.    YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   SPRING MEGA BONUS SALE (ALMOST SOLD OUT) > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse     

ALMOST SOLD OUT! ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my $300 Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE!   I was settling and you likely are too.  To people outside my inner circle, they couldn’t comprehend why I felt such a strong need to move after being in my luxury beach rental for only a year. Here I was in a multi-million dollar house, with a gorgeous expansive ocean view in the most coveted beach area of Los Angeles, but from DAY ONE my body didn’t feel safe or right here.  Like most of us, I spent way too much time and energy convincing and even shaming myself into liking something that wasn’t serving me at my highest level.  We have been conditioned to “just be grateful for what you have…” Then we end up feeling guilty for wanting more, whether it’s a house, career, money, love, freedom, friendships, etc. Because people tell us, “You already have so much to be grateful for!” Wanting more doesn’t mean you are ungrateful for all that you do have….that feeling of wanting more or wanting something different is there to show you what next-level abundance is out there waiting to claim as your own.  Then we judge ourselves so harshly and attach a belief about us when we desire more, and already “have so much.” SELFISH UNREASONABLE  SPOILED UNGRATEFUL TOO MUCH SNOBBY HIGH MAINTENANCE UNREALISTIC  I shamed myself into settling for less than I desire and deserve. BUT TWO MONTHS AGO I SAID, “NO FU*KING MORE!” The truth is…. You get to have it all simply because you desire it. Manifestation and abundance don't magnify under strict conditions, in fact, it loses its power. The ONLY limit on the abundance you attract, are the limits you set and accept for yourself.  This new podcast episode is designed to help you shift your money story to stop settling and change your life!   YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series. Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   SPRING MEGA BONUS SALE (ALMOST SOLD OUT) > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE!   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

>>Spring applications are CLOSING for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application   I wasn’t free until I did this… In my 20s I thought the feeling of freedom would come once I made 100k a year, then when that didn’t happen I thought it would when I had a million dollars in the bank, then when that didn’t happen I thought it would once I left my corporate career to start a business, and when that didn’t happen, I had a full-blown multi-week meltdown.  What I wish I could have told that tormented version of me, is nothing will make you feel truly free UNTIL you stop giving a Fu€k about what other people think of you.  To get to this Zero Fu€ks Zone as I call it, you have to first decide you DONE with giving your energy and time being concerned with what THEY will think, what THEY will say, what THEY will do.  And instead, give all of those fu€ks to the things that make you happy, that excite you, that make you feel safe, loved, and nurtured.  If someone has a problem with it, they clearly aren’t in full support of your happiness and well-being.  When you start to put yourself and your needs first, you will quickly find out who stays and who needs to go from your life.  The full story of how I went from giving way too many fu€ks to giving none on this hysterically honest podcast episode.     SPRING MEGA BONUS SALE > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE!   >>Spring applications are CLOSING SOON for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

Everything starts as an idea. Most people stay in that dream phase of building a business, as that has no risk, zero vulnerability, and requires no work.  Then there is 1-2% of you who either have or will take that vision and be determined enough to make it a reality.  What stops people isn’t money, isn’t time, isn’t their lack of “how to,” it’s FEAR + the lack of belief that what they desire isn’t possible for them.  It took me 10 years to start ProjectME with Tiffany Carter the podcast and business coaching brand. Not because I didn’t know how, or didn’t have the money, or the energy…>> I wasn’t 100% sure I could have what I wanted.  When we don’t 100% believe it’s possible then why would we be 100% driven to take the required actions?  What finally changed? I decided. I decided it was possible for me. If it was possible for others, why not me?  My guest interview today came to me with nothing more than a passion for golf, an idea, and the willingness to learn how to build it. And that she did!  Tori Totlis (TOT-LIS) is now one of the top micro-influencers in women’s golf and hosts retreats + tournaments all over the world under her brand Compete Confidence Golf. I want you to hear the behind-the-scenes of what it looks like to start from zero when you decide to go all in on your dream.  Connect with Tori here: Breaking Bogies Membership Details: BreakingBogies.com Instagram: @tori_totlis Website: ToriTotlis.com   Work with Tiffany: ****Spring applications are closing soon for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application   ***SPRING MEGA BONUS SALE > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

SPRING MEGA BONUS SALE > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE!   If your content isn’t making you consistent cash, there’s a problem. And it’s not the dang algorithm. For starters, you must have people to present your profitable content to in order to get sales and clients. If you have 100 people in your collective audience between your email list, Instagram, and Facebook…don’t have the expectation you are going to get dozens of sales.  The proven math is 3% of your audience is ready to buy from you at any given time, so 3 out of every 100 potential clients (not Auntie Claire).  While you don’t need some big audience to make great money online, you do need to focus on consistently growing your audience, WHILE getting them to convert into clients.  The mistake most businesses big and small make is the same. I work as a high-level digital marketing and branding consultant for multi-billion dollar big brands for my other business, along with everything from solopreneurs to small business owners generating anywhere from 3k-7 figures a month.  They focus on creating pretty on-brand content that gives some kind of value but ends up having ZERO emotional connection.  People buy based on feelings and facts. If you leave one of those out, you’ve got a hole in your marketing plan that will cost you a ton of money.  Let’s plug that hole in today’s money-making episode.  >>Spring applications are CLOSING SOON for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

This will make me sound crazy. There was part of me that thought; maybe I’d smoked too much weed in my life.  Very soon after doing deep subconscious mindset and healing work with my coach, it was like some secret magical portal opened. And I started seeing sh!t.  At the main yoga studio, I’ve been going to five days a week for over a year, putting my mat in multiple places on the wood floor, and taking from the same instructors….on this regular day something WILD happened.  I look in the front of my mat while in a balancing pose, and there appears a clear friendly symbol with a face speaking to me. (This is when I thought I could be losing my mind for real).  In a calm yet firm male tone of voice, he said, “I’m here.”  I did acknowledge him after I looked around the room to see if anyone was staring at me.  I kept this to myself, but I couldn’t stop thinking about Him. On my way to a yoga class the next morning I thought, “There’s no way he’ll be here again, that was some out-of-body moment.”  But I secretly hoped he would be there.  Halfway through class, I still hadn’t seen Him, so I thought “ see Tiff that was just a weird random moment.” Then about 5 minutes later He appeared with the same message “I’m here.”  “WTF,” I thought, “it happened again.” I was shocked, and excited, yet didn’t fully trust it (more on that in the episode).  I waited until this happened 3 more times before telling my Coach, and by this point, he had a name, “Bernard.”  Brenda, who’s on today’s episode, was not surprised at all by this, what she said is, “Bernard has actually been there all along, you’re vibrating at a high enough frequency now to see and communicate with him.”  The story only gets wilder from here. Connect with Brenda Johnston at: Instagram: @_brendajohnston Elevate Program: brenda-johnston.com/elevate   Work with Tiffany: ****Spring applications are closing soon for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application   SPRING MEGA BONUS SALE > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

 ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE!   What happens if you leave a wound unattended? Like you don’t clean it, check on it, or change the dressing.  It will fester and get infected right?  Well, the mental money wounds that swirl in your mind and nervous system have likely gone untreated for years, perhaps decades, or your entire life.  They rarely heal on their own. In fact, I’ve not worked with one single client in my entire career (over 150,000 people) that didn’t have severely untreated money wounds that needed treatment.  There are two mind-blowing reasons why you still struggle with money: Your relationship with money is directly tied to your childhood and significant relationships in your life.  Your self-worth. Literally, your self-worth is a direct correlation to your net worth.   Let’s do some triage today on your money wounds, and release what is blocking your abundance.   >>Spring applications are CLOSING SOON for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

Something we’ve been all taught about success is being CALLED OUT, and I agree with it.  “Your success is on the other side of your comfort zone.” “Your success is determined by your ability to tolerate discomfort.” “Great things never came from comfort zones.” “Your comfort zone is a great place, but nothing ever grows there.”  There are hundreds more of these quotes, plus thousands of articles & videos all touting the same belief…that staying in your comfort zone is bad.  I believed the same thing UNTIL I unpacked with my guest interview today. Now I’m calling BS on this comfort zone stuff.  Kristen Butler is the Founder of the mega-popular lifestyle brand Power of Positivity, and Hay House Author of the new book The Comfort Zone, that releases tomorrow everywhere. Her unique perspective is centered on the belief that you create success FROM your comfort zone; this is something she has done for herself, and inspired millions to do the same. Can’t wait to hear your thoughts on this new concept.  Get The Comfort Zone book HERE Follow her on Instagram: @PowerofPositivity @PositiveKristen   ****Spring applications are closing soon for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application   ****SPRING MEGA BONUS SALE > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

SPRING MEGA BONUS SALE > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE!   Do you suffer from Overactive Thinking Disorder? The main symptoms are analysis paralysis, mental exhaustion, irritability, and extreme fatigue.  Seriously OTD should be an official mental condition.  When I learned that OVERTHINKING is a common trait of people who grew up in dysfunctional homes and/or experienced trauma…my mind was blown.  When we are in fear our minds and bodies and minds go into full self-protection mode. So our minds start hyper-scanning in a high danger alert mode.  This is when our thinking isn’t to be trusted (unless of course, you are really in a dangerous situation).  I suffered from OTD for most of my life, and while I still have it, now I know how to prevent it before it starts and how to manage it if it gets ignited.  Give yourself a dose of audio medication with this episode.   >>Spring applications are officially open for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

SPRING MEGA BONUS SALE > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE! _________________________ You’re not lazy; you’re scared.  Psychologists have discovered that procrastination isn’t a time management thing or a motivational problem; it’s a coping mechanism.  Being in a state of worry, and fear, the land of the “What Ifs” will zap your life force…leaving you feeling physically and mentally fatigued. You know, when EVERYTHING even simple tasks feels like a dreadful chore? So as a subconscious way for our nervous systems to get a mood boost, a dopamine hit (the feel-good hormone), we procrastinate. I say “we,” as I do it too…the difference is I’ve found a way to work with this natural tendency of mine (I’m teaching it to you in today’s podcast episode).  Tapping into our inner drug store is really no different than taking street drugs, getting drunk, or binging on sugar. As my long-time therapist, Janice (who passed away) taught me, “What goes up, must come down for your nervous system to regulate.”  Example….my private client Valarie hired me to help her grow her Energy Healing coaching business...clients and sales were only trickling in, and she couldn’t figure out what in the heck she was doing wrong. After coaching more a 150 thousand people, I can identify the holes in someone’s business and mindset typically within a 30-minute conversation.  While Valarie DID need a full overhaul of the way she packaged and marketed her offers…the even bigger issue what her addiction to the “Procrastination Loop” as I call it.  She would get so frustrated and overwhelmed with not seeing any results in her business that in a subconscious effort to take the pressure off, she would stack a to-do of errands that “had to be done today,” and prioritize those non-income generating tasks. It gave her the feeling of being productive, without the guilt of taking a nap, but it was really a clever form of procrastination.  These errands felt easier mentally on her…she’s done them many times before, for many years. There was no emotional charge behind going to the market, and getting an oil change….so this felt easier, calming, and even dopamine-inducing to her nervous system. I KNOW, WILD RIGHT? This episode will blow your mind.   _____________________________ Spring applications are officially open for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application _____________________________ Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse     

SPRING MEGA BONUS SALE > ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join today and get my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for FREE! __________________________________________________________________________________ At the first sign of struggle, do you get upset and then give up or take your foot off the gas? I’ve done it many times! These things and situations look like setbacks at the moment, they even look like evidence that this isn’t possible for you. It is in THESE critical times, that you have the BIGGEST and most powerful manifesting opportunity. To have FAITH to dig in and deeply believe this is happening for you, and this is possible.  Instead of folding and walking away.  Setbacks are a test of your faith and true desire for your manifestation. How else would we know how badly we want something until it feels like it’s being taken away? TRUE STORY… Just after I gave my 2 weeks' notice to leave my corporate job and go full-time into my business, I got told “no” by at least ten potential clients in a row. Leaving me spinning into, “on my God did I just make the biggest mistake of my life?!” I had a choice to make. Do I throw in the towel and low-key beg for my job back, or do I persevere and accept the fact that not everything is going to go to MY plan?  When I finally started my podcast, after ten years of being stuck in resistance…even after four months of twice weekly episodes, hiring a top podcast producer, and being a professionally trained journalist….almost no one was listening.  I had a choice to make. Do I throw in the towel and cut my losses? Or do I persevere and continue to show up UNTIL it works? It sucks, it’s uncomfortable, it’s messy, and it’s vulnerable AF…. This is why 98% of people quit before they’ve really given their dream business, life, body, and relationship a real chance.  Success requires you to show up regardless of what you want.   ______________________________________________________________________________ Spring applications are officially open for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse   

Anything that makes a lot of money will typically have a lot of competition.  Real estate, coaching, skincare lines, podcasting, social media, popcorn, etc… A majority of people will see things through a scarcity lens, “ugh I want to start an eyelash extension business, but there are so many people doing it already.”  A person with an abundance lens will say, “I want to open an eyelash extension studio, so I need to come up with a way to be different and stand out.” There is ALWAYS a way to do the thing, but do it better and do it differently.  It will help you if you don’t think so logically…I mean you have to be a bit crazy to be an entrepreneur anyway.  > You can stand out by offering a different customer experience. Maybe there is no luxury vibe version of your service in your area.  > You can stand out by targeting a specific type of person: millennial vibes, soccer mom life, type A professionals. You can stand out by offering a unique bundle of services like the guest on today’s podcast episode. Athena found a unique service while scrolling TikTok, and knew it would be something her ideal clients would also love, in addition to the other services she offered (brows, skin, and lash services).  In less than a year Athena (now known as the “Queen of Permanent Jewelry”) said she has grown her business from 10k months to 100k months!! This is the POWER and POTENCY of daring to be different.  She’s offering something special to the ProjectME audience, $500 OFF her online Flash and Fuse permanent jewelry program. (Use code ProjectMe)  Connect with Athena on Instagram:  @theestiebestie  @flashandfuse   Use code “Projectme” at checkout from this link  https://flashandfuse.com/products/permanent-jewelry-training-with-flash-and-fuse   Spring applications are open for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application   Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse     

THIS IS IT…LAST HOURS > to join Selling with Soul™ {{Enrollment will be closed until 2024}} This is my signature 5-week live program to teach you how to sell in a way that feels good to you and your ideal clients.  Details + Student Results + Join HERE. >> To Apply for the ½ Scholarship, see details below New special mini-series, where I will be unveiling the unconventional money hacks that have helped me bank millions of dollars. Keep in mind, I started out making 17K a year as a TV journalist, so what I’m sharing with you can be applied to any income level, yes even if you are in debt.  In part four, the final episode of this powerful mini-series I’m unveiling for the first time ever, the spending and saving hacks that have changed my life.  After coaching well over 150-thousand people from all over the world, I’ve gathered a ton of clinical data on the human mind and human behaviors as they related to money and success.  What I found is people tend to resist adjusting their habits and actions around money for one of three reasons: They don’t want to feel controlled; they believe they will have to sacrifice the things that give them pleasure; and/or they are stuck in “doom” thinking, and don’t believe it is possible for them to ever reach their goal, let alone getting ahead financially.  I had the same resistance in all three areas. But, I knew the benefit of becoming financially free, so I said, “there has got to be another way to do this!”  That inner rebel I have is how most of my million-dollar plans have started because she refuses to believe there isn’t a different way, a better way, an easier way, a less painful way, a more effective and efficient way.  And there is. Be prepared to have your money story change forever.  ½ Scholarship for Selling with Soul™ instructions: Send an email sharing what this ½ will do for you, and why it would be such a beautiful gift in your life right now to Support@ProjectMEwithTiffany.com Put “SCHOLARSHIP” in the subject line. You will hear back from us within 24 hours. If you don’t, be sure to email us again to confirm we received your email submission.  Spring applications are open for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program:  Private Coaching Application Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

FINAL 48 HOURS > to join Selling with Soul™ {{Enrollment will be closed until 2024}} This is my signature 5-week live program to teach you how to sell in a way that feels good to you and your ideal clients.  Details + Student Results + Join HERE. >> To Apply for the ½ Scholarship, see details below New special mini-series, where I will be unveiling the unconventional money hacks that have helped me bank millions of dollars. Keep in mind, I started out making 17K a year as a TV journalist, so what I’m sharing with you can be applied to any income level, yes even if you are in debt.  Part three is designed to FAST TRACK a cash influx into your business.  The way I teach and coach is rooted in reality, with a heavy dose of abundant creativity, plus proven profitable strategies. As a business owner, whether you are just starting your business, or you are 8 years in….you need to have periods of big cash infusions into your business in order to grow.  How do you want to fill up your bathtub, one drop at a time, or a steady strong stream of water? Both will end up filling the tub, but one will certainly take a painfully long time, so long in fact, the water will be cold once it’s finally full.  Nearing my first year of business, taxes were due… I assumed I would owe very little if any, since I was investing so much in growing my business, plus I only have two dang clients. Well to my TOTAL SHOCK and then full panic attack, I owed $5500.  This was my first time ever owing taxes. Coming from being a corporate employee, I always got money back, even if it was $15.  Well, I didn’t have the cash on hand to pay this tax bill, unless I went into my savings or 401K. Like most beautiful solutions and creative ideas….they are born out of a problem, out of being in a tough situation, and we are forced to figure out a solution. And I did. Well, I was 100% sure it was going to work, but I had to try.  15 years ago almost to the day, is where my OFFER HACKING for big cash infusions was born. Over the years, I have further refined it and now it is so well-tuned, that I can teach to anyone, from any industry, and it works (if they actually work it and do it!).  This is the exact cash-generating strategy I walk my Selling with Soul™ students through step by step, and help each of them customize it for their brand and niche. So get your notebook ready Sis! ½ Scholarship for Selling with Soul™ instructions: Send an email sharing what this ½ will do for you, and why it would be such a beautiful gift in your life right now to Support@ProjectMEwithTiffany.com Put “SCHOLARSHIP” in the subject line. You will hear back from us within 24 hours. If you don’t, be sure to email us again to confirm we received your email submission.  Spring applications are open for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program:  Private Coaching Application Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Tiffany on TikTok @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

ENROLLMENT ONLY open for a short time + $1850 in bonuses > Selling with Soul™ my signature 5-week live group coaching program to teach you how to sell in a way that feels good to you and your ideal clients.  Details + Student Results + Join HERE. New special mini-series, where I will be unveiling the unconventional money hacks that have helped me bank millions of dollars. Keep in mind, I started out making 17K a year as a TV journalist, so what I’m sharing with you can be applied to any income level, yes even if you are in debt. Part two will sound completely counterintuitive to what you assume about generating freedom-level wealth. I’m going to walk you through my hacks on how to strategically spend money in order to make more money.   You’ve probably heard the expression, “you’ve gotta spend money to make money?” This phrase messes with so many people’s minds because they choose to have this confirmation bias that they will never be financially successful. Since they don’t currently see themselves as having any money or receiving money anytime soon, how could they ever get ahead? You’ve likely had this thought when you see rich people getting richer. I had the same thoughts, until one day I was covering a news story of this local farmer who was dirt poor, and now selling his farm for something crazy like 40 million dollars. I asked him, “How did you grow this (literally) out of basically nothing? He said, “ Well I didn’t start with nothing, I did have a half-acre of raw land.” I said, “ooooook.” He said, “I knew if I tended to that land like it was 300 acres, it would grow.” He already saw himself as abundant with what he had to work with at that time.  He used the money from those crops to slowly add an acre, then 3, then 15, then 35, and so on.  I started that day to look at what I currently had as precious and prosperous land, and how I could make it grow no matter how slowly.  My millionaire status really started that day. Allow today to be your millionaire start. ENROLLMENT IS OFFICIALLY OPEN (the only time it will be until 2024) > Selling with Soul my signature 5-week live group coaching program to teach you how to sell in a way that feels good to you and your ideal clients.  Details + Student Results + Join HERE. My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program:  Private Coaching Application Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse   

ENROLLMENT IS OFFICIALLY OPEN + $1000 OFF Selling with Soul™ my signature 5-week live group coaching program to teach you how to sell in a way that feels good to you and your ideal clients.  Details + Student Results + Join HERE. New special mini-series, where I will be unveiling the unconventional money hacks that have helped me bank millions of dollars. Keep in mind, I started out making 17K a year as a TV journalist, so what I’m sharing with you can be applied to any income level, yes even if you are in debt.  Part one is breaking down the mental money hacking that needs to be done daily, for anything else I teach you to work.  The difference between making easy money and hard money, it all starts from your mindset around abundance.  If you don’t allow yourself to sink into the belief that it is truly possible for you to create the lifestyle and income you desire, it will not happen. But, that feels so out of reach when you’re on the money struggle bus, and maybe you don’t even know anyone who isn’t.  If you don’t have the belief that it is without a doubt possible for you, no matter your current circumstances or upbringing, then why would you ever feel consistent and persistency motivated to take action towards making that a reality?  You have to mind-hack your wiring and your long-term programming, and I’m going to teach you how to do that for yourself in this episode.  ENROLLMENT IS OFFICIALLY OPEN (the only time it will be until 2024) > Selling with Soul my signature 5-week live group coaching program to teach you how to sell in a way that feels good to you and your ideal clients.  Details + Student Results + Join HERE. My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching program:  Private Coaching Application Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

PRE-LAUNCH PRICING {LAST DAY} > $1000 OFF Selling with Soul™ my signature 5-week live group coaching program to teach you how to sell in a way that feels good to you and your ideal clients.  Details + Student Results + Join HERE.   This is serious! If you want to bring in more cash and clients, THIS MUST BE your main area of focus.  Not > I need to go viral. Not > I need to write more emails. Not > I need to do ads. Not > I need to just quit because nothing is working! If you are getting a bunch of No’s and excuses from people, instead of them being excited to buy, one of three things is happening in their minds: They don’t believe your product, service, or offer is going to get them closer to their specific desired result. They don’t believe in themselves and are stuck in a self-defeating resistance pattern without realizing it.  They don’t 100% believe in you. This doesn’t mean you are bad, incapable, or unqualified. The problem isn’t YOU, it’s that YOU have clearly conveyed in your messaging, your offer, your content, or your conversations a level of conviction that you are the expert, the creator, the coach, the service provider, etc… that THEY need RIGHT NOW.  What ends up happening when business owners get a bunch of NO’s or NO INTEREST AT ALL, is you take it personally, and then go into a scarcity spin cycle. After coaching well over 150-thousand people worldwide, I see it over and over again. Here me on this… It isn’t personal. It isn’t about you as a human. You are the face of your brand, you are the CEO, you are the creator or curator of your offers… So, it feels PERSONAL AF when no one is buying or doesn’t seem excited to work with you, and they go and hire someone else. Quite frankly, IT SUCKS. I’ve been there. This is why I am best qualified to coach you through it.  Let’s start fixing this hole in your business right now, so you can get major cash flowing this spring.   PRE-LAUNCH PRICING > Selling with Soul is my signature 5-week live group coaching program to teach you how to sell in a way that feels good to you and your ideal clients.  Details + Student Results + Join HERE. MY Famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program:  Private Coaching Application NEW one-of-a-kind Program, APPLY HERE> The Abundance League Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

PRE-LAUNCH PRICING > Selling with Soul is my signature 5-week live group coaching program to teach you how to sell in a way that feels good to you and your ideal clients.  Details + Student Results + Join HERE. You have to choose which is more important to you… Staying comfortable and settling for the life you have right now. OR Having the lifestyle and business you want,  so you’ll take the risk, and do the damn thing. It is that simple and it is that hard. This is why so many people who come to me are “STUCK.”  It shows up in the form of feeling confused, overwhelmed, anxious, depressed, exhausted, procrastinating, and even resentful.  “Tiff I’m not happy and I want to stop doing ____ in my business and start doing _____ but I don’t even know where to start.” “Ugh, I dread going to work, and I know I need to make a change but it all seems like too much and then I do nothing.” “I’m afraid if I leave ______ and stop doing ______ I will lose everything.” (this is what my guest on today’s pod interview said to me 2 years ago) You are torturing yourself daily by being torn between saying comfortably uncomfortable in the life you know, while deeply yearning for the life you want…but not wanting to take the necessary risks and scary actions to get it.  It’s like you are looking through a chain link fence seeing all of these happy successful people, who have wanted, and it’s right there for you BUT you must climb over that tall fence. It looks so giant, to the point your brain tries to convince you that it isn’t possible for you.  What always helps me is hearing from people who’ve climbed that fence, and why it is all worth it. Today’s interview is pure evidence of why NOW is the time to do it, and choosing yourself is the best investment you will ever make in your life.  Follow Ashley on Instagram @fitfabash   Website www.ashleywiensfitness.com for help or guidance with how to create a sustainable fitness and nutrition lifestyle.   PRE-LAUNCH PRICING > Selling with Soul is my signature 5-week live group coaching program to teach you how to sell in a way that feels good to you and your ideal clients.  Details + Student Results + Join HERE. MY Famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program:  Private Coaching Application NEW one-of-a-kind Program, APPLY HERE> The Abundance League Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

LAST CHANCE!!! >>> Free Live Training Series: 3 Days to Make Bank Online in your business SIGN UP HERE The price isn’t the issue… Contrary to what you’re thinking about your offers that no one seems to be interested in…your price isn’t the issue >>> even if you keep hearing “I can’t afford it.”  Answer this question for me… IF you knew without a doubt that the program, course, event, etc… you were considering purchasing would get you results and a solid ROI, wouldn’t you find any way possible to get the money to pay for it?  In fact, it would be CRAZY of you not to.  When we want something badly enough and we have a knowing this thing, person, service, or event will improve our lives…we find a way to buy it.  When I was only making 17k a year, I found a way to get new phones, fresh nails, weekly takeout, and drinks at the club every weekend. None of these things gave me a significant ROI…they enhanced my quality of life and enjoyment of it. When I had the opportunity to become a better journalist, this program back then was $3800, I didn’t have that in my bank account…But I knew this investment would pay off. I mean how couldn’t it, when I would be improving my skill set?  So I asked my mom for some help (if you know my story this isn’t an easy thing to do), and got a credit card for the rest.  What I learned and implemented in this program, elevated me to a new level. The local CBS Morning Show took notice and paid me almost double my current salary to come to join their morning TV news team as a lead anchor.  My point is…if they aren’t buying you’re either targeting the wrong people and/or you aren’t clearly conveying the ROI benefit of investing their money with you.  I’m sharing more detailed examples in this episode, and how to apply them to your own business immediately.  Free Live Training Series: 3 Days to Make Bank Online SIGN UP HERE Be sure you are signed up for my once-a-year FREE LIVE TRAINING SERIES > 3 Days to Make Bank Online. GRAB YOUR SPOT. One time only free event NEW one-of-a-kind Program, APPLY HERE> The Abundance League MY Famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application !FLASH SALE! Join the FAMOUS ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership  YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Facebook @projectmewithtiffany  ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse   

Be sure you are signed up for my once-a-year World Famous, FREE LIVE TRAINING SERIES > 3 Days to Make Bank Online. GRAB YOUR SPOT. Seats are limited! ONLY 48 HOURS LEFT!!! >>> Free Live Training Series: SIGN UP HERE You’re losing $1000s… It still blows my mind when people have already spent a ton of money on hiring marketing companies and coaches, yet still have zero ideas on to sell their offers, products, and services in an effective genuine way.  This needs to be your number one priority if you’re building any type of business. Otherwise, you won’t make it no matter how many followers you have, how great your stuff is, or how much you spend on ads.  If your growth feels stagnant, you have a marketing & sales problem…and it won’t fix itself with time, more posting, or by “trying harder.” The good news, after 15 years of teaching sales to well over 150k people, I know what will get you results.  Sales are actually simple, it’s your resistance to them and your beliefs around them that are making it hard.  I brought on a client of mine on the pod today to give you some much-needed clear and actionable direction. Heather Lisle is a Communication and sales expert for service-based business owners. She specializes in teaching people how to adjust their verbal and non-verbal communication to quickly & sincerely connect with their potential clients.  Get Heather’s DISC Assessment cheat sheet HERE  Connect with her on Instagram @heather_lisle ONLY 48 HOURS LEFT!!! >>> Free Live Training Series: 3 Days to Make Bank Online SIGN UP HERE Be sure you are signed up for my once-a-year FREE LIVE TRAINING SERIES > 3 Days to Make Bank Online. GRAB YOUR SPOT. One time only free event NEW one-of-a-kind Program, APPLY HERE> The Abundance League MY Famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application !FLASH SALE! Join the FAMOUS ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership  YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Facebook @projectmewithtiffany  ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse   

Be sure you are signed up for my once-a-year World Famous, FREE LIVE TRAINING SERIES > 3 Days to Make Bank Online. GRAB YOUR SPOT. Seats are limited! Notice what’s missing… NONE of these mention THE PRICE. That’s because people rarely buy based on price unless you are comparing the same brand of a loaf of bread that is $1 less at another store…even so, most people won’t spend the time or energy to drive to another store just to save a $1 or even $5.  People buy based on emotions. This is where my now famous Emotional Based Sales Techniques™ was born. If you only focused on sharing the number of modules, how many sessions someone gets, how long, etc….you’re leaving a crap ton of money on the table.  When you focus on connecting to the HUMANS who are considering buying your stuff, you will always win. People need to have that, “I must have that” or the “I’m doing this!” reason in order to break out their credit card…to get to this point they’ve gotta feel the following: > You deeply get them  > This will enhance their life  > I trust this person/company  It is that simple. The problem is no one has ever taught you how to do it. The good news is the solution is just on the other side of you learning it.  Start by listening to this new pod episode! Be sure you are signed up for my once-a-year FREE LIVE TRAINING SERIES > 3 Days to Make Bank Online. GRAB YOUR SPOT. One time only free event NEW one-of-a-kind Program, APPLY HERE> The Abundance League MY Famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application !FLASH SALE! Join the FAMOUS ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership  YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Facebook @projectmewithtiffany  ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse   

For 2.5 years I stayed in silent pain  I fooled myself into thinking I was sharing my needs and setting clear boundaries in my relationship and In my businesses, but I was really tapping and dancing around them.  That felt less risky for me. I wanted to change and have my needs met, but I wasn’t willing to fully risk being abandoned or dismissed. So instead I abandoned and dismissed myself.  This was a painfully familiar feeling, as I’ve felt it my entire life. It left me feeling resentful, angry, and alone.  Yet I couldn’t get myself to unmute. So instead 2.5 years of my life passed me by where, until one day I had enough and ripped the duct tape off my mouth. Everything changed, and also nothing changed.  I go into this DEEP on today’s new podcast interview with my guest @Nancy_Medoff Author of “Unmute Yourself,” and Keynote Speaker. Are you ready to jump into the 5 Why’s Exercise? Check it out HERE Connect with Nancy: Unmute Yourself Podcast: https://bit.ly/unmuteyourselfthepodcast Unmute Yourself Book: https://bit.ly/orderunmuteyourselfthebook Instagram: @Nancy_Medoff Linkedin: NMPLinkedin NEW one-of-a-kind Program, APPLY HERE> The Abundance League Free Live Training Series: 3 Days to Make Bank Online SIGN UP HERE (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application !FLASH SALE! Join the FAMOUS ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership  YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Facebook @projectmewithtiffany  ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse   

 The problem is you’re… giving way too many fu€ks about people, situations, and things that are completely out of your control.  My guess is you’re an over-giver with a giant heart…your fu€ks come from a good place, but they are also hurting you in many ways.  When we give too many, we then have none left for our dreams and ourselves…the stuff that fills our happiness cup.  This used to be me. Once I RECLAIMED those fu€ks for myself and became extremely discerning over who I came my fu€ks to…several wild unexpected things drastically shifted in my life for the better.  What we focus on grows. So if we pour our focus into our well-being, our business, and our abundance…we end up easily attracting more of it.  AAAAND when we focus our attention outside of other people’s shiz, and ourselves we end up attracting more takers, more energy vampires, and more life-draining drama.  If you’re running on fumes, feeling unappreciated, or you don’t have the life you crave…Listen to this episode at least three times.  NEW one-of-a-kind Program, APPLY HERE> The Abundance League Free Live Training Series: 3 Days to Make Bank Online SIGN UP HERE (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application !FLASH SALE! Join the FAMOUS ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership  YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Facebook @projectmewithtiffany  ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

Shining and Vulnerability It brings up everyone’s deepest insecurities…I’ve coached celebrities, Emmy award-winning TV personalities, influencers, fitness cover models, and many highly accomplished doctors, lawyers, and entrepreneurs….THEY all had Visibility Meltdowns.  It has little to do with confidence and everything to do with your childhood and young adulthood.  For me, being raised by a narcissistic mother, I had to shine to make her look good BUT I couldn’t shine too bright or it would piss her off. Resulting in her ignoring me for days or even weeks, withholding love and affection from me.  So, standing out was dangerous for me. How this played out in my personal life, my career, and even my level of financial success will be enough to stop you in your tracks.  Fear of being SEEN is blocking your next level of success…in Part 3 of this special 3-Part series Deconstructing your biggest fears I’ll walk you through my story along with relatable stories from several clients to help you break through this key MONEY BLOCK. NEW one-of-a-kind Program, APPLY HERE> The Abundance League Free Live Training Series: 3 Days to Make Bank Online SIGN UP HERE (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application !FLASH SALE! Join the FAMOUS ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership  YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Facebook @projectmewithtiffany  ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

I almost didn’t do it (true story). After ten years of me resisting starting ProjectME with Tiffany Carter the podcast and business coaching brand, I finally said, “F IT,’ and hired a web designer, a brand photographer, and a podcast producer. MAJOR rip-off the Band-Aid moment.  Within 6 months I had a podcast with a 5-figure incredible sponsor. Was speaking on stage to thousands of women, and even snagged a guest expert TV spot.  Most importantly, I felt more fulfilled and free than ever in my entire life.  Crazy that I spent TEN YEARS in pure fear resistance, worrying about what will my corporate clients think. People will think I’m being narcissistic. Maybe I’m too fat to do this, or not pretty enough. People who I know will think I’m cheesy and talk crap about me.  All of that time and energy I wasted worrying about other people could have been spent taking action on my dream life and helping people who need my expertise. Since I can’t go back and change things, this is now a HUGE part of my story and the message I share with millions of people every week >> Stop letting what other people may think about you, hold you back from living your Most Exceptional life. The only person who loses here is you.  One thing we can NEVER get back in time. Honor yourself and your precious life by fully going after the lifestyle you want, instead of settling for what you’ve got. I promise you, it’s worth the risk.  Start by listening to this NEW 3-Part Series, to get your internal radio tuned into a station that gets you dancing, grooving, and movin’ with radiating abundant energy and thoughts.  NEW one-of-a-kind Program, APPLY HERE> The Abundance League Free Live Training Series: 3 Days to Make Bank Online SIGN UP HERE (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application !FLASH SALE! Join the FAMOUS ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership  YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Facebook @projectmewithtiffany  ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

Play this game with yourself. Keeping it real with you…you hate when people play mind games, yet you do it with yourself all the time! Constantly telling yourself all of the reasons why it won't work, why you don’t have what it takes, why it’s going to be so hard….then you start in with, the “What If’s” and the What Wills”. What if I look stupid, what if no one signs up, what will happen if I buy this coaching program and it doesn’t pay off, what will THEY think???  Since you’re already playing mind games on yourself, let’s play a new game: The “What’s Can’s” and the What Would’s” What can happen to me here when I show up for myself and my business to the fullest? What can happen to all of the people who need my help and guidance? What would happen if this actually did pay off and work out for my greatest good? What would happen if everything unfolded beautifully and I make more money than I ever imagined? What would happen if I chose to surrender and trust myself and the abundance of the universe? There is no way you are going to stop the fear-based scarcity thinking…that is part of human existence. What you can control is to deliberately turn the danger volume down, and turn up the potential abundance station…in fact, I want you to CRANK THAT SHIZ. Start by listening to this NEW 3-Part Series, to get your internal radio tuned into a station that gets you dancing, grooving, and movin’ with radiating abundant energy and thoughts.    NEW one-of-a-kind Program, APPLY HERE> The Abundance League Free Live Training Series: 3 Days to Make Bank Online SIGN UP HERE (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application !FLASH SALE! Join the FAMOUS ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership  YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Facebook @projectmewithtiffany  ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest The Secret Posse 

F’d up story My biggest fear came true.  Everyone made fun of me…talking behind my back and even my then-mentor told me I was making a huge mistake.  To the point where I started to really doubt my life-changing decision.  I was going to quit my “fancy” corporate career in Pharmaceutical Sales to go ALL IN on my own business full-time.  They said, “most entrepreneurs fail in the first year.” “Why would you give up a career you worked so hard for?” “It’s going to be hard to make this kind of money on your own” “What are you going to do for health insurance?”  I left during the BIG economic crash…so many people were projecting their fears on me, and maybe even innocently trying to protect me.  But I had been side hustling for 6 months and I was covering my base expenses…PLUS I was tired of making other companies all of this money while following their rules.  I was terrified and I left anyway.  I didn’t have much support or a financial backup plan, and I left anyway.  I had no idea how to run my own business, and I left anyway.  Choosing our happiness and ourselves will often look insane to other people, even irresponsible…but they don’t have to live with the pain of us continuing to be unhappy and unfulfilled day after day after day.  The person who needs their support the most is YOU.  The person who needs to believe in you the most is YOU.  This is why I named this brand ProjectME as YOU are the Most Exceptional project of your life.  No one else is responsible for your happiness, well-being, success, and freedom other an YOU.  Time to make your move, sis.  Connect with Bria Gadd, The Period Whisperer: Website - https://www.briatheperiodwhisperer.com/ Instagram - https://www.instagram.com/bria_period_whisperer/ Facebook - https://www.facebook.com/bria.gadd/   (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application !FLASH SALE! Join the FAMOUS ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership  YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.

Sideways think your way to success The fastest way to grow any business is to be an industry disrupter instead of a copier.  To our logical mind doing what other successful brands and entrepreneurs are doing sounds like a shortcut. Like the saying “don’t reinvent the wheel”  That saying is often taken too literally and doesn’t allow for fresh innovative ideas or products.  One of the main reasons why ProjectME with Tiffany Carter grew into the millions in just over 2 years is because I DARED TO BE DIFFERENT and showcase it.  Now many people try to copy what I started…you don’t want to do this, I want you to be the original, not a knockoff.  If everyone in your industry is showing before & after photos 24/7 then I want you to do something different ex. Share the story behind the transformation  If the most successful coaches in your industry are talking about energy and manifesting, then I want you to use different words and terms to discuss these topics.  If you’re a permanent makeup artist, Zone in on a specific style, skin type, or technique that isn’t being talked about as much.  Let the basic people zig while you zag.  Sharing how I helped 3 biz owners increase their rev by 800% with this strategy. (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership FLASH SALE! Details + Join HERE   YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.

 “Where do I even start?” This is the number one question that prevents people from building their dream businesses. It’s a dead-end question that I professed hundreds of times over a 10-year period.  You obviously don’t know where to start or you would have started.  The emotion behind this question is, what you want feels so far away from where you’re currently at, and to go from point A to point Z feels mind-blowingly overwhelming.  When we get into that stress response, we either freeze in analysis paralysis or procrastinate in order to get an instant sense of relief. After you’ve done that merry-go-round dozens of times, you are sick and ready to get off that damn ride.  But the problem remains…what do I do first to build this business? What should I focus on? How am I going to make money to pay my bills? Where are the clients going to come from? The first thing is to determine what you would love to get paid to do, no matter how crazy it sounds. Ie. “ I want to get paid to travel.” Second thing is to brainstorm all the ways you could get paid to travel. Ie. Become a concierge travel planner, start a travel vlog YouTube Channel, and create video travel guides for each country you visit that come complete with an itinerary, must-see sites, restaurants, tips, etc… Third thing is to determine whom you would love to have as your customers, and who would find your offers incredibly helpful and valuable. Ie. Busy rich entrepreneurs, solo female travelers And if you‘ve been stuck long enough, then your next move is to join one of my programs to get you clear.  It’s easier than ever before in history to build a business, but you are making it hard by trying to go about it alone. I can say this with complete conviction because I did the same thing.  Time to make some moves if you really want what you say you want.  (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership FLASH SALE! Details + Join HERE   YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.  

Advice that made me $2 million dollars… First, you need to hear some of the back stories… there is no psychologist or highly successful businessperson in the world that would have said that “Tiffany has the perfect emotional makeup and skill set to build and run multiple multi-million dollar businesses.” I’m risk-averse. My number one priority is always to feel safe and secure as a result of my highly traumatic childhood.  I’m an empath, introvert, and intuitive, who is highly sensitive and I can take EVERYTHING to heart.  And you will love this one, I’m pretty lazy. I’m not some Type A personality, who gets off on being competitive.  You get the picture here… When my first business wasn’t budging at all, and here I was working 12-hour days, over-delivering to my 2 clients, and desperately trying to figure out how to stop trading my time for money….. I called my Lebanese Law of Attraction Coach in a full-blown entrepreneur meltdown.  In his calming beautiful accent, he said, “Tiffany how we operate in one area of our lives is how we operate in all areas of our lives.” (This took me at least 10 minutes to process.) So we started to examine how I operate in my intimate relationships, friendships, money, my personal goals, at the gym, with pleasure….THERE WAS A UNDENIABLE TOXIC THREAD. The great news is once we identify the problem, we can get to work on the solution.  I’ll be walking you through this exercise, along with my podcast guest Barb Nagle today. She’s a Boundaries Coach, who specializes in working with ambitious and sensitive women.  Connect with Barb: $300 off to the first two listeners to sign up for my "Feminize Biz Boundaries" VIP day for women entrepreneurs (promo code: tiffanyboundaries) Instagram & Facebook: @higherpowercoaching   Podcast:  "Fragmented to Whole: Life Lessons from 12-Step Recovery" (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership Join HERE   YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.

If you keep attracting people who are filled with excuses instead of excited to sign up for your offers, there is a hole in your messaging and marketing strategy.  Most often, it’s because you don’t really have one in place. Winging it while posting and hoping isn’t a profitable marketing plan.  A client came completely at a loss why more people aren’t buying her group coaching program since it’s “amazing and people have gotten great results.”  Her desire is to scale her group programs to have high 5 and 6-figure launches several times a year, but obviously, she can’t do that with only 6-10 people signing up.  The problem wasn’t her program, her credibility, or even likability…it was how she was presenting her program > both the messaging and the branding were repelling people instead of attracting them.  EXAMPLE: Which sounds better to you?  Bangin’ Body Bootcamp  Feel Confident in your Body in 12 Weeks and lose weight  Or  Bangin’ Body by Springtime  A Specialty Program designed to build lean muscle and lose fat in 12 weeks, without extreme dieting or exercise.  Here’s another one in a different industry: Mindset Makeover  A course that teaches you how to manage the negative thoughts in your mind  OR  Mindset Makeover  Set your mind up to be a magnetic match for next level abundance, focus, and incredible relationships. A self-paced course designed for busy professionals to binge in a weekend.  Your next money-making move is to listen to this episode.  ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership NEW ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP Details + Join HERE   (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.

Hard truth…I wish I knew sooner.  Some people don’t love you; they just love the benefits that come with you.  The fastest way to weed them out is to set boundaries and observe whose behavior changes.  A funny thing happens when we start to prioritize our needs and please ourselves; some people in our lives will become displeased. As you having weak boundless highly benefited them.  At one point in my life, almost everyone in it was TAKING from me, and I was letting them.  > Some drained my energy  > Some drained my bank account  > Some drained my confidence  As a recovering codependent and people pleaser, I didn’t know how to all of a sudden set boundaries and new rules without pissing these people off.  A wise mentor of mine said to me, “to avoid upsetting people, you’re willing to sacrifice your life?” Well dang, when she put it that way!  This is exactly why as your coach, I will always give it to you straight, as the tough truths and wisdom are what we need to hear (not always what we want to hear).  If you state your clear priorities, needs, desires, and limitations make people upset and leave you, they never loved to begin with…they loved what did for them or what they could get from you.  I brought an expert in dysfunctional dynamics and relationships on the podcast (@LauraKConnell), so you can deeply understand where the need to people please comes from. Connect with Laura K Connell: Instagram: @LauraKConnell Website & Blog: laurakconnell.com Book (coming in 9/2023): It’s Not Your Fault  [Distributor: Simon and Schuster, Publisher: HCI Books] ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership FLASH SALE! Details + Join HERE   (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.

We’ve all done it…And we’ve all paid the price. Not just once, but every single person who reads this has fallen for it multiple times.  We are humans with giant egos. When an expert marketer knows how to push those greed-based buttons within us, we often BITE.  Who wouldn’t want something that seems like such little work and effort in exchange for HUGE RESULTS and REWARDS?!!!  >Bought the supplement promising to help us gain muscle and lose fat. >Bought the course that would show us exactly step by step how to go viral with Instagram Reels. >Hired the Facebook ads team and SEO expert thinking, “THIS is what’s going to triple my sales and audience, without me doing more work.”  >Joined a group coaching program saying once I learn the “energenix (yes spelled with an ‘x’) of money and how to magically collapse time, everything will manifest at rapid speed.”  It all typically ends the same way, in regret, disappointment, and shame.  The hard truth that many people don’t want to believe is true, cause it’s not cute >>> to get BIG results, whether that be cash, clients, success, a super fit body, speaking a new language fluently, or growing a highly engaged social media following REQUIRES a BIG ENERGY EXCHANGE.  >You have to dedicate your time consistently, even when you don’t feel like it. >You have to spend money getting high-quality guidance so you don’t waste more time or energy. >You have to do unsexy tedious work on repeat. >And the hardest part is managing your ego, your patience, and your ability to trust yourself.  Both of my multi-million dollar businesses weren’t built on my highly motivated, high productivity weeks, they were built on all the days when I didn’t feel like it and I chose to show up regardless.  Same with my clients who have the most success in working with me….they put skin in the game, put in the work, trusted the process, and showed up as best they could on any given day.  If I didn’t set myself up to show up on the hard days, the blah days, the aggravating days…there would be no ProjectME.  Dishing on the truth today about what it takes to make money as a multi-passionate creative entrepreneur.  (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) Join the FAMOUS ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.

 Calling myself out for all of us…a week in a negative brain spiral.  This time of year, I call the “Pressure Cooker of Dirty Diapers.” It’s when the dopamine has worn off from the New Year’s high, and the DOING of all things is in full force. Everything feels like it’s spinning, it’s all too much, and it makes me want to quit and run away to the Italian countryside.  In all honesty, I set myself up for this mental sh%t storm…without realizing it. You likely have to, which is why I’m sharing this story. It started the second week of December, when I dreamed up a list of all the things I want to get done during the holidays and that “down” period between Christmas and New Year’s: Clean out my closets to donate to charity  Review and approve all of my emails & sales page for my big launch in 2023 Write a chunk of my book Start Pilates again Review every page of my website and provide edits to my team Writing these down made me feel empowered like I have my sh%t together (insert the dopamine high).  Then when the time came to do the things, I felt so overwhelmed it was paralyzing. Where do I even begin? It felt like so much, and none of it felt fun. (insert procrastination) As each day passed that I didn’t cross off any one of these things, I started to beat myself up for being lazy, unmotivated, and not wanting to do these things that would only benefit me and other people.   Then in an attempt to get some relief, I told myself I would do these things in January. Well…nothing changed. I then started to beat myself up even more, to the point that it ignited my depression and anxiety disorders.  It wasn’t until day 5 of feeling like crap, that I caught myself. Since when does being hard on ourselves and beating ourselves up make anything better? Yet most of us do this on autopilot. Here I am after many years of doing this work, and I still get sucked into it. When I shared this on Instagram, the response was insane. This is a widespread issue that needs to be discussed. Listen and learn how to shift out of it.  (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) Join the FAMOUS ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.

My addiction is embarrassing and I’m ready to share it. This will be proof to you of how deep and intertwined our bad habits, compulsions, and behaviors can be. For the record, EVERYONE ends up addicted to something at some point.  It’s not just drugs and alcohol. You can be addicted to work, exercise, external validation, negative excitement, procrastination, sugar, male attention, shopping, and your phone….I even have a friend in my support group that is addicted to the game Candy Crush.  Here’s how you know if this habit of yours has escalated into an addition: If it comes with a negative cost to your physical health, emotional well-being, your spiritual connection, goals, your finances, or your relationships.  No one has ever said that “Salad is ruining my life.” As a great leader, I know in order to best help you; I have to be vulnerable first.  Hi, I’m Tiffany and I’m an ice cream addict. You may have just laughed, and that’s ok it does sound silly….but here’s when I knew it was a deeper problem. I started to NEED it. If I didn’t have a pint of ice cream in the freezer, I would get anxious.  Then I started to feel shame when I would eat it, like “WTF is wrong with me, why do I have to have this?!” Although I didn’t binge eat the ice cream, I would eat enough to where my stomach would hurt or it would be so much sugar that it would affect my sleep. Even knowing this, I STILL kept eating it. (insert more shame) I would wake up feeling like crap with a sugar hangover while watching my abs lines slowly disappear, and be replaced with full body inflammation (as a results form the dairy + sugar).  YET, I still kept eating it almost every night. It was my dirty secret.  Secrets like this keep us stuck in it because it fuels the shame.  Everything shifted for me in the last week, after I followed these steps. Listen to this life-changing episode, as my remarkable guest Melissa Paige, shares openly about addictions to food, alcohol, drugs, and nicotine. Melissa is 12 years sober from drugs and alcohol, and now two years free from smoking and vaping nicotine. Time to quit, and stay quiet so you can be FREE.  Connect with Melissa: Instagram: @themelissapaige Podcast: The Getting Soulfit Podcast (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.

 There are 2 ways to climb a mountain. One way requires less effort and therefore is more enjoyable…the other way is rough but doable. Climber 1: Brings everything they could possibly need for any circumstance, plus backup supplies, plus an extra large tent for comfort and safety. Her pack weight is maxed out, but she is literally prepared for anything and everything.  Climber 2: Brings only the essentials. She trusts the training she invested in from her climbing mentor, and her instincts on what is truly a necessity, then she surrenders the rest. Her pack is light and tight and rests comfortably on her back, she’s eager and excited for the challenge of this climb.  Which climber would you place a bet to reach the top first, while also enjoying it the most? The reason why some continue to rise faster and further isn’t because they are necessarily more talented, focused, or have larger audiences…it’s because they continue to lighten their load, so they are free to rise higher.  Trying to figure everything out on your own is like climbing a mountain with a 100lb dumbbell set. It is possible to succeed sure but is it likely not? Will it feel enjoyable…absolutely not?  Playing cheap with your goals is the most costly thing you can do. > Release the old version of you & strut into 2023 with clear grounded confidence  > Guiding you through my exact New Year’s abundance exercise to set you up for follow-through instead of slipping into self-sabotage  ***Bring an index card or a piece of paper cut into the size of an index, Plus colored pens & stickers.  (LAST CHANCE to work with me 1:1 for a long time!) WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.

Six years ago I was on death's door.  I literally worked myself to almost death. Not so ironically, this is exactly what my mom pounded into my head that was required to be successful as a woman in the business world.  First of all, we clearly have an outdated crap version of what SUCCESS is…. Yes, if SUCCESS only equals money, a fit body, fancy trips, and handbags then yes, I had achieved SUCCESS. (I had a million dollars in the bank by the time I was 30) It took me getting so sick that I couldn’t move off the couch, had to sit down to shower, released 90% of my clients, and gained 30 pounds in 45 days to WAKE UP to a new understanding of SUCCESS.  Here I spent my entire life obsessed with achieving more, obtaining the “perfect body,” and getting more awards, assets, and money….yet, I felt more empty and more broken than ever. True success comes from true abundance. When we are abundant, things happen with a sense of ease, enjoyment, and playfulness. There is no forcing, hustling, and pushing needed when you know there is a limitless supply of abundance available to you. You don’t want to be rich. You want to be abundant. This is where you have the health, wealth, worth, and freedom to fu%king live your best life. Instead of sacrificing your well-being for some “riches” that leave you emotionally and physically bankrupt.  Learn how to prioritize pleasure in your life from my incredible guest expert today. Connect with Dr. Jordin and her work: Instagram: @drjordinwiggins The Pleasure Fundamentals LIVE Event: https://www.thepleasurecollective.com/fundamentals Grab Her Book: The Pink Canary  Listen To Her Podcast (What 50 Shades of Grey Really Teaches Us About Pleasure & Desire): Pleasure Principles Podcast   WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.

Letting go is painful AF. Even releasing things, people, and beliefs that we know are life-sucking IS HARD, and we often spend a ton of energy resisting the inevitable.  When we’re in this level of resistance to releasing, many times God and the Universe do what we are unable to do for ourselves.  I’ve had friends and clients get fired from jobs they hated, but were too afraid to quit and start their businesses.  Last year, the pain got so great with a couple of people who I loved dearly, that I was forced to detach from them. I couldn’t see how toxic the relationships were until they were out of my life for some time.  Our tolerance for unhealthy behavior and accepting crumbs, when we really deserve the “whole damn loaf” (as my friend Andrea says) is extremely high for those of us who grew up in dysfunctional households or who’ve been in toxic relationships.  The crumbs start to feel “good enough” over time.  The crap job “isn’t so bad.” The crap relationship “could be worse.” The crappy numb and joyless feeling “is ok.” What we accept we attract more of... to get yourself off this soul-sucking hamster wheel, you must start by cleaning house. What are two things you will no longer settle for? Who do you need to distance yourself from or go no contact with in your life? What is draining your energy and life force? When a boat is starting to sink, the first thing you do is look for the source of the leak. Right now you have energy leaks. Some of you are sinking. Others are wasting precious time and energy trying to scoop out cups of water while steering the boat and catching fish.  Time to not only plug those holes, but maybe it’s time to upgrade your damn boat.  WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.

Your ego doesn’t want to buy into simple or easy.  God forbid abundance is just there for us, and we don’t have to greatly sacrifice ourselves for it.  Your ego will manipulate you into believing EVERYTHING you desire is going to be hard, painful, and take up so much time, energy and money. Then you will stay exactly where you’re at right now, which feels in a sick way “safe” to you, because it’s what you know, it’s familiar, even if you don’t like it.  In order to have the money, the love, the support, the fulfillment, the lifestyle, and the business you desire…. boss-level change is required, and you’ve formed a belief that these changes will require you to do stuff that doesn’t sound fun. THIS IS WHY YOU ARE STUCK IN RESISTANCE.  Let me ask you this > If you knew the actions required to grow your business to 5 and 6-figure months were going to be most exciting, fulfilling, and energizing, and you wouldn’t have to sacrifice time with yourself or your family, would you prioritize doing what it takes RIGHT NOW (even with all the fear feelings)? Your inaccurate and unfounded beliefs are keeping you in such a high state of resistance that it’s blocking your abundance. The key here is to challenge those beliefs with love and compassion.  This is where I came up with my ABC Technique to myself and my clients out of a fear spiral and back into The Abundance Zone.  Perfect timing to do this exercise with me live on the podcast before the New Year and come back to this episode daily if necessary.  Otherwise, you won’t change, you won't grow, you won’t take unfamiliar and uncomfortable actions, and 2023 will be another year you don’t achieve the dream life that you want for yourself. I won’t allow that on my watch.  Of course, listen to my podcast and have that abundant energy and data poured into your brain.   WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.

Don’t you think you owe it to yourself to at least do this…. Numerous studies have shown that your thoughts on average are 80% negative or fear-based.  So if you are choosing to not consciously manage your thoughts, you are spending most of your mental bandwidth on low-vibe crap. No wonder you’re exhausted.  No wonder you’re still “toe-dippin’ “ on your business. No wonder you’re in major resistance to doing the thing you need to do in order to build the business, the bank account, and the life you desire.  If you set any New Year’s intentions or goals, let this be one of them: to prioritize feeding your mind and empowering abundant thoughts DAILY.  Truly none of your other goals will manifest if you’re working against a broke mindset.  Set alarm reminders on your phone with statements of why this is all possible for you, why you are capable of doing it, and having it.  Go on daily Abundance Walks or carve out even 15 minutes for Abundance Sessions (use my free 3-part series). You can do this anywhere at any time. Install daily reader apps on your phone (they are typically under $5)…where you read a passage for the day when you wake up instead of scrolling or checking email.  Set new boundaries around what media, conversations, and information you will take in: no more watching the news, no violent movies, no “broke-talk” in the home, mute or follow people online who ignite your scarcity mindset. Of course, listen to my podcast and have that abundant energy and data poured into your brain.   WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.  

The Secret to Manifesting Money CHEERS to attracting the best of the best and refusing to settle for anything less! Simply saying these statements isn’t enough. We’ve all done it; most of us have done it buzzed this time of year. We proclaim what the New Year will bring, and how we’re going to magically transform into this fresh version of ourselves simply because this current year is behind us. I wish it were that easy. I can’t tell you how many times I did a New Year’s toast around leaving my corporate career and starting my own business, or being done with toxic relationships…only to flash forward to mid-February not having taken any serious action. Setting intentions, goals, resolutions, and manifestations WITHOUT clear accountability and major action, will all end in the same place >>>> The Land of Lost Dreams. This is the place where everything your higher self desires goes to be put on hold until you “feel ready,” “are more prepared,” or the “timing is better.” How about you set things up differently this year, in a way that will get you the results you desire? Take a scary action now, so you HAVE TO show up for what you say you want in 2023. This is what I do and what I’m doing: I have a coaching container set up that starts in January. I sign contracts and put money on the line, so I can’t back out. I ask myself what will force me to show up in spite of my fears because I don’t want to suffer the consequences. Then I take a deep breath and DO IT. This is one of my secrets of how I’ve manifested millions. Tune in so you can step into your dream life. For the rest of this year, I’m dedicating all of my podcast episodes to rewiring your mind for expecting the best and get it! WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.  

 “You’ve gotta be kidding me!” I YELLED. 2022 I’ve labeled as the Year of the Reckoning. Everyone I know had their boundaries tested, and had to distance or remove at least one toxic person from their lives.  This happened to me several times this year, leaving me pleading and yelling to God. I was so blown away by people’s unacceptable behavior, and my lack of seeing the red flags.  Keep in mind I’ve had thousands of hours of therapy, inner child work, energy healing, and trauma recovery…So I wanted to believe I wouldn’t let my boundaries get crossed, or any abuse occur. HA! I only laugh because somehow I forgot I was a human who has deep core wounds that will be with me for life.  Making it easy to miss the more subtle toxic behaviors, micro-aggressions, and boundary breakers.  Before I knew it, I was accepting unacceptable behavior in my life and in my business. Here’s how it showed up: Telling myself I need to extend more patience, love, and tolerance to someone who’s struggling. Avoiding bringing up someone’s unhealthy behavior, because I was “too tired” to deal with more heavy stuff right now. Convincing myself that I was “too much,” “too needy,” too sensitive, “ and my expectations of friends/employees/people were “too high.” It is easy to beat ourselves up for what we can easily see in hindsight. When we are standing in the frame, it’s impossible to see the entire picture.  All we can do is make a loving commitment to honor ourselves, and no longer tolerate behaviors, words, actions, or situations that don’t feel good or safe to us.  I’ve brought on a relationship expert (as clearly, I am not one) to help us improve setting boundaries with the people we love and the ones we don’t. Connect with Stacey: Instagram:  @iamstaceyspeller Facebook: @iamstaceyspeller Work with Stacey: Click Here WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.   

Let’s get on board with this vibe for 2023!  If you listen to my podcast (if not, why the hell not?!), you know I always say, “Like attracts Like.”  Whatever crap we are settling for and accepting in our businesses, careers, friendships, love life, and bank accounts WILL continue to show up, UNTIL we decide we deserve something different and refuse to accept anything less. These kinds of boundaries are easy to say, but hard to carry out.  Because, in order to start attracting the best, you will have some life disruptions. Some people will get upset with you.  You will have to let go of some toxic clients.  You may end up realizing that most of your friends SUCK, and that hurts.  You will need to invest more money into yourself and your business, it will be scary and uncomfortable at first.  To continue to settle for less than you desire comes at an even higher cost.  Your complete happiness.  Fulfillment. Feeling heard and supported.  Financially having limitless options to do, live, have, and experience your wildest desires.  For the rest of this year, I’m dedicating all of my podcast episodes to rewiring your mind for expecting the best and get it!  Start today with writing your new money contract for 2023. WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

 “NOTHING IS WORKING !” After coaching over 150,000 people all over the world, I know with 100% CERTAINTY that everyone I work with at some point will say this to me. It doesn’t matter if it’s a highly successful entrepreneur looking to scale their business into the 8-figures, or a new solopreneur starting their business from scratch…the emotions are the same, it’s the circumstances that are different. Both of these women are going after something bigger, something more, it’s risky, terrifying, and vulnerable AF.  Of course, your physical and mental fear responses are going to come up in full force. This happens to me too.  The key is to work ourselves back into a calm surrendered state, as this is where the abundance flows. Here’s what works for me: > Get it out, don’t stuff down your fear or it will linger. I will vent to a business friend, my coaches, and my therapist. Then I will move my body, go work out, go for a walk, punch a pillow, and move this energy out of my system.  > Write out the facts. When in fear, we go into feelings of overdrive. Often feelings aren’t facts. Listing out the proven facts of the situation ignites our rational mind, calming the crazy brain.  > Give yourself a timeline. It’s not realistic to completely surrender and trust this will all work for a year, so make the commitment to surrender just for today or just for this hour. For this work, even one minute at a time is enough.  > Go listen, watch, and read from people who share honestly about building their dream business, book, podcast, etc… This new interview is a perfect choice. I interview Kelly Chase from the hit Netflix reality show “Love is Blind,” and her humility & transparency about success is exactly what you need to hear right now.  Connect with Kelly: Instagram: @chaselifewithkelly Podcast on Spotify: CLICK HERE Podcast on Apple: CLICK HERE WINTER APPLICATIONS ARE OPEN for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 clients at a time) YOUR Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

 This ONE belief literally almost killed me. (Trigger Warning) A little over 8 years ago, I made the decision to end my time on this Earth.  My plan was to do it on my birthday as a gift to myself and the world.  How did I get to such a low point? It all stemmed from one constant unchallenged thought, which I came to convince myself it was a fact.  “No one really understood me.” I had always known that I was different, and I also learned quickly to keep that buried deep inside as it wasn’t socially acceptable, and certainly not celebrated.  I asked questions at 6 that got me kicked out of Sunday School I knew when people were upset, even if they were faking a smile, and when I would address it, people would often get defensive or weirded out. I spoke to inanimate objects and people I could not physically see, but I could feel.  When I would play Barbies, I never wanted to be married, and I thought Ken was lame.  So I quickly learned to pretend so my friends and family didn’t know how “weird” I was.  I felt the same way in the Corporate world.  I felt the same way in my adult friend groups. So I kept the real me stuffed down, and developed a strong False Self so I would be accepted in this world.  At some point holding a GIANT beach ball underwater gets to be too exhausting. So ending my time here on Earth, sounded like a peaceful solution….an escape from decades of isolation and pain.  Your beliefs can either make or break you. Right now, you have things swirling around your head, which are keeping you stuck, making you miserable, and blocking you from a blissful joy-filled life.  Let’s start unpacking those today. Listen in and I’ll share the rest of this powerful story. My **NEW** Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

I just stood there as she said, “you ungrateful spoiled brat.” What made it even more soul-cutting is she NEVER yelled these things…she would say them in a clear and confident voice. So the 4-year old me took this in as FACTS.  My mom deep down hated me. As an empath, I really felt it. Any attempt at setting boundaries, preferences, saying “no,” or even not liking a particular food was NOT ALLOWED. In fact, this is what would trigger her favorite thing to call me (noted above).  So I was taught that standing up for myself and stating my needs was not safe.  I know many of you were taught the same thing…maybe in a different way, a more subtle way, or even a louder way.  Then as an adult, I ended up being attracted to and attracting people who punished me (consciously and subconsciously) for putting any of my needs or desires first.  This only reinforced the deeply rooted belief that there will be a painful price to pay for setting boundaries and getting my needs met. So I became a well-groomed People Pleaser in an effort to stay “safe,” and not be abandoned by those I loved.  If you know me or listen to my podcast, you know I’m unapologetically confident about my boundaries, preferences, and needs….this didn’t change by magic or from one 3-day retreat.  For a deeply ingrained belief to change, you must go clean out the CORE WOUND.  Otherwise, it will continue to produce puss and fester your ENTIRE LIFE.  If this resonates with you, go listen to the conversation with my Subconscious Mindset Strategist Brenda Johnston. This episode will without a doubt change your life.  Connect with Brenda: Instagram: @_BrendaJohnston Website: www.brenda-johnston.com Her FREE Gift to you: https://www.brenda-johnston.com/release My **NEW** Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

 Sample profitable caption template for you:  This probably goes without saying, but keep in mind there isn’t any magical caption that will convert into cash if the foundations of your business aren’t set up.  However, I have many business owners who come to be with the foundations set who are leading HEAVY MONEY on the table, by not knowing how to strategically create profitable content.  Digital content is a marketing strategy, not a business plan. LET ME BREAKDOWN AN EXAMPLE of high-converting caption: HOOK LINE: 80% of your mental bandwidth should be dedicated to this line. If you do grab their attention, they will never read or watch the rest of your message.  Ex. 98% of you are ignoring the most profitable content in social media.   RELATABILITY: Now you need to show your ideal client that you understand exactly where they are at…if people feel like you “get them” they will buy from you.  Ex. Let me guess, you’re spending hours creating reels, writing captions, and making graphics while receiving little money in return.  It’s starting to get old, isn’t it? Making you dread content.    THE PROBLEM: Then point out what they are likely doing wrong, thinking, assuming, etc… Ex. The issue is you’re thinking, “posting a bunch of stuff consistently” is a profitable content strategy, and it isn’t. This is why all of these influencers come to me with hundreds of thousands of followers and aren’t making sh!t.   SOLUTION: What should they be doing differently? What behavior change, thought shift, or technique will make a big difference?  Ex. Your Instagram feed posts and fun viral reels are designed to expand your audience, and get in front of new people.  Your Instagram Stories are only shown to your existing followers. So while it may not seem as exciting because the numbers of views are far lower (1-2% of your audience size)…these are where your warm leads live.  > This is where the people are going to build a deeper relationship with you, and buy from you.  Treating your IG stories like an afterthought instead of a priority is like going to Mcdonald's after a 90-minute gym session.   WANT MORE GUIDANCE: How can they learn more from you? How can they hire you? How can they get more help with the thing you mentioned?    Ex. I teach my exact frame-by-frame IG story strategy inside my famous ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership, which we are having the BIGGEST SALE OF ALL TIME for right now!!!  Get over $2000 in exclusive bonuses + $50 OFF your first month only a couple of days left!!! LINK IN BIO  >>MEGA BLACK FRIDAY SALE Get all the details + $2291 in exclusive bonuses here: ProjectMEwithTiffany.com/BlackFriday My **NEW** Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Find your Money Making Niche You are the niche, honey.  Whether you have a personal brand, a store, or a service-based business, the common denominator is YOU.  YOU are the founder. YOU are the representative.  YOU are the leader. YOU hold the vision for your business.  If you’re stumped on this whole niche-marketing thing, the answer lies within you.  You are marketing to a version of yourself: whether that be you 10 years ago, you before you did all the inner work, you as a new mom, business owner, newly divorced, etc…. Answer these questions: Who did you create this offer, service, or product for?  What problem or struggle are you looking to help people improve even by 10%?  What are some areas in your industry where people are missing the mark?  What do you stand for and what don’t you stand for?  There is no magical profitable niche.  But after 15 years as a business and marketing strategist, I’ll tell you this: Hyper-focused niched brands do get noticed and grow faster. You can be more general (ie Life Coach) but if you are CLEAR about your messaging and who you help, it won’t connect.  It doesn’t matter if someone already has “your niche.” There are millions of realtors, lawyers, and dermatologists…what matters is you make it clear how you are different.   >>MEGA BLACK FRIDAY SALE Get all the details + $2291 in exclusive bonuses here: ProjectMEwithTiffany.com/BlackFriday My **NEW** Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

 On average I make 10k a week passively…here’s the tea: While this all sounds super sexy…I mean who wouldn’t want to wake up to payment notifications, and fresh cash in the bank?!  Everyone wants this, but few are willing to do what actually works.  It’s no different than admiring another person's fit physique…wishing you were that lean or your stomach was that flat…you can have it too, IF you dedicated the time and created the discipline to follow through on repeat.  The freedom level cash and lifestyle I’ve created are equally available for you right now. If it was super easy, painless, and fast, you would have already done it.  Here’s what you have to be willing to do: Start at the bottom and be willing to learn from someone who has done it.  Have proof of concept on making active income in your business, before trying to make it passively.  Understand passive income requires upfront effort in order to cash in for years and years after that initial effort.  Take risks on repeat. Be willing to experiment and try new things, knowing they could possibly not work while stacking the odds in your favor that they will.   FREE > My Secret Posse Weekly Digest: Sign up here projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse  **NEW** Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Be an intentional entrepreneur, not a sometimes entrepreneur. If you want to make major BOSS-LEVEL cash in your business then major boss moves are required.  It still blows my mind that people complain about their audiences not growing, they aren’t getting clients, and “nothing is working,” yet when I ask them to break down what daily actions they take…it ends up with maybe 1-2 hours of dedicated time on random crap.  If you showed up as an employee operating like this, you would be fired. So why are you half-assing your business activities, and getting upset that you don’t have full results?  Entrepreneurship is incredible, but for you to be successful at it, you can’t play it safe, be cheap, try to find a shortcut, or slap something together and pray it works. This is a setup for failure.  What’s required is this: > Showing up regardless if you feel motivated, energized, or inspired.  > Investing in your business BEFORE you are making any real money. You wouldn’t let someone cut your hair who’s never done it before, would you? So why are you trying to do this on your own and expecting it to go well?    > A heaping dose of patience. None of this will happen when or how you want it to. Your job is to keep showing up UNTIL it works, not only showing up IF it works “this time.”  > A marketing strategy that feels genuine and fun to you. Having a great talent, offer, or product doesn’t matter if the right people don’t know it exists. (Hint: a few Instagram posts a week isn’t a profitable marketing plan.) Connect with Felicia Romero: Instagram: @feliciaromero Website: www.feliciaromero.com/ My **NEW** Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.  .      

How I went from 17k a year to having millions in the bank: Many people assume this is a complex equation because most of us were taught that having this level of wealth requires great sacrifice and unique talents that only a small percentage of people can achieve.  I thought this too.  The secret is a simple answer, embodying it consistently is the challenging part.  A combination of equal parts:  B E L I E F + F A I T H  At each monetary milestone I hit from 35k to 75k, to 100k a year, to a million a year, I had to BELIEVE it was possible for me and that it was already there waiting for me, even when I had little evidence.  I’ve seen many clients, friends, and strangers who do BELIEVE, but they end up falling off the wealth wagon because they lack in FAITH.  Example: I believed it was possible for me to quit my 6-figure corporate career and make at least the same amount of money with my own business. This got me to start my side hustle with zero idea WTF I do, and build it up to quit my job six months later. HOWEVER… Once I lost the perceived “safety cushion” of my corporate job, and I got a bunch of NOs after pitching corporate clients (who I had relationships with), then got my first tax bill as a business owner and didn’t have the money to pay it….I UNRAVELED…I WANTED TO QUIT.  While I believed it was possible when everything wasn’t happening as quickly as I wanted, and there were unexpected potholes… I CRUMBLED all because I didn’t have FAITH.  It’s quite easy to believe you can do and it’s all possible in the dream phase of starting or scaling your business (just like the honeymoon stage of a relationship).  When those giant waves keep knocking you down, the only thing that will keep you going is FAITH.  Every new level of wealth comes with a test…a test of your faith and an opportunity to strengthen it.  Let me help you navigate your next level of wealth in this new podcast episode. My **NEW** Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.  . 

I tried to hang on, and it was slowly killing me.  In my opinion and experience in coaching tens of thousands of people, we all deep down know what we need to do, but our EGOs convince us that we are “confused, “torn,” “unsure” … It’s less scary and even painful to remain stuck in uncertainty than it is to make those BIG MOVES.  This is how it ended up taking me TEN YEARS to start my dream podcast and coaching business.  Staying in the familiar “good enough” zone felt more comfortable than taking a risk, and making those moves…UNTIL IT DIDN’T ANYMORE.  If you’re familiar with my story, you know my life has been filled with trauma, pain, and betrayal that I have fought with every fiber of my being to stay alive, function in this world, and heal those deep wounds.  Risking more discomfort, and doing more vulnerable scary things DID NOT sound attractive to me, it sounded like more hard work.  What ends up happening when we stay in resistance, is we block joy, we block fulfillment, and end up feeling like the walking dead (numb).  5 years ago, I was sick of tired of living a “good enough” life…as I knew that wasn’t living, it was merely surviving.  I said “F IT” and jumped in that icy cold water…I knew if I didn’t, another 10 years would go by in an instant.  What MOVES are you resisting in your life? What will your life look and feel like IF you stay stuck in this place year after year? Go listen to a conversation between two women who have jumped in…we’re here to help guide you.   **NEW** YOUR SEASON OF ABUNDANCE: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance   Connect with Po-Hong Yu: Spiritual Advisor, Somatic Energy Healer & Embodiment Teacher IG: https://www.instagram.com/pohong.yu/ FB: https://www.facebook.com/pohong.yu Podcast: Tao of Po https://www.taoofpo.com/podcast  Website: https://www.taoofpo.com   Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

 Recently I got stuck in “not enoughness”  For weeks, I got so fixed on everything that I don’t have, that I haven’t accomplished, stuff that still needs to be done…I was riddled with anxiety of feeling totally behind and time was going too fast for me to catch up.  “By now I should have 50 million downloads on my podcast.” “What is wrong with you, why isn’t your book finished yet?!” “You still haven’t gotten ____done what is wrong with you?” You get the drift…maybe you’re beating yourself up right now too.  This is a clear sign that you are not living in the present, in the NOW. Psychologists say living in the anxiety of future causes and living in the past causes depression. I can attest to this!!!! By beating ourselves up, we are abandoning our growth. We are abandoning God, the Universe, Spirit.  We are abandoning all that we have been given and all that we have co-created in this lifetime.  When we acknowledge and celebrate what we have, we receive more of it.  When we discount and abandoned what we have, we repel more of it.  Let me walk you through this in real-time, so you can recalibrate back into the abundant you.  ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership: Click here for Details + Join My **NEW** Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

All of us have them, those automatic negative thoughts that derail us from achieving greater abundance. Is there a way to truly stop negative thoughts and change our negative thinking patterns? By ignoring them, you’re repelling the abundance that is meant for you. We’ve all done it…use distractions as a way to avoid the chaos going on in our minds.  We use:  Wine  Food Netflix  Social media  Other people’s problems  Shopping  Drugs Work  The list is endless really.  While this usually gives us some form of relief, it’s only temporary, and that nasty voice comes back again. Sometimes these thoughts pop into our minds like popcorn on steroids, and other times they sit there like a pond of sludge, feeling impossible to clear and weighing us down.  Your first instinct is to avoid those thoughts by ignoring them, but by doing this; they never get properly treated and addressed.  I’ve been doing some heavy somatic trauma healing, and now my inner critic is trying to convince me that “I don’t have it in me to accomplish my goal this year.” Our egos are so cunning manipulative, and relentless…I’ve tried to push this thought away, pray it away, demand it goes away…and it keeps coming at me with more strength. I remembered what I teach my clients after coaching a client through a negative thought spiral this week (funny how they happen): Calmly and lovingly reply to these thoughts with “I appreciate your opinion, and this isn’t true for me.” Just because something FEELS true doesn’t mean it is. FEELINGS are not FACTS.    Go plug your brain into this episode and we’ll clean out your mind trash.  ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership: Click here for Details + Join My **NEW** Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

 13 BILLION dollars in 24 hours. This is how much money is projected to be spent online this Black Friday (the day after US Thanksgiving). Not counting all of the in-store purchases!!! By creating an irresistible holiday offer, you can make money online this holiday season. If your money noise is trying to build some BS story about the economy, and people aren’t buying from you because they are being careful about spending, blah blah…keep reading.  These are straight-up FACTS, honey: > More money is going to be spent than ever this holiday season.  > Non-essential pleasure travel is up by 68% (source: US Travel Association) > I started my side hustle & left my 6-figure corporate career during the 2008 economic crash AND exceeded my salary that year!  > There are more millionaires than ever in history right now.  You only need is a micro fraction of that 13 BILLION dollars to make 5-figures in one day for your business.  Sell something for $300 to 20 people you’ve made 6k Sell something for $3000 to 3 people you’ve made 9k  You don’t need that many people to buy from you to make major money. Let me walk you through in detail how to set create a holiday offer that brings in that cash money honey.   ****LAST CHANCE TO WORK WITH TIFFANY PRIVATELY: My Exclusive Two-Month Business Coaching program. Apply here >>>> Private Coaching Application ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership: Click here for Details + Join My Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.      

Do you prevent yourself from achieving success and wealth? Is your mindset one of scarcity and lack? Past traumas, beliefs, or patterns can create mental blocks that prevent you from reaching success and financial abundance. Do not continue to self-sabotage your success. Changing your mindset is the key to removing those blocks. As a result, you'll have to get comfortable with being uncomfortable. There will be resistance when you try to change old habits. How will you avoid reverting to your old habits if you face resistance? Set yourself up for success and abundance.  It's time to call in what you desire, despite the fear.  Resistance is a BITCH! In fact, it’s the reason for most of your pain, anxiety, and depression.  The first step to overcoming your resistance to following through and doing the damn thing is to accept the fact that CHANGE IS REQUIRED in order for you to receive your desired result. There is no shortcut way around it.  If you’re in a heaping amount of discomfort right now, maybe it’s financial fear, maybe it’s showing up to a job that is sucking your soul, maybe nothing seems to be working in your business & if something doesn’t change soon you’ll have to quit… This crap time is happening to push you, even force you, to take those scary actions you’ve been resisting.  You are being called to make changes personally and professionally. No one makes significant changes when they feel great or even content…MAJOR MOVES are made to end the pain and attract the pleasure you desire.  If after reading this, you remain resistant…then maybe it’s time to evaluate if you want what you say you want all that badly.  Continuing to stay resistant is a form of self-sabotage. So, maybe your next move is to get qualified support to stop sabotaging yourself.  As someone who has an anxiety disorder, I can tell you that one of the best remedies to anxiety is to take action (no matter how small).  How did I become a multi-millionaire entrepreneur? One uncomfortable action at a time. How did I go from having zero self-worth to loving and accepting all of myself? One uncomfortable action at a time.  How did I leave my 6-figure corporate career to become a business owner? One uncomfortable action at a time. Your next action is to listen to this new podcast episode & get your mind right.  ****LAST CHANCE TO WORK WITH TIFFANY PRIVATELY: My Exclusive Two-Month Business Coaching program. Apply here >>>> Private Coaching Application ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership: Click here for Details + Join My Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Not everyone has millions like you (she wrote) All you do is talk about money…what about all people who can’t afford to pay you? Do you ever care about them?!! (this part she wrote was in ALL CAPS) When you continue to grow in your business, and your public presence has expanded to millions of people worldwide like my podcast and brand have, you are going to trigger people.  It’s impossible to help millions of people without upsetting 1-2% of them.  If you haven’t experienced that yet in your business or personal brand, you will, or you are playing it so safe to avoid this kind of judgment and nasty human behavior (which is also why your business isn’t growing faster).  My long-time Coordinator Nancy is in charge of my emails, 99% of the ones we get are beautiful, abundant, loving, and filled with heart-breaking incredible stories of survival. Than 1% of the emails and DM’s are filled with people’s self-hate, self-judgment, and anger about their own lives projected onto me and sometimes my team. I read them all with the same energy. Compassion.  You will NEVER be able please everyone in business or in your personal life, if you keep trying to, you will lose yourself (I know this from experience).  I know when I trigger someone it’s actually a good thing, that means my message is getting to them. For every one person I may trigger, there are 99 who it woke up, who it empowered, who it validated, and who it changed.  None of us no matter how experienced a coach, a counselor, a doctor, or a healer will be able to help someone who is DEAD SET on it not working.  Some people will buy the business program, hire the nutritionist, sign up for an inner child healing retreat, wanting the desired outcome, but are in complete and total resistance to making it work. In fact, all they can focus on is how it isn’t working fast enough, what they aren’t receiving from you, and how they already “know all of these things” you’re teaching them. These people are stuck in self-inflected purgatory (they have zero awareness of it).  Their GIANT EGO is running the show, and they may have even signed up to work with you to further prove that “nothing works out for them,” to further prove that what you say isn’t possible!!! This way, they don’t have to make scary internal and external changes. Plus, what a great way to deflect from their own demons than to blame someone or something else.  I help my clients establish business boundaries to protect and honor their energy, their intellectual property, and their money from the 1% of toxic people who would love to see them fail, so they can feel better about their own miserable lives.  Tune in to hear how I handle these people.   ****LAST CHANCE TO WORK WITH TIFFANY PRIVATELY: My Exclusive Two-Month Business Coaching program. Apply here >>>> Private Coaching Application My Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.      

“I know I know I know,” she said (for months) It’s unbelievable how almost all of us KNOW what we need to start doing, stop doing, change, quit, and leave, BUT we find ourselves NOT doing that damn thing for days, then weeks, then months, and even years.  This is why I regularly remind you that knowing the answer or knowing the action to take ISN’T ENOUGH.  I knew I needed to go all in on my side hustle in order to exit my corporate career in an abundant state, yet a full year went by without me starting. The same thing happened with my strong desire to start ProjectME with Tiffany Carter the podcast and business coaching brand…. I knew I needed to just go for it, yet I remained stuck for a solid TEN YEARS!! Having a desire and then taking half-measures to achieve it is sending a clear single to God and the Universe that A) you don’t want it that badly and B) you’re happy with your current circumstances. So why would anything change? There’s a common expression that I don’t agree with, “if you know better you do better.” Yes, it’s great to know all the things and have great self-awareness, which I know you do….none of that means sh!t without taking the big, scary, risky, uncomfortable actions to support this “knowing” of yours. We have under 70 days left in the year, what are you going to do to set yourself up so you don’t take this “settling energy” into 2023? This enlightening conversation with my friend and Top 1% Wellness Educator in the world Arin Fugate, will not only launch you into action but will clearly spell out what separates those who are successful from those who settle. (hint: it’s not what you think it is) Arin Fugate - Speaker, Wellness Educator, and Success Coach for Visionary Leaders. Arin is a survivor. Having overcome addiction, anxiety, depression, and many other limitations from years of abuse she is now dedicated to facilitating the rise of the Female Visionary. She is a mother of two daughters, a wife, and a business owner. Arin knows how hard it can be for women to carve a path to their dreams and she is here to help. She loves sharing her passion for essential oils, natural wellness, and entrepreneurship with inspired business owners. Connect with Arin Fugate: Instagram: @jasmineandjuniperliving Facebook: @ariningraham77 LAST CHANCE TO WORK WITH TIFFANY PRIVATELY: My Exclusive Two-Month Business Coaching program. Apply here >>>> Private Coaching Application My Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

I was terrified either way. Terrified if I stayed I would slowly continue to lose myself. Terrified if I left, I could fail and have to start all over again.  So when the cost was greater for me to stay in my corporate career versus leaving to build something that was mine, I started.  It’s time to have a “come to Jesus” talk with yourself: What is it costing me mentally, financially, and emotionally to stay exactly where I’m at right now? If you don’t like that answer, then why would you continue resisting going after the lifestyle you truly want? My story isn’t one where I dramatically quit one day and then took a trip to Tulum, and got injected with magical frog serum. I had a mortgage and bills to pay…so I side-hustled my way to freedom.  You don’t have to just quit, you can start your business while collecting a paycheck, and then there’s is no risk. Yes, it will be an extra time investment up front, but the rewards will come back to you for the rest of your life! I still showed up for my employer with integrity, but what I stopped doing is over-giving at my job.  I also had to stop over-giving and committing in my personal life.  All of that excess energy, mental bandwidth, and time got laser-focused on building my first business on the side. It’s incredible how much time you end up having when you stop giving it all away to other people’s stuff.  I did make some mistakes and I did some really clever shiz….sharing all the deets on the podcast, plus a funny story where I almost got caught.  FALL APPLICATIONS ARE NOW OPEN for my Private two-month Business Coaching program. Apply here >>>> Private Coaching Application My Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Avoiding the “hard” is sabotaging your success.  Over the last 15 years, I’ve coached, mentored, and consulted with thousands of people. One thing that is true about every one of those people is they all have blind spots, and they all carry a self-sabotaging behavior.  There are two types of people:  Person A: You may not think you have one.  Person B: You may know for sure that you do, but aren’t sure how to stop it.  Most of my clients identify as high performers and extremely self-aware. Yet they are stumped as to why their business isn’t growing faster, or why everything feels so hard for them and looks easy for everyone else.  A great place to start is to look at what you’re avoiding in your life.  What do you tend to put off?  What do you say you know you need to do and then you don’t?  When we avoid, it is our attempt to delay some kind of perceived pain, discomfort, or life disruption. If you knew for certain it would work out for your greatest good, then why haven’t you gone ALL IN with it yet?  Let's explore this deeper together. FALL APPLICATIONS ARE NOW OPEN for my Private two-month Business Coaching program. Apply here >>>> Private Coaching Application My Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Imagine dedicating 30 years of your life to something, only to have it all ripped away in a single email.  You poured your heart, energy, and life force into a company, you over delivered and did exceptional work consistently, and they called you “family,” …then one day they discarded you like stale bread.  Left abandoned, hurt, angry, and in an identity crisis you have two choices: Let the pain destroy your life and those around you.  Process the pain, say “F THAT,” and come back ever stronger.  All of us have been side-whacked at some point in our lives…maybe through a sudden breakup, getting scammed, a family tragedy, a health diagnosis, or getting fired.  My client and 10-Emmy Award-winning TV Personality Stuart Watson shares his story to give you undeniable evidence that everything is always working out in your favor, especially the painful crap. Connect with Stuart Watson: Voice Locket website: voicelocket.com Instagram: @StuartinCharlotte LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/stuartwatson/ FALL APPLICATIONS ARE NOW OPEN for my Private two-month Business Coaching program. Apply here >>>> Private Coaching Application My Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.      

I had to let him go to save myself.  Someone I loved very much broke my heart again and again and again, yet I kept trying to make it work, and get him to see the light.  I was so focused on trying to get him to change, that I slowly lost myself.  When you pour your heart into people who don’t appreciate it, you end up abandoning yourself. Typically without fully realizing it, until you’re left so broken you hardly recognize yourself.  I knew I was going down with his sinking ship, and I had to gather the strength to rescue myself.  And I did.  Guaranteed this story is familiar to you, and if you’re an over-giving people pleaser like me, it’s happened more than once.  We see the potential in others.  We see the good.  We deeply empathize with their pain.  We get fixated on “if they only would ______”  Once I left, I poured all of that energy I was wasting, into myself. Although it felt unfamiliar and selfish at times, it was when the deeper healing happened.  Listen to this episode and set yourself free. FALL APPLICATIONS ARE NOW OPEN for my Private two-month Business Coaching program. Apply here >>>> Private Coaching Application My Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/seasonofabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

I was stumped as to how THEY did it. Every time I came into contact with someone virtually or in person who had the lifestyle, the freedom, the abundance I desired…I would get memorized and inspired, then it would quickly shift into, “but how did they get there?”  Some of these people were motivational speakers, and they would say vague statements like, “I took a risk,” or “I decided to prioritize my dream.” I felt like they made it sound so simple, which confused me further, as it all seemed so big and so involved to get from where I was at (making 17k a year) to where I wanted to be (multi-millionaire freedom status).   I know you have the same questions and the same frustrations.  Now that I am one of those people who I admired even 10 years ago, whose life I coveted, who I saw as PROOF of what was possible for me…..I feel it is my duty and responsibility to tell you, show you, and guide you to creating your desired abundant life.  Maybe for you, it’s not being a multi-millionaire, maybe it’s making enough money to live simply and only work 5 hours a week, if at all. Maybe for you, abundance means having complete control over your schedule and being able to work on the projects you love while prioritizing your life first.  Here are your clear next steps to living your dream life: Deeply believe it is possible for you, and that you are capable of making it happen. If you don’t have this, you won't have the relentless pursuit energy to keep showing up when nothing looks like it’s paying off.  Start prioritizing doing healing work around your money wounds. If you blow off this stuff, you will continue to sub-consciously sabotage the various things you want.  Determine what you love doing, what you are naturally great at, and who you feel the most called to help with those skills and gifts. Give yourself space to get more clarity. Listen to this new episode. FALL APPLICATIONS ARE NOW OPEN for my Private two-month Business Coaching program. Apply here >>>> Private Coaching Application My Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Industry secret that will blow your mind! Do you know those people you follow who say they’ve been featured in “Forbes” or “Top 20 Coaches of 2022” articles in magazines? You probably think, “how did they do that?” 99% OF THOSE ARE PAID FOR. Most of these people have paid even 15K to get a mention or an “advertorial” article (as we call them in the PR world”). They look like articles, but you have to pay to get into them. This IS NOT true press. This is ADVERTISING.  What my friend and award-winning magazine cover photographer, James Patrick and I are teaching you today on this episode, is how to get genuine FREE PRESS for your business.  There is nothing wrong with advertising, but to make it appear as though its true press is misleading, and it will turn off potential clients and business opportunities.  Most small business owners, fitness professionals, coaches, and service-based entrepreneurs assume they are “too small” or “don’t have enough credentials” to get on the cover of a magazine, or great podcast features. NOT TRUE!  In fact, producers, hosts, and editors are dying for great guests and unique content to satisfy the always-hungry Content Monster while serving their audience valuable stuff.  We break it down for you in this episode, how you get published and booked on shows within 30 days or less! Get Published, Get Booked, and Get Hired at FITPOSIUM 2022! Learn from two top industry experts: Tiffany Carter and James Patrick  Both virtual and in-person tickets are ALMOST SOLD OUT! October 13-15th Phoenix, AZ fitposium.com GET 20% OFF your ticket with code: tiffany20   Connect with James Patrick: Instagram: @jpatrickphoto Website:  jamespatrick.com My Season of Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Determine if your business is ready for membership. You may love the idea of reoccurring monthly revenue but aren’t sure if you have a large enough audience to fill a membership.  In order to have a successful membership, you don’t need hundreds or thousands of members. Some of the best clubs and support groups I’ve been a member of had less than 20 people in them.  Now, of course, if you’re going to start by creating an intimate membership, your price point should be higher for this exclusivity, and for you to feel good about the time and energy being put into your members.  10 members X $100/month = $1000/month 10 members X $25/month = $250/month While you may get more people willing to quickly join at $25/month versus $100, you will need far more people to reach a monthly revenue that feels good for your efforts.  Something else you need to consider is the amount of focused content/topics you will need to create for your membership. You want to make sure you pick something that you’re extra passionate about teaching; otherwise, you will hit a burnout point after a few months. (same holds true for podcasting and blogging) There are no rules, you get to create a membership in a way that your audience and ideal clients will be excited to join and stay. Equally as important, it needs to feel fun and easy for you! Listen to this episode, where I break it all down for you and give some options for getting reoccurring revenue into your business right away.  FINAL 48 HOURS!!! Birthday Flash Sale for my famous ProjectME Posse Business Coaching Membership: Get $50 OFF plus my Content Creation Made Easy course bundle for Free  (normally $297) ProjectMEwithTiffany.com/ProjectMEPosse Use code: SECRET50 at check out  My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Help raise money for the non-profit, Children of the Night, with this 2-part exclusive interview: Children of the Night rescues children and women from sex trafficking, and get them the medical and mental treatment they need after years of extreme abuse and trauma. For every written Apple and Spotify podcast review of this series, I will be donating $25 per review to Children of Night. All you have to do is write the review, and we will be counting them up throughout the week, and sharing the fundraising on my Instagram Stories @projectme_with_tiffany Share this episode, and encourage others to leave a written review to support Children of the Night. RESOURCES: @childrenofthenightinc Hotline: 800-551-1300 24/7 RAINN 24/7 National sexual assault confidential hotline 800-656-HOPE You don’t have to say sorry.  Her tray table in an already noisy aircraft accidentally slammed down, and she promptly apologized to me, the other first-class passengers, and probably the tray table.  I get it, without judgment…” I’m sorry” was my go-to phrase.  I need to pass by someone at the market, “I’m sorry;” I got the name of a movie wrong, “I’m sorry;” I was 30 seconds late, “I’m sorry;” Crying because something made me upset, “I’m sorry.” You may do this too. It can seem like you’re being polite, but what you’re really doing is demeaning and shaming yourself for being a less-than-perfect human.  Now, I AM NOT SORRY. I may have gotten in your way a little by accident, and so what. If it feels right I’ll say, “pardon me.”  In Italy, they say “scusi” (excuse me)…it’s said in a light non-self-blaming way.  A pleasant Zeeeerrrrroooo fu€ks given. Never apologize for being human.  Never say “I’m sorry,” when you really mean to say excuse me or pardon me.  Never apologize just to keep the peace or come across as polite (or “lady-like”). This doesn’t mean you swing the pendulum the other way and be a BIOTCHY JERK…what it means is you stop automatically shrinking yourself down constantly for every little thing you do and don’t do.  When I made this shift, I started to hold my head up higher…stopped attracting as many toxic people, and the abundance that rolled in was undeniable when I owned my worthy place in this world (flaws and all). Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.      

Children of the Night rescues children and women from sex trafficking, and get them the medical and mental treatment they need after years of extreme abuse and trauma. Help raise money for the non-profit, Children of the Night, with this 2-part exclusive interview: For every written Apple and Spotify podcast review of this series, I will be donating $25 per review to Children of Night. All you have to do is write the review, and we will be counting them up throughout the week, and sharing the fundraising on my Instagram Stories @projectme_with_tiffany Share this episode, and encourage others to leave a written review to support Children of the Night. RESOURCES: @childrenofthenightinc Hotline: 800-551-1300 24/7 RAINN 24/7 National sexual assault confidential hotline 800-656-HOPE I blamed myself, as most victims do. Toxic, sick, and abusive people count on us to blame and shame ourselves, as this allows them to gain even more control over us.  In both coaching and mentoring thousands of survivors…the common emotion is a deep shame. It can sound like this: “What am I doing to attract these toxic people into my life?” “Maybe if I wasn’t so ________ this wouldn’t have happened.” “I’m such an idiot for not seeing these red flags!” It’s healthy to reflect on what you can do differently going forward, but when it comes with the defeating energy of BLAME, we end up abusing ourselves.  As long as we keep doing this, it gives the toxic person power over our own lives.  You didn’t ask for this abuse.  This isn’t your fault.  You don’t think like a sick abuser, so it would be nearly impossible for you to see this coming.  I snuck out my window to go to a party at 15 years old. I was dressed like a typical teen trying to look like a 21-year-old. I got drunk with the alcohol he bought me (I chose to drink it). He raped me. Then hours later drove me home, and told me to “sleep well.” I snuck back through the window.  Do you think this was my fault? To remove the shame, you must stop beating yourself up for it. To regain your life, you must remove the shame.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

No one makes major changes when they are comfortable; it’s pain that motivates us to change.  If you’re in pain right now, it’s there to wake you up and fire you up to take necessary action that you’ve put off for way too long.  Our physical bodies use pain as an alarm system, to alert us that there’s a problem we need to address like NOW.  Like the time I ruptured a disc in my spine kickboxing because I couldn’t ever be bothered to warm up or stretch…without that excruciating pain, I would have kept going and been paralyzed.  For our emotional state, the pain may not be so startling…it can show up as resentment, depression, feeling unmotivated, exhausted, anxious, or overwhelmed. Interesting how we have a greater tolerance for emotional pain than physical pain isn’t it?  Bottom line, if you are feeling restless, irritable, or discontent, your nervous system is trying to send you a PAIN WARNING.  It will only get louder and deeper until you address it.    By avoiding your pain emotionally or physically, you are paying a price for it. My question for you is > What payoff are you getting by staying stuck in this?  If you were getting nothing out of this discomfort, you would’ve already taken action.  Secret Birthday Flash Sale for my ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Get $50 OFF plus my Content Creation Made Easy course for Free (valued at $297) ProjectMEwithTiffany.com/ProjectMEPosse Use code: secret50 at check out My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.      

It fu€king HURTS! It’s painful when people you thought were in your corner don’t support your dreams. It’s painful when you’re told as a kid you aren’t good enough in some type of way.  It’s painful when no one seems to understand, why you don’t want to follow the status quo and want more for your life.  If you’re familiar with me at all through here or my podcast, it may be surprising for you to know that I’ve lived most of my life with ZERO self-worth. I even thought God forgot about me.  These toxic people tear our belief in ourselves to pieces; when we don’t put the pieces back together again, THEY WIN. You may be doubting your ability to do what you want to do, or to have what you desire instead of settling for less >>> that’s normal if you’ve had other people tear you down in life.  Now it’s up to you to build yourself back up. To rise. To flourish. To overcome.  Let me tell you, there is nothing more powerful than someone who has risen from the rubble.  You don’t have to rebuild alone. In fact, I don’t recommend it.  Start by listening to this episode.  Secret Birthday Flash Sale for my ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Get $50 OFF plus my Content Creation Made Easy course for Free (valued at $297) ProjectMEwithTiffany.com/ProjectMEPosse Use code: secret50 at check out  My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Her words almost stopped me… This now Insta-famous chick replied with a condescending laugh when I told her that I was launching a podcast.  “Oh you know those don’t make any money and they aren’t worth all the effort.”  This was 4 years ago, and just recently she launched her own podcast. Hmmmm Mmmmm…I know. I almost allowed her words to get into my head…the negative committee in my brain started going,” well maybe she’s right and it’s silly to think this will work…who in the hell are you anyway to do this “  Obviously, I didn’t allow the committee (or her opinion) to control me…instead, I chose to let it fuel me.  Thank God because within just months I had my first 5-figure podcast sponsor, and I was getting paid to do what I love…TEACH and TALK!! If I had leaned into the negative, it would have cost me millions of dollars, and I wouldn’t have impacted millions of listeners. You must assess the Cost Factor of your doubt-filled thoughts. The Cost Factor of you putting this off one more month, one more year.  We have less than 4 months left in 2022, there’s time for this to still be the year you WENT NEXT LEVEL with your life.  Let’s start by getting that stinkin’ thinkin’ of yours in order. THIS IS IT!!! for my exclusive ProjectME 6-Month Mastermind Experience! (will not be offered again until late 2023) > We start in September 14th projectmewithtiffany.com/mastermind Secret Birthday Flash Sale for my ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Get $50 OFF with CODE: SECRET50 (at checkout) plus my Content Creation Made Easy course for Free (valued at $297) ProjectMEwithTiffany.com/ProjectMEPosse Use code: secret50 at check out My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.    

I only pay for the best…   because I want the best outcome.  You can’t buy a knock-off Chanel bag and expect it to look, feel, and vibe like the real thing.  Just like my Success Coach & friend Cara @thechampagnediet says in this quote, “Choose yourself and watch the world start choosing you too.”  The same holds true for your life and money desires…. Half measures don’t make millions.  Half measures don’t get big action results.  Half measures don’t nurture a relationship.  Half measures never hit the mark.  What would your daily actions look like, if you decided you are only available for full-measured results?  Listen to this conversation between me and Cara Alwill, 9x Best Selling Author and Host of the Style Your Mind podcast… you will walk away only accepting the best for yourself and getting it.  Connect with Cara: Instagram: @thechampagnediet Best Selling Books: thechampagnediet.com  ICONIC waitlist link: thechampagnediet.com/iconic FINAL CHANCE TO APPLY for my exclusive ProjectME 6-Month Mastermind Experience! (will not be offered again until late 2023) > We start on September 14th CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Secret Birthday Flash Sale for my ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Get $50 OFF plus my Content Creation Made Easy course for Free (valued at $297) ProjectMEwithTiffany.com/ProjectMEPosse Use code: secret50 at check out My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

This has to be said… Holding yourself back from writing that post, making that video, publishing that book, starting that business, doing your thang, because you’re worried about what “THEY” will think, is ruining your life.  Yes, people will say stuff, they will talk shiz behind your back, and maybe think you’re crazy…it will sting, but that initial pain will quickly be replaced with a feeling of pride and self-respect for following through and doing it anyway.  When we hold back, it ignites shame and self-doubt, which only keeps us stuck.  Do you really want to give that much power to other people to control your dreams? We only have a few months left in the year…say F IT and take an action on something you’ve been sitting on and obsessing over. Just think of how good it will feel to be in action instead of stagnant.  Imagine what you could do with all of the time and energy you’ve been spending desiring instead of doing.  It’s DO season baby. A BIG FAT ZFG to anyone who isn’t totally supporting your best life. THIS IS YOUR LAST CHANCE until late next year to work with me at this level.  Six months of dedicated guidance, strategizing, and support to scale your business to MILLIONAIRE STATUS.  > We start in September 14th CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Secret Birthday Flash Sale for my ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Get $50 OFF plus my Content Creation Made Easy course for Free (valued at $297) ProjectMEwithTiffany.com/ProjectMEPosse Use code: secret50 at check out My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

No longer impressed with this… It blows my mind to think that I used to wear my level of extreme busyness and hustle-induced exhaustion like a badge of honor.  When I would see other people grinding away, I would be impressed and sometimes envious if I felt they had the ability to work harder, longer, and more often than me.  This applied to every area of my life: at the gym I would do all the classes at max effort, in my personal life I was doing the responsibilities for 7 people, and in my business life, if I wasn’t working I felt like I could lose everything in an instant.  While most people who wear this Busyness Badge get a high off it and a sense of control….it all turns to sh!t because you end up feeling resentful, exhausted, depleted, and angry when you don’t achieve your desired result.  This is how I built my first business….on pure grind, self-will, and hustle…. This is also how I ended up almost dead by grinding my body and brain into the ground.  Hustling is a scam. It is NOT required for success. In fact, you DOING ALL THE THINGS is repelling your success. That needy, chasing, forcing energy repels abundance. But I didn’t know any better either…I thought I was doing the required work.  Working strategically to build your business to enhance your life, to give you more time to luxuriate, play, create, and travel is how I generate millions of dollars today, and how I help you do the same for your life. Starting today, your focus is to relax your nervous system, and get into energetic alignment with your desired outcome. The less you work, the more you make.  THIS IS YOUR LAST CHANCE until late next year to work with me at this level.  Six months of dedicated guidance, strategizing, and support to scale your business to MILLIONAIRE STATUS.  > We start in September  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Remember this > if nothing else… Because it will happen throughout your entire life… You’re going to have intense emotions come up around money, maybe you’re in that space right now. This happens because of what money represents for you.  You’ve inherited beliefs and have visceral responses to receiving money, losing money, and desiring money that WILL control your life if left unaddressed.  You don’t magically become abundant. You must do inner work to believe you are already abundant while managing the repelling thoughts, behaviors, and beliefs that WILL come up around money. Both strangers and loved ones will project their own money noise onto you, and if you aren’t managing your own money energy daily…you WILL quickly absorb that abundance-repelling without even realizing it. Just as you have to prioritize your physical wellness daily if you want to feel your best, you also must prioritize your money mindset, if you want to have true financial freedom.  If you make the choice to be lazy or inconsistent with it, you will see that reflected in your bank account and business. I’ve lost a crap-ton of money this way! I always say to my clients > “I can show you how to make millions with your business, but none of that will happen if your mind and nervous system are energetically resisting that cash.” That’s why I incorporate money wound healing into all of my programs, my mastermind, and Posse membership. All too often, I watch people sub-consciously sabotaging the exact abundance they’ve been praying for…you get to put an end to this today (if you’re committed to doing the daily work).  THIS IS YOUR LAST CHANCE until late next year to work with me at this level.  Six months of dedicated guidance, strategizing, and support to scale your business to MILLIONAIRE STATUS.   > We start in September  CLICK AND APPLY HERE   My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.   

This also doesn’t work… I’ve seen countless friends, fellow entrepreneurs, health practitioners, and clients get caught in the ALL or NOTHING cycle. It looks like this… Procrastinating, avoiding stuff, resisting hiring help, and then everything starts slowly piling up…and your stress level increases as the pressure grows. You end up dreading your business, being snappy with the people closest to you, losing sleep, can’t poop, and you finally get so miserable that you go say “F IT” and spring into action like a leopard on a raw T-bone steak.  You frantically go do all the things, get a temporary high from this sudden productivity, and then crash. The cycle starts all over again.  Our number one most productive state to be in is PEACE. Solutions come more easily and we think clearly from this space. Fear and anxiety block solutions, creativity, and mental clarity (unless we are being chased by a bear).  Slow and steady always finishes the race. Going fast and frantic only leads to injury and burnout.  Peace is always available to us if we choose it. Everything will work out for the greatest good of all. Simply focus on doing the next indicated action, one thing at a time…while allowing yourself to go at the pace of peace. This episode is designed to show you the easier way to land more high-ticket clients in a way that feels rewarding to everyone involved. My guest Keeley Hubbard is a private coaching client of mine, and she’s a High-Ticket Sales Coach who teaches people how to regularly land 6 and 7-figure clients.  Where to get more from Keeley Hubbard: Instagram: @keeleyhubbard Website: keeleyhubbard.com  DON’T MISS OUT ON THIS!!! End-of-summer applications are now officially open to my famous 2-month Private Business Coaching program. Click here to apply * I only take 6 clients at a time You can apply here: Private Coaching Application Now if you want a collective container of guidance and support for 6 months, then I suggest you apply for my new ProjectME 6-Month Mastermind Experience before it’s completely full (70% sold out now)! > We start in September  > Accepting a max of 15 beautiful humans  Click here for details+testimonials+apply THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  This new Special Money Mindset podcast series is designed to help you navigate your money blocks while shifting you into a relaxed energetic state of abundance. To go along with it, I’ve created a gift for you!!! My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  In under an hour a week, you’ll be able to manifest more money into your life. Guaranteed to blow you away!!  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

 Get your sh*t together, Sis. Summer has a way of distracting many people from their dreams. It’s an easy excuse that sounds reasonable; “I’ll get back at it after the summer.” This is no different than telling yourself, you will “start on Monday,” or  “after the holidays,” or “when the kids go back to school.” After 15 years as an entrepreneur, I’ve heard all of the stories and reasoning people use to resist going after their dreams. I’ve also used them myself, and before I knew it three years passed me by, then six, then TEN! (yes it took me 10 years to start ProjectME) If you’ve been in this resistant state, it’s for one of two reasons: You believe that you will have to sacrifice something you don’t want to lose, in order to generate the money you desire.  You don’t believe it’s truly possible for you, so it’s not a top priority.  Neither of these beliefs is getting you any closer to having the business, the cash, the freedom, and the options you want.  So the first order of business here is to adopt new beliefs: I get to generate all of the money I desire in a way that feels good to me. In fact, I will do everything possible to make sure of it.  If it’s possible for millions of other people to become millionaires, then it is also possible for me. I deserve a life of true blissful freedom. Facts to back this up > by the end of 2020 there were 56.1 MILLION millionaires worldwide. (source: Business Insider) I’ve personally coached dozens of people to millionaire status, and I’ve coached thousands into the 6-figures. Not one of them had to trade something that was important to them. Not one of them lost time with their kids. Not one of them had to work more than 25 hours a week.  Get re-focused and fired up by listening to this episode.  TWO WAYS TO WORK WITH ME: End-of-summer applications are now officially open to my famous 2-month Private Business Coaching program. Click here to apply * I only take 6 clients at a time You can apply here: Private Coaching Application Now if you want a collective container of guidance and support for 6 months, then I suggest you apply for my new ProjectME 6-Month Mastermind Experience before it’s completely full (70% full right now)! > We start in September  > Accepting a max of 15 beautiful humans  Click here for details+testimonials+apply THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  This new Special Money Mindset podcast series is designed to help you navigate your money blocks, while shifting you into a relaxed energetic state of abundance. My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

This is long overdue…I bet You’ve been burning a ton of mental energy in resistance lately. You want to create a different life, generate a new level of income, and open up a wide array of options for yourself and your loved ones…yet your actions don’t fully match your desired outcome.  Sometimes your mind will trick you into believing you’re doing ALL THE THINGS, and nothing is working at the level you want it to, or as fast as you would like…but your higher self knows that bullish!t. Seriously I complained for 8 years about how exhausted and mentally drained I was, yet I still didn’t take the action to move in a different direction.  There is only one thing more painful than watching other people go for and live out the lifestyle that you so badly crave… That would be, knowing you never fully went for it. Knowing you only gave it half-measures, and wondering what would have been if you had just taken the risk, and went all in.  Stop trying to have it both ways: feeling comfortable while achieving life-changing success. It’s impossible, and it will keep wasting time that you can never reclaim.  I know as I wasted ten years…so I see it as my duty to encourage and empower you to not let another week, month, or year go by living out a life you aren’t wildly fulfilled by.  It’s time to say YES to you. YES to the life you fantasize about.  Get started by listening to this episode.  TWO ALL-IN WAYS TO WORK WITH ME: End-of-summer applications are now officially open to my famous 2-month Private Business Coaching program. Click here to apply * I only take 6 clients at a time You can apply here: Private Coaching Application Now if you want a collective container of guidance and support for 6 months, then I suggest you apply for my new ProjectME 6-Month Mastermind Experience before it’s completely full.  > We start in September  > Accepting a max of 15 beautiful humans  Click here for details+testimonials+apply THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  This new Special Money Mindset podcast series is designed to help you navigate your money blocks while shifting you into a relaxed energetic state of abundance. To go along with it, I’ve created a gift for you!!! My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  In under an hour a week, you’ll be able to manifest more money into your life. Guaranteed to blow you away!!  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

We’ve been lied to… For most of our lives, we’ve been fed false narratives around success, money, and freedom.   Think of all of those well-known cliché sayings (most of them coming from the US) : > The early bird gets the worm. > The more you work, the more you make.  > A penny saved is a penny earned. > Climb that corporate ladder.  Generations of money wounds and trauma have gotten passed on to us.  Without unpacking and addressing all of your beliefs…you will end up operating out of a broken system. Many of my clients come to me sick of feeling… Exhausted, and working so damn hard for their money. Resentful of their career or business, because it’s sucking the life out of them.  Frustrated, as they see other people have the freedom they want, but can’t seem to get there on their own.  To go from Thousandaire to Millionaire status, a different way of thinking is required. You need a new operating system that is designed for a different level of success.  Essentially new programming that’s specifically coded to create the life you want to manifest into reality.  Join me along with one of my private clients Khushbu Kweigh, Mind-Body Manifesting Coach, as we break it all down for you in this podcast episode. Where to get more Khushbu: Podcast: The Fit & Fulfilled Podcast  Website: https://kthadani.com/ Instagram: @khushbu.kweigh For programs to promote, please mention my 1:1 private coaching program ‘Uplevel Your Life’ End-of-summer applications are now officially open to my famous 2-month Private Business Coaching program. Click here to apply * I only take 6 clients at a time You can apply here: Private Coaching Application Now if you want a collective container of guidance and support for 6 months, then I suggest you apply for my new ProjectME 6-Month Mastermind Experience before it’s completely full.  > We start in September  > Accepting a max of 15 beautiful humans  Click here for details+testimonials+apply THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  This new Special Money Mindset podcast series is designed to help you navigate your money blocks while shifting you into a relaxed energetic state of abundance. To go along with it, I’ve created a gift for you!!! My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  In under an hour a week, you’ll be able to manifest more money into your life. Guaranteed to blow you away!!  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

 You owe it to yourself to do this… It’s easy to get caught up in focusing on how much something will cost you. “Ugh that so expensive” “I don’t want to spend that right now.” “What if it doesn’t work?” This is a natural human fear response…and what does FEAR stand for > False Evidence Appearing Real  Anytime we allow fear to make our choices for us, we end up paying a big price.  One of my private clients said to me on our application call that she “didn’t know if she could afford to work with me right now.”  My initial thought is always a slightly annoyed, “ummmm ok, then why did you apply to work with me?”  Then I quickly remember that her fear is running the show right now, just as mine does when I go to invest in my business in a major way.  So I asked her, “What is your plan to get to where you want to be in your business if you don’t hire me to show you how?”  I asked this question to move her into the logical side of her brain, and out of the emotional fight, flight or freeze response.  Her reply, “I have no plan, which is why I applied…I’m just scared, this is huge for me, but I know I need to do it.”  The wisdom that comes from being an entrepreneur for almost 15 years and coaching well over 150-thousand people worldwide, is I know how the human brain works, and what to do to help you get out of your own way.  Oh and this client (you know who you are), is now making over a million dollars a year as a relationship healing coach, while helping thousands of people.  Imagine if I had never asked her that question, and just let her get off the call holding on to all that fear nonsense in her mind.  You owe it to yourself to assess how much it will cost you to stay in the exact same place you at now in 2 months-6 months-another year??!  End of summer applications are now officially open to my famous 2-month Private Business Coaching program. Click here to apply * I only take 6 clients at a time You can apply here: Private Coaching Application Now if you want a collective container of guidance and support for 6 months, then I suggest you apply for my new ProjectME 6-Month Mastermind Experience before it’s completely full.  > We start in September  > Accepting a max of 15 beautiful humans  Click here for details+testimonials+apply THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  This new Special Money Mindset podcast series is designed to help you navigate your money blocks, while shifting you into a relaxed energetic state of abundance. To go along with it, I’ve created a gift for you!!! My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  In under an hour a week, you’ll be able to manifest more money into your life. Guaranteed to blow you away!!  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

Money relaxing explained… Ever notice how fresh Ideas and creative inspiration come to you while you’re in the shower, on vacation, on enjoying wine with friends???  This isn’t by chance; this is because your nervous system is in a relaxed state allowing you to receive. Also notice how the more you TRY to think of something, figure it out, remember that name, the further it pulls away from you. Then when you finally let it go, it comes to you ?!  Forcing energy = repelling abundance  Allowing energy = attracts abundance  The key here is to keep yourself in that relaxed state around the thing you want to manifest as much as possible. Here are some of my favorite ways: Taking a bath Going on an abundance walk  Solo dance party  Focusing on the beauty of something in nature for 3-5 minutes  (a flower, a plant, the ocean )  So what is something you can do daily to shift yourself into a relaxed and receiving state?  This new Special Money Mindset podcast series is designed to help you navigate your money blocks while shifting you into a relaxed energetic state of abundance. To go along with it, I’ve created a gift for you!!! My Summer Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  In under an hour a week, you’ll be able to manifest more money into your life. Guaranteed to blow you away!!  Click here to get it for FREE!! https://projectmewithtiffany.com/summerabundance TWO EXCITING WAYS TO WORK WITH ME: I’ve officially opened up end-of-summer applications for my famous 2-Month Private Business Coaching program. You can apply here: Private Coaching Application (I only take 6 private clients at a time.) Now if you want a collective container of guidance and support for 6 months, then I suggest you apply for my new ProjectME 6-Month Mastermind Experience before it’s completely full.  > We start in September  > Accepting a max of 15 beautiful humans  Click here for details+testimonials+apply THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

There’s a lot of crap being shared on Instagram.  If you watch enough of it, the “advice” all starts to contradict itself and will make your brain spin with “this is too hard.”  Social media marketing isn’t hard; it’s actually simple.  Listening to all the noise out there is like having 17 cooks in the kitchen, pure chaos with terrible results.  When I first started this Instagram account from scratch 4.5 years ago, I must have signed up for at least 15 different low-cost and free training promising to have me grow my audience by the thousands in 30 days.  Not one of them ever gave me any real payoff. The bottom line when it comes to creating Reels that covert to clients and cash: Stop obsessing over the views. In general, my highest converting reels have the lowest views (same with all of my clients).  > Create a mix of reels, ones designed to grow your audience with ideal clients, ones designed to convert those strangers into customers.  > All roads stem from and lead to your ideal client. If your ideal client doesn’t find your reel valuable, then you’ve wasted their time. Focus on emotional value, educational value, and entertaining value.  > Stick to no more than 3 areas of expertise. Anything more you will be known for nothing. The jack-of-all-trades and master of none will lead you to Broketown USA. To learn step by step how to create short-form content that makes money, my ProjectME Posse Membership is where it’s at baby!!   THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Pre-launching pricing won’t last long, and it’s WILD! I'm giving you $3000 OFF as a reward for committing to the multi-million dollar CEO version of you.  Details are dripping out over on my Instagram Stories, plus I’m sharing all of the incredible success stories of our members. Collectively they made 603K !!! (and the year is only half over!) ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Click here for details + join FREE BONUS: My Content Creation Made Easy Course + Planner + Caption Template (valued at $297) Let’s get your dream business-making bank online THIS SUMMER!   (Limited Spots as this is an Intimate Coaching Container) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

It took me 10 years!!! I still can’t fully comprehend that it took me ten fucking years to start ProjectME the podcast and business coaching brand after I got idea while recovering from spine surgery.  It’s insane how fast time goes by, how in the hell is it August already?  I’m not sharing this story to put you in a panic, but you need a fire lit under your ass. We can always make money, but we can never get time back.  You’ve been wasting time, putting off things you dream of doing, having a life that brings you peace and freedom…oh you’ll get back at it in the fall or on Monday, or when the kids are a bit older. BULLSH*T. That is exactly what I bought into, and before I knew it I wasted 10 years that I can’t get back.  This doesn’t mean you have to adopt some all-or-nothing mentality, that doesn’t end well either. But you need to take some action and work towards it.  If you aren’t working towards your desired life, you are working against it.  Let that sink in for a moment.  You’ve been settling for less. Settling for good enough. Setting for the status quo. Well, let that stop today.  When you show up for yourself, you impact everyone around you. And when you don’t, you also impact everyone around you.  Commit to stepping into your light.  The dimness may feel comfortable, but it isn’t lighting you up anymore.    THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Pre-launching pricing won’t last long, and it’s WILD! I'm giving you $3000 OFF as a reward for committing to the multi-million dollar CEO version of you.  Details are dripping out over on my Instagram Stories, plus I’m sharing all of the incredible success stories of our members. Collectively they made 603K !!! (and the year is only half over!) ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Click here for details + join FREE BONUS: My Content Creation Made Easy Course + Planner + Caption Template (valued at $297) Let’s get your dream business-making bank online THIS SUMMER!   (Limited Spots as this is an Intimate Coaching Container) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Sis stop workin’ plan B when you want a plan A life.  Shiz looks really messy right now. If you watch or read the news it appears the world is crashing….which is why I don’t watch that crap.  But it’s hard not to pick up the general fear energy going around…the problem isn’t if you feel fear right now, the problem is if you do nothing to shift out of it.   That fear state will only repel abundance, and then further validate the money noise that’s circling your brain.   You have to make a deliberate and conscious choice to seek out evidence of abundance when your mind is pulling you towards scarcity.  The real estate market is at an all-time high: the average sales price of a home in the US is up 32% from 2021. Homes are selling faster than they have in 15 years!  Americans are spending 18% more in 2022 than in 2020.  The coaching industry is expected to go to 14.2 BILLION dollars this year!  Whatever you focus on will grow.  If focus on the vast amount of abundance in the world, you will attract it.  If you focus on inflation, poverty, and holes in our economy…you’ll attract more scarcity situations.  A Plan A life requires Plan A thinking.  I’m teaching you how to do this inside this mind-blowing episode.  THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Pre-launching pricing won’t last long, and it’s WILD! I'm giving you $3000 OFF as a reward for committing to the multi-million dollar CEO version of you.  Details are dripping out over on my Instagram Stories, plus I’m sharing all of the incredible success stories of our members. Collectively they made 603K !!! (and the year is only half over!) ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Click here for details + join FREE BONUS: My Content Creation Made Easy Course + Planner + Caption Template (valued at $297) Let’s get your dream business-making bank online THIS SUMMER!   (Limited Spots as this is an Intimate Coaching Container) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

25k a Month is Simple. The issue is you’re making it hard. Believe me, I know…I stayed in my own way for YEARS and didn’t know to get around myself.  Assumptions pop up once you allow yourself to dream bigger and desire more.  Your ego starts coming up with crap that you believe is required to achieve that goal, and it’s always stuff you’re currently lacking.  To grow my coaching business to 25k months I would need: > A team  > Some special certification  > Tech skills  > To be more interesting…well spoken…have more followers Who told you this crap? Probably no one…all assumptions you’ve come up with are based on watching other coaches on the internet.  Ask and answer this question > If you knew it was completely possible for you to make 25k a month consistently just as you are today, would you go ALL IN and do the damn thing?  Now the “yeah buts” start in….” yeah but, I’m not as ______ as you Tiffany. “Yeh but, I don’t have ______.” See how your own ego is trying to money-block you?  This episode is designed to address that resistant ego of yours with straight-up facts and proof. Leaving you with zero excuses to continue living a PLAN B LIFE. THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Pre-launching pricing won’t last long, and it’s WILD! I'm giving you $3000 OFF as a reward for committing to the multi-million dollar CEO version of you.  Details are dripping out over on my Instagram Stories, plus I’m sharing all of the incredible success stories of our members. Collectively they made 603K !!! (and the year is only half over!) ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Click here for details + join FREE BONUS: My Content Creation Made Easy Course + Planner + Caption Template (valued at $297) Let’s get your dream business-making bank online THIS SUMMER!   (Limited Spots as this is an Intimate Coaching Container) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.   

This almost got me fired.  I was hired as a TV News Reporter for NBC before I even officially had my college diploma.  My tenacity, determination, and a false sense of confidence allowed me to beat out thousands of others for the job.  I thought my education and four TV internships prepared me for this job…but doing it in real life for real pay was a completely different level of pressure.  The deadlines were insane! I had to find interview subjects, do the on-camera interview, verify sources, write the script, edit the piece, and record promos for the story in a matter of a couple of hours…there was no time for perfection.  While I was barely putting together one story by the hard deadline, the other more experienced reporters had THREE stories done! After 6 weeks My News Director (Boss) pulled me aside and said,” Carter, you’ve gotta start pulling your weight around here…you need to work faster.” I was shell-shocked. The only way I could do that was by not caring if it was perfect, and just trusting my initial gut instinct.  Given my lack of professional journalism experience, I didn’t exactly have that confidence yet.  So I had to trust it anyway or get fired. No one noticed the difference between my highly perfectionistic news story to the (what I felt like was sub-par) three “get-er-done” stories.  Your over-thinking and false belief that it needs to be perfect for it to pay off, have you bottlenecked in your business.  Unless you’re a surgeon, getting it done is always a solid business plan.  Waiting and obsessing over it to avoid any potential mistakes, ends up helping no one.   Often times the mistakes that do happen are the biggest blessings of all (even in the medical world).  THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Pre-launching pricing won’t last long, and it’s WILD! I'm giving you $3000 OFF as a reward for committing to the multi-million dollar CEO version of you.  Details are dripping out over on my Instagram Stories, plus I’m sharing all of the incredible success stories of our members. Collectively they made 603K !!! (and the year is only half over!) ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Click here for details + join FREE BONUS: My Content Creation Made Easy Course + Planner + Caption Template (valued at $297) Let’s get your dream business-making bank online THIS SUMMER!  (Limited Spots as this is an Intimate Coaching Container) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.   

One of the most overlooked and deadly addictions… Alcohol, pills, gambling, and even food addictions are the obvious ones… There’s a widespread addiction that is likely slowly killing you right now.  It’s causing you stress, suffering, financial, relationship, and major quality of life issues.  Damn it is cunning… The addiction of doing TOO MUCH..the addiction to always doing, instead of simply being.  Our egos and society programming manipulate us into feeling like we aren’t doing enough…so if we just do more, be more productive, get more crap done then we will achieve our desired result (whether that be happiness, success, significance, appreciation, etc…).  When in fact DOING TOO MUCH is the problem. This is what’s blocking your abundance.  Even thinking that you have to do more or be more is a scarcity belief.  I can hear that inner critical voice of yours right now saying,” well Tiffany I can’t just sit back and do whatever the hell I want and expect things to happen.”  If you had a version of this thought, you’re living in an all-or-nothing world…. basically anything other than constantly doing means failure.  This is my biggest addiction, if I left it unmanaged, it will suck all of the joy out of my life, while sabotaging my success.  There needs to be a balance of DOING AND SIMPLY BEING.  If you find yourself living in either extreme, I can guarantee you aren’t genuinely happy with your life.   It is as equally productive to DO as it is to BE.  The energy of BEING is to be in a state of surrender, allowing yourself to receive. Reap the rewards of your efforts. Relish in your restorative rest time.  If your life feels unmanageable, take a non-judgemental inventory of your ratio of DOing to BEing. THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Pre-launching pricing won’t last long, and it’s WILD! I'm giving you $3000 OFF as a reward for committing to the multi-million dollar CEO version of you.  Details are dripping out over on my Instagram Stories, plus I’m sharing all of the incredible success stories of our members. Collectively they made 603K !!! (and the year is only half over!) ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Click here for details + join FREE BONUS: My Content Creation Made Easy Course + Planner + Caption Template (valued at $297) Let’s get your dream business-making bank online THIS SUMMER!   (Limited Spots as this is an Intimate Coaching Container) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

This is going to piss people off. In no way am I excusing or minimizing anyone’s abusive or hurtful behavior in your life…this has to be discussed. We are the common denominator in our lives, our work, our relationships…so when something is happening on repeat, it is not because you’re a “magnet for toxic people,” or that you “weren’t meant to make a lot of money.” It’s because your nasty inner bully has convinced you of some BS that isn’t true.  Likely you’ve been gaslighting and emotionally abusing yourself all without fully realizing the consequences of it.  In my childhood, I was taught that I was too much, a burden, and not worthy of unconditional love.  So unknowingly I carried those beliefs for decades into my adult life and acted out of those beliefs.  > Accepting scraps in relationships.  > Tolerating abusive behavior from people.  > Avoiding following my true dreams, and settling for a “good enough” corporate career.  Of course, I wasn’t able to repair decades of self-abuse overnight, but it also didn’t take me that long, because I didn’t try and do this work alone.  There is no better time than to start unpacking this stuff today. This action alone shows that inner bully that you will no longer tolerate that self-abuse.  ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Click here for details + join FREE BONUS: My Content Creation Made Easy Course + Planner + Caption Template (valued at $297) Let’s get your dream business-making bank online THIS SUMMER!   (Limited Spots as this is an Intimate Coaching Container) THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Pre-launching pricing won’t last long, and it’s WILD! I'm giving you $3000 OFF as a reward for committing to the multi-million dollar CEO version of you.  Details are dripping out over on my Instagram Stories, plus I’m sharing all of the incredible success stories of our members. Collectively they made 603K !!! (and the year is only half over!) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Our default programming is fear.  Unless you were blessed to be raised in a highly conscious healthy environment.  My guess is you weren’t. Neither was I, and I was raised with money.  Having money doesn’t mean you automatically have a great relationship with it. Notice all of the celebrities and mega lotto winners who file for bankruptcy or get in trouble for tax evasion.  When we operate out of this fear of it never working, fear of no one buying, fear that you’ve wasted your time and money….you end up taking fear-based actions: > Playing cheap with your business and not investing in it, for fear you won’t make the money back.  > Showing up half-ass on your social media accounts, because you’re mentally fried from living in that anxious state. > Spinning out in analysis paralysis because you are frantically trying so hard to make it work.  > Coming across desperate or needy when sharing your offers, which only repels clients.  Answer this question every day for yourself: What actions would I take right now if I had complete faith that this or something better was going to happen? THEN TAKE THEM.  Otherwise you’ll continue to flounder, digger yourself deeper and deeper into that fear energy, which will end up in failure. Faith builds empires. Fear keeps us stuck. ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Click here for details + join FREE BONUS: My Content Creation Made Easy Course + Planner + Caption Template (valued at $297) Let’s get your dream business-making bank online THIS SUMMER!   (Limited Spots as this is an Intimate Coaching Container) THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Pre-launching pricing won’t last long, and it’s WILD! I'm giving you $3000 OFF as a reward for committing to the multi-million dollar CEO version of you.  Details are dripping out over on my Instagram Stories, plus I’m sharing all of the incredible success stories of our members. Collectively they made 603K !!! (and the year is only half over!) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

A wildly blunt truth you need to hear.  If you aren’t willing to fail you will never succeed.  Trying to play it safe, and remain moderately comfortable while avoiding looking stupid will make it impossible for you to achieve big things.  Success requires failure and mistakes.  Success requires humility and humbly asking for help.  Success requires you to be messy, imperfect, and vulnerable.  The problem with most struggling entrepreneurs is they want the benefits and rewards of going ALL-IN, but without having to actually jump.  That would be like wanting an incredible marriage, but without the willingness to be deeply open, vulnerable, and work on your own shiz CONSTANTLY.  This is why I say to the people applying and joining my programs, mastermind, or membership > This will 100% pay off for you as long as you are open and willing to trust the process while showing up and doing the required work.  You do have what it takes. Now it’s time for you to jump, instead of waiting to be less scared or ready (that day will never come).  ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Click here for details + join FREE BONUS: My Content Creation Made Easy Course + Planner + Caption Template (valued at $297) Let’s get your dream business-making bank online THIS SUMMER!   (Limited Spots as this is an Intimate Coaching Container) THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Pre-launching pricing won’t last long, and it’s WILD! I'm giving you $3000 OFF as a reward for committing to the multi-million dollar CEO version of you. Details are dripping out over on my Instagram Stories, plus I’m sharing all of the incredible success stories of our members. Collectively they made 603K !!! (and the year is only half over!) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Leaving a wound unintended can cause great loss.    If you got a nasty scrape on your leg, my guess is you would assess the severity of it  (if it requires medical care), then clean it out, disinfect it, put a bandage on it, and check it daily.    You would do this because you know the consequence of not doing it would be painful, could even end in a nasty life-altering infection.    Leaving your money wounds unaddressed and unattended have just as high of consequences, and part of you knows this and is even experiencing it. Yet you avoid fully addressing them.    This is because, unlike a physical wound, we weren’t taught how to address them…so they fester until the pain is great enough to seek help.    For me, I had to lose almost everything I had built, which was almost a million dollars in a 3-month period, to wake up and prioritize tending to my buried money wounds.    Maybe for you, it’s hard to hold on to money.  Maybe it feels impossible to make the money you desire.  Maybe you’ve got yourself in a heaping pile of debt. Maybe you make good money but can’t seem to create the wealth that would give you the freedom you desire.  You aren’t “bad with money,” “not smart enough,” or unqualified…you simply have money wounds that need to be addressed, prioritized, and healed.  ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership : Click here for details + join FREE BONUS: My Content Creation Made Easy Course + Planner + Caption Template (valued at $297) Let’s get your dream business-making bank online THIS SUMMER!   (Limited Spots as this is an Intimate Coaching Container) THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Pre-launching pricing won’t last long, and it’s WILD! I'm giving you $3000 OFF as a reward for committing to the multi-million dollar CEO version of you.  Details are dripping out over on my Instagram Stories, plus I’m sharing all of the incredible success stories of our members. Collectively they made 603K !!! (and the year is only half over!) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.   

I had it all wrong and it wasn’t working.  When I first entered the online coaching world, I thought in order to have people trust me with their time and money; I had to show up as corporate newscaster Tiffany.  Hair and make-up done No swearing Perfect Posture Serious tone and Business-only mode So I spend 18K on hiring a top video crew, glam team, lighting expert, and hundreds of hours of my time painstakingly coming up with high value detailed pieces of content.    Only a short time in, I started dreading this new business I was creating, which was the exact opposite reason why I started it. I already had a successful 7-figure business specializing in the medical professional and pharmaceutical space…this is where Corporate Tiff hangs out. I started ProjectME the Podcast and Business Coaching brand to be 100% me, have fun, and help others make a mega yacht-load of money doing what they love.  It was a Wednesday morning coffee moment when I decided to enter the ZFG Zone.  “F it, I’m showing up like me, hiding nothing, and I’m only available to do this while having fun and prioritizing my physical and mental health.”  If it didn’t work after a year of going ALL IN, then I could at least be proud of myself for going after it instead of obsessing over the “what if,” for one more dang year. Within weeks my business and audience blew up by 800%.  We are the secret sauce, just as we are on our bad, good, and in-between days. You have to believe that you are enough just as you are, and then be willing to boldly show up as the ZFG you.  Being genuine and relatable is what builds a legacy brand. Fake people and money-only focused businesses always end in failure.  THE NEW 6-Month ProjectME Mastermind Experience:  CLICK AND APPLY HERE  Pre-launching pricing won’t last long, and it’s WILD! I'm giving you $3000 OFF as a reward for committing to the multi-million dollar CEO version of you.  Details are dripping out over on my Instagram Stories, plus I’m sharing all of the incredible success stories of our members. Collectively they made 603K !!! (and the year is only half over!) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

You’re trying to control destiny.  It’s understandable why we do this…it comes from fear. We’re afraid that it might not happen, and that would be painful or even life-altering.  Last time I checked, forcing your will leaves no room for faith. So basically when we are in self-will we are saying to God and the Universe, “I don’t trust that you have my best interest at heart and that you will follow through.”  So how does one surrender when you logically need money coming into your business?  It’s tough, but your job is to keep showing up KNOWING the abundance is coming…and taking actions based on faith.  Yes, it’s hard as hell…and it’s the only thing that works.  When you’re in the energy of trust, surrender, and knowing…you behave differently, you think differently, and this is highly attractive energy to people.  Your tightly wound and worrying energy is repelling the exact thing you want.  Learn exactly how to do this mind-fu€ery, and watch EVERYTHING change in your life quickly. ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership: Click here for details + join Let’s get your dream business-making bank online THIS SUMMER!   (Limited Spots as this is an Intimate Coaching Container)  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips.   

This thought almost killed my dreams. For ten years I would scroll and think that I could do this, and I wanted to do this, BUT, “who would listen to me when there are famous people like Tony Robbins?”  Imagine how many more millions of people I could have helped make millions of dollars if I had just chosen to trust that I had this vision on my heart for a reason, and flippin’ go for it.  You wouldn’t have that pull, that desire, that dream IF it wasn’t meant for you.  The reason ProjectME with Tiffany Carter the coaching brand and podcast grew so quickly isn’t because I had connections, did ads, or worked 12 hours a day…it’s because the coaching industry was craving someone like me who was real, raw, and no BS. There are thousands if not millions of people wishing someone like you existed to learn from, to hire, to connect with….and it’s your job to trust this calling and make some BOSS MOVES.  I purposely brought on this MOM BOSS who started from scratch with zero help or connections….she’s going to share the steps she took to stand out from day one. Sheila Bella is a Permanent Makeup Artist ( PMU ) who built a 7-figure business from scratch, and now she teaches other PMUs how to do the same through her Pretty Rich podcast and exciting coaching programs. Get connected with Sheila here: Instagram: @REALSHEILABELLA Website: SHEILABELLA.COM **********  NEW member spots are open for my famous ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership!  These only come available a few times a year!!! Details + join here > ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership ********* Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

It’s not the money you’re after it’s the feeling you believe great wealth will provide you: Freedom, Options, Security, Experiences, etc… Anyone who tells you that money doesn’t matter is either A: Already rich or B: is broke and has zero initiative to change their circumstances  Money does matter… the more guilt and self-judgment you create around wanting more >>> the Universe will withhold that abundance from you.  One of the top manifestation blockers I see when clients come to me is not allowing themselves to deeply desire, appreciate, and love money.  You may feel like you NEED money…and that is a very different energy than desiring money.  NEEDING it has fear-based energy attached to it…a thirsty kinda vibe.  DESIRING has abundant energy attached to it…an attractive magnetic vibe.  It can be scary to really DESIRE something because we are trying to avoid the pain and hurt if we don’t get it. That resistance actually causes us to NOT GET the thing we want.  I had the same issue…I was completely unaware of it as I’m sure you were until now.  Experiment by leaning out of need and into the energy of desire  Get into the feelings of knowing this will happen for you without a doubt and you’re letting go of the when since you are putting your trust in divine timing. You are choosing to believe that this desire will happen at the perfect time, and for the greatest good of all.    This new mini money manifesting podcast series is designed for you to binge on repeat when you slip back into that NEEDY ENERGY, and shift you into the energy of DESIRE.  NEW member spots are open for my famous ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership!  These only come available a few times a year!!! Details + join here > ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Setting aside our dreams comes from this false belief… A belief that we have an “either-or” life instead of an “and” life.  Either you’re a great mom or a successful entrepreneur. Either you value quality family time, or you abandon your family for work. Either you make ends meet and do OK financially, or you make great sacrifices to become rich.  Sound familiar?  I want you to reframe the beliefs you have swirling in that wild mind of yours, and remove the “I must pick one or the other” aspect from them.  And witness your life quickly expand in beautiful ways.  Like this… I get to be a great mom AND show my kids the importance of honoring your dreams.  I’m going to design my business around my life, which will provide me with more time, money, and energy to pour into my loved ones.  To have the wealth I desire nothing needs to be sacrificed. I can simply shift some things around just as I have when I decided I was going to start eating healthier. It gets to be enjoyable with a feeling of ease. My most requested podcast topic in the last few weeks is now live. Creating social media content when your life feels boring, and you don’t know what to say.  >>> LAST CHANCE!!! Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply SPOTS ARE ALMOST COMPLETELY FULL! FREE > Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation My Affirmation Card Deck:  projectmewithtiffany.com/affirmationcards Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

Avoiding toxic people is impossible. They are everywhere…inside your family, your friend group, your neighborhood, dating apps, and your business.  It’s easy as survivors of these toxic people, to blame ourselves for not seeing the signs, and for tolerating their unacceptable and abusive behavior.  Truth is…some of these people like covert narcissists, are master manipulators and even the most street-smart people on the planet would fall for their act.  When you have a big heart and are a trusting person who doesn’t think this way, it’s impossible to catch all the red flags.   Being that I was raised by a narcissist and surrounded by highly toxic people and pedophiles… red flags appear normal to me, as they’re familiar.  The key isn’t to focus on NOT attracting them, as that’s unrealistic…the key is to learn how to recognize when your energy and life force are being slowly sucked away…and then set boundaries to protect yourself.  My dear friend and Healing Strategist Ana Maria and I had a deeply intimate conversation about detaching from toxic relationships; we invite you to listen in on today’s podcast. Connect with Ana Maria Here: Instagram: @anamarialifecoach Email: anamaria@lifebutterflyeffect.com Website: www.anamarialifecoach.com She currently offers one-on-one coaching programs and hosts a weekly Healing Collective group coaching program.  TIME IS RUNNING OUT TO APPLY FOR >>>  My Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (Only a couple of spots left!!) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

I F’ing LOVE complaining, in fact, it’s a necessary part of my manifestation process.  Every day I hear someone make an apology after they vent or complain about something that’s upsetting them. My response is always the same… “Please complain, love, you need to get it out…you are allowed to have all of your feelings.” Most of us were taught that complaining is BAD. That makes you a negative person, ungrateful, and even a downer. I was strictly NOT ALLOWED to utter anything that could be taken as a complaint growing up (or my mom would verbally abuse me and then ignore me as a form of punishment), and in turn, I never felt fully heard or understood.  Then as an adult, I would judge myself harshly and even beat myself up for being “too negative.” (taking over the “punishing” my mom did to me) Being pleasant and Ms. Positive all the time is a form of denial and dissociation. When I come across someone like this, I know they are in a deep amount of pain with decades of suppressed emotions.  Babies cry. Toddlers have tantrums.  Dogs bark. Cats hiss. But we as adults are supposed to put on a happy face, only speak positive words, and stay in gratitude in order to manifest everything we desire?  If that was the case, I would have a miserable broke-ass life.  Complaining and going on rants about what is upsetting me gets it out of my system so it doesn’t consume me. It allows me to feel heard and accepted by God, the Universe, and myself.  Often the answers for what I desire or what actions I need to take come after I vent. It’s a form of emotional purging, which provides great clarity. I’m going to show you exactly how I use the act of complaining to call in my deeper manifestations.  *** SUMMER PRIVATE COACHING APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN ***  Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) FREE > Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation My Affirmation Card Deck:  projectmewithtiffany.com/affirmationcards  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

The good news and the tough news… The good news is it’s all up to you whether you go for that dream in your heart or not. It’s not dependent on any other person, place, or thing.  The tough news is only you contain the power to believe you are worthy of being the star of your own life, and that power is often buried under layers of faulty programming, trauma, and negative experiences.  The picture you have a garden that you can see from the kitchen window…right now it’s an eyesore, filled with weeds and dead leaves, your body fills with dread at the thought of tackling this project. So you keep putting it off, even though every time you’re in the kitchen, you say, “ I really need to clean up that garden it looks terrible.” You’re so embarrassed by this eyesore, that you’ve even avoided hosting a party at your house UNTIL you get it cleaned up. It’s been 4 years.  (For me it was 10 years of watching the weeds take over, and each year that went by the task of tending to it seemed more and more overwhelming.) Then one day you finally got sick of seeing it and of yourself complaining about it, so you hired a gardener to help you tend to this mess.  Within hours it looked ten times better, even as a large patch of dirt.  Within a few weeks, the freshly planted flowers started to bloom.  Within months, you could sit drinking your morning coffee while the fragrance of the blooms filled your kitchen. Then you said to yourself, “I should have done this years ago.” The only way to flourish in the abundance you desire is to get in there and clean up the mental crap. You start by hiring someone to help you and together pull one weed at a time.  There is no one I know who embodies an abundant mindset more than my guest on today’s podcast. Asta Razma is a multi-passion entrepreneur and artist, who has taken the fashion world by storm within months of entering this highly competitive tight-knit industry.  She is proof of what is possible for you.  Connect with Asta and binge her designs on Instagram at: @astarazma   *** SUMMER PRIVATE COACHING APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN ***  Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) FREE Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation My Affirmation Card Deck:  projectmewithtiffany.com/affirmationcards Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

For years I believed God forgot about me.  I felt like my prayers went unanswered to the point where I lost all faith and hope.  I studied the Law of Attraction and manifestation for 8 years diligently and felt like nothing was happening outside of an occasional rock star parking spot, and some chance meetings.  Often I would lie awake alone at night pleading “what am I missing here Universe, God, Angels, any one??”    I never felt like I got a clear sign or answer. In fact, I gave up hope of even getting one.  7.5 years ago I made the decision I would leave this earth on my birthday. It was my gift to myself, to finally be free of all the pain.  I really didn’t want to die, but I also couldn’t go on living that way, and I was exhausted from trying.  Obviously, we know God blocked my plan…that was the real start of my spiritual awakening. All of it had to go down this way in order for me to be willing to do the deep inner healing work required for me to help millions of others.  This is something I could have never imagined.  Your higher power has big plans for you, and most often pain is required for us to transform.  It will rarely happen when we want it to…but it WILL HAPPEN when it’s destined to. And if it doesn’t, that’s because something so much better is on its way.      *** SUMMER PRIVATE COACHING APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN ***  Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) FREE Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation My Affirmation Card Deck:  projectmewithtiffany.com/affirmationcards Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

What you avoid WILL persist. It’s incredible how much effort, time, and money we humans will spend on avoiding discomfort.  The scary thing is you probably aren’t aware it.  I’ve had the privilege of coaching thousands of people intimately, and I started to notice a pattern with people who felt “stuck,” and like “nothing was working in their business.” The pattern is they were spending all of their energy trying to avoid the pain, the vulnerability, the awkwardness, the insecurity, and the fear of taking a risk and maybe failing. It would show up in both their mental and physical habits: Eating and drinking things that would in turn lower their energy and reinforce their low self-worth, making it even harder to show up for their dreams. Regularly picking fights with loved ones so they could focus on that immediate situation and be in anger, instead of focusing their attention on starting or growing their business.  Using facts about themselves as a way to excuse them from taking action (ie. I have ADHD, I’m exhausted all the time, I’m a perfectionist) Saying they have invested “so much money” already and haven’t gotten anywhere…creating a no-win situation for themselves. They still needed high-quality help, but are refusing it because they hired the wrong people before.  Imagine if all of this wasted energy was invested into taking consistent action towards doing the scary thing.  Every choice you make, every day, is either investing in your dream life or investing in staying right where you’re at today.  Chose wisely where you make your energetic deposits.    *** SUMMER PRIVATE COACHING APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN ***  Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) FREE Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  Get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation My Affirmation Card Deck:  projectmewithtiffany.com/affirmationcards Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

 It’s quite selfish actually.  We are all given God-driven gifts, talents, unique traits, and ideas…they aren’t there for us to squander them. We have them because they are to be used in some way for the greater good of all.  Maybe you are naturally nurturing and compassionate, plus have a talent for making people feel safe. There are so many career options that pair perfectly with these traits: Become a therapist, a coach, a nurse, a holistic guide, and a breathwork healer.  Maybe you are great at numbers but hate your chosen career path of accounting…ok, so what else are you known for in your family and friend group? What do you love helping people with for free? So many of my clients come to me because they have ZERO PASSION for the career they spent years building, but they are good at it. Just because we are good at something doesn’t mean that is what we are supposed to do. It is simply an option.  Maybe that thing you spent years going to school for happens to prepare you for the business you were destined to create.  Take me for example, I worked my butt off to learn how to be great at sales in my corporate career, but it gave me zero excitement or fulfillment outside of my ego and paying my bills.  None of this was a waste of time, as now I have a brand and business that helps teach you how to market and sell your services and offerings in a way that feels good to you and your ideal clients.  I brought on one of my private business coaching clients to the podcast today who did a MAJOR pivot from being an Oncology Nurse Practitioner to now being the CEO of what will soon be the largest cosmetic and medical tattoo company in Atlanta. Go listen and hear how this all came about.  MEET MY GUEST Latoya Britt: Latoya Britt is a licensed nurse practitioner and 6x Certified Cosmetic and Camouflage tattoo artist. She is the owner of Skyn ATL, the industry leader for paramedical and cosmetic tattooing, specializing in dark skin and people of color! Skyn ATL empowers individuals to live a lifestyle full of choices, satisfaction, and freedom by offering cosmetic tattoos that restore confidence and transform self-image. We believe in the therapeutic benefits of body positivity by using art and ink as tools to improve self-love. Website  Connect with Lotoya on Instagram Email: hi@skyntonestudios.com Interested in becoming a Camouflage Tattoo Artist? Join the Waitlist and be the first to know when classes go LIVE FAQ’s answered here Check out her Glow Up Gallery here *** SUMMER PRIVATE COACHING APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN ***  Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

The biggest misconception when it comes to manifesting… Most people think in order to be a master manifester you have to mentally and energetically live in an abundant state (AKA high vibe 24/7) otherwise it won’t work.  If that was the case, my crazy over-thinking, complaining-loving ass would be broke.  The Universe knows that you are a human being filled with emotions, hormones, faults, and fears. It is not expecting you to be something that is literally impossible.  Not even the most skilled and experienced manifestation gurus are in a constant abundant state.  If you want to accelerate your manifestations, your job is to spend as much time as possible in the Abundance Zone (as I call it), you don’t need to spend even 50% of your time in it for this to work. I don’t want you to force yourself into it, or manipulate yourself into it….as that mindset is rooted in fear, “I better start thinking more positively right now or I will block my manifestations.” Instead, let’s start by incorporating some new things into your natural daily routine, that won’t cost you any more time or energy: Create custom labeled alarms on your phone with abundance reminders (you can use my Abundance Affirmation card deck for this.) Download angel card apps on your phone, and do a digital card pull every day. If you prefer to do a physical card pull, then get my card deck printed and laminated (about $12 at any printer).  Listen to manifestation podcasts, meditations, or audiobooks while you get ready in the morning. This is why I’ve created this new segment on the podcast (Mini Money Manifesting Boost) so you can multi-task while getting into the Abundance Zone. Start a digital vision board on Canva or Pinterest, and make it a fun practice to add one new element to it a few times a week. It could be as simple as a word or your dream kitchen.   *** SUMMER PRIVATE COACHING APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN ***  Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) FREE > Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series  get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation My Affirmation Card Deck:  projectmewithtiffany.com/affirmationcards Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

 It’s never what you think it is. When we see people we know or admire that have something we deeply desire, our brains immediately come up with assumptions as to how they “got there,” “achieved that thing,” and have that life.  New podcast listeners email and DM every week saying things like, “I assumed you had to work non-stop to be super successful and sacrifice your personal life, thank you for teaching me another way.” Or my favorite…my blunt communicators, “and here I thought you were that rich because you had a rich husband help you, or had some special connections.” (Universe I am open to receiving a super-wealthy husband) In order for your ideal clients to build trust with you quickly online, you must share your sh*t not just showcase the sexy side of your life. Otherwise, your people will assume it’s not possible for them because they aren’t as _________ as you. I share my salary journey and what it REALLY looked like to go from employee to multi-millionaire entrepreneur, so you can see the road is filled with potholes, detours, smooth spots, and shortcuts.  This way you know that I actually DO GET where you are at, and I do understand, and I can relate, and therefore I know EXACTLY how to best help you start and scale that dream business of yours.  My career started as a TV Newscaster making 17K a year. I had no idea that my extensive training as a journalist (AKA the OG content creators) would have been an essential building block to what I was ultimately meant to do maaaaaaany years later.  Getting into the highly competitive pharmaceutical sales world as someone who HATED how it felt to “SELL” people, is how my now-famous Emotional Based Sales Techniques were born….I was going to get fired and lose my apartment and car so I had to figure out a way to make selling feel genuine and fun for me.  I had NO IDEA that I was someday going to be paid a crap ton of money helping millions of people using my unique techniques that saved my job.  Everything you have done in your life, the great stuff, the crappy stuff, and even the stuff you hated were divinely designed as building blocks to set you up for living your best life.  Now it’s time for you to pay it forward to the people you were uniquely designed to help. This new two-part podcast mini-series will have you creating content for your business from a heart-space instead of a mind-space. This is when the abundance flows….once we learn how to connect with our ideal client on a deep level. If what you’re doing isn’t really working, and it’s even feeling like a chore to you, be prepared for everything to get a whole lot easier for you. LAST CHANCE > ONLY A COUPLE OF SPOTS LEFT!!! NAIL YOUR NICHE Live Zoom Workshop!     ***This is a ONE-TIME-ONLY Live workshop with Limited Spots, CLICK HERE to get all of the details and grab your ticket!   Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

It’s so easy to slip into this because we are naturally wired to be on alert for potential harm. The cave-woman version of you had to make sure you or your babies weren’t going to be eaten by a savage animal in the middle of the night.  My point is, that we are naturally wired to identify negative, scary, sketchy, worrisome, and dangerous people, places, and things FIRST. So there is no avoiding these thoughts. What we want to do manage is to stay stuck in them.  Social media makes all of this 100 times harder.  You innocently go online to get some content inspiration for your business, maybe even save some Reels or TikToks that you want to recreate for your brand….and before you know it 55 minutes go by, and now you’re feeling defeated like everyone has more success than you, the anxiety and self-doubt hit hard…then cue the thoughts of “Do I really have what it takes?” “Why her and not me?” Right, when you start feeling this way is when I need you to practice a thought pattern interrupt. Almost like you heard a loud voice on the TV saying, “WE INTERRUPT THIS REGULARLY SCHEDULED PROGRAM TO UNF*CK YOUR BRAIN.” You need to re-type this into your notes app for easy access: __________ (insert a loving nickname to call yourself-mine is “Little Tiffy”) you just saw a whole bunch of things that you want and don’t have yet, I know you feel overwhelmed right now and that’s ok. The Universe had to see all of these things as evidence of what is manifesting for you right now.   Spirit wouldn’t have brought this to your attention to make you feel less than, behind, or unworthy. What could be the bigger and more powerful reason why you experienced this today?   You came online looking for content inspiration and maybe some personal motivation…perhaps these feelings came up for you to create content around them for your people, content that is raw and speaks to the heart.    You already have it all within you, love, the Universe is using discomfort and pain to wake you up, so you will use your gifts with the world This new two-part podcast mini-series is designed to have you creating content for your business from a heart-space instead of a mind-space. This is when the abundance flows….once we learn how to connect with our ideal client on a deep level. If what you’re doing isn’t really working, and it’s even feeling like a chore to you, be prepared for everything to get a whole lot easier for you. Only 48 Hours Left! > NAIL YOUR NICHE Live Zoom Workshop!   ***This is a ONE-TIME-ONLY Live workshop with Limited Spots, CLICK HERE to get all of the details and grab your ticket! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money-making tips. 

There’s always a catch. If you are a regular listener of my success and money podcast, you’ve heard me say this line on repeat. Whether we decide to take action or not….whether we say “yes” or “no,” there is a pay off and a trade off. This is why so many of us get stuck in over-thinking and over-analyzing, because it’s scary to make the “wrong” choice, and have to suffer the consequences. When you are starting, growing, and running a business….you have to constantly make tough decisions every week, on top of all the tough decisions you already have to make in your personal life. It’s easy to get caught up in magical,  seeing all of these people online (including me) that are living a life of luxury, working with such ease, all while raking in the cash. What 98% of these people don’t show or tell you is all the crap days, tough weeks, and painful messy setbacks that happened along the way. Creating and running a successful business is not for the faint of heart. This shiz gets really hard before the money and work flow easily. If you’re in that stage where your dreams feel a million miles away, know that every single entrepreneur on the planet has felt the same thing. Try your best not to compare your year 1-3 to someone else that is at year 10. I’ve been an entrepreneur for 14 years now. ProjectME has been around for a little over 4 years…let me tell you IT DOES GET EASIER, but you have to be willing to navigate the tough times to get there. If you aren’t sure what your “thing” is or how to turn your passion into a business, this podcast episode will get you thinking outside of the box. MEET MY GUEST Alison Lumbatis: Alison Lumbatis is an empowerment influencer, entrepreneur and best-selling author. She's attracted an audience of millions to her Get Your Pretty On website and has served over 100,000 members through the Outfit Formulas personal styling program. A thought leader in the personal style and confidence arenas, Alison empowers women and business leaders to show up as the best version of themselves in order to make a bigger impact. She has been featured in Forbes, Business Insider, Yahoo Finance, Redbook and Life & Style. Links: outfitformulas.com Freebie: outfitformulas.com/13staples (Closet Staples List + 13 Outfit Ideas!) Social: @outfitformulasofficial @alisonlumbatis  GRAB YOUR SPOT NOW >>> NAIL YOUR NICHE & Instagram Bio Live Zoom Workshop! Finally start attracting thousands of potential clients to your social media accounts. ***This is a ONE-TIME-ONLY Live workshop with Limited Spots, SIGN UP HERE to get all of the details and grab your ticket! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

People suck. That was going to be my entire post, but I thought that was a bit dark. You know those weeks where you feel like you’re getting whacked in every area of your life, and you literally can’t have one more thing go wrong…then it does?! I call those “Fu*k everything and everyone” moments. We don’t actually mean it, but we just want to be left alone with in pure silence, no responsibilities, and copious amounts of carbs for two days.  Is that too much to ask Universe?!!!! As much as these seasons suck, when were are getting buried in all of the crap all at once, it’s happening to wake us the F up. God and the Universe gives us many hints and even nudges on things we need to change, shift, let go of, take action on, etc… When we are too busy running around like a spaz to notice them, or are too paralyzed in fear to take action >>> this is when Spirit BRINGS ON THE STORM. If you’re in the middle of a downpour right now, ask yourself, “What is God trying to show me here?” We don’t take scary action typically unless we are highly motivated, and that usually comes in the form of PAIN. Great pain has lead to the most beautiful things, people, and achievements in my life: The discomfort and lack of fulfillment in my corporate career, lead me to building two 7-figure businesses. The absolute hatred of my life, and planning my death >lead me to my greatest inner healing and finding my true self. The pain of never feeling heard lead me to a career in TV journalism and hosting a world-renowned podcast. Being gut-wrenchingly abandoned by the people I loved the most, led to the beautiful secure and loving relationships I have today. Allow your pain to pave a new way of existing. DON’T MISS THIS >>> NAIL YOUR NICHE Live Zoom Workshop! Finally create an “I help” statement that feels clear and exciting to you and your ideal clients. PLUS!!! I will show you exactly what need to be in your Instagram bio to make your account get easily discovered by thousands of potential clients, so you can get cash consistently flowing into your business. ***This is a ONE-TIME-ONLY Live workshop with Limited Spots, CLICK HERE to get all of the details and grab your ticket! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

You know what’s bullsh!t?? When people complain about not having the money, the friendships, the sex, the freedom, the body, and the life they want, but DON’T TAKE ANY real consistent action to get it. I’m callin’ my self out too, as I’ve done it. Saying, “I’m not happy”….. this or that “needs to change,” and then not anything because I’m scared or don’t want my life disrupted. Well Fu*k me sideways, staying in the unfulfilling and painful situation is already causing a life disruption, so we may as well have it going in a good direction, RIGHT?! Ask yourself, is the discomfort I’m in right now greater than the discomfort of taking the risk and doing something different? It may not be yet…but what this will show you is how “comfortable” you have gotten to be willing to sit in a life you aren’t fully excited to be in. Then my next question to all of us is WHY? Why have we made it acceptable to tolerate anything less than great? You wouldn’t want anything less than great for your kids, so why are there different standards for you love? At a time when I needed it most, my coach introduced me to her coach…after only a short time of watching her Instagram (@msstarmonroe), I knew the two us needed to have a chat that the would could hear. MEET MY GUEST STAR MONROE: Ms. Star Monroe is a Psychotherapist and Master Life Coach. She shows women how to unleash their true selves that have been hidden away and buried for their entire lives. This is the expert you want to hire, if you need help getting your groove back and then some. Star is making a point of showing the world that middle age is not only sexy, but the best time of your life. Instagram: @MsStarMonroe Website:  msstarmonroe.com GRAB YOUR SPOT NOW >>> NAIL YOUR PROFITABLE NICHE Live Zoom Workshop! Finally create an “I help” statement that feels clear and exciting to you and your ideal clients. PLUS!!! I will show you exactly what needs to be in your Instagram bio to make your account get easily discovered by 1000s of potential clients, so you can get cash consistently flowing into your business. ***This is a ONE-TIME-ONLY Live workshop with Limited Spots, CLICK HERE to get all of the details and grab your ticket! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

2022 has brought up DEEP PAIN for me. We all go into a new year filled with hope, excitement, and intentions for great accomplishments. The part that we seem to forget every year is in order for our intentions to manifest, PAINFUL STUFF WILL OCCUR. Look back on anything major you’ve attracted into your life….none of these things happened without any detours, roadblocks, craziness, bumps, bruises, or even life-changing catastrophes. When we want to call in something or someone new into our lives, typically the Universe requires us to let something go that we’ve been holding onto for far too long. That could be a belief, a habit, a relationship, a career, or literal pounds on your body. It would be nice if God had this all happen at a pace that was manageable and not so disruptive to our lives…but that’s not how BIG REQUIRED CHANGES unfold. We end up having a season, sometimes a month, a year, or a few weeks where we get hit with one major blow after another, forcing us into a place of complete surrender, as there is no other option or explanation for all of these painful things. I walked to 2022 saying this is my year to take my life to the next level. 22 is my angel number and lucky number…so I felt this to the core. Here’s a snapshot on what’s unfolded FOR ME: Broke off my engagement and moved to the beach alone. Internet went out during my big annual launch + the sales page platform we use had a worldwide outage for 48 hours. I spent 25K on advertising (first time doing this level of ad spend on my own business) with crap results due to the above drama. My mom got into a relationship with a dangerous ex-felon (still ongoing). Deeply painful abandonment issues being triggered regularly. My PTSD night terrors started again. I’m not listing all of these out for sympathy…these are all highly stressful things that clearly were and are required for me to reach that NEXT LEVEL I so deeply desire. Do I feel a bit beat up? Yes…. Do I pray to God daily asking for a reprieve? Yes… I am able to keep showing up, because I’m choosing to believe this is all happening for my greatest good. If we want what we say we want, then we have to be willing to go through the necessary crap to get it, no matter how messy it is. Know that I see you, feel you, and get it more than you probably realize.  GRAB YOUR SPOT NOW >>> NAIL YOUR PROFITABLE NICHE Live Zoom Workshop! Finally create an “I help” statement that feels clear and exciting to you and your ideal clients. PLUS!!! I will show you exactly what need to be in your Instagram bio to make your account get easily discovered by thousands of potential clients, so you can get cash consistently flowing into your business. ***This is a ONE-TIME-ONLY Live workshop with Limited Spots, CLICK HERE to get all of the details and grab your ticket! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

This may be hard to hear but it has to be said. A basic coach and friend will tell you what you want to hear, a real coach and friend will tell you what you need to hear, and risk pissing you TF off. You’ve been half-assing your business while convincing yourself that you’re really workin’ it. Just because your busy doesn’t mean you’re getting down to business. My brain can be crazy manipulative, convincing me that I’m too tired, that I need to wait, that the circumstances aren’t right, that I’ll do it tomorrow… Truth is, if we want what we say we want, we prioritize it and find a way do what we need to do today, not tomorrow. What if I told you that if you prioritized your business and went ALL IN on it for the next 6 months, you would for sure be making 2x what you’re earning now by the end of 2022? How would you show up for it differently than you are currently? My guess is you would invest significantly more time, energy, and money given you know the return on investment is GUARANTEED. The trick here is to operate as through your success is inevitable and the Universe will match that abundant energy and conviction >>> magnetizing it even further! This is exactly how I get my A-S-S into gear when I’m toe-dippin’ on something I desire. To prove that this works to your resistant critical brain, I’ve invited Tanci Maree on the podcast today. She quit her beloved job as a teacher and basketball coach to create what is now a dance fitness brand taking over the nation and social media  >> Turn Up™ with Tanci. Tanci started everything from scratch, didn’t fully know what she was doing, had many set backs, and yet kept SHOWING TF UP. Now she has a flourishing brand with a community in the hundreds of thousands, all because she chose to show up knowing it would pay off in the end. MEET MY GUEST TANCI: Tanci took her love for dance fitness and is turning it into an empire that helps women turn up and show up for themselves. Turn Up™ with Tanci hosts both virtual and in-person classes all over the country. You can also become a certified instructor, and bring Turn Up™ to your community. Instagram: @turnupwithtanci TikTok: @turnupwithtanci YouTube: @turnupwithTanci Website:  turnupwithtanci.com GRAB YOUR SPOT NOW >>> NAIL YOUR PROFITABLE NICHE Live Zoom Workshop! Finally create an “I help” statement that feels clear and exciting to you and your ideal clients. PLUS!!! I will show you exactly what needs to be in your Instagram bio to make your account get easily discovered by 1000s of potential clients, so you can get cash consistently flowing into your business. ***This is a ONE-TIME-ONLY Live workshop with Limited Spots, CLICK HERE to get all of the details and grab your ticket! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Consistent little moves are what build big dreams.   Your mind will try to convince you that if you can’t do it all right now then you have to wait “until…” Until you have more time Until you have more energy Until you know exactly what you’re doing Until you things at work slow down Until you get that certification Until your kids are older These are all just excuses your ego is doing a fantastic job of convincing you of because underneath all of that mental gymnastics, you are scared of the unknown. Scared of it not working. Scared of looking a fool. Scared of what others will think. Scared of your kids feeling neglected. Scared you don’t have what it takes. Scared you will waste your money, and have nothing to show for it. With everything I accomplished both personally and professionally, from building two multi-million dollar businesses, to recovering from severe childhood trauma, to getting my health back after I thought my life was over…All of it started the same way >>>> one small action at a time, and one day at time. The sooner you start; the hardest part will be behind you. Anyone who has taken time off from working out knows how miserable that first week back at the gym is….it’s incredible how quickly we end up in a groove one we get past that initial hump (the hump that feels like a giant mountain). Every day you don’t take at least one small action, you are taking one step backwards away from the life you desire. BUT, everyday you chose to take one small action is one step closer to your dream life…..which direction do you want to be heading in? GRAB YOUR SPOT NOW >>> NAIL YOUR PROFITABLE NICHE Live Zoom Workshop! Finally create an “I help” statement that feels clear and exciting to you and your ideal clients. PLUS!!! I will show you exactly what need to be in your Instagram bio to make your account get easily discovered by thousands of potential clients, so you can get cash consistently flowing into your business. ***This is a ONE-TIME-ONLY Live workshop with Limited Spots, CLICK HERE to get all of the details and grab your ticket! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

The reason you’re stuck in a slump isn’t what you think it is. If you’re feeling uninspired lately, and you can’t seem to get your engine going, let alone your brain….you probably think you have “motivation” problem, but what you really have is an off balance energy system. All the coffee, exercise, and dance music in the world won’t fix this energy leak that likely has been going on for months, even years (that was the case for me). My fellow over-givers, empaths, and heart-based entrepreneurs are often in a chronic state of energy imbalance. The symptoms also show up in our bodies with fatigue, hormonal issues, skin problems, weight-gain, constipation, stiff joints, getting sick all the time, etc… What I’m about to share with you will require you to manage it for the rest of your life, just as you have to take your car in for regular maintenance to keep it in top preforming shape. When our ratio of output to input if off, we end up running on fumes….causing all of the symptoms of our mental and physical energy being depleted. This often ignites depression in people. When our ratio of input to output is off, we end feeling anxious. We are over-consuming, taking in so much information, other people’s energy, and absorbed in our obsessive over-thinking. This often ignites anxiety, ADHD symptoms, guilt, and even panic attacks. I want you to take an inventory right now of the last month, without judgment, just observation >> Are you heavier on the OUTPUT side or the INPUT side ? If your OUTPUT is maxed, to get back into balance, you need to start taking your foot off the gas and pour into yourself. Start reading a book you’ve said you don’t have time to read. Create a revised morning routine dedicated to you. Remove some things from your schedule, ask for help, outsource. Join my Posse Group Coaching program and get poured into every week by me and other great members. If you’re INPUT is maxed, to get back into balance, you need to put your foot on the gas and take action. Start the dang business, podcast, blog, or creative project that you’ve been procrastinating on (even if it’s just 15 minutes a day). Invest in a coach, mastermind, or a program that is enough money to get you to show up and be accountable. (this is what I do every single month, or I would do almost nothing!) Be of service to your audience, your church, or your neighbors. Do one thing everyday to serve while expecting nothing in return. Create a fresh morning routine to get your A-S-S moving in a fun way! HURRY Time is running out on the MEGA Bonus Sale in the ProjectME Posse! All for only $3.33 per day. Get all of the details on the ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership HERE, and hear about the great results members are getting! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

A lesson for my fellow feelers, healers and highly-sensitives: You will encounter many people who are so shut down emotionally that your loving and expressive spirit is too much for them. These people may even tell you that you are “too sensitive,” “too much,” “so emotional,” or “overly expressive.” I’ve been called all of these things many times by the people I love, so much that I believed this was a major inherit flaw of mine. Just because someone says or feels that you are too much, doesn’t mean that anything is wrong with you.   This simply means your ability to be vulnerable, open, and intimate scares them, as they haven’t done enough healing yet to do the same. They may even resent you for it, as they would love to FEEL things on your level, but they can’t access it and don’t know why or how. You willingness and ability to feel others truth and pain is a beautiful gift. Just as it will attract some people it will equally repel some people. That’s OK. They aren’t ready for you yet, and it’s not your job to push them, convince, or heal them. You primary job is to continue healing yourself and use those beautiful gifts of yours to help heal, guide and lead the open and willing souls. If you are using these gifts as a key part of your business, I know how frustrating and confusing it can be when people LOVE your content and leave beautiful comments but don’t hire you. I’ve coached 1000s of you and there’s a clear common block as to why you aren’t making the money you desire and deserve. So I’ve dedicated this new podcast episode to you. Today on the podcast I’ve brought on Mindset and Alignment Coach Mallory Campbell, we have a deep and raw conversation about the business of being a spiritual entrepreneur and healer that you need to hear today. MEET MY GUEST MALLORY: Mallory Campbell is a wife, mom of two young boys, and a world fitness champion. She’s the founder Level Up VIP, a successful group coaching program that enlightens women to step into their power, get out of their own way and find their true selves through alignment with their highest selves. She’s the co-host of the Destined To Be Podcast with her husband and is launching brand new programs as well as high level masterminds and 1:1 coaching. Through deep work, healing and all in mentorship she creates the community, support and full embodiment of what she teaches and brings it to women who are energetically ready do it all together. IG: @mallorycampbell FB: Mallory Campbell DM Mallory for early bird pricing for her Summer Level Up VIP program.   ******Special New Member Bonus Sale in the ProjectME Posse! All for only $3.33 per day. Get all of the details on the ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership HERE, and hear about the great results members are getting! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

The amount of time we waste obsessing and caring about stupid stuff is a crime. Every time we give our time, attention, and energy to people, situations, and things that either don’t deserve it or are completely out of our control, we rob ourselves of the beautiful life we desire.  It would be fair for me to say that I’ve given away YEARS of my precious life with over-thinking, over-analyzing, and trying to control stuff that is completely out of my hands. Time is one thing we can’t get back no matter how much money we make or who we know.  No wonder you’re exhausted and feel like you don’t have time to start that business, launch a podcast, create that program, write a book, or even luxuriate…..you have given all of your f*cks away, and haven’t saved any for yourself.  The good news is while you can’t get that lost time back, you can make a pact with yourself today that you will start preserving at least some of your f*cks for yourself and your dreams.  Some people in your life will not like it. In fact, they may even feel like you’re being “mean,” “different,” or “abandoning” them. This is how you will know you’re on the right track. It won’t feel comfortable at first; in fact you will probably feel like you’re a horrible selfish person. But you’re not. ( The fact you’re worried about upsetting others proves you’re not bad person.) When we don’t save any of those f*cks for ourselves, we end up hating life, being resentful, and turn into a shell of our former selves. This is not good for anyone in your life.  If all you want is to be “happy,” and to make money doing something meaningful and fulfilling that you love, then you must be willing to practice giving ZERO F*CKS to the people and things that don’t deserve them.  This includes people you love. Your brain will tell you that “if you really care” then you would give ALL THE F*CKS…but if you want the best for everyone including you, then you must save a daily dose of them for yourself. At this point you may be wondering, “WTH does this have to do with identifying your ideal client?” Listen to the episode, and you will see that this has everything to do with the mind-blowing stuff I’m about to teach you. ******Special New Member Bonus Sale!!!! All for only $3.33 per day.  Get all of the details on the ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership HERE, and hear about the great results members are getting! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

You’re in need of a perspective change. I said this to at least 9 clients in the last six weeks.  When we are afraid of taking a risk, failing, succeeding, looking stupid, upsetting friends and family….our ego’s come up with these assumptions that sound like facts.  “Tiff I really want to start a podcast, but I know I’m so late the game and there are already millions of podcasts out there, and it would take a miracle for some unknown person like me to standout.” I thought the same exact thing, eight years ago, six years ago, and then four years ago when I finally went for it.  Yes there are a ton of podcasts, just as there are a ton of Instagram accounts, websites, make-up lines, TV Shows, coaches, fitness experts, lawyers, accountants, Realtors, doctors…. There’s typically a ton of everything when there’s a great opportunity to make money.  But let me remind you that a majority of what is out there is either average or crap. There is a small percentage of GREAT, which is why there is always room for more, even a highly saturated space or industry.  You may think you are starting late, but the facts show that you’re starting at a great time: > 41% of Americans alone listen to podcasts monthly > look at all of the growth in this category that is still available!!! > Monthly podcast listeners have grown 61.5% in the last 3 years > proof the market is growing fast! >Each week, there are TEN MILLION more podcast listeners than Netflix account owners  (69 million). People are craving real, fresh, uncensored, and vulnerable...they do care who it comes from as long as it speaks to them.  If you want to learn how to start and grow a podcast from scratch, my Guest Andrea Ashley, Host of the popular Adult Child Podcast (@adultchildpod), and I are breaking it all down for you, from the logistics, to the marketing of it, to the equipment, and everything in between.  Get all of the details on the ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership HERE, and hear about the great results members are getting! Listen to Andrea’s show, The Adult Child Podcast on Apple HERE and on Spotify HERE.  Connect with Andrea on Instagram at: @adultchildpod Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

WARNING! Heavy dose of real Tiff talk comin’ in hot. What I’m about to say to you may feel harsh, but it’s something that changed my life and allowed me to get to the 7-figure a year marker in both of my businesses.  Integrity is when your actions match your words.  There is nothing that will ruin trust more than continued broken promises, right?  They say they “promise they will do better.”  They say they “won’t let it happen again.” They say they “will absolutely get ____ done.”  Then we believe them…count of them…rely on them…and when they don’t it can be a range of emotions from deeply painful to frustrating AF to annoyed.  Yes we give people second chances and if you’re a codependent like me, you give far too many chances.  People teach us and show us who they are through their actions and lack of actions.  What have you taught yourself through your own actions and lack of taking action ?  > Do you set commitments that you will start Monday and then never stick with it? > Do you proclaim that you want to grow your business and stop messin’ around, yet continue to procrastinate?  > Do you tell yourself you are going to finally post videos this week, and come up with some story of why you can’t ?  Hmmmmm mmmmm I know…it’s tough to look at your own crap, but it’s necessary.  When we break our own promises and commitments to ourselves on repeat, we lose trust in our ability to follow through. This also erodes your self-esteem over time, creating self-doubt.  Continuing to have lack of consistent follow through with our actions when it comes to our core desires, causes the Universe to not take your dreams so seriously, as they don’t really seem like that much of a priority to you.  A few things that I did that helped me keep my promises to my self: Stop with the long over-achieving to do lists. Put 3 things on the damn list at a time and once those are done add more.  Create serious accountability for my self. Put enough on the line that you will get into action because you don’t want the consequences (ie. Spending money on a coach, hiring help before you’re ready, etc…)  Taking daily inventory of my words and actions. Being honest of what I did well and what I need to make amends to my self over.  If you missed the other two parts of this series, go to episodes #397 and #398. *** SPRING APPLICATIONS ARE ABOUT TO CLOSE! ***   It’s time to start treating your dream like a business and not a side-hobby.  Let’s get those clients and cash flowing, so you can do BIG things in this world.  Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series > get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation Get my Millionaire Mindset Affirmation Card Deck HERE: Affirmation Card Deck Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

 This word makes me lose my mind! It’s the ULTIMATE abundance-blocker.  Incredible how these 3 little letters can change the trajectory of your entire life. T-R-Y Guaranteed, you have heard your partner say it, your kids, employees, family members, and yet part of you is still operating parts of your life under the “I’ll try” method.  When my long-time private Spiritual Mentor Tony gave me the task to put a check mark on a Post-It every time I thought or said “try” for two weeks….I thought, “well I hate when people say it to me, so I doubt I say it much at all.” HA!!!! I found this worn sticky note inside one of my favorite abundance books last week (can you say “divine timing”??!”)…. 127 check marks!!!!! Keep in mind; I was already someone who cringed when I heard this word, ever since I had semi-private sessions with Tony Robbins in my 20s while working for a major pharmaceutical corporation.  BTW, I don’t recommend saying the word “try” to Tony in real life, he broke my ass down hard, and I needed it.  When you ask your husband if he would please fix the dripping faucet this weekend, and his reply is, “sure honey, I’ll try,” would you feel at ease and confident that it is going to get done? When you tell your kid they must clean their room before they can go out with friends, and the reply is, “sure Mom, I”ll try,” would you not lose your damn mind? You are doing the same thing with your own dreams.  When you make a commitment to yourself on December 31st, to go all-in on growing your dream business this year and stop putting it off….but then it’s the end of January and you’re still “trying,” then February comes…”I’m trying but nothing is working”….then in March you know you are barely trying, and mad at yourself for it.  NOW IT’S APRIL and you have a decision to make.  Are you willing to commit to STOP TRYING and START DOING? It’s understandable if you aren’t sure of what the difference is, as I wasn’t completely aware either.  Trying is letting yourself have an option to NOT do, achieve, or complete the thing.  Doing is setting yourself up to make sure you follow through and it gets completed.  Trying is saying to yourself, your inner circle, and the Universe that your dream isn’t all that important to you…and therefor your actions will energetically match the words you continue to speak.  Doing is based in action and energy; it’s a clear and strong vibe. This is when everyone around you including yourself knows you are going for it and THIS IS HAPPENING (and so it will).  When you follow the “I’m trying” method, the Universe doesn’t take you seriously as you aren’t determined to make this manifestation in to a reality.  You hold the power to change this TODAY.  Notice what happens in your body, when go from the toe-dippin’ try to the ALL-IN energy of “it’s happening, and I’ll do my best to make sure of it.” Which business owner would you bet on, the “tryer” or the “doer” ? *** SPRING APPLICATIONS ARE ABOUT TO CLOSE! ***   It’s time to start treating your dream like a business and not a side-hobby.  Let’s get those clients and cash flowing, so you can do BIG things in this world.  Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series > get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation Get my Millionaire Mindset Affirmation Card Deck HERE: Affirmation Card Deck Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

It’s a full time job believing in ourselves.  Managing our monkey minds and the 6-12 thousand thoughts we have in a day is exhausting sometimes, but the price you will pay if you don’t do the daily work is HUGE. Of those thousands of thoughts, on average 80% of them are negative, and 95% of those are repetitive negative thoughts.  (Source: The TLX institute®) Well f*ck no wonder I was walking around like a whacked out zombie most of my life. First of all, don’t beat yourself up for being so negative or critical, this is the default programming that your mind will go to if left unmanaged.  Second, just because we have those intrusive thoughts, doesn’t mean we can’t manage them. Look at your thoughts like 15 six year-olds playing with puppies…PURE CHAOS.  But just as you can wrangle those kids, you can do the same with your thoughts. At first, it will feel frustrating and exhausting, like nothing is working. That’s 100% normal.  Just like anything else you dedicate time, attention and patience to, your mind also gets easier to manage.  You start by being aware of your words and thoughts. Notice your repeat go to phrases, words, and frustrations.  Mine used to be, “I’m so exhausted.”  Well guess what? I was, but repeatedly saying and thinking this wasn’t helping me feel any less exhausted.  You can’t tell yourself a lie, this is why most affirmations won’t work, because many of them are too far fetched for you mind to buy into. (that’s why I created my own millionaire mindset affirmation card deck for you…everyone out there felt like lies to my brain.) You need to select a different thought that’s even 15% more positively charged than what you were saying.  Maybe.. “I really want to have more energy.” See how that’s a little better?  Just like we have to do if we haven’t exercised in a long time…ease into it. Forcing your body to run a marathon when you haven’t even ran a mile doesn’t work, so why would shocking your brain be effective? Just dropped the first episode of the NEW 3-part Manifesting Money Podcast Series! Time to get that cash flowing into your life.  *** SPRING APPLICATIONS ARE CLOSING SOON ***   Time to stop treating your business like a hobby. It’s time for you to go ALL IN and make life-changing cash for you and your loved ones.  Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series > get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation Get my Millionaire Mindset Affirmation Card Deck HERE: Affirmation Card Deck Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

Don’t be fooled by this nonsense.  Thinking you have to do all the things and be on all the socials for this to work.  Thinking you aren’t organized enough or motivated enough to build a successful business.  Thinking that once you have “CLARITY” on what you need to do first and the next steps, then you will take action.  Thinking that you need to be something other than who you are to make major cash and impact online. (ie. a type A over-achiever, an extrovert, well-connected, super confident, well-spoken, etc…) As a type-Z personality and a self-proclaimed “World’s Laziest Business Coach,’ Empath, highly sensitive person, introvert, unorganized, over-thinking crazy pants…I’ve generated over 160 million dollars in sales for both my self and my clients, leaving me with multiple 7-figures in the bank baby!!!  I too, was fooled just like you for years by my own ego, and listening to other people’s projected fears and scarcity-based opinions. It kept me playing small; it kept me stuck in an unfulfilled life; and one day I said a two-word sentence that changed it all… “FU*K IT.” We are in control of whether we do the damn thing or not.  We are in control of whether we believe it’s possible for us or not.  We are in control of whether we allow outside noise to keep us trapped.  I decided to stop sitting on the edge of the pool and jump into that wildly uncomfortable ice-cold water, and GO FOR IT.  The day I decided to stop listening to that loud nasty inner bully (my ego) and other people’s opinions on my life is the day I STEPPED INTO TRUE FREEDOM.  If you know you’ve been holding back, whether it’s starting that business, taking your business to the next level, launching a podcast, writing that book, building your speaking career…I invite you today to say “FU*K IT.”  Everything you desire is on the other side of taking that terrifying leap of faith…but you don’t have to do it blindly or alone, that’s why you’ve got me to guide you every step of the way. *** SPRING APPLICATIONS ARE CLOSING SOON ***   Time to stop treating your business like a hobby. It’s time for you to go ALL IN and make life-changing cash for you and your loved ones.  Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series > get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

We always see and hear what we need to at just the right time. This year, the year that includes my angel numbers “22,” was supposed to be my magical year… My ego is pissed off about it, feeling gypped, like “you teach this manifestation stuff Tiffany, yet your year looks insanely intense so far.” (Said in nasty bitchy 70 year old smokers voice)  These empath spidey senses of mine tell me that you’re also not exactly thrilled with how your 2022 is unfolding so far. You’ve even been beating yourself up over it, feeling more overwhelmed than ever in your growing your business.  Our inner bullies (egos) are nasty and full of s*it.  The truth is that on the surface it may appear like you’re going backwards, but in reality God is pulling us back to skyrocket ahead. The truth is you’ve also had some incredible things happen so far this year. The truth is on some level you’re still playing small and haven’t really gone ALL IN on your creating your desired life.  The hardest truth of all is that we can’t control the timing of anything.  All we can do is our part with all our heart, and the rest is up to God. Mark Zuckerberg couldn’t control how Facebook unfolded to what it is today, or at how fast it grew, or that many people would screw him over and try to take it from him.  Hell, God can’t even control the world or the devil’s work, so why would we be able to ???  Taking the risk. Showing up regardless. Doing what it takes. Surround yourself with great people. Have fun.  And let go of the rest. REPEAT This is my plan for everything in life. Not easy but worth it.  *** SPRING APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN ***   Time to stop treating your business like a hobby. It’s time for you to go ALL IN and make life-changing cash for you and your loved ones.  Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series > get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

You get to really see who someone is when they are at their lowest.  It’s easy to believe in yourself and have hope when all is working in your favor.  But when you get hit with blow after blow, and are knocked down, you have dig really damn deep to find a sliver of hope.  Some of you are feeling knocked down right now, and some of you are riding high. In a matter of an hour these feelings can drastically shift.  This is why you always hear me say, “if you want success, you have to show up regardless of how you are feeling in any given moment.” If we just show up for our business or the people in our lives when we “feel like it,” there would be no consistency, as there is nothing consistent about our feelings.  70% of the things I do for my business plus my mental and physical health, I DO NOT feel like doing. I make a choice to do them anyway, as I want the great end result or at least stack the odds in my favor that I will get it.  You will never feel like doing all the things that are required to achieve your goals. Treating your business like a business and showing up regardless will set up you for success. Treating your business like an optional hobby will get you low-level results, if any at all.  If you are painfully waiting to see evidence that “this is working,” I can promise you that God will make you wait for as long as it takes for you to finally surrender, and stop trying to build your dream life with conditions.  You need to show up UNTIL it works, not IF ONLY I have continued evidence that this is working.  Showing up for your dreams unconditionally is the secret to success.  *** MARCH APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN *** (now only 4 spots left! ) Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series > get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

The amount of time we waste doing this is pure insanity.  If over-thinking and over-analyzing burned calories, I would be a famous bikini cover model…who feels me on this?? I spent TEN YEARS day-dreaming, analyzing, wishing, hoping, and obsessing over starting ProjectME with Tiffany Carter the brand and the podcast…..if I spent on average even 15 minutes a day thinking about what I wanted to do and have, that would be equal to 54,750 minutes or 2,281 DAYS!!!!! Imagine if even a quarter of that time was dedicated to even slowly starting and growing my dream business…..my net worth would be at the very least triple of what it is today. Plus I would have saved my self ten years of feeling unfulfilled, uninspired, and shaming my self for not taking action.  If left unmanaged our minds are so manipulative, cunning, and even destructive. Your mind can easily be fooled into thinking you are taking action simply because you are “thinking about it,” or “figuring it out” (aka obsessing).  It’s like thinking you are getting healthy because you bought a Peloton, and pinned some healthy recipes. Meanwhile, you haven’t taken any of the necessary actions to get the results you desire.  I see this happing a lot with both new and established entrepreneurs…”oh I’m brainstorming,” “I’m waiting to get my inspiration back,” or my latest fav, “I’ve set aside time next week to get started on this.” Your brain believes it’s taking action, yet not a damn thing has happened.  It really is this simple, you either are taking the actual actions needed to get the desired results, or you are tricking yourself into thinking you’re taking action, but all you are doing is stalling so you can stay safe. I’m calling you out today, as I wish someone had called me out during all of those years I wasted and can’t get back.  *** MARCH APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN *** (now only 4 spots left! ) Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series > get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

“What results can you guarantee?” Another one of my favorite questions to answer… My clients who asked me this during an application call or in my DMs before they decided to work with me now laugh when people ask them the same ridiculous question.  When it comes to business and life in general, there are very few guarantees. Believe me, as someone who is highly motivated by remaining safe and secure at all times, I would love nothing more than to have a daily guarantee that all of my hard work, time, energy, heart, and money that I pour into both of my businesses will pay off.  There just isn’t and there never will be.  Here’s what I say to people who ask me this question: I first address the emotion of where this question is coming from, and that is fear. It’s scary as hell to pursue our dreams, and do anything that’s new or outside our comfort zone. The potential client is craving certainty, because certainty will erase fear.  “I understand how scary it is to invest money you don’t have on hand to grow your business, and it would feel really good to know that you will get an absolute guarantee on the risk you are taking…However, starting, building, and growing a business is a gamble…you are betting on yourself.” Then I make a point of sharing what I CAN and CAN’T guarantee: “I can’t guarantee you a specific outcome, as I can’t control one of the biggest factors in this equation, and that is YOU….I can’t make you follow through, show up, and do what’s required. I can hold you accountable and empower you to do it, but I can’t force you, nor is it my job to. “ “What I can guarantee is if you continue to try and figure it out on your own, using “trying” and “hope” as your growth strategy, you will either A get so frustrated and eventually give up, or B, it will takes you years and cost you a ton of time, energy, and money.” Based on all the well-known personality tests, I’m the last person you would except to be an entrepreneur as I’m risk-adverse. So if I’m able to navigate the roller coaster of uncertainty, risk,  and gambling that is entrepreneurship. I’m confident you can.  When I’m making a big scary investment back into my business or into my self, I always assess what it will cost me to NOT get this help, this guidance, this service, or these things done for me. 100% of the time, the cost of NOT doing it ends up being far greater than the initial “shocking” investment.  Buying a pair of $1800 designer shoes isn’t an investment that is spending.  Paying someone to do all of the graphics for you in your business, that is an investment as it saves you hours of time and energy that you can’t get back.  Buying a brand new iPhone when your old one still take great pics is spending.  Hiring a top business coach like my self who will show you exactly how to monetize your business online customized to your strengths and desired outcome, is an investment that can make your money back 100 times, if you apply what I show and teach you.  The only way to get the pay off is to take the risk. You can’t play it safe and still cash-in.  *** MARCH APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN *** (now only 4 spots left! ) Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series > get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

The Syndrome that is keeping you STUCK. It’s not entirely your fault, so please give yourself some grace around this blind spot I’m about to share with you… You want to get consistent clients and cash online, and see real life-changing growth in your business like NOW except… It feels like you are taking in so much information, have “tried” so many things, and nothing is really converting aside from Coach Sara trying to sell you her shiz in your DM’s.  Then you start doubting your dreams, yourself, and wonder “WTF are these other “bosses” doing differently online, where everything seemingly comes easy for them?” First thing…Scaling a business and brand to high six-figures and into the millions doesn’t come FAST or EASY. Most of these online marketers are using the “ease” lifestyle and language in order to appeal to your ego of so you will buy. AND YOU PROBABLY HAVE, and wasted your money! Second thing…Here’s what you are likely doing “wrong” (based the over 150K people I’ve coached worldwide in both group and private settings): You are trying to start and grow a business without a proven customer acquisition strategy (fancy term for…a clear way to attract and convert people into buying from you).  When people come to me so fed up because they can’t attract a consistent flow of clients, their answer when I ask them what their strategy or system is to get customers…they really don’t have one.  Me teaching you how to create a customized system that feels good to you and your ideal clients can’t happen in a podcast or a post, you have to pay for that shiz, and you would be crazy not to, given that is how you will make all of those $$$$$$$$ for decades to come. You have Shiny Object Syndrome. One online coach tells you to that Instagram Reels are the magic answer, so you buy the course and spend tons of time on Reels with maybe some results, but no real money being made.  Because that isn’t working for you, then you listen to anther online coach telling you that Text Message Marketing is the way to go, you invest the money and end up in the same place…maybe some results but no real money being made.  Stop falling for the next “magical solution,” and invest your time, focus, money, and energy into developing the solid foundation of your business. Yes it’s less sexy, yes it’s a bit more tedious, more “adulty,” no it doesn’t magically come in 30 days, BUT it is what will get you the RESUTLS and cash RECEIPTS.  Don’t crash diet your business and expect to see healthy growth. Shiny things are temporary, solid things are what change people’s lives.  *** MARCH APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN *** (for a limited time) Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series > get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Doing the “right” thing is based on bullsh*t. I’m not talking about integrity, ethics, or human decency here…I’m taking about what we’ve been programmed to believe is the “right” the “smart” the “safe” life path.   Get good grades, go to college, get a job in Corporate America and keep climbing that ladder...the American Dream.  With the silent, unwritten promise of “if you do, you will have a great life and be financially solid.” SAYS WHO?!! Since when does a one-size fits all approach work for anyone? It doesn’t work with weight loss, it doesn’t work with marriage, it doesn’t work in business….so why in the hell would it work when it comes to making money ??? Doing the “right” and what I thought was the “safe” thing prevented me from fully sharing my gifts for well over a decade. If you’re feeling stuck or trapped in any area of your life right now, whether it be with your partner, your job, your business, where you live…I want you to ask yourself these questions… > Who says you can start a new career or business whenever you please? > Who says you can’t make more money than anyone in your family, while working from home? > Who says you can dream BIG and then follow those dreams until they become your reality?  The only person saying, “you can’t” or “you shouldn’t” is that voice in your head, plus maybe some lame people around you who are too afraid to go after their dreams. We are already two months into 2022, if you haven’t noticed the older you get, the faster time goes by…Do you want keep letting your life pass you by settling for “safe,” or take the damn risk and at least GO FOR IT?!  What story would you rather your grandkids hear about you?  I’ve never regretted leaving the “safe” and conventional life behind, even when things feel like pure chaos…because I’m now LIVING instead of merely surviving.  *** MARCH APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN *** Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series > get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Pure craziness… This was repeated at least 27 times a day in the last three weeks.  You know how you watch highly successful people online, and it seems like everything comes so easily and effortlessly for them? Meanwhile you are over here hanging on by a thread of sanity… This is something that made me feel like crap when I was thinking about starting a ProjectME with Tiffany Carter. Here I already had a multi-million dollar business, so I wasn’t new to the wildness of entrepreneurship…but this personal brand thing, the podcast; the making money on Instagram stuff was new and terrifying to me.  When all of these “Boss Babes” (and dudes) were making it look so simple, I started to think, “Maybe I’m just not smart enough or tech-savvy enough to do this.” I knew starting and growing a business regardless of what model or industry is hard….it’s worth it…but it will test your patience and sanity on the regular. So what did these chicks know that I didn’t ? THIS thought kept me from fully diving in. Along with…well maybe you have to be white but with a great spray tan, long blonde hair, skinny, have a hot and loving Instagram husband, plus a extrovert sexy lifestyle to have success in this space.  Then on one summer night after my second glass of Rosé (optimum buzz situation for me)….IT HIT ME.  “This is the hole in the online coaching market….no one is keeping it super real and sharing exactly how to do the damn thing! They are showcasing and showing off a desired lifestyle without telling the people exactly how to create it for themselves.” I went to bed all excited to do all the things…then of course I woke up in a self-doubt spin thinking, “well maybe there’s a reason no one is doing it, cuz it doesn’t work and people don’t want the truth, only the fantasy.” Finally I said F IT, the cost of me continuing to think about creating this dream business was draining more energy than if I just went for it.  No it won’t be easy.  No it won’t happen as fast you would like, EVER! No it isn’t as simple as these marketers want you to believe, so you will buy their stuff.  But if you don’t go for it, you’ve already lost.  If you don’t stop toe-dippin’ on your dreams, you have zero chance of making them into your reality.  If you knew that in two years from now as showing up as the best you can on any given day would generate at least 25k a month in revenue, would that be worth it to you? *** MARCH APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN *** Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply (I only take a max of 6 private clients at a time.) Abundance Walk: Guided Meditation Series > get it here for FREE: projectmewithtiffany.com/guidedmeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

IF I had to start all over from scratch > Here’s what I would for sure do… It took me TEN YEARS to start this dream business and podcast. I got so stuck in fear, comparisonitis, analysis paralysis, not knowing where to even start and then getting overwhelmed and doing nothing.  Time goes by fast, and before I knew it, one year of procrastinating on my dream turned into 3 then 5, then TEN!!! Then my excuses changed to, well “maybe I’m too late in the game, now there are so many people doing it.” PURE INSANITY THESE EGOS’S OF OURS.  Hind site is always 20/20, but the best people to learn from are those who have already done it for a long time and are willing to share all of their mistakes and secrets. No information hoarding going on over here! If I had to do it all over again, here are the bottom line things I would do and not do: I would not wait to feel magically “ready.” That time never comes, you gotta do it whether you feel ready or not. Instead of thinking I had to come across polished, posed, and smart for people to respect me and buy from me…I would show up as is from DAY ONE. The real, raw, messy, weird, and unfiltered me. This is what builds trust the fastest, not being a filtered version of your self.  I would start building my email list sooner, and realizing an email address is far more important than a “follower.”  No way would I go try to build something alone without high-quality help! I would hire a top coach even before I started, and I would hire design + tech person before I created one dang thing. The amount of time and energy I would have saved = BIG CASH that I lost out on.  Of course more details and stories inside this new episode.  *** MARCH APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN *** Apply for my Exclusive 2-Month Private Coaching Program here: Click Here to Apply Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

For the first 6 months of the year, she made NOTHING and was ready to give up.  Pouring dozens of hours into posting content, creating freebies, sending emails, painstakingly editing Reels, buying courses, even joining high-ticket group coaching programs…. Still 6 months later, NOT ONE DANG DOLLAR to show for all of that work.  While mindlessly scrolling to escape her feelings of defeat and frustration, she came across one of my videos…and something told her “that she had to reach out to this woman.”  Despite being at rock bottom, she chose to listen to her intuition. I mean what did she have to lose? Maybe that I wouldn’t reply. She humbly shared her current situation with the coaching business she so badly wanted to be successful (helping woman overcome low self-worth). As most people do when they DM me, she apologized for “dumping all of this on me…but had a feeling I could help her.” I had her apply for my private 2- month business-coaching program so I could make absolutely certain that I was the best person to get her the real results she’s been trying desperately to get for 6 months now.  After 10 minutes….I immediately saw the holes in her business, and I knew what needed to be done to fill them.  But she had to take a GIANT scary leap of faith as getting my direct help would require her to invest more than she ever has into her business.  Truly she had no other plan, other than continue to use “I hope this works this time” as her strategy (which isn’t one BTW).  >She took the risk.  >She followed through and did the work. >She remained humble, open, and willing when the extreme fear popped up. >She chose to trust me, herself, and the Universe, when nothing seemed to be working even after 5 weeks with me.  Her final number for 2021 was $107.050.00 all made in the last 4.5 months of the year. More than she has ever made in her life.  Remember just because it’s going a certain way right now, doesn’t mean it has to end up that way.  It’s a matter of what wildly scary and different actions are you going to take to get the results you desire? TODAY IS THE ABSOLUTE LAST CHANCE…..to learn step-by-step how to cash-in online with your business, your passion, or you area of expertise.  This is not your typical “information” based course, this is a transformation-focused program…designed to get FRESH CASH AND CLIENTS flowing into your business consistently.  Selling with Soul™ is the exact program you need to grow your business and bank account this year! My zero-fluff direct teaching style will cut through that overwhelmed brain of yours, and clearly show you step-by-step what you need to focus on to significantly move the needle in your business, without burning yourself out.    >>>Click here for all the details and hear from previous students: ProjectMEwithTiffany.com/SellingwithSoul ***ONLY TIME I’M OFFERING MY SIGNATURE PROGRAM IN 2022*** *** Private Coaching Application Link is on my website under “Work with Me” projectmewithtiffany.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

There’s nothing that turns me off more than when someone does this… When anyone tells me they’re going to do something or stop doing something, making major promises, and then NOTHING ever happens, as though it was never discussed in the first place.  I call this “Promise Ghosting,” many psychologists would call it gaslighting.  Even if someone made a promise and chose not to follow through (as it is a choice), but at least owned it by acknowledging it and then following through…I can work with that all day long.  But repeat promises, apologies and zero follow through…that is a fast track to pushing me out of your life. Broken promises = LYING.  Of course we need to make exceptions and allowances are we are all human, but if you are dealing with someone where this is a standard operating behavior, you must save yourself and set new boundaries or walk away.  Here’s the giant mind F that happened to me this weekend.  Usually when something really pisses us off, it’s because there’s something deeper we need to take a look at within ourselves.  So I asked my self the loaded question, “Where in my life do I make promises and not follow through with them?” Ohhhhhhh snap… Being hardcore honest with my self, I’ve made promises to myself about what I will and wont accept from people, and didn’t follow through with my word.  I continued accepting unacceptable behavior, and not just from one person or one area of my life. This “Promise Ghosting” has been happening in my personal and professional life for YEARS now. AND I’ve been sweeping it under the rug.  I low-key knew I was doing it, but didn’t was to address it, as that would mean I had to take some VERY painful life-disrupting action.  By continuing to break of own promises and our own goals, we are abandoning ourselves over and over again. So I’ve made a new decision, and feel free to join me.  I commit to following through on my promises to the best of my ability at any given time no matter how much they require from me. I also have the right to change my promises and goals at any given time, if they no longer serve my greatest good.  LAST CHANCE…..UNTIL NEXT YEAR to join my signature program! Selling with Soul™ is the exact program you need to grow your business and bank account this year! My zero-fluff direct teaching style will cut through that overwhelmed brain of yours, and clearly show you step-by-step what you need to focus on to significantly move the needle in your business, without burning yourself out.    >>>Click here for all the details and hear from previous students: ProjectMEwithTiffany.com/SellingwithSoul ***ONLY TIME I’M OFFERING MY SIGNATURE PROGRAM IN 2022*** Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

True story… so embarrassing. It’s incredible how our beliefs directly impact our lives, even when those beliefs aren’t even true! One of my core limiting beliefs that I picked up from observing my mom running her company daily for decades, is in order to be successful you have to sacrifice pleasure, quality down time, and your sanity. Because of this deeply ingrained belief, I made everything 100 times harder on my self when starting my business. I really thought the harder I worked the more money I would make. My first business started as a side-hustle as I wasn’t going to leave my corporate job until I was making enough money with my business to safely quit. After six months, I went all in on my self…I was tired of making money for other people, and wearing navy pant suits. Given I was leaving a high level, 6-figure, corporate sales management position with incredible benefits, everyone thought I was crazy to give up a job they dreamed of having. Here I was, a highly trained, award-winning sales expert…and I was only able to land two clients in 18 months of working my butt off, pitching at least 50 different companies. I couldn’t sell my self, but I could sell the shiz out of other people’s stuff. I felt like a fraud. Like I made a huge mistake by leaving my cushy job. When people would say, “how’s your new business going, I bet you’re crushing it?!” It felt like all of the blood would drain from my body in shame. I didn’t have anyone to help me, and I didn’t ask anyone for help. My ego was in the drivers seat, and I was drowning quickly. Once I waved the white flag, surrendered, and humbly asked for guidance, I was able to get an outside perspective of what I was doing wrong. (Very difficult to see this stuff when you are neck-deep in it.) My energy was desperate and forced because I was attaching my worth and even credibility to the outcome; I was even repelling referrals away. It took about two weeks to shift my intense energy, and once I did, I made more in one month than had in that entire 18-month period. Managing our mind is where 85% of our energy should go. From there everything else flows. ---------------------------- Selling with Soul™ is the exact program you need to grow your business and bank account this year! My zero-fluff direct teaching style will cut through that overwhelmed brain of yours, and clearly show you step-by-step what you need to focus on to significantly move the needle in your business, without burning yourself out.    >>>Click here for all the details and hear from previous students: ProjectMEwithTiffany.com/SellingwithSoul ***ONLY TIME I’M OFFERING MY SIGNATURE PROGRAM IN 2022*** Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

This is going to piss the “Instagram Gurus” off, but most of them are full of hype. If I see one more dang Instagram Reel telling people to post one reel a day, two feed posts, 12 stories, plus go live every day, in order to grow your following and business….I’m going to lose my mind! Posting just to post is not a profitable strategy to scale your business using any social media platform. The magic formula I use and teach to hundreds of thousands of people, which I’ve tested on repeat for the last four years is this: Post content that connects emotionally to your specific ideal client. Strategically design your content to build trust quickly,and empower them to buy. Promote your offers using face-to-camera video consistently (in a non sleazy or manipulative way). HAVE MASSIVE FUN WITH IT!!! Posting more DOES NOT EQUAL more clients or sales. This will end up hurting your business, because you’ll get burned out by the Content Monster, lose your creativity and fun…..and that miserable energy repels people.  I make at least 50k/month from Instagram alone using this exact formula. There are at least two days a week where I post nothing on Stories….I only put out 3 Reels a week, and I do 7 feed posts a week because I have people helping me with my content…I could get away with having 4 posts a week and I wouldn’t lose any money.  BUT NONE OF THIS WOULD WORK if I wasn’t having fun creating content. If you feel chewed up by the Content Monster right now, I would rather you take a break from creating content for a few days, heck even a week if necessary for you to regroup and find the fun in it again. There is no better person to show you how to infuse fun and creativity into your content than my client, my friend, and my ProjectME Instagram Stories Expert  and Social Selling Strategist, Emmy Cornwell (@heyheyemmy).  Emmy started from scratch and now makes 5-figures a month from Instagram alone, with less than 10K followers. I’ve brought her on the podcast so you can up your content game, plus learn how to promote more than one thing to your audience without confusing them.  You can connect with Emmy here: CA$H Money Instagram Stories Membership: A daily content prompt membership, so you know exactly what to post to make your Stories binge-worthy!    Cashinonthegram.com/cashmoneystories **DISCOUNT CODE: MONEYHONEY for $30 OFF first month of membership for ProjectME listeners only  The Hey Hey Emmy Show:  Click Here to Listen IG Handle: instagram.com/heyheyemmy Facebook: www.facebook.com/emalia-cornwell ---------------------------- Tiffany’s 3 Days to Make Bank Free Live Training Series: Registration link is below + all of the details on the 15k GIVEAWAY!!  projectmewithtiffany.com/makebank  ***ONLY TIME I’M DOING THIS TRAINING IN ALL OF 2022*** Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Hard truths you need to hear if your goal is to have a 6, 7, or 8 figure business.  Please know, everything I say to you is because I actually give a crap and I want you to succeed, whether you’re paying me or not.  Most coaches, teachers, friends, family, and mentors won’t tell you the HARSH TRUTH because they don’t want you to get upset with them, they don’t want to burst your bubble, or they simply don’t care enough to have these uncomfortable conversations.  But I’m willing to risk you hating me, for you to hear what no one has told you. 1. Despite what thousands of people try to portray on social media, scaling and sustaining a profitable business is mentally hard AF, and will test your self-belief and patience on a level of discomfort that is at times unbearable.  There is no avoiding this, if you actually care about what you are creating.  2. Just because you have finally decided to GO FOR IT and do the scary things….investing in your business… starting the podcast….launching your offer…showing up consistently on video for weeks, that doesn’t mean the Universe is going to reward you for that by having some Insta-success. In fact, 99.9% of the time, the opposite happens. NOTHING will feel like it’s working. It will feel like you are pouring in all of this time and effort with no results or feedback.  You must be willing to show up UNTIL it works, not willing to show up AS LONG AS you get evidence it’s working in your deemed timeframe in your deemed way. That is called trying to control divine timing, and the Universe will continue to repel abundance from you as long as you are in that energy.  3. Checking boxes isn’t a business growth plan. Published a post today…CHECK, sent an email to my list….CHECK, met with my business coach….CHECK, promoted by offer in my Instagram Stories…..CHECK, etc… Yes there are specific actions and steps to making money online, but those won’t convert to cash without you infusing the heart-felt energy, fun, and passionate conviction into your business.  Business isn’t a diet plan….you can count calories and experience weight loss, as that is science. Successful and scalable brands won’t survive with strategy alone. If you aren’t too upset with me at this point, go listen to this podcast to get your mind, heart, and soul back into your business. All entrepreneurs lose their way several times along the journey, allow me to help guide you back as to why you are doing this crazy thing in the first place.  >>> IN 24 HOURS My famous once a year FREE live training series 3 DAYS TO MAKE BANK begins!!! This opportunity won’t be available again until 2023.  Time to get clear AF, know exactly what actions to take, and what to spend your precious time on to get that money honey.  Registration link is below + all of the details on the 15k GIVEAWAY!!  projectmewithtiffany.com/makebank  ***WE ARE CLOSE TO THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SPOTS *** ------------- *NEW Guided Walking Abundance Meditation Series: FREE for a limited time! projectmewithtiffany.com/GuidedMeditation  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Your desire for wanting more isn’t greed or selfishness; it’s a desire to live your most fulfilling life.  Which by the way is your birthright. You don’t need to be MORE of anything to be worthy of having the best and getting it.  This is wisdom that took me MAAAANY years to finally understand then MAAAAANY more to believe and embody. One of my Divinely Driven missions is to help you honor, own, and live your Most Exceptional life! (That’s what the ME stands for in ProjectME by the way.) Do you find yourself dreaming up something BIG, but you get caught in a cycle of self-doubt and then end up taking little to no action?That was me. I would worry about making everyone else in my life happy before myself, as that’s what I thought a great friend, partner, coach, employee, and daughter would do.  I wanted more, and thought the problem was that I didn’t know what steps to take or how to make it happen. That’s crap, but I believed my feelings as facts (very dangerous). Once we believe something is possible for us, we all find a way to make it happen.  If you’re stuck in this dream-paralyzing loop…then it’s time for a change.If your desire for more makes other people in your life uncomfortable, that's THEIR problem, not yours  Your life will only be as good, as fulfilling, and as abundant as you believe you deserve. If you're trying to make yourself and your desires smaller to make other people feel comfortable, the only person who will pay the price is YOU.  Your desires are within you for a reason, don’t let a single person (including you) dictate whether or not they are "practical," "reasonable," or "worth investing in.” YOU make that CHOICE: 👉 Not your partner.👉 Not your parents.👉 Not the people on the internet.👉 Not your boss.👉 Not your kids.👉 Not your inner bully. There is no one that escapes life without having some childhood wounds, some of us have more than others to process and manage.  If you grew up in a toxic or dysfunctional household like I did, there is a deeper reason why you get “stuck” and paralyzed with in-action so often.  I’ve brought on Andrea Ashley, a former CPA turned podcast host of the breakout-hit show the “Adult Child Podcast”. We have an extremely raw and real conversation on how her professional and adult life is affected by growing up in an alcoholic home. She ended up turning to drugs herself to numb the pain, and now celebrates 13 years of sobriety.  You can connect with Andrea here: Adult Child Podcast:  www.adultchildpodcast.com On Apple Podcasts: Click Here to Listen on Apple On Spotify: Click Here to Listen on Spotify TikTok: @adultchildpod Instagram: @adultchildpod ---------------------------- Tiffany’s 3 Days to Make Bank Free Live Training Series: Registration link is below + all of the details on the 15k GIVEAWAY!!  projectmewithtiffany.com/makebank  ***ONLY TIME I’M DOING THIS TRAINING IN ALL OF 2022*** Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Nothing messes up my mojo more than when I do this… When we want something to work so badly we can taste it, and yet nothing feels likes it’s working in our favor, week after week after week, our energy spirals into Stucktown, USA.  I spent a solid 18 months in this town, and the longer I stayed the further away my dreams felt.  Then I would scroll or meet someone who had a similar business to me, who was “crushing it,” and I would be so jealous and judgey of them…also not a pretty energy to live in. Certainly not one that attracts abundance.  You may be in Stucktown right now, and want to desperately get out but don’t even know where to start. Here’s what I did to move from a stuck mindset into a successful one: 1. Start using all of that energy and mental bandwidth you’re exerting on stressing over “NOTHING IS WORKING,” to identifying the holes in your business model, and getting help with filling those holes. 2. Have a come to Jesus talk with yourself, or a conversation with the Universe, or your Spirit Guides…Release all of the expectations you had for your business, your goals, and your income… These expectations are at the root of why you are in Stucktown, because you “expected” things to play out differently than reality. (Truth is you are exactly where you are supposed to be right now, as this extreme discomfort you’re in is what’s necessary for you to do the BIG scary things that are required of you to reach your goals.)                        3. Ask yourself, “What would make me feel the most supported right now as I’m growing my business? What would hold me accountable on an entirely different level, so I’m forced to show up regardless of my fears, doubts, and insecurities?” 4. TAKE ACTION. A big part of why you are paralyzed in being “unmotivated” and “overwhelmed,” is because you’re allowing that energy to take over. The only way out of this quicksand is to use your energy to stretch your arm out amongst all of the weight trying to pull you back, and reach for help.  5. Listen to this new episode, part of my Mindset Reset series, to get your head out of your ass and back in the game.  >>> My famous once a year FREE live training series 3 DAYS TO MAKE BANK is back by popular demand! Time to get clear AF, know exactly what actions to take, and what to spend your precious time on to get that money honey.  Registration link is below + all of the details on the 15k GIVEAWAY!!  projectmewithtiffany.com/makebank  ***ONLY TIME I’M DOING THIS TRAINING IN ALL OF 2022*** >>CLOSING SOON My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching Program Application:  APPLY HERE *NEW Guided Walking Abundance Meditation Series: FREE for a limited time! projectmewithtiffany.com/GuidedMeditation  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Is TikTok truly a good fit for you and your business?  Ever since the platform launched, I’ve asked my self this question at least 100 times.  Last thing I have the time and energy for is to spend more time creating content, unless I know for sure it’s going to pay off BIG TIME (and I love creating content, but this isn’t a hobby over here).  You know I’ll always give it to you straight and tell you what the catch is….cuz there’s always a catch to everything.  Truly this advice applies to any platform you are considering using for lead generation & brand visibility: You need to commit to going ALL IN on it, which includes posting consistently (for that platform), plus time & energy to study and learn the platform algorithm.  Create a clear plan to profit from your efforts…going into it without a stranger to client conversion plan would make this a “JOBBY” (a time-sucking expensive hobby).  If you aren’t getting consistent sales from the current social platforms you are on….you need to fix that problem first. Starting on TikTok won’t magically fix a foundational problem with your business.  So after much analysis and market research, I’ve officially decided to go ALL IN on TikTok. In order to preserve my most valuable assist “MY TIME” I hired a top private TikTok coach to show me her proven ways….THIS IS BEST SHORTCUT.  Pay someone who’s done it to show you how, so you don’t waste more time, energy, and money trying to figure it out yourself.  Since I always share my knowledge with you guys, I’ve brought my new coach onto the podcast to spill the tea on this whole TikTok thing.  Samantha Vlasceanu (@thetiktokcoach) coaches entrepreneurs on how to use TikTok to grow their business, without having to dance or doing tedious lip singing videos.   You can connect with Samantha here:  INSTAGRAM: @TheTikTokCoach TikTok: @thetiktokcoachsamv TikTok Masterclass Sign up link: workshop.thetiktokcoach.ca/home Tiffany’s 3 Days to Make Bank Free Live Training Series: Registration link is below + all of the details on the 15k GIVEAWAY!!  projectmewithtiffany.com/makebank  ***ONLY TIME I’M DOING THIS TRAINING IN ALL OF 2022*** Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

You really don’t need to learn more, you need to do more with what you’ve learned.  But your brain will try to convince you otherwise…because it is safer to be the student than is it to be an executor. If you want to make that lifestyle changing cash before the seasons change again…then we’ve gotta get you DOing babe.  You will NEVER know enough or be skilled enough to remove the fear, vulnerability, and anxiety of doing the damn thing. How did I end up with a MAJOR top rated worldwide podcast? By DOing! How did I grow ProjectME with Tiffany Carter from Negative 25k (all business start in investment debt) to a million dollars a year in revenue in under 4 years, working 4 days a week ? By DOing! How did Beyoncé become one of the worlds top performing artists? Not by studying, dreaming, and taking lessons. By DOing!  “But Tiff I don’t know even where to start there are so many things to do!” I get it…this online business stuff can feel insane with all the things…so I’m simplifying it for you. You only need to focus on 3 things to Make Bank online, and everything else is either unnecessary or bonus.  My famous once a year FREE live training series 3 DAYS TO MAKE BANK is back by popular demand! Time to get clear AF, know exactly what actions to take, and what to spend your precious time on to get that money honey.  Registration link is below + all of the details on the 15k GIVEAWAY!!  projectmewithtiffany.com/makebank  ***ONLY TIME I’M DOING THIS TRAINING IN ALL OF 2022*** >>CLOSING SOON My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching Program Application:  APPLY HERE *NEW Guided Walking Abundance Meditation Series: FREE for a limited time! projectmewithtiffany.com/GuidedMeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

 “You’re crazy if you think this will work, this was a huge mistake.” As I was sitting in the Southern California sun this past Sunday, enjoying an overpriced kale-avocado wrap at a cute cafe, my brain should have been blissfully happy…instead it was LOUD and NASTY. This inner bully of mine gets so intense when I’m going after new and bigger things, I start thinking I’m schizophrenic. The voice is my head is so loud and clear…then my higher self starts talking back to it (as I’ve trained it to do) then a shouting match starts in my brain.  It’s exhausting and often paralyzing. What saves me is I know this is all happening simply because I’m scared. I then detach from that nasty bully, and see her as a terrified girl lashing out. I softly and lovingly ask her, “What would help you feel more secure and supported right now?”  (Sometimes I do this as a writing exercise, and sometimes I have this full conversation out loud.) Her answer on Sunday was, “I don’t know, but I don’t want to feel this way.” So I spoke to her as I would speak to a frightened highly anxious 11 year-old…gently and with love.  “It’s ok to feel scared, this is scary stuff, we’ve never invested this much money before into our business, and we could lose it all…that is the risk we were willing to take. I promise whatever happens, we will be better for it, and we can go as slow as needed for you to feel safe.” We both took a deep breath with a long sigh, and took ourselves on a walk to our favorite palm tree lined street.  If I was so compelled to share this raw story with you, I know there are some of you who needed to hear this right now.  I see you. I get it. I love you. It will all work out exactly as it’s suppose to.  >>CLOSING SOON My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching Program Application:  APPLY HERE *NEW Guided Walking Abundance Meditation Series: FREE for a limited time! projectmewithtiffany.com/GuidedMeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

You’re being a control freak and may not even realize it. When my longtime Manifestation Guide said to this to me, I was SHOOK….“You don’t think you’re God do you?” Me: “ummmmm no of course not.” Tony: “Your behavior says otherwise.” (all said is a calm beautiful Lebanese accent)  This conversation occurred after I came to him in a dramatic crisis probably for the 13th time that nothing was working in my business, and I’ll have to go back to Corporate Life if clients don’t come in soon.  You see, I was placing demands on the Universe. Instead of praying I was telling God what I needed to have happen and when. Then when it didn’t happen in my way or in my exact time frame, I would get pissed. “WHAT MORE DO I HAVE TO DO HERE GOD?! THROW ME A BONE!!” It’s normal to slip into controlling behavior when we are scared. We want the discomfort to stop and to stop NOW. The issue is when we’re in that demanding, controlling energy; we are crazy and not thinking clearly.  This energy comes across as desperate, needy, and thirsty…not exactly an attractive vibe to potential clients is it?  You really have to do your best and surrender the rest…obsessing and analyzing may feel like you are taking action, but you’re only burning yourself out.  I surrender at least 5 times a day, no joke. This isn’t a one and done process.  I’ll be diving into this much deeper inside the episode, and taking you through how I manage my need to control when I’m scared.  My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching Program Application:  APPLY HERE *NEW Guided Walking Abundance Meditation Series: FREE for a limited time! projectmewithtiffany.com/GuidedMeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Looking for the fast and easy way will leave you frustrated and broke.  When I started my first business 14 years ago, of course my ego wanted the get the clients fast, the money fast, the success fast…all this did was cause me a crap ton of anxiety, pressure, and frustration…which ultimately delayed my success by YEARS!!! When we don’t keep our egos in check and allow them to be in the drivers seat, we end up making desperate decisions, then become completely unhinged and unfocused. This insanity overwhelm loop is the ultimate abundance blocker.  I had no idea I was even doing it, until I got to a point of wanting to quit and hiring my first business coach, who asked me, “Why are you in such a hurry, is someone chasing you?” It stopped me in my tracks…..why was I in such a hurry to grow my business? Yes I needed cash….but my daily operating level was as though someone was chasing me with a knife telling me that I was going to lose my house tomorrow. If you try to grow your business from this frenzied state instead of a grounded one, it will take you five times as long, guaranteed. You will end up in the three steps forward, five steps back club. I know, as I was a VIP member for years.  You have likely been programmed from society, school, and corporate life that doing more is better, working longer is better, working harder is better…NONE OF THESE are legit profitable business plans.  Here’s what actually works: Plan the work and work the plan. Pay someone who’s done it on repeat (like me!) to teach you a clear and proven strategy to get the cash and clients you want.  Less is more. Focus on doing fewer things but really well, instead of doing “all the things” half-assed.  Get familiar with being uncomfortable and scared. If you aren’t regularly taking serious risks in your business, then you don’t have a business that will scale, you have a “jobby” (a time-sucking expensive hobby). Daily mind and body management: if you don’t have practices, habits, and accountability around caring for your mind and body, the wheels will fall off the bus, and you won’t be able to go anywhere. Most people avoid this work until they end up paying a huge price, I know I did and it literally cost me at least 2.5 million dollars in down time.  Listen to the 3 things you need to focus on this year to ignite your income.  My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching Program Application:  APPLY HERE *NEW Guided Walking Abundance Meditation Series: Free for a limited time! projectmewithtiffany.com/GuidedMeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Starting fresh is impossible if your old behaviors don’t change. There are so many platitudes this time of year that give me a rash. I used to buy into them, until I finally realized they are denial doctored up in catchy phrases. “New Year New You” “This will be MY YEAR to ______” “New beginnings require a fresh start.” We are never starting over or starting fresh. We are simply moving forward in a divinely planned progression of lessons. Once those lessons are mastered, new people, places, and experiences will come into our lives to work on our next set of lessons. Some will be terribly painful, some will be glorious, and all of them will test our patience and humility. You don’t have to wait for a new year, a new month, a new day, or a new minute to decide to go for it. YOU have the power at any moment to decide what you really want, go after it, and give a GIANT ZFG (Zero Fu*ks Given) to all of the noise out there! If you are already feeling the pressure and overwhelm building for all of the goals you want to accomplish this year >>>>> HERE’S MY ADVICE: If you feel like you’re already doing all the things, already working on your limiting habits, already followed all the advice … and you’re still not making the money you desire — it’s time to tune out all of the external noise, and intentionally make time and space to tune into your intuition. > Pay attention to what your gut is saying it wants, and follow that voice. That message is where the money is. It could be telling to you hire someone, fire someone, start a podcast….trust that the message is coming up for a divine reason.  > Stop listening to so many people’s advice. Have you heard of the phrase “too many cooks in the kitchen is always a bad recipe” ? Pare it down and follow the guidance that actually makes SENSE for your business…that doesn’t mean it wont feel scary, but it should sit right with our nervous system. > Allow yourself to take a damn breath. If you’ve been working harder and harder, but you’re not getting the results…this thirsty and frustrated energy you’re emitting is repelling clients instead of attracting them. Less is more, I promise. In this episode I’ll be teaching you the 4 L’s to processing your paid and fears, so you can get out of your own damn way. My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching Program Application:  APPLY HERE *NEW Guided Walking Abundance Meditation Series: Free for a limited time! projectmewithtiffany.com/GuidedMeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

It sounds crazy but this is a true story… In order to have the kind of wealth and lifestyle that I enjoy today, I had to lose 2.5 million dollars.  I got scammed out of most of my life savings when I was 30.  I had an employee steal from me for a full year before I realized it, and never could recover a penny. I hired a couple of bogus con high-ticket coaches who were a waste. I wasted countless hours and years of my time that I can never get back, by being stubborn, cheap, and fearful >>> trying to figure things out on my own, and doing the “things” just because I could.  I said “yes” to dozens of people, when I should have said “no,” spread my self so thin that I spent a two years recovering from a health crisis.  Money is one of our most powerful teachers, if we are open to it.  Here’s what my 2.5 million (and probably more) in loses taught me: > Money is a limitless resource; we can always make more, no matter how much we have lost.  > Time on the other hand is something we can never replenish. Time is our most valuable resource, but it is also one we undervalue the most. > The more you invest into your business and personal wellbeing, the more you will get in return.  > Say “no” far more than you say “yes.” > You have to lose things and let them go in order to be available for the life that you really desire.  At the time it was devastating and a huge ego blow….but in hindsight all of these losses have put double this amount into my bank accounts. So hashtag #WORTHIT My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching Program Application:  APPLY HERE *NEW Guided Walking Abundance Meditation Series: Free for a limited time! projectmewithtiffany.com/GuidedMeditation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

To have great success you must let go of the old you. This is one of a few things I wish someone taught me earlier in life. The person who got you to this point in your life today, can not and will not be the same person to take you to the next level in your story.  If you stay clinging onto to your old stuff with little to no willingness to let everything you know go…the climb to the top is going to be damn rough…in fact, pretty damn impossible. The Tiffany who went from 17K a year to 100K a year is a very different Tiffany then the one who went from 100K/year to 350K/year. The Tiffany who went from there to multi-millionaire is almost unrecognizable, in a beautiful way (well not everyone likes her but ZFG). You hear me say often that “like attracts like,” what you believe you are you attract more of into your life. If you want more or something different, you need to become an energetic match for that life, for that freedom, for the cash, for that passion, for that peace… Here’s an example: Let’s say you have operated your adult life fighting for every single dollar to make ends meet. While this allowed you to survive, it’s preventing you from thriving, but it’s also all you ever known….and it’s what kinda sorta worked and paid the bills. This same operating system will not get you to a life of making major cash doing something you love…the software simply will not work with this new game you want to play. There’s a new way you must learn and embody to step into the next level money you want…it will feel scary, awkward, and even like BS initially…but what is your other plan to get what you want? Letting go is required to attract next level abundance. Period. My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching Program Application:  APPLY HERE >>>HELP ME SAVE MORE WOMEN AND CHILDREN FROM SEX TRAFFICKING For the entire month of December, I will be donating $20 to my prime charity, Children of the Night, for every written Apple podcast review of the show. All you need to do is: Listen to an episode Leave a written review on the show inside Apple Podcasts. Be sure to include your name or IG handle in the review. DM me on Instagram with a screenshot of the review (so we can verify) and I will donate $20 to Children of the Night. Bonus if you share this podcast in your IG Stories, so more people can donate. I will be featuring the donors in my Instagram Stores throughout the month, as my way of saying thank you for being of service. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

My Annual New Year’s Eve Manifestation Ritual: People have intense feelings around New Year’s. Some people are obsessed with this celebration of time, and others find it to be filled with pressure and even triggering.  I chose to look at it as an excuse to realign my energy for the abundance I want to be attracting into my life today.  No need to look at it like you are setting your 2022 goals, or your intentions…look at it as a fun way to get into the “Abundance Zone” just for today, for this minute, for this hour even….every second you spend in this highly magnetizing attraction energy the better.  Select the area of your life that you want to have the most substantial growth in right now…..the first thing that pops into your mind.  I want you to pick an area where you can visually display your desires freely…. You can create a private spot in a desk drawer (if that makes you feel more free), use a shoebox, or have it out and proud in your bedroom, kitchen or office.  Starting today and over the course of the year, or as long as you feel called….I want you to curate items, photos, crystals, candles, toys, magazine clippings, that visually represent your desires in this area of your life…and place them in your literal “Abundance Zone.” There is no rush; there are no strict rules, other than these things must put you in the “feels” of your deepest desires. If something doesn’t or no longer does, then remove it.  At least once in the morning and once at night, I want you to visit your “Abundance Zone,” pay it respect, maybe light a candle, blow it a kiss, say a prayer, smile…acknowledge that IT IS HAPPENING…pay respect to the Universe for helping you bring it to life.  My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching Program Application:  APPLY HERE >>>HELP ME SAVE MORE WOMEN AND CHILDREN FROM SEX TRAFFICKING  For the entire month of December, I will be donating $20 to my prime charity, Children of the Night, for every written Apple podcast review of the show.  All you need to do is: Listen to an episode Leave a written review on the show inside Apple Podcasts. Be sure to include your name or IG handle in the review. DM me on Instagram with a screenshot of the review (so we can verify) and I will donate $20 to Children of the Night.  Bonus if you share this podcast in your IG Stories, so more people can donate.  I will be featuring the donors in my Instagram Stores throughout the month, as my way of saying thank you for being of service.   Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

The greatest act of neglect is to settle for less. Many of us where taught in childhood to “suck it up,” and to “just be happy you have a roof over your head.” This creates a sense of shame for wanting anything more than the bare basics, because after all there are starving children in Africa (who heard that one growing up?). My childhood on the outside looked pretty damn privileged, and in many ways it was. I had the private piano lessons, dances classes, a nanny, and got a brand new car when I was 16… BUT there was a catch. As long as the things I wanted were what my mom approved of and made us look good, I could do them…anything else was OFF THE TABLE. Like don’t you dare even ask, off the table. This taught me to stuff my deep desires, banish them from my mind, as they would never be allowed to even be attempted. So as an adult, I made sure to follow the society-approved program of climbing the corporate ladder, playing the office politics, and never going outside of the damn box. If you know me or have been listening to my podcast, you know that I am all about being OUTSDIE the box…in fact FU*K the damn box and burn it! This didn’t happen overnight. I got to a point where staying in this safe “box” sucked all of the joy out of my life, and if I didn’t give my self permission to disappoint others, permission to fail, permission to set my self free, I was going to end up an old lady with a crap ton of regrets. My loves, one thing we can never get back is time. Give yourself the best gift of your life, and let yourself out of this box…..you have the key…in fact the door isn’t even locked. Yes it will feel awkward and down right terrifying at times, but living another year in that joyless box will be far more painful. My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching Program Application:  APPLY HERE >>>HELP ME SAVE MORE WOMEN AND CHILDREN FROM SEX TRAFFICKING For the entire month of December, I will be donating $20 to my prime charity, Children of the Night, for every written Apple podcast review of the show. All you need to do is: Listen to an episode Leave a written review on the show inside Apple Podcasts. Be sure to include your name or IG handle in the review. DM me on Instagram with a screenshot of the review (so we can verify) and I will donate $20 to Children of the Night. Bonus if you share this podcast in your IG Stories, so more people can donate. I will be featuring the donors in my Instagram Stores throughout the month, as my way of saying thank you for being of service. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

If writers block is preventing you from posting…keep reading. You are never at a loss for words when you speak to your bestie are you? If fact, you could probably talk to her or him non-stop for hours.  I want you to start seeing your ideal client as a best friend of yours, but in order to truly embody that feeling, you have to build a deep relationship with them first.  The reason why I am NEVER at a loss for what to share, say, write, or create for you guys is because I make it my priority and privilege on the daily to get to know you as well as I know by BFF.  When you know what makes a person launch, cry, roll their eyes, scared, frustrated, angry, happy, calm, check out, etc…. you will always know how they will react to certain situations, world events, stories, movies, products, programs, and therefor always be able to connect with them at a deep level. DEEP CONNECTION = DEEP COMMUNICATION If you are constantly finding yourself stumped over what content to post, ask yourself these simple questions that I use daily: What does she need to hear today to feel less alone in her pain? What story can I share with her to remind her that she can do this thing? What is something that will help her see a different perspective on her current situation? What is something relatable that I can share or do to make her laugh? Make it your mission to get to know your clients emotional makeup, and create content that speaks straight to their current struggles and core desires.  Write and speak just as you would to her in real life…no fancy words needed, no perfect grammar necessary, just the simple, sincere, beautiful. raw and real you.  My Exclusive 2-Month Private Business Coaching Program Application:  APPLY HERE >>>HELP ME SAVE MORE WOMEN AND CHILDREN FROM SEX TRAFFICKING  For the entire month of December, I will be donating $20 to my prime charity, Children of the Night, for every written Apple podcast review of the show.  All you need to do is: Listen to an episode Leave a written review on the show inside Apple Podcasts. Be sure to include your name or IG handle in the review. DM me on Instagram with a screenshot of the review (so we can verify) and I will donate $20 to Children of the Night.  Bonus if you share this podcast in your IG Stories, so more people can donate.  I will be featuring the donors in my Instagram Stores throughout the month, as my way of saying thank you for being of service.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Right after I became a Millionaire, I lost almost EVERYTHING I had saved in 3 months. I had a goal that I wanted to have a million dollars in the bank by the time I was 30 years old. Now, I didn’t quite know how I was going to achieve it, given I was working my corporate career at the time…but I was determined to make it happen. When the “Old Tiffany” (as I refer to her), said that, it meant I would work my self to the bone if that’s what it took to achieve a goal. Based on what I was taught in childhood, I 100% believed the only way to make big money was to sacrifice almost everything and outwork everyone around me, so I did! And it worked. Before hitting 30 years old, I saw a solid 7-fiugres in my combined bank and investment accounts (almost to the dollar….$1,000,004.27 to be exact).  To this day, I remember exactly where I was when I realized I had done it….standing at my kitchen bar top in my luxury Los Angeles Townhome all by my self. There was a moment of pride, of feeling empowered, and it quickly shifted into dread and fear.  “oh crap, what the hell am I suppose to do with all of this now?”  “I can’t just keep it that would make me a greedy, horrible selfish person.” I felt so uncomfortable with having that amount of wealth; it was like I was walking into a party butt naked.  What do you think happens when we are wildly uncomfortable with something? We do crazy shit mostly sub-consciously to sabotage it, so we can go back to our comfort zones as quickly as possible. AND I DID! Within three months, almost all of that money was GONE. All of my 12-14 hour days, usually 7 days a week of effort, GONE. All of my sacrificing my social life, my love life, my health, my happiness, GONE! I had pretty much nothing to show for those years of hard work, discipline, and dedication.  What I didn’t know then is that this part of my story had to happen so I could learn the hard lessons, and then teach them to millions of others.  When we avoid doing the deep self-worth work on ourselves, it is impossible to attract and keep the wealth, the love, and the relationships you desire.  This is why over 80% of the people who win the lotto go bankrupt within a year. If we don’t feel comfortable with it, like we deserve to have it, we will end up pushing it away.  >>>HELP ME SAVE MORE WOMEN AND CHILDREN FROM SEX TRAFFICKING  For the entire month of December, I will be donating $20 to my prime charity, Children of the Night, for every written Apple podcast review of the show.  All you need to do is: Listen to an episode Leave a written review on the show inside Apple Podcasts. Be sure to include your name or IG handle in the review. DM me on Instagram with a screenshot of the review (so we can verify) and I will donate $20 to Children of the Night.  Bonus if you share this podcast in your IG Stories, so more people can donate.  I will be featuring the donors in my Instagram Stores throughout the month, as my way of saying thank you for being of service.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Doing things without any intention is like taking a road drip with zero destinations.  It’s so funny how we show up differently for other people’s goals than our own. If your kid or a friend’s kid said they really wanted to make the basketball team, guaranteed you would kick into ‘plan of action’ mode and map out the next necessary steps to make that a reality for them. If you didn’t know boo about sports, you would ask people, go to Google town, post about it on social, talk to the basketball coach at school, anything and everything necessary to help make this kid’s dream a reality, right?? But when it comes to your dreams and goals, the story shifts, the determination quickly disappears, and the actions are half-ass at best.  WHY?? It boils down to belief. YOU BELIEVE WITH 100% CERTAINTY that this kid has a shot of making the basketball team, whether he is (or she is) super coordinated or a complete klutz.  Even if you kinda know the chances are slim, you BELIEVE WITH 100% CERTAINTY that this kid deserves a shot, and the last thing you would do is crap on a kid’s dream, and tell them, “oh you will never make it, so don’t bother.” That would be emotional abuse!!!!! Your dreams and desired life is coming directly from your inner child, and by you not taking it 100% seriously and believing in her with 100% certainty, you are crushing her spirit DAILY.  Instead speak to her as a loving parent, tell her, “We will do everything in our power to make this happen for you, and never give up.”  Show up for that little girl in you, just as you would show up for your own kid’s dream… with conviction with unwavering determination with willingness to be resourceful with an attitude of “this is happening” with a belief of 100% certainty that you deserve a shot Surround yourself with people who also believe you deserve a shot, and have 100% certainty that THIS IS POSSIBLE FOR YOU. If you don’t have these people in your life right now, that’s OK, cuz you have YOU….and the belief must come from your first! What actions and risks would you take for this kid? How soon would you start taking action on the plan? >>>HELP ME SAVE MORE WOMEN AND CHILDREN FROM SEX TRAFFICKING  For the entire month of December, I will be donating $20 to my prime charity, Children of the Night, for every written Apple podcast review of the show.  All you need to do is: Listen to an episode Leave a written review on the show inside Apple Podcasts. Be sure to include your name or IG handle in the review. DM me on Instagram with a screenshot of the review (so we can verify) and I will donate $20 to Children of the Night.  Bonus if you share this podcast in your IG Stories, so more people can donate.  I will be featuring the donors in my Instagram Stores throughout the month, as my way of saying thank you for being of service.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Posting and feeling like no one is watching or reading, gets old real quick. Then inevitability you end up in a scroll hole, seeing dozens of other people in your same niche going viral on repeat, leaving you second-guessing yourself and feeling more defeated than ever. I’ve been in that spot too, but there is nothing productive that comes out of focusing on what we don’t have, and what everyone else seems to have.  When my views or engagement is down (which it was crazy low two weeks ago), I always go my to my foundational marketing strategy that I’ve used with hundreds of clients from multi-billion dollar mega brand to solopreneurs >>> it all starts with one question: WHAT CAN WE DO TO STAND OUT, BE DIFFERENT, AND DISRUPT THE INDUSTRY? Typically when a business is flat, whether that be in sales, content, sign ups, or email open rates, it’s because they haven’t shaken anything up in awhile. It’s been the same stuff, saying the same thing, in the same way, for quite some time.  If you want people to notice you or your brand, you’ve gotta stand out. To stand out, you must do something wildly different, off the wall, and out of the box. You know you are onto a great idea if everyone believes there’s a 50/50 chance of it working. My most profitable ideas and collaborations with product brands have been after I said, “well this will either be a BIG win or BIG fail.” Playing it safe, and always trying to avoid offending anyone will not help you stand out. Risky moves have the biggest pay offs. Truly you have nothing to lose right now, if you’re not making much money, your income is flat, or your engagement sucks….you may as well go for a 50/50 shake up.  Two other questions to help get your creative juices flowing: What is something you do that makes your friends and family laugh?  What are the first brands that come to your mind? Dig in psychologically and identify why. I’ll take you though my exact process that is responsible for generating hundreds of millions of dollars for various companies, including my own.  >>>HELP ME SAVE MORE WOMEN AND CHILDREN FROM SEX TRAFFICKING  For the entire month of December, I will be donating $20 to my prime charity, Children of the Night, for every written Apple podcast review of the show.  All you need to do is: Listen to an episode Leave a written review on the show inside Apple Podcasts. Be sure to include your name or IG handle in the review. DM me on Instagram with a screenshot of the review (so we can verify) and I will donate $20 to Children of the Night.  Bonus if you share this podcast in your IG Stories, so more people can donate.  I will be featuring the donors in my Instagram Stores throughout the month, as my way of saying thank you for being of service.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

You only see what people want you to see. Quite frankly all of us do it…we could of had a major fight with our partner, and run into someone at the grocery story…they ask us how we are doing and we say, “oh I’m doing great thank you.”  Meanwhile the truth is that your entire life feels like it’s crumbling. It’s no different on social media, it’s just easier for people to lie or highlight only the pretty parts of their world.  The basic boss babe who makes it look like all she does is travel in 5 start first class luxury, while her “team” does all the unsexy work, and all she has to do is the fun and glamorous stuff.  Or Sarah the Spiritual Guide who micro doses, injects frog serum, and magically “calls in” all the money into her life effortlessly. Her posts make it all look so simple and mesmerizing, leaving you wanting to know Sarah’s secret ways.   The reason why this one-sided portrayal of growing a business irritates me to no fucking end is because it makes you feel like you’re doing something wrong since it isn’t happening so easily & effortlessly for you as it is for them. You scroll and fall into the comparisonitis trap, I do it too…There is no faster way to lower your vibration and confidence than to get into the Scroll Hole (as I call it). Yet before we even know it, we end up in it again and again!!! Please know this, coming from someone who has built two multi-million dollar businesses: > Entrepreneurship ISNT easy, but it also doesn’t have to be as hard as your may be making it.  > It will ALWAYS take way longer than you are comfortable with, and if you can stick it out, YOU WILL find success on the other side (most people quit during the “dirty diaper” period) > You do have what it takes…we all do. You must be willing to do the fun stuff, the interesting stuff, the tedious stuff, the scary stuff, the boring stuff, the adulating stuff, whether you have a team or not.. as it is YOUR business.  If my introverted, pretty lazy, highly sensitive, risk adverse ass did it, you sure as hell can. There is ALWAYS more to everyone’s story. The more someone paints a perfectly pretty dream-like picture, the more skeletons they have in their closets.  If you want a dose of the real deal of what it took to reach my highest income month, listen to this episode. Beware it ain’t all Bali and Butterflies. >>>HELP ME SAVE MORE WOMEN AND CHILDREN FROM SEX TRAFFICKING  For the entire month of December, I will be donating $20 to my prime charity, Children of the Night, for every written Apple podcast review of the show.  All you need to do is: Listen to an episode Leave a written review on the show inside Apple Podcasts. Be sure to include your name or IG handle in the review. DM me on Instagram with a screenshot of the review (so we can verify) and I will donate $20 to Children of the Night.  Bonus if you share this podcast in your IG Stories, so more people can donate.  I will be featuring the donors in my Instagram Stores throughout the month, as my way of saying thank you for being of service.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Stop using overwhelm as a permission slip to do nothing.  I know this sounds harsh, but in order to wake you up from subconscious limiting patterns that are getting in the way of you having the life and cash you crave, hard things must be said.  It all seems like too much, you don’t know even where to begin, you feel your brain has 1000 tabs opens on a run down operating system….I’m not trying to say you don’t feel this way, what I’m trying to tell you is this way of looking at things IS NOT WORKING FOR YOU. As someone diagnosed with PTSD, Generalized Anxiety Disorder, and depressive episodes…I am familiar with feeling anxious, stressed, and overwhelmed….but I have trained my self to not feed into it, to lean away from it instead of towards it.  When something you’re trying to figure out feels like it a HUGE steep mountain, of course your first thought will be, “holy crap, how is in the hell am I going to do to that without dying?” Instead of focusing on the entire mountain, I want you to focus on the first quarter mile… as one of my old fitness coaches used to tell me, “anyone can do anything for 30 minutes.” (This was said on repeat, as I would complain before doing those damn rotating stairs.) Break everything down in to smaller mini goals, any size that feels achievable to you.  Let’s say you want to have a million dollar a year business like I have…well guess how I got here in four years, ONE DAMN DOLLAR AT A TIME.  What problems are you specifically helping people solve or improve? Who are these “people?” Why is it such a priority for them to have help in this area of their lives right now? What do they believe they need help with the most in order to get more of what they want? Now you package an offer based on these answers. Yes there is more to it, but you’ve got to reach the quarter mile of the mountain climb, before you can reach the mile.  Slow and steady always finishes the race, being fast and frenzied will end in failure.  >>>HELP ME SAVE MORE WOMEN AND CHILDREN FROM SEX TRAFFICKING  For the entire month of December, I will be donating $20 to my prime charity, Children of the Night, for every written Apple podcast review of the show.  All you need to do is: Listen to an episode Leave a written review on the show inside Apple Podcasts. Be sure to include your name or IG handle in the review. DM me on Instagram with a screenshot of the review (so we can verify) and I will donate $20 to Children of the Night.  Bonus if you share this podcast in your IG Stories, so more people can donate.  I will be featuring the donors in my Instagram Stores throughout the month, as my way of saying thank you for being of service.   Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Stop putting all of your eggs in one basket with your marketing strategy. You wouldn’t invest all of your savings into one stock, so why would you pour all of your time and energy into social media platforms that you have ZERO control over? I know….you have limited time and energy, so the thought of focusing on another lead generator for your business is enough to make you say “SCREW IT ALL!” In running two million dollar businesses, plus my passion for luxuriating, I don’t do anything that doesn’t bring me joy or move my bank account in the right direction. More is not a profitable business plan.  But I need you to make smart and strategic moves, so you aren’t entirely dependent on social media for your sales. Even if you’re currently operating as a solopreneur, you can do these two things….in fact, you need to so you don’t F yourself: Pick one social media channel that you spend the most time on, go ALL IN on mastering that platform, and forget the rest. Toe-dipping on multiple social channels won’t make you any consistent cash. Create one lead generator that isn’t a social media platform, and is searchable on Google. Ie. podcast, blog, vlog on your own website. If you pour into this and use my proven strategy, your business will show up when your ideal client is searching for a solution to their problems.  You don’t need to hire a website developer to start a blog, you can use existing platforms like Medium, or you can buy an inexpensive blog template website that is plug and play from companies like Squarespace (no high tech stuff involved).  Blogs have made a huge comeback! They aren’t for your bored 2005 stay at home mom sharing muffin recipes anymore. To save you a ton of time and mistakes, I’ve brought on a Worldwide Top Blogger and Toxic Relationship Expert, EB Johnson, who will share exactly what it takes to make major money with a blog.  Connect with EB on: Medium Blog:  www.eb-johnson.com/ Instagram: @TheRealEBJohnson Buy Her Books at: TheRealEBJohnson.com Practical Growth Podcast: www.buzzsprout.com   >>>>> LAST CHANCE to get in on my most crazy generous Black Friday and Cyber Monday Sale of all time! You will NEVER be able to join my ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership at this price or with these exclusive bonuses again!!! HEAR ALL OF THE SUCCESS STORIES FROM OTHER POSSE MEMBERS, plus all of the juicy details by visiting our sign up page: projectmewithtiffany.com/BlackFridaySale *****This Membership is kept at an intimate size, so if all of the spots are already taken, be sure to get on the waitlist.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

 If you don’t you this, you will never make it to you goal! As someone who was raised in a very controlling and abusive environment, I was taught from an infant to rely on other people to determine my worth, my value, and my capabilities. As I messily navigated my teen and adult life, I would turn my self inside out at my internships and jobs in order to get the accolades, the awards, and the promotions…..when I got them I was on MAJOR HIGH, and when I didn’t I was left with suicidal thoughts. This is one of the many dangers of depending on people, places, awards, achievements, and things outside of ourselves to determine if we are deserving of what we desire, and if we are “good enough” to make it. The problem is when we constantly seek and depend on outside validation; we are putting our happiness, livelihood, and wellbeing in the control of others. I had ZERO CLUE that I was living this way, I didn’t know any better. I was trained by many abusers to operate this way, so they could have total control over me. And it works, which is why they do it! Seven years ago, I set my self free by recusing my self… being my own advocate, my greatest cheerleader, my own hype-girl, and CLAIMING my worthiness to have the best and get it. So to all of those people who thought I was stupid and wasting money to start a podcast teaching and empowering people to make BIG BANK, and to never depend on a person, job, or intuition for money ever again >>>>> A GIANT ZERO FU*KS GIVEN CHEERS TO YOU! I’ve used all of your “no’s,” your patronizing comments, your gossiping about me, your passive aggressive responses as further fuel to light this bitch on fire. Because of you, I’ve helped thousands of people start business, grow businesses, quit soul-sucking jobs, write books, start podcasts, open boutiques, build their dream houses, take their kids on incredible trips, make enough money to leave their crappy husbands, and donate thousands and thousands of dollars to beautiful charities all over the world. Set yourself free by not needing anyone’s damn approval to build your dream life, regardless if you are married to them, related to them, or respect them. You make the decision to go for it, and I will happily show you the way, step-by step. If you’ve ever wondered why success seems to happen much faster for some people, while you feel stuck in the struggle of it all, listen to this episode where I break down the four key reasons that I’ve discovered going from 17K a year to a multi-millionaire. >>>>> LAST CHANCE to get in on my most crazy generous Black Friday and Cyber Monday Sale of all time! You will NEVER be able to join my ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership at this price or with these exclusive bonuses again!!! HEAR ALL OF THE SUCCESS STORIES FROM OTHER POSSE MEMBERS, plus all of the juicy details by visiting our sign up page: projectmewithtiffany.com/BlackFridaySale *****This Membership is kept at an intimate size, so if all of the spots are already taken, be sure to get on the waitlist. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

My guess is you wouldn’t dread creating content if it was making you 50-120K a month would you? In fact, if you knew the key to getting a crap ton of clients excited to buy your high-ticket offers was learning how to create highly profitable content….you would hand over your credit card, sign up, and show up with bells on.  No it isn’t as simple as writing a post a day, and droves of people magically appear in your DMs, but it is an imperative skill if you want to generate consistent clients and cash online.  There is no way around the Content Monster. This always hungry, never satisfied beast is real and not going anywhere. If you want to make BIG money online, you need to learn how to satisfy the Content Monster without burning yourself out in the meantime.  A few key myths that are keeping you on the content struggle bus: More content doesn’t equal more sales. Stop trying to be on all of the platforms hoping something will stick; this is not a profitable content strategy. Pumping out Instagram Reels and TikToks without any content plan or foundational branding is a GIANT waste of your time (unless it’s a fun hobby for you). Anyone who is trying to make it seem they simply post when they feel aligned to, and write from their intuition >>> RUN. They are either broke and this is a jobby to them, or they are trying to sell you by making it look easy. You can’t hack or hashtag your way to growing your social media audience. Cheap tricks will attract cheap people, and those people will never buy from you. Think of this as my Thanksgiving gift to you. If you implement my Profitable Content Formula that I breakdown for you inside this new podcast episode, you will without a doubt start attracting real quality buyers instead of people looking to sell you followers in the DM’s. In case you missed it, there is still a chance for you to access the replay for free!!! FREE LIVE MASTERCLASS: 3 Secrets to Creating Cash Converting Content that Works for any Type of Business Register here, and we will email you the link to the replay. The link will only be good for 48 hours and then we will be charging for this special Masterclass. >>>>> projectmewithtiffany.com/Masterclass  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

We are being attacked by thongs, side boobs, and now “vag cleavage.” It breaks my heart when I see women acting thirsty on social media, falling for the good ole’ “sex sells.” Without a doubt, if I showed more skin on Instagram, and had more sultry seductive photos, I would have at least 30% more followers and views…but what at what cost? These types of followers and engagement don’t get you more money; these aren’t the people who are going buy your high-ticket programs or invite you to be on their popular podcasts.  What you get by doing this thirst-trap crap is a boost to your ego, a little algorithm bump, plus a little voice in your head saying, “they are only here for the sexy pics.”  The old Tiffany would have absolutely done this…thank God there wasn’t Instagram when I was at my worst, operating out of zero self-worth. Even if you are in the wellness or fitness space, where you do need to show your body to some extent…you don’t need to sexualize it to create a successful stand out brand.  For most women, society has taught us that our value is in how attractive we are, how desirable, and how accommodating…it’s bullsh*t. Your true value is in your integrity. In your expertise. In your ability to connect and love others. Not in your ab lines. Not in your big bootie and small waist. Not in your sexual divine energy. Your looks get old with time, but your value is always increasing.  For those of you feeling like you are too old, too fat, too shy, too whatever the fu*k,  to be on social media and use it as a business tool… listen to this interview with Digital Fitness Pioneer and Foundational Business Strategist, Cathy Savage (yes that is really her last name).  Cathy has helped some of the biggest fitness influencers in the business create multi-million dollar brands and land hundreds of magazine covers, all with the strict rule of “not using their bodies to build their brands.”  You can connect with Cathy on: Instagram: @CathySavageOfficial Facebook: @CathySavageOfficial/ Website www.cathysavage.com  In case you missed it, there is still a chance for you to access the replay for free!!! FREE LIVE MASTERCLASS: 3 Secrets to Creating Cash Converting Content that Works for any Type of Business Register here, and we will email you the link to the replay. The link will only be good for 48 hours and then we will be charging for this special Masterclass. >>>>> projectmewithtiffany.com/Masterclass  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

You’ve already told yourself this one haven’t you??? None of us do New Year’s resolutions anymore, which was so 2007. Instead we set intentions, which is really the same thing in disguise.  This is the time of year that I refer to as the “November Crazies.” It’s when the overwhelm and reality sets in that you haven’t achieved all that you had hoped to this year, combined with it being holiday-time, and all you really want to do is bury your head into Hallmark Christmas movies, wine, blankets, and unnecessary online shopping.  Many of you will come up with an excuse to justify phoning in the rest of 2021 by saying things like, “I’ll really go after it big in 2022!” or “I’ll use this time to recover from the year, and start fresh in January.”  You will get a sense of temporary relief from doing this, as that is the payoff of procrastination…but the catch is you will low-key feel guilt and shame because you are doing nothing.  I know this merry-go-round of insanity all too well. This is what I said for nine Novembers in a row, when I felt the pressure, anxiety and disappointment that another year has passed where I didn’t start my dream business.  If you want 2022 to be your BIG breakout year, then you can’t wait until 2022 to start. Don’t buy into that lie simply because you are felling unmotivated, lazy, and overwhelmed.  Different actions are required to get different results. Wouldn’t you rather get to December 31st and feel a sense of empowerment and accomplishment, because you took some big actions towards the goals you want to achieve in the New Year? This is powerful way to enter 2022 in the Abundance-Zone by being in the energy of taking action that aligns with your desires. Otherwise you are entering the New Year, with old, toe-dipping, procrastination energy. If you’ve been feeling a case of the Novembers Funks, I recorded this special episode to shift you into a highly productive flow state.  Plus, I have the next action you need to take in setting yourself up to make major money online..and it’s FREE!!! And it will be FUN!!!! FREE LIVE MASTERCLASS: 3 Secrets to Creating Cash Converting Content that Works for any Type of Business Grab your seat now!!! Registration will only be open for a short time: >>>>> projectmewithtiffany.com/Masterclass Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

 It felt like gut punch and humiliation rolled into one! “Your audience size doesn’t meet our requirements, so we will have to politely decline your request to have her on your show.” I’ve received a version of this response at least 8 times since starting my podcast. At first, I was pissed and offended. Like you are telling me that my show and social media audience isn’t worth your time for you to get free publicity for your business on my fantastic show?!!! Then it quickly turned into shame. “Who am I doing being this?” “Oh my God they must think I’m such a loser.” “Here I thought my show is good, but it must be a piece of sh*t.” What’s even wilder is I supported and even promoted some of these people…which felt extra crappy and rejecting. The reality is there is no escaping rejection and disappointment when you are building your dream business. Some people will let you down. Some people will use you. Some people will con you. Some people will say no. However, you will also have people who over-deliver, who blow you away with their generosity, who say, “yes” happily, even when you thought it was a long shot. But if you never risk asking and being vulnerable, everything is a NO. I know some of you avoid asking me to be on your podcast, speak at your events, or guest coach your people, because you assume that you are not “at my level yet,” and that I would even think it was silly of you to ask….NOT TRUE! >>> In fact, it’s the opposite. I’m honored and flattered that you trust me to serve your people. This online space is filled with a ton of BS and fake people, but there are also some beautiful high-integrity people who are doing great work. Yes, it stings when you feel rejected or duped…but I don’t want you to shut everyone down because of it. Otherwise you are cheating yourself out of the incredible opportunity to work with someone like me, to have the dream guest on your podcast, or to get that dream speaking gig. You know what feels better than anything…having those same people want to be on my show now that it’s super successful, and I get to “politely” say no. If you are in the mood to hear a major Tiff rant on all of the BS that goes on in the coaching industry that I’m incredibly sick of, head to the link in my bio and download this new feisty AF episode. FREE LIVE MASTERCLASS: 3 Secrets to Creating Cash Converting Content that Works for any Type of Business Grab your seat now!!! Registration will only be open for a short time:  >>>>> projectmewithtiffany.com/Masterclass Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

At least 10% of your email list should convert into cash. “But Tiffany I only have 50 people on my email list!” That’s great!!!! So, at least 5 of those people will be buying from you using my proven strategy. It’s amazing how much time, energy, and effort most people put into growing their social media audiences, ONE FLIPPIN’ PERSON AT A TIME, when only 3% of your total social audience will convert to buying from you, versus the 10% conversion rate of your email list.  If you didn’t realize that, now you know. You’re welcome.  Before you start building a story that I make all of this money because I have some GIANT email list, not facts. In fact, I didn’t start building my email list until the end of 2019 (NOT RECOMMENDED). So my list for someone at my level is small, but it’s filled with ideal clients, and most importantly it converts into BIG CASH. The average email open rate for 2020 was 18%. Guaranteed your social media posts aren’t getting an 18% engagement rate! Email converts 40% higher than Facebook posts and videos!!!! (source: Snov Labs) For every $1 you spend using your time and resources to build and manage your email list, the average return on your investment will be 4200% (no that isn’t a typo!) To get these money moves going…listen to this podcast episode where I break down how to write emails that convert into CASH MONEY on repeat, while you are off doing other things like luxuriating.  Profitable content marketing is a key component of what I will be teaching you step by step inside my Six Month ProjectME Mastermind. Everything in this safe and supportive container is strategically designed to bring fresh cash into your business consistently, so that 2022 WILL BE the most successful and profitable year of your life.  The catch…. You have to take BIG action before you feel magically ready or certain it will work. I can promise you that having me by your side for six months learning my proven techniques and strategies, you WILL NOT FAIL unless you chose to not show up.  Set yourself up right now for success, instead of setting yourself up for more of the same. Only 6 spots left in my ProjectME Six Month Mastermind. The link is below to apply.  ProjectME Six Month Mastermind Application: Click here to apply *Applications will only be open for a short time. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

The biggest bitch I’ve ever met…true story. “You have no idea what you’re doing, you’re a total fraud!” “Who do you think you are that people will pay you that much?!” “If you really cared about people, you would help them for free!” Seriously if someone said this to you or your best friend while walking down the street, what you would say back? Listen, I’ve met my share of haters, but there is no bigger bitch than the nasty bully inside my own brain. Anytime I’m manifesting a new level of wealth and freedom, this bitch gets EXTRA LOUD. Years ago, I used to allow her to beat me down, and then I transitioned into fighting her back, which was exhausting. Now, I do something entirely different. She’s not going anywhere, so I let her say her crap…then acknowledge her feelings, “I understand that you are scared.” Next, I gently and lovingly let her know that we are going to experiment with doing something new and unfamiliar….if it doesn’t work out we can adjust. You know what happens when we argue back with someone, they get louder and defensive. So you need to treat your inner bully with care to diffuse the situation, so your higher self regains control of the wheel. The beautiful thing is you can make this shift at anytime, no matter if you are shopping or sleeping.  If we allow that low vibration inner critic run the show, we will repel abundance. So we need to get her bootie in check, just like a loving yet firm parent would manage a wild 4 year old. There are a couple other key manifestation lessons you need to learn before this year is over, so 2022 can be your most successful year yet! These are much better explained verbally, so I recorded them in this new podcast episode for you.  If you want what you say you want, you must be willing to take the risk, to do the things, to spend the money, to manage you mind….is there a guarantee that it is all going to pay off >>> NO….but I can guarantee you, if you don’t take big action, you will be in this same exact spot this time next year.  Allow me to guide you for the next six months into having the greatest year of your life! If you 100% jump in with me, and follow my proven strategies with a humble willingness to learn, you WILL NOT fail.  Set yourself up right now for success, instead of setting yourself up for more of the same. Only 8 spots left in my ProjectME Six Month Mastermind. The link is below to apply.  ProjectME Six Month Mastermind Application: Click here to apply Let’s make 2022 your most profitable year yet! I’ll be by your side every step of the way! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

 Explosive diarrhea, 7 meltdowns, and a GIANT weeklong hangover… Talking about your BIG dreams is essential, but it’s also the fun and easy part. Taking BIG action that’s required to achieve your BIG dreams is where the BIG payoff occurs, but there’s a BIG ‘ole catch.  If you want what you say you desire so badly, then you will be willing to take the terrifying and wildly risky actions that are required…. otherwise you’re all talk sis.  My biggest motivator to diving in on hosting my first in person event under this brand was YOU!! I can’t sit here with any integrity and preach how you’ve gotta show up for yourself, take the risks, and stop toe-dippin’ on your dreams, if I’m not willing to show up and do the thing that scared me the most.  It didn’t matter how many of you told me how badly you wanted me to host a live event over the last four years…my ego convinced me that being a speaker and guest expert at other people’s live events was enough. LIES LIES LIES!!! This of course felt safer to me as there was no risk involved.  No risk of my biggest fears happening…no one showing up, people thinking I’m a narcissist for hosting a live event, trusting people to help me with it and then having them bail on me.  It would have been easier and even more profitable to launch anything else… but your business shouldn’t just be about the money first, it needs to be about the people you serve.  The repeat consistent cash and clients come when you focus on what your ideal clients needs first, over your selfish financial desires. The catch of truly going 100% ALL IN on your goals physically, spiritually, financially, and emotionally is you will be forced to process your insecurities, deeply buried beliefs, and a lifetime of stored trauma in your body (hence the explosive diarrhea). I did the scary thing on repeat for weeks in order to serve those women who trusted me to guide them to achieve their dreams. Even though, I’m still emotionally and physically drained from pouring my heart and mind into these souls, plus all of the mental gymnastics of my own fears…..I WOULD BE HONORED AND PRIVILEGED TO DO IT ALL OVER AGAIN. You must believe in what you do and who you help so much, that you are willing to feel earth-shattering uncomfortable in order serve for the greater good of all.  You must also believe that you are worthy of the best, which you are! If you want to hear the behind the scenes of hosting a profitable event, and why you need to prioritize the people over profits…. listen to this episode.  My guess is you know that you’ve been playing it safe, and it’s time to take the real scary action, otherwise you will stay stuck right where you are now. Allow me to guide you for the next six months into having the greatest year of your life! If you 100% jump in with me, and follow my proven strategies with a humble willingness to learn, you WILL NOT fail.  Set yourself up right now for success, instead of setting yourself up for more of the same. Only 9 spots left in my ProjectME Six Month Mastermind. The link is below to apply.  ProjectME Six Month Mastermind Application: Click here to apply >>>>> ONLY 9 SPOTS LEFT!!!!!!  Let’s make 2022 your most profitable year yet! I’ll be by your side every step of the way! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

This thought process is why you aren’t making the big bucks… You most likely wont like what I’m about to share, and your ego will try to argue with me, but I’m here to tell you the truth, not to enable you. In my first five years of business, I felt like I was doing ALL THE THINGS, yet getting little in return for working my butt off. Everyone else seemed to have success more easily and quickly than me; I would beg the Universe to show me what I was doing wrong. At a certain point I started to think that maybe I wasn’t meant to be an entrepreneur, and that I wasn’t smart enough. After I would wipe away the tears and drink a few glasses of wine, my stubborn ass would say, “well I just need to work harder, and do more.” My truth felt like I was really doing everything in my power, but feelings are not facts. The things I was “missing” were in the actions I was resisting. I was playing cheap with my dreams, yet expecting and wanting abundant results.  (the Universe doesn’t vibe this by the way) Every week, I went to conferences, read blogs, networked on LinkedIn, even went to those terrible Chamber of Commerce breakfasts…worked 12-14 hours a day, 7 days a week. But I was trying to avoid spending any big money on my business, as that would mean I had less to show for all of my hard work.  So I avoided doing the big, scary, investments…then kept my self believing that I was doing all the things, by being busy with all of this draining crap. There was some buried belief that I had to figure this out all on my own, and once I made more money I could hire top people to help me. I didn’t realize how insanely backwards and crazy my thinking was, until I was introduced to a man who later became my first coach. One of his first questions to me was, “Who are the people helping you grow your business?” My reply, “Ummmmmmm me.” It was in that moment, it clicked, here this man who’s net worth was 100 million dollars, and he didn’t want to hear about all of the things I was doing, he wanted to know who was helping me get there faster.  Usually it’s the actions you are resisting that you need to take in order to get the results you want. The catch is, that shiz is risky, hard, and scary.  I would now argue, after having played out both sides, that it is far more painful to remain stuck, then it is to take the damn chance on yourself and your dreams.  This episode is designed to get you to take strategic actions that are aligned with your goals, instead of doing more crap that keep you spinning in place.  ProjectME Six Month Mastermind Application: Click here to apply >>>>> ONLY 9 SPOTS LEFT!!!!!!  Let’s make 2022 your most profitable year yet! I’ll be by your side every step of the way! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

In 18 months, I only landed two paying clients. Here I was an internationally award-winning sales and marketing expert, and I couldn’t get any new clients for my first business. Every week I would be on my shower floor crying, begging the Universe for answers, and in total fear that I would have to go back to my corporate career.  It wasn’t for a lack of effort, I pitched at least 50 companies, flew all over the US, sent emails, asked for referrals, worked LinkedIn, and NOTHING seemed to be working.  My inner bully was like, “see I knew you couldn’t do this entrepreneur thing….you can sell stuff for big corporations but not for yourself.” My pride (ego) wouldn’t allow me to open up and share this with anyone, I was filled with so much shame, and I didn’t want anyone to know.  One day after sleeping for 12 straight hours from pure exhaustion, I got a clear AF divine download…”Stop trying so hard Tiffany, it’s not a good look on you.” I spent the next full week in a state of full surrender, and was determined to scratch everything I had been doing and start over in every way.  Within two weeks clients who I pitched a year prior came out of the blue needing my services, happily willing to pay my new higher rate…. here’s what I changed: I re-packaged and priced my services, based on what I knew it was worth versus what I felt people would pay. I created and prioritized a morning routine designed to pump my self up, reminding my self of how talented and exclusive my expertise was, and told any other negative thoughts to F OFF! I stopped trying so hard, and being in the energy of chasing people down. Instead, I embraced that the right clients need me, and not the other way around. Learn my ways by listening to this podcast episode, and watch your bank account soar! FREE $5 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show >>>> for A LIMITED TIME!  3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $5 gift card.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

Here’s the truth and psychology behind your procrastinating… > You have to get X done and it’s “super important > You promise yourself it will be at the top of your to-do list tomorrow. > Tomorrow comes and you are so overwhelmed about doing this thing that you start convincing yourself that you will “do it after______” before you know it, it’s the end of the day, and you have zero energy for it.  > Then the guilt sets in that you didn’t follow through, and it gets met with the anxiety that it has to get done, so you EXTRA promise yourself that “no excuses, I will get it done tomorrow!” > Once you finally do the damn thing in your last-minute crazy panic, you realize it didn’t take you as long as you thought or as much energy, and you could have done it sooner.  Sound familiar???? Procrastination is a self-soothing behavior. Most procrastinators I’ve coached are over-thinkers and tend to have a good deal of anxiety and/or depression…in an innocent effort to give yourself some pressure relief, your let yourself off of the hook from doing the perceived painful or mind-numbing task until later.  This physically gives you a dopamine hit (the feel good calming neurotransmitter), literally give you a sigh of relief. That is…. until the new promised time comes to do the task, and then you either go for another dopamine hit, or the consequence is so high (ie. a late fee, pissed off client, etc…) you do the thing in a frantic state. What’s interesting is this “frantic state,” is a form of negative excitement, which releases Cortisol (the stress hormone) and adrenaline, which gives a you a high in a different way, much like Cocaine or 20 espresso shots. I used to be addicted to this feeling!!!! Then after you actually complete this task that has caused weeks or days of anxiety, you nervous system basically crashes in order to recalibrate you in to a steady hormonal state, this can mimic an ultra relaxed and relieving feeling…like taking a Xanax. If you have been in this pattern for quite some time, if not your entire life, you’re actually addicted to your own inner drug store that this procrastination loop causes.  Crazy right?!!! Knowing why you procrastinate isn’t enough to get you to change or even manage the behavior…I know as I’ve struggled so much with this, that I’ve paid major consequences waiting until the 11th hour. So I came up with an action formula to manage this crazy-making behavior. In this podcast episode I’ll take you though my simple PSA formula, so you can start being more productive today! FREE $5 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show >>>> for A LIMITED TIME!  3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $5 gift card.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

You are mind-fu*king yourself out of making major cash.  The tricky thing here is 90% of what is blocking you from having the success, money, freedom, and options you desire are happening sub-consciously. When you sit there with your head in your palms saying, “what in the hell am I doing wrong? What am I missing here?” You will never get a clear answer.  Our minds are so complex, weaved with childhood trauma, limiting beliefs, generational stories, influence from decades of societal programming, and even government conditioning….For you to unfu*k your own mind all by yourself IS IMPOSSIBLE.  Let yourself off the hook sis, you aren’t meant to unscramble this complex brain of yours on your own, as it’s designed to protect you and keep you comfortable.  For those of you who are like me and grew up in a toxic household or maybe you had a volatile marriage…being uncomfortable is actually what feels familiar and comfortable to you.  Walking on eggshells in a relationship is such a familiar feeling to me that I can go years without fully realizing the pain and suffering it is causing me.  The deeply engrained belief that I have to work my ass off to have major success is so sneaky (even after 15 years of deep inner work on it), if I don’t invest in having top tier coaches and team members in my world….I will fall back into a state of pushing, forcing, and grinding without even catching my self, until I’m suffering the physical and mental consequences.  Do yourself a favor and take 30 minutes to deeply understand the connection between your mindset and money >>>your bank account will also thank you. FREE $5 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show >>>> for A LIMITED TIME!  3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $5 gift card.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

You end up attracting more of what you are settling for. Let that sink in for a moment. Key way to know you are settling for less than you deserve is to take an inventory of your thoughts, words, and actions around the people, things, and experiences you claim you would love to have. You want to have genuine, supportive, loving people in your life who prioritize working on themselves, etc… yet you haven’t been willing to let go of the energy vampires in your life. You want to be making at least 15K/month consistently so you can quit your uninspiring job, yet you are resistant to hiring someone to show you exactly how to do the damn thing.  You want to create passive income steams like I have, where you can work from anywhere in world, travel when you want, and have powerful generational wealth without burning out, yet you haven’t been willing to make next level BIG SCARY investments into your business. This is sending mix signals to God and the Universe. “Well she says she really wants it, but her actions don’t consistently show it…so she must not want it that badly.” Therefor, the Universe will match your mixed messages with mixed results…this is how the Law of Attractions works. Accepting average Accepting comfortable Accepting just enough Are all forms of settling! You get one life, and the happier and more fulfilled you are, the greater impact you can have on the world. But you must be willing to acknowledge where in your life are you settling for less, and take consistent actions that align with your life’s desires. I’ve recently just had a hardcore talk with myself in a certain area of my life that I have been settling in, and I WILL NO LONGER accept less than the best. It’s not as simple as declaring it (that’s a great step), I have to take wildly scary uncomfortable actions for it to manifest. I’m in enough pain, where I’m willing to do it. Are you? THERE IS ROOM FOR 2 MORE PEOPLE >>> FOR MY IN-PERSON 2-DAY MASTERMIND: Get all of the details and apply by visiting projectmewithtiffany.com/Mastermind   Don’t wait on this, as I likely won’t be doing this again anytime soon! FREE $5 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show >>>> for A LIMITED TIME! 3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $5 gift card. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

You’re focused on the gravy and not the turkey.  This is one of the most costly mistakes I see from business owners, network marketers, and service-based professionals on repeat. What I’m about to share with you isn’t to make you feel stupid or ashamed, quite frankly you are being marketed to all day long on the interwebs selling you the quick, fast, and easy gravy…it appeals to our fantasy brain of having what we desire right now with as little work as possible.  You can have gallons of the best gravy in the world, but if you have nothing to put it on, WTF are you going to do with it? So here’s how this analogy plays out with your business and bank account: You buy courses and programs to teach you how to get 10K followers in 30 days using some special formula.  You spend hours “researching” and creating Reels and TikToks, because that is what these online influencers keep telling you to do to make big money. You change your prices, you create more offers, you even buy Facebook ads, and nothing feels like it’s catching. Now you have spent the time, energy, and money…but have little to show for it except frustration. All gravy….no turkey. The reason why none of them have been working on any grand scale is because you haven’t invested in building the core foundational layers of your business. All roads stem from and lead to your ideal client. If that person you are marketing to isn’t researched and understood on a deep emotional level, none of the gravy will matter.  You wouldn’t want someone to skip foundational steps in a house you are having built for your family would you? So don’t allow yourself to do this with your business.  Some of this foundational work isn’t as easy, sexy, and fun as the gravy….but, last time I checked it doesn’t feel fun to keep spending your time and money doing things that don’t make you cash right? Today I’m breaking down for you how to successfully launch your programs and products…we will be focusing on the turkey, so you can finally cash in on all of your hard work.  WE ARE 85% SOLD OUT FOR MY IN-PERSON 2-DAY MASTERMIND: Get all of the details and apply by visiting projectmewithtiffany.com/Mastermind   Don’t wait on this, as I likely won’t be doing this again anytime soon! FREE $5 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show >>>> for A LIMITED TIME!  3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $5 gift card.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

It felt like a gut punch when she said this to me… “I don’t know anyone who makes any real money from podcasting.” For context, this is someone who is friends with the celebrities in my neighborhood, and successful online coaches who have podcasts. So my brain started going, “Well if they couldn’t make money off it, who in the hell do I think I am that I can?!” As someone who survived 10 years of extreme sexual abuse and being pimped out, made it through a serious health crisis, and went from having no self-worth at all to waking up every day in grounded confidence….I not only beat the odds, I crush that shiz. Thankfully all of that hardship gave me the tenacity and strength to not let other people’s disbelief derail me.  No matter what, you are going to have self-doubt, self-judgment, and insecurities come up when going after your dreams…it’s part of the package. What will make you successful is doing that damn things regardless. Now my podcast generates between 10-15K A WEEK, and was making 6k a month six months in!!! (but of course podcasts don’t make any money) Given I started the ProjectME podcast with no Instagram or YouTube audience, and my business coach at the time didn’t have a show, so I didn’t fully know what I was doing in terms of getting listeners…but I leveraged my background as a TV Journalist to create great content, and hired a top podcast Producer to do all of the tech crap that I had zero desire to figure out.  To start a podcast just to get more leads for your business is NOT the reason to have a show. The leads won’t come if the genuine passion for the message you’re sharing isn’t FIRE. If you aren’t 100% sure if you should start or continue spending resources on your podcast, I would ask you these three questions: Does the thought of creating two episodes a week for years feel exciting to you or draining? Are you someone who will show up even when you aren’t feeling high vibe and inspired, or do you have a patterns of going MIA? If you got paid at least 50K a year from podcasting alone, does that sound like a dream to you? Just like anything else in life, we learn by doing, making mistakes, and having big wins. I’m going to explain exactly how to make real money podcasting, and this strategy applies to any industry and any personality type.  WE ARE 85% SOLD OUT FOR MY IN-PERSON 2-DAY MASTERMIND: Get all of the details and apply by visiting projectmewithtiffany.com/Mastermind   Don’t wait on this, as I likely won’t be doing this again anytime soon! FREE $5 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show >>>> for A LIMITED TIME!  3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $5 gift card.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

You’re sub-consciously abandoning yourself with money. I bet no one has told you that before. I’m not sharing this with you so you can shame yourself about it, quite frankly, it is something most all of us do in some fashion.  You may do it by undercharging for your expertise, time, and energy.  You may do it by over-giving to the point of feeling unappreciated and exhausted. You may do it by having crazy high prices, and are pushing people away. You may do it by barely sharing your offers, and keeping a low profile.  You may be doing it by constantly wanting more and not honoring what you currently have. If you find yourself thinking, “Who am I to be charging this much money?” (or some form of this question) What you are really saying is that you don’t believe that you are worth it. I see so many of you showing up loud and proud for your free offers and content, but when it comes to sharing how people can pay you for your help, the energy runs at an extra low current. This is extra common with my clients who are in the healing, mindset, and medical professional space. There’s some belief that if you really cared about healing people you would do it for free…. well, last time I checked you weren’t God, Buddha, or Mother Teresa…that wasn’t your calling this time around on Earth. You get to help people AND make great money doing it. A highly skilled spiritual healer client of mine said to me to last week, “I don’t feel I can charge more, because I don’t think people will pay that much for healing.” So of course I clarified, “so you don’t believe your ideal client who is in immense pain and inner turmoil, would be willing to pay great money to have her life significantly improved?” Then I asked, “Would you pay great money to have to guidance to significantly improve your life?” She said, “of course, I just did with you!!!!” If you are willing to pay to have the areas of your life that cause you great stress and pain improved, then why wouldn’t there be other people just like you ready and willing to do the same? Now there are some of you who are playing cheap with your life, and haven’t significantly invested in your own growth…if that’s you, this is why many people aren’t being attracted to investing in you. Remember Like attracts Like. Let me talk some sense into that wild brain of yours in this new episode of our highly popular “Get Unblocked Series.”  APPLICATIONS ARE CLOSING SOON FOR MY IN-PERSON 2-DAY MASTERMIND: Get all of the details and apply by visiting projectmewithtiffany.com/Mastermind   Don’t wait on this, as I likely won’t be doing this again anytime soon! FREE $5 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show >>>> for A LIMITED TIME!  3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $5 gift card.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

This is what is really blocking you from bringing in next level money. No it isn’t your audience size, your awkwardness, or that you are in a highly saturated industry. If you take away anything from this post, I want you to remember this: You can’t out-strategize or outwork your deep money and worth wounds. I know because I spent five years in building my first business staying stuck at between the 150-250K mark. Now, some of you are thinking right now, “oh that must be nice, I wish I was even making that much.” (Yes, I know your brain very well.) It’s all relative…if you saw what I was doing to even maintain that income, you would need a long nap and a 2-month vacation. I was the definition of hustling, grinding, over-delivering, pushing, and I felt so resentful and even jealous of other entrepreneurs who made it look so easy…..I couldn’t figure out why it was so damn hard for me. Inside my head I would repeat, “What am I missing here?” “What am I doing wrong?” Begging for a sign from the Universe…and still not feeling like I was getting any real direction. I know if you are still reading this far down, that you are in this exact spot, and I’m going to share with you some things I wish I could go back and tell that old version of me on repeat. Less is more. You were conditioned by society, maybe by your family, and even in the school system that “more is better,” and “doing more will increase your chances of success.” It’s total crap. Doing more for the sake of doing more, creates a desperate energy that repeals abundance. Instead take strategic, aligned, and intentional actions. You are meant to do this; you are destined for making the money and having the beautiful empowering freedom that abundance brings…but you have to believe that first. You are chasing and waiting for the external proof that you are “worthy” (clients, sales, money, followers, etc…), instead you need to decide you are worthy, show up as such, and then you will attract all the things in divine timing. Sharing much more in this special episode that I deeply sensed was needed right now. After all Mercury is in Retrograde again until October 18th, so as much as everything feels intense right now, it is also a perfect time to step into a new energetic version of your glorious self. APPLICATIONS ARE CLOSING SOON FOR MY IN-PERSON 2-DAY MASTERMIND: Get all of the details and apply by visiting projectmewithtiffany.com/Mastermind   Don’t wait on this, as I likely won’t be doing this again anytime soon! FREE $5 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show >>>> for A LIMITED TIME! 3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $5 gift card. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

According to a recent study 60% of adults regret not pursuing their dreams. (Source: zety, 2020) That means 6 out of 10 of you reading this will end up either quitting on your dreams, or never try in the first place! This is exactly why I entered the business coaching world four years ago, because I know what’s it feels like to put off pursuing a dream, spending your time just trying to get through each day instead of living it, going to bed exhausted and dreading the next day. If you know you want something different than what you are currently experiencing, yet you are not doing everything in your power to change it…you’ve got yourself in a defeated low vibrational rut, and only you can make the decision that it’s time to dig out of it.  I have a feeling you need to heard this today: Your dreams aren’t stupid, silly or crazy…they are in your heart for a bigger reason; otherwise the desire and ideas wouldn’t exist in the first place.  You don’t need to know everything to start, you simply have to be willing to ask for help, hire help, and do the research. (None of knows what are fully doing BTW) You do have what it takes. No you won’t have all the necessary skills, this is why we don’t attempt our dreams alone, and we leverage other people’s talents to get us there.  Your brain will feed you lies like, “now isn’t the right time,” or “you don’t have the money,” those things are only true IF you chose to believe them, instead of getting resourceful. It’s a matter of how badly you want it. Craving some real talk on how to keep showing up for your dreams even when nothing feels like it’s working in your favor? I just released a new episode with Lori Harder, the Founder of Lite Pink, Best Selling Author, and Host of the Earn Your Happy podcast, where I ask her some tough questions about how she continues to show up for her dreams, even when the hits keep coming. You can connect with Lori here: INSTAGRAM: @loriharder Lite Pink on Instagram: @drinklitepink Get her best selling book here (“A Tribe Called Bliss”):  loriharder.com Earn Your Happy Podcast: EarnYourHappy.com ProjectME MASTERMIND: Get all of the details and apply by visiting projectmewithtiffany.com/Mastermind   FREE $10 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show during the month of September (2021).  3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $10 gift card.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

The millionaire success secret no one ever talks about.  If you witnessed the average day here at ProjectME headquarters, you would be surprised at what this 7-figure business looks like behind the scenes.  Me unshowered…wearing a bathrobe, using the counter as a desk, dreading most of the things on my to do list, having a crap ton of Zoom meetings, wishing I could clone my self, all while my Business Manager hounds me for tax stuff and investor documents. Sexy huh?! But all of this is by choice. I don’t have to do any of this work…But if I want the BIG cash, the luxury lifestyle I love, the freedom and the options that success buys…then I’ve got to be willing to show up just as hard and grateful for all of the mundane and long days, as I do the extra fun and glamorous days.  You have to get honest with yourself and ask the question, “do I want this dream life badly enough to do all of the things, especially on the days where I don’t feel like it?” Millionaires have the 7 and 8 figures in their multiple bank accounts not because we showed up just when we felt motivated, inspired, energized, and productive…. it’s because show up regardless, and we are here to do whatever is needed. Don’t mistake this for me saying, you have to abandon your needs, your heath, or your kids to be successful…. what I’m saying is you have to be willing to show up at some capacity everyday, and get the job done whether it fits your mood, energy, vibe, or schedule.  Some days it sucks, some days it feels too good to be true, and many days are filled with mundane tasks, managing, and executing. You must sign up and show up for all of it, otherwise you are putting conditions on your dream life. Imagine if you said to in your wedding vows that you will only show up for the marriage on your good days, when Mercury isn’t in retrograde, and when you feel inspired… Based on your actions, what type of conditions have you been putting your goals? In the last 14 years of being an entrepreneur, I’ve had to figure out how to show up regardless; in this episode I’ll be teaching you how to do the same. APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN FOR MY IN-PERSON 2-DAY MASTERMIND: Get all of the details and apply by visiting projectmewithtiffany.com/Mastermind   Don’t wait on this only 9 spots left now!!!!! FREE $10 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show during the month of September (2021).  3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $10 gift card.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

I started feeling like a FRAUD. 6 months after I started this brand and podcast (only 3.5 years ago), I wanted to quit…it felt like all I was doing was pouring my heart, soul, energy and time into creating, and NO ONE was listening, watching, or engaging.  Here I already owned a multiple 7-figure business, was a highly sought after speaker and sales trainer, plus a professionally trained broadcaster…and no one seemed interested in a damn thing I had to say under my business coaching brand. WTF?!!!! I would get 4 people on my Instagram lives, and 2 were 90 Day Fiancé’s. My podcast only had a total of 5,000 downloads and a handful of reviews that I felt like I had to beg people to write. On a good day I would wake up to two new DMs, one would be someone trying to get me to buy followers, and the other would be from someone I knew.  Here I was teaching people about starting and scaling a business, and I was failing at it. “What A Fuc*ing Fraud you are Tiffany!!!!”  If you know me, the core principal I live by and operate my businesses under is integrity….so everything about this felt TERRIBLE! I took all of this external stuff as a sign that maybe people weren’t all that into me, and this was just a silly narcissistic stupid dream of mine. Thankfully I learned through my years of doing deep healing work, to always pause and not make any permanent decisions from a meltdown moment. I prayed. I cried, I begged the Universe for a sign. I finally surrendered to whatever was meant to be. I woke up the next morning with a clear message after breaking a wine glass in the sink, that I fell into an old familiar pattern of holding on too tightly and being filled with self-will, instead of allowing things to unfold as they are divinely meant to happen.  Within only about three weeks of staying in the energy of surrender, my business, my podcast, and my audience sky-rocketed….The more I stayed in the energy of surrender, the faster my business continued to grow. This is hold true to this vary day.  Tune into this episode and get yourself into a surrender state.  APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN FOR MY IN-PERSON 2-DAY MASTERMIND: Get all of the details and apply by visiting projectmewithtiffany.com/Mastermind   Don’t wait on this only 9 spots left now!!!!! FREE $10 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show during the month of September (2021).  3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $10 gift card.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

The most dangerous word you keep using!!! I still catch my self at least once a week (and that’s on a good week) saying this word out loud or in my thoughts…. but, I had to train my self to even notice it, catch it, and reverse it. The DANGER word is “when.” I know, not what you thought I was going to say. It’s the most cunning, sneaky, and manipulative of words that our egos and inner bully’s use to get us to slam on the breaks of going after something new and different. “When my kids get settled into a groove for the school year I will…” “When I figure out my niche, then I will start posting regularly.” “When I start making more money, I can hire a business coach to help me.” “On Friday when I have more time, I will get focused and…..” “When Tiffany does her next in person Mastermind I will for sure attend.” (which BTW I have no idea if I will be doing another one ever!) Any of these sounds familiar??? In the moment, these thoughts sound legit and even reasonable, which is why I say this is one of the sneakiest goal-sabotaging words. It’s a procrastination statement in disguise, which will likely give you temporary relief, as you don’t have to get into action…. but it will cause you long-term anxiety, guilt, frustration, and brokenness. WHEN… your mind starts thinking thoughts that start with this 4-letter secret sabotager….I want you to ask yourself this question: What is the price I’m going to pay by putting this off again? If your ego is as strong and stubborn as mine, it will start arguing like it’s a top trial attorney as to why it’s smarter to wait. This is a GIANT red flag that you have self-sabotage going on.  There is an equally dangerous phrase that is also blocking your abundance and filling you with self-doubt that I’m discussing on this podcast episode, as part of the ongoing popular “Get Unblocked Series.” Tune in and allow me to have a little chat with that ego of yours….time to talk some sense into that inner bully. APPLICATIONS NOW OPEN FOR MY IN-PERSON 2-DAY MASTERMIND: Get all of the details and apply by visiting projectmewithtiffany.com/Mastermind   Don’t wait on this only 9 spots left now!!!!! FREE $10 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show during the month of September (2021). 3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $10 gift card. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

“Where do I even start?” 14 years ago, I said this same exact thing to a longtime client of mine in the pharmaceutical industry, right after he suggested I stop making millions for the company I was working for, and start making that money for my self. His reply…”by taking one action at a time.” I didn’t even know which actions to take first, given I’d never started a business before…. so I began by making a list of what I would need in order to get clients to pay me for my skill set. We often overcomplicate EVERYTHING when we are uncomfortable and scared. This paralyzes many people to the point where they keep putting off starting their dream business, and sit in Stuckland USA… sometimes forever. You may be in that spot right now, and hating it.  The fear of building something of your own is so unfamiliar; it is actually more comfortable for you to stay feeling unfulfilled and dissatisfied with your life.  Until you’ve had enough and are really sick of your current circumstances and financial status, you likely wont be motived enough to take the necessary scary actions.  If you aren’t lit up by your life, it is time to wake up and show up for yourself and the life you deserve to be living.  How does a baby learn to walk? They start out by crawling, then standing all wobbly and falling, then two steps, and more falling…they keep doing it all day long day after day until they’re off running like little ninja tyrants. The difference is babies don’t have a lifetime of limiting beliefs, traumatic experiences, or fully developed egos to hold them back.  Imagine if you put all of your own head crap aside for a moment, and knew for certain you would not let yourself fail no matter what…. What would you go after in your life right now? This is how ProjectME was born, and was able to get it to a million dollars in annual revenue in four years. I was willing to start all wobbly and fall many times until I got it.  My guest today Colleen Odegaard, TV Personality and Award Winning Podcast Host, took the same risk. We talk about what it looks and feels like to show up messy, awkward, and step into the unknown, in order to honor the dreams we had on our hearts.  You can connect with Colleen here: Wake Up to Your Life PODCAST:  https://wakeuptoyourlife.libsyn.com/website WEBSITE:  www.ColleenOdegaard.com INSTAGRAM:  @Colleen_Odegaard ProjectME MASTERMIND: Get all of the details and apply by visiting projectmewithtiffany.com/Mastermind   FREE $10 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show during the month of September (2021).  3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $10 gift card.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

 If you’re looking for the short cut, you will end up at a dead end. We’ve all done it many times, bought the product that helped hundreds of people lose weight, the $49 course that said it would tell you all of the secrets to growing a massive Instagram following, and then say to ourselves, “ugh that was such a waste of money.” The reason marketers come at you with the short cuts and the easy way to accomplish your goals is by nature, humans are lazy, and we want fast, cheap, and easy. You can’t create great wealth by taking cheap actions. Sadly all of these shortcuts you are trying to take are actually delaying you from making the money you want. I’m writing this to you today, to shock you back to reality. Anyone who’s alluding to or making claims that they build a highly profitable business with little effort, only working when they generally felt like it, IS NOT TELLING YOU THE FULL STORY. Of course the fantasy land part of our brains wants to buy into this illusion that you can simply post when you feel aligned, mention your product or offer a couple times a week, all while traveling the globe…this is also part of the manipulative marketing that is working on many people. It sounds a lot nicer, more comfortable, and a hell of lot more fun then how I paint the picture getting to 25K, 50K, and 100K months. Don’t get me wrong, I’m not available for doing anything that is unnecessarily hard, but to say that I’ve built this level of wealth without any hard work, would be straight up BULLSH*T. If you want the cash, the lifestyle, and the freedom that I’ve got….here’s what it took to build it and maintain it: Show up on repeat regardless of whether I felt like it or not that day (I’m not talking about abandoning my health or needs here…I’m not talking about showing up for your dreams on the crappy and unmotivated days). Investing back into my business. The best shortcut is to hire coaches, contract workers, and employees who have done it and made the mistakes. This way you can leverage their knowledge and skill sets to save time and money. A heaping dose of patience and determination. Without either of these, you will end up quitting, because not everything you touch will turn to gold no matter if you are Rihanna, Oprah, or Kim K. The down times really suck, and the results never happen as quickly as you want them to. I go into more detail on this podcast episode of what is really required to make it big in business, and then you can decide if it’s still a ride worth taking. MASTERMIND: Get all of the details and apply by visiting projectmewithtiffany.com/Mastermind   FREE $10 GIFT CARD FOR EVERYONE who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show during the month of September (2021). 3 Simple Steps: Write a review Put your name or Instagram handle inside the review Take a screenshot of it and DM Tiffany on IG and she will personally give you a virtual “cheers” with a $10 gift card. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

How many times have you said this over a glass of wine… “I wish I could ______” “Someday I want to ____” Then years pass by and that someday never manifests…even worse, that someday can turn into one of the biggest regrets of your life. It took me ten years to start ProjectME with Tiffany Carter, time I will never get back. I wasted years of my precious life feeling unfulfilled, overworked, and uninspired…I knew my dream was, but didn’t make any real plans to bring it to life. Nothing you desire is going to magically manifest without you putting in consistent and deliberate effort. Most of us get stuck not on what we want, but on how to get it.  “Where do I even begin?”  You begin by declaring that you are 100% committed to you goal starting today.  You begin by committing to do what it takes to bring that goal to life.  You begin by committing to not quit on your vision no matter what, even when the shiz gets real hard (cuz it will).  Imagine your dream is to move to Italy, but you have a 6 year old, a Virgo husband, and live in Los Angeles…most Mom’s would say things like, “I should have done it when I was younger,” or “I wish we could but we have a kid, maybe when she’s 18.” Well my friend Kim Murgatroyd and her Husband Rob, and their little girl just arrived in Florence..permanently (or until their next “crazy stupid idea,” as they call it.)  Listen and learn from Kim, a Residual Income Expert and Life Strategist on how they made their dream into reality in 6 short months…if this isn’t evidence you can do and have whatever you want, then I don’t know what to say to you.  You can connect with Kim here: Let's connect! Text the words "Dream Life" to 310-388-9724 IG Handle @KimMurgatroyd instagram.com/kimmurgatroyd/ Subscribe to Rob & Kim's Italy Series on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC_nEI-iwWFBrWAxXo8Er21w Check Out Collagen Elixir: kmurgatroyd.isagenix.com/collagen Also, if you haven’t listened to my wildly popular episode with Rob Murgatroyd, host of the Work Hard Play Hard podcast, where he shares the major dream he and his wife committed to this year of moving their familiar from Los Angeles to Italy…be sure to download it as that is Kim’s husband. This will give you the full picture of how they did it.  Here’s the episode: #296  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

You can’t make millions with a broke mindset. If only someone has drilled this into my head earlier in life. So now one of my jobs is to drill it into yours, so you can have financial success much easier and faster than I did. Sadly, 9 out of 10 of you reading this, will go “yeh yeh yeh I know mindset work is important, I’ll focus on that after I bring in some cash.”  I said the same thing. This is why I say doing mindset work is like stretching at the gym, you know it’s important but don’t realize how vital it is until you pay a major price for not doing it. Going from making 17k a year to being a multi-millionaire is wild, and the path here was messy AF. You see I had to lose almost everything more than once to finally prioritize uncovering my poverty money beliefs, and cement in an abundance mindset. NOT EASY, NOT FUN, AND OFTEN TEDIOUS WORK. You will be “sold” a bag of crap online that you can reframe your thinking in 5 days, or shift all of your beliefs by taking this one course…while it’s often a great start, is it far from enough to embody entirely new ways of operating. To generate the wealth I have today, an entirely new operating system was required, and consistent system-wide upgrades were necessary. I worked with a Law of Attraction Spiritual Coach privately for 8 years. (250k) I worked with a life coach specializing in body and energy work for 2.5 years. (150k) Taken courses, attended workshops, read books, blogs, did meditations, had weekly therapy….you get my point, it wasn’t as simple as a vision board and crystals (God I wish it was). The cost of me continuing to avoid this work would have been at least 10 million dollars, plus destroying my health and my mental well-being. So I would say it’s damn worth it, wouldn’t you?  If you aren’t living the lifestyle you dream of, or generating the kind of wealth that gives you and your family freedom….it’s time for you to dig in and prioritize a long overdue a full operation system overhaul. Where to start? Listen to this special new birthday podcast episode, where I share  all the things about making money I wish someone taught me early on.  BIRTHDAY BONUS OFFER: Stop trying to figure it out all on your own, and let me show you how to get consistent clients and cash online for only $3.33 per day.   To get all of the details and join visit my website at projectmewithtiffany.com/projectmeposse   Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips. 

“You’re always working Tiffany!!” Every single acquaintance, friend, and lover I’ve ever met has said some of form of this to me, except the one person who I modeled my workaholism after. We pick up beliefs and behaviors about money and success without even realizing it. I would get angry as hell when people would complain about how much I worked, “if they only knew….” “They don’t get it, they don’t have the same goals as me” “Then you can pay my bills!!” Never did I once come to the realization that maybe I was working my self into an unhealthy state, because if I had, then I would have to face what I was using work to avoid….my deeply buried pain. Some people use drugs numb and avoid pain, some shopping, some food, for me I used work and exercise. For the record, any form of addiction will eventually kill you, some faster than others. I literally almost worked my self to death. I learned from my mom, who was a female marketing pioneer in the consumer packaged goods world, with clients like Coca Cola and Kraft Foods…she told me on repeat, “if you want me to be successful as a female in this world, you have to give an arm and let to get there.” And she did…and had the success to prove it…along with the consequences of it all. I couldn’t see that I modeled her unhealthy coping skills until I was minutes from death almost six years ago, and ended up in a recovery program. Literally I almost died because of inaccurate and unhealthy inherited beliefs and behaviors around success.  Now I operate from the energy of “I’m not available for anything that’s unnecessarily hard.” Therefor I always find or create an easier way, instead of making things harder than the need to be just to avoid my pain. I brought on another transformed workalcoholic entrepreneur, Lauren Salaun on the podcast to discuss how she now works 70% less than she used to, and what this major pivot looks and feels like in her life today. Lauren is an energy alignment and visibility expert. She specializes in helping women balance their feminine and masculine energies so they can shine both in their business and personal life, without sacrificing one for the other. You can connect with her here: Website: laurensalaun.com/ Instagram: instagram.com/laurensalaun Her new Membership mentioned on the show: DM her on Instagram @laurensalaun to join. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube. Subscribe to Tiffany’s FREE weekly digest, The Secret Posse, and get exclusive content you won’t find anywhere else: millionaire mindset exercises, custom weekly abundance affirmations, and her best money making tips.

I make a least 10k a week from Instagram Stories alone, and so can you. Before your brain starts saying, “Well she is making that because she has all of those followers and I only have a small audience...” hear me out. This account was started with three followers about four years ago (and one was my nail guy). I didn’t start using paid ads for this brand until I was well past the 250k/year mark. There were a lot of mistakes I made, and a solid share of wins…. everything of course took way longer than my impatient ass was comfortable with. There are two parts to making money from your Instagram stories: Get people viewing them, and keep them coming back for more. Convert those viewers into customers who are excited to pay you. First we need to clear up some mistakes you’re making in your Stories that are killing your views: Stop posting random stuff FMA (From Your Ass) that you Ideal Clients don’t care about. Learn what they want from you and deliver it. Would you be visually stimulated and intrigued by your Stories? If not, time to start posting things that would keep your attention. Don’t over post. More isn’t better, even if it’s really good. Leave your audience with the feeling of craving more of you, instead of oversaturating them. Show your face. People buy from people after they develop respect and trust for them. If you don’t regularly show up, you aren’t going to build the necessary emotional connection. There’s an art, science, and strategy to creating profitable content. I’ll be going into detail for Part One and Part Two on this podcast episode, teaching you how to take those viewers and turn them into customers. Stop trying to figure it out all on your own, and let me show you how to get consistent clients and cash online for only $3.33 per day.   To get all of the details and join visit my website at projectmewithtiffany.com/projectmeposse or visit the link in my bio on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Ask for what you want, and act as though you are going to get it. Most of us can get the point where we will at least ask the Universe or God for what we want, but then for about 90% of you it goes to sh*t soon after the ask. Our egos want to see immediate evidence that our manifestations are happening in our desired speedy timeframe, and then when we don’t, we lose hope and faith. This is the opposite of how the Law of Attraction works, which is why it really hasn’t been working super well for you. To attract what you desire into you life, FAITH IS REQUIRED. When nothing feels like it’s working, STAY IN FAITH THAT IT IS. When everything is taking way longer than you could have imagined, STAY IN FAITH THAT THE TIMING WILL BE PERFECT. When you are seeing evidence that it isn’t possible, STAY IN FAITH AND REFOCUS ON EVIENCE THAT IT IS POSSIBLE.  You have three main jobs when it comes to attracting what you want: Clearly ask the Universe for what you desire, and be as specific as possible. Do whatever it takes to stay in the energy of faith, this is happening for you in perfect divine timing. Align your actions with your core desires, regardless of what comes up for you that day. You get the blessing of learning from one of the brightest and more grounded energies I’ve come across this year. The Artist Monet was the creative genius behind my 12 looks during my epic Miami photo-shoot. Even more importantly, her spirit set the energy for this high profile project…it was clear to me she was a Master Manifester that was meant to be my teacher. Listen and learn how to ignite and fine-tune your manifestation practices, so you can start calling in the abundance you deserve on repeat. You can connect with Monet on: WEBSITE: https://www.theartistmonetbeauty.com/  INSTAGRAM:@theartistmonetbeauty FACEBOOK: @monetartistry MEGA Bonus Flash Sale is going on right now for my ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership. Stop trying to figure it out all on your own, and let me show you how to get consistent clients and cash only for only $100 per month. Yup that’s it!!! First 30 new members get my brand new bonus >>> 30 Days to Profits Content Calendar (valued at $197). It’s all mapped out for you >> exactly what to post, and in which format. To get all of the details and join visit my website at projectmewithtiffany.com/projectmeposse or visit the link in my bio on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

When you’re constantly being called “a spoiled brat” as a child just for having regular kid needs, it changes you. I did my best as an only child to be a good girl, and stay as quite as possible. The price to pay for upsetting my sometimes single and always working Mom was not one I wanted to pay. So it would always feel like a gut-punch when she would call me a “spoiled brat,” as I knew I didn’t do anything wrong…other than say I was hungry and ask, “what’s for dinner?” After being called this enough times, I started to believe it…and this belief is still slightly there today, even after 15 plus years of doing deep healing and personal development work. When we believe something, whether it’s a new belief or one carried over from childhood, we end up making decisions out of that space, attracting people and experiences from that energy; this typically happens without us even realizing it. Starting a personal brand brought up a ton of crap for me, it still does. Truly I feel one of the reasons it took me ten years to start ProjectME is because I was afraid people would think I was a “spoiled brat,” and that me showing up all over the interwebs meant the “world revolved around me” (another Mom favorite). As part of my new “Get Unblocked” podcast series, I had to go after the thought that is preventing you from showing up 100% for your business,  “I don’t want to annoy people, and have them thinking I only care about money.” If you have this concern, where do you think this comes from? Was there any other time you felt like this in your life? What would you be afraid of IF someone did think you only cared about money? Let me walk you though this deeply rooted belief, and help you release it, so you can be free to show up to confidently showcase your business and offerings. MEGA Bonus Flash Sale is going on right now for my ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership. Stop trying to figure it out all on your own, and let me show you how to get consistent clients and cash only for only $100 per month. Yup that’s it!!! First 30 new members get my brand new bonus >>> 30 Days to Profits Content Calendar (valued at $197). It’s all mapped out for you >> exactly what to post, and in which format. To get all of the details and join visit my website at projectmewithtiffany.com/projectmeposse or visit the link in my bio on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Fu*k it…I’m doing it!!! The exact words I said almost 4 years ago when I FINALLY decided to go 100% ALL IN on my dream business and life. Notice I used the word “decided,” as nothing was holding me back other than the lack of me making the decision to go for it.   Did I feel ready? Hell no  Was I terrified? Hell yes Did I 100% know what I was doing? Hell no, and I still don’t many days.    Waiting until the “right time,” or until I had explosive energy and motivation, is a huge reason why it took me TEN YEARS to pursue my dream after having the clear idea and vision. Four years ago, not being fully recovered from a chronic illness, being at the heaviest weight in my life, filled with fear that I would waste my time, energy and money if this didn’t work out….I decided to start and give it one full year of ALL IN effort. I declared to the Universe that I would do whatever it took, as long as it didn’t negatively impact my mental or physical health.    So even when I doubted my self Even when it felt crazy scary  Even when if felt safer not to spend the money Even when I didn’t feel like it I made sure my daily actions aligned with my desires.    The two questions to ask yourself are: What is it costing you to NOT go after the life, the freedom, and the cash you desire ?  What is the risk of you continuing to “toe-dip” on your dreams ? If the answers don’t feel good to you love, you have your answer. Summer Bonus Flash Sale is going on right now for my ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership. Stop trying to figure it out all on your own, and let me show you how to get consistent clients and cash only for only $100 per month. Yup that’s it!!! First 30 new members get my brand new bonus >>> 30 Days to Profits Content Calendar (valued at $197). It’s all mapped out for you >> exactly what to post, and in which format. To get all of the details and join visit my website at projectmewithtiffany.com/projectmeposse or visit the link in my bio on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Top 7 Things that will stop you from reaching your goals.  Warning!! Many of these may be hard to hear…take notice if you start feeling defensive, if your body or breathing gets tense.  This is a sure sign we are hitting the real truth behind why you’re not hitting your goals.  You desire the outcome, but aren’t willing to do the boring, tedious, and hard stuff it takes to get there. You care too much about what others will think of you. Worried they will judge you for this BIG dream or yours, or fear looking like a fool while your learning something new.  You are seeing your mistakes and fails as signs “this isn’t working out,” instead of using them as intel for improvement. It feels easier for you to give up, quit, and avoid, instead of showing up when things get real tough and uncomfortable.  You have crap discipline habits. Therefor, you have your life structured where it’s easy to put things off and not follow thru. Serious accountability is needed for everyone who is going after major goals.  You get easily sucked down the comparisonitis drain. Instead of rising above it, your natural tendency is to sit in shame, self-doubt and self-Judgment.  It’s a sneaky form of self-sabotage.  You don’t believe it is truly possible for you. If you don’t see that your goal is possible, then there is no way it will ever happen (unless there’s a random fluke). Daily mindset work is a requirement for success. If you continue to blow it off and not prioritize it…YOU will pay the consequences of that choice.  The great news is you can change all 7 of these things today. It all starts with a choice, and that’s 100% in your control. To get you on the fast track to success, listen to this new Mindset Reset episode.  NEW MEMBER ENROLLMENT IS NOW OPEN for my exclusive ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership. The first 30 new members get a brand new $197 bonus, that will help you save hours of time each week creating content for your business. To get all of the details and join visit my website at projectmewithtiffany.com/projectmeposse or visit the link in my bio on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“They could just hire someone who’s wealthier than me, or one of these Insta-famous people with a ton of followers, so why would they pay me?” “Who is the hell do I think I am to be doing this? What will my former colleagues and classmates think?” THESE thoughts are why it took me 10 years to start ProjectME with Tiffany Carter!!! Yup I had the idea, the concept, the logo sketches, and even the cash to start it…BUT I convinced my self that I needed to have all of the puzzle pieces together in order to officially start.  That was a lie that was easier for me to swallow than the deeper truth, which was…I was terrified of failing at my dream, at my divine calling, cuz then what? Then why am I here?  It’s not about you being “so busy” that you don’t have the time to start. It’s not that you don’t have the money. We all will get crazy resourceful when we know something will change our lives for the better. It’s not about you not having the right computer or phone (these were my last two crazy excuses I used to delay starting.) IT’S ABOUT WILLINGNESS. Are you willing to be wildly uncomfortable, messy, terrified, and show up for your dreams regardless?  All the rest, we can figure out together. There is a solution to every situation. After coaching more than 1500 people privately, I can confidently scream this as fact.  Applications are now open for a short period of time for my Exclusive Private  2-Month Business Coaching Program.  This is open to you whether you are just starting at $0 or are an experienced entrepreneur wanting to scale to 7-figures. >Applications are now open for a limited time to my exclusive two-month private Business Coaching Program. To apply you can visit my website at projectmewithtiffany.com under “work with me,” or visit the link in my bio on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Insider Entrepreneur Secret… …No entrepreneur, no matter if they are a multi-millionaire or a billionaire, know WTF they are doing when they start something new. When you look at people’s success, it can be hard for our minds to process that this successful business owner feels the same as you many times a month…but I am one of those people, and I’m telling you it’s true. The great news, knowing what you are doing 100% of the time isn’t a requirement for building a wildly profitable business.  Here IS what’s required: > Tenacity, determination, and resourcefulness to make your business a success. You are willing to always find a way.  > A proven market need for your products or services. This is number one reason for business failure at 42% (CBInsights)  > An eagerness to invest back into your business, to set it up for consistent growth. Making BIG money also costs money…don’t play cheap with your dreams.  > Humility and a heaping dose of patience. There is nothing that will bring out all of your childhood wounds, insecurities, and self-doubt like entrepreneurship will. Be open to always learn, no matter how successful you get, and ask for damn help!!! We can’t do this alone. Around 8/9 years ago I discovered podcasts, and found one that hooked me in and helped me so much that I knew one day I would start my own show (The Women Wanting More Podcast). Well…the full circle day has come my friends, I brought on the Host of the Women Wanting More podcast , Dr. Karen Osburn to talk about doing things before we are ready. Meet Dr. Karen Osburn:  She is a former practicing chiropractor, mommy and “unschooler” to two young sons. Dr. Karen made a recent career change into network marketing with a ground floor health and wellness company, to help mothers take their financial power back. She’s passionate about guiding women who are leaving toxic and narcissistic relationships, and show them how to best protect and provide for their children.   You can connect with Dr. Karen Osburn on: Instagram:  @dr._karen_osburn Website:   http://shop.myqsciences.com/drkarenosburn Women Wanting More Podcast:  Listen Here Email:    drkarenosburn@gmail.com   Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“Well I don’t want to look stupid.” This exact line is said to me at least 5 times a week by clients…usually right after I ask them why they aren’t being consistent with showing up on video. Maybe for you videos aren’t the issue, maybe it’s creating a course, doing a presentation, or being on a podcast… In our human AF and oftentimes-hateful society, most of us have been made fun of, gossiped about, or even bullied in childhood, and it flippin’ hurts. Wanna know something crazy?  Even though I was severely bullied in middle school and high school (well, until I started to beat people up and stand up for my self), NO ONE was ever more mean to me than my self.  The person who is ragging on you the most, puts you down the most, is verbally abusive, and points out your flaws is…YOU !! 98% of people are too busy being beating themselves up or dealing with their own crap, to even think about how you stumbled over your words on a podcast, notice a typo in an email, or even care that no one commented on your last 3 posts. The 2% that do, can F*ck ALL THE WAY OFF! They clearly are in such a need to look outside of themselves, because they are in so much internal pain. You focusing on that 2% is preventing you from serving the other 98%. Going after something new is scary and vulnerable….not ever really going all in with it, and having major regrets a year or 5 years from now is FAR WORSE. Do you want to be one of those people who just thinks about their dreams, or the person who lays it all on the line, and really goes for it ?  Which version of you so you want you kids to see? Which version of you will help more people?  Which version of you will be more likely to get the financial freedom and lifestyle you desire? New highly requested podcast series starts today, the “Get Unblocked Series.” Go listen and share with someone who could use a dose of real Coach Tiff talk in their lives.  >Applications are now open for a limited time to my exclusive two-month private Business Coaching Program. To apply you can visit my website at projectmewithtiffany.com under “work with me,” or visit the link in my bio on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If your business is in a slump, we’re going to reignite it today.  Did you know, for many industries and niches that July and August are notoriously the slowest months of the year? Slow doesn’t need to equal zero dinero, so don’t let your ego use this as an excuse to blow off the rest of the summer. In fact, I want my clients to launch in August. When you zig and everyone else is zagging, you will make money!! (As long as you do it strategically). Here’s how to set yourself up for a successful August launch: Make your offer timely. What does your ideal client struggle with most during summer months? What are they the most concerned about right now? Build major hype for your launch. Tease it, build anticipation for it, and show your sincere excitement. The more enthusiastic you are the more excited they will be to buy. Show ‘em don’t just tell ‘em. Visually show in your content the desired life, outcome, and results that your offer can help create. This social proof shows your IC the life they want is possible, and it will get them feeling extra hopeful and eager to sign up. For 5 more things to get more cash flowing into your business right now , listen to this new podcast episode. You can DM me to thank me later ;-) >Applications are now open for a limited time to my exclusive two-month private Business Coaching Program. To apply you can visit my website at projectmewithtiffany.com under “work with me,” or visit the link in my bio on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The Refrigerator Theory that will change your life. I’m willing to share an embarrassing story so you don’t fall into this insane limiting trap. It all started with a $4000 flat panel refrigerator…one of many purchases for the new house Mike and I bought together. I’ve calculated it, and this fridge has now cost us >> $57,000 !!! And we still own it!!!  After working perfectly for 2 years, the ice machine stopped working (of course right after the warrantee was up) and it would get completely frozen over. Between Mike and I, we have both spent hours and hours or time researching how to fix it, trying to fix, complaining about it, and even going and buying ice. All of this time (not including aggravation) based on both of our current rates in our respective fields adds up to 57k. This type of short sided, money-stubborn thinking has cost me a small fortune in my life and business. If all of that time we wasted was spent on income generating activities, our entire mega luxury remodel we are doing would be paid for.  So I encourage you to take a look at where are you being short-sided and money- stubborn in your life? Maybe you are spending hours cleaning your house, when you could pay someone & use that time to build your business.  Maybe you are wasting your breath and time, having the same argument with your partner, when you could put the focus on your own personal development. Maybe you would have the time and energy to really go all-in on your business, if you hired child care a couple days a week, and the new clients you would bring in, would eventually more than pay that investment back times ten! Maybe you keep trying to figure out how to build your business on your own, wasting tons of time, when you could have hired sometime like me to show you a proven strategy. Listen to this episode, where I go deeper into explaining how our behaviors and habits that seem smart are actually blocking our success.  >Applications are now open for a limited time to my exclusive two-month private Business Coaching Program. To apply you can visit my website at projectmewithtiffany.com under “work with me,” or visit the link in my bio on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“Stop thinking it through, and feel it through.” We think that we have to figure it all out, wait until we are ready, make sure we don’t do it wrong and make an ass of ourselves….not only is this false, but it’s the opposite of a success strategy.  This Overwhelmed! Overthinking! Overdoing! mindset is the number one cause of entrepreneurs quitting. I used to be one these people, until I ran my self into the ground burning out my entire adrenal and immune system 6 years ago. To stay alive and get healthy I was forced to learn and implement an entirely new operating system, both in my mind and my business. If you are feel run down, exhausted, and it feels like you can’t catch your breath…your operating system isn’t in alignment with your Human Design Chart >>> basically who you are at core. Let’s say you are an introvert and need lots of down time, but your business model has you “on” all the time, constantly creating and doing. This is not a good set up for you. Whether you are familiar with your Human Design Chart or not, you need to listen and learn from my podcast guest Amanda King, Human Design Expert for Business Owners. She unveils my Human Design type live on the air, as I haven’t ever had a reading before…plus she breaks down the 5 Human Design energies & how to leverage them for your maximum success and joy.   Meet Amanda King:  Amanda King is a Human Design Consultant who teaches entrepreneurs how to leverage their human design in their business so they can build a business that gives them the crotch tingles.  Amanda takes the archaic language of HD and brings it down to a level that every single person on this planet can understand. Amanda shows entrepreneurs how powerful of a tool Human Design is and how they can leverage it in their business to build an authentically aligned brand. You can connect with Amanda on: Instagram:  @Fierceasfucktribe  Website:  fierceasfucktribe.com Facebook:  @AmandaKing Tik Tok:  https://vm.tiktok.com/ZMdXfBobV/ TWO IN PERSON RETREATS MENTIONED ON THE SHOW: Bitchin Biz Retreat in NOLA: https://www.fierceasfucktribe.com/nola-bitchin-business-retreat Basic Bitch by Design 5 Day HD Immersive Experience: https://www.fierceasfucktribe.com/basic-bitch-by-design Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

 For every 100 people who sign up 5 will buy from you! This isn’t Tiffany math; this is heavily researched marketing data on free live online trainings, challenges, workshops, and webinars. I refer to them as “Launch Leaders.” If you want to make big numbers online, and get your programs, courses, or masterminds filled up…you need to do 3 essential things: 1. Build Hype for whatever you are launching. Just like you see new restaurants have a grand opening, or your favorite brands hosting an event to sneak peak their new collection.        > If the well known established brands do it, why do you feel you can avoid it ?  2. Give your ideal clients, your potential buyers a taste of what it is like to work with you, learn from you…so they can determine if you are the best person to help them with their issue. This requires you to give a lot for FREE and happily. 3. Shout your cool event from the rooftops…if you aren’t crazy excited about it, why would they be to attend it, even if it’s free. Haven’t you noticed the more hype around a new movie or Netflix show, the more you are intrigued about watching it??!  Since I’m just coming off hosting a wildly successfully free live event as part of my launch, I’m going to break it all down for you while it’s fresh in my head.  Plus I’ll share the costly mistakes I’ve made too, so you can avoid wasting a ton of time, energy, and money. LAST CHANCE! JOIN US!!! Only a couple of spots left!!! Let’s Get Down to Business 2021: projectmewithtiffany.com/getdown Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

 When people are afraid of your best friend… When she walks in a room you know it. When she walks out of a room you know it.  Which is she’s in a room you know it.  When she focuses on you, you feel it. She sees all of you, with zero judgment. She sees little girl or little boy inside you.  She sees that critical brain that haunts you. She sees sh*t you can’t see.  And that my friend scares 97% of you… into avoiding the “real work” and focusing on the easy stuff.  But that 3% of you who are so sick and tired of your life, and are waving the white flag. Those of you who don’t want to live with regret, and you know if you don’t go after this dream of yours, it will haunt you. Those of you who are willing to do the scary thing and go all in, and allow her to see all of you… You will be forever changed in the best way you could ever dream of.  You will be seen and understood like someone who was connected to you at birth.  You will finally know that someone fu*king gets you and accepts all of you. You will be free from the trap of your limiting beliefs, behaviors, and habits.  Meet Tracy, she my best friend and co-creator of our new revolutionary group coaching program, Let’s Get Down to Business.  Go check out the details, your soul will know what to do.  LAST CHANCE! JOIN US!!! Only a couple of spots left!!! Let’s Get Down to Business : projectmewithtiffany.com/getdown Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You know you aren’t showing up 100% for your dreams, you even shame yourself for it, make a little progress and then the cycle repeats…it’s time to admit your process isn’t working.  Please for the love of God set yourself free, and wave the white flag…”I (insert name) have been stuck in this pattern that isn’t serving me.” It can be scary to admit when something you're doing isn’t working, as now you need to do something drastically different or you’re insane. What if doing something drastically different, disruptive, and devilishly scary is what you need to do to have the life you really want?  Now there are no guarantees you are going to get it, but I can guarantee you if you don’t go for it, the misery, numbness, and the feeling of waking up unfulfilled every day, will suck the life out of you… If it hasn’t already. I know as I lived most of my life in that robotic state…envying people who seemed to have it all, and I desperately wanted it, but didn’t know what I was doing wrong. If you are at a point of being so sick and tired of your current circumstances and even yourself, then I’m 100% confident this episode will change your life.  But only if you want it to…some of you secretly like being stuck because stuck is safer than putting yourself out there, than investing money you don’t have, than trusting someone to teach you, than speaking your truth, etc… I’m not here to pry you into action; I can only guide the willing.  If this is you, listen to my special 2 part podcast series with Top Performance Coach and Enneagram Expert Tracy O’Malley. Let’s uncover what’s really blocking you from having the money, relationships, and freedom you desire. LAST CHANCE > GRAB YOUR SPOT! Free Live Training!!: How to Find your Ideal Clients Online, and Get them Excited to Buy from You >>> Only Time We Are Doing This Training in 2021 projectmewithtiffany.com/freelivetraining  Get all the details on my NEW GROUP COACHING PROGRAM,  Let’s Get Down to Business : projectmewithtiffany.com/getdown Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Your self-worth and net-worth are directly connected. If you’re broke it’s because you believe certain things about making money, having money, and keeping money. If you’re rich, it’s because you believe certain things about making money, having money, and keeping money. I’ve been both a broke-ass and wealthy, but I’ve always been a hard worker, well educated, determined, resourceful, and diligent…the difference was my internal belief system, not my skill-set or capabilities. Even without knowing you I’m 100% confident that you have what it takes to be wildly successful and financially free. We all have it in us. What blocks you is your belief in it being truly possible for you, and believing that you are capable of doing it. For most of my life, I thought God forgot about me and I had no real meaningful purpose on this earth, I had a career because that is what humans are suppose to do. As much as I wanted the designer bags, those damn $300 True Religion jeans (who remembers those?), and big apartment…my belief system was far from a match for the life I desired. It took years of me working privately with a Spiritual Law of Attraction Coach to recreate my belief system. The great news is it doesn’t need to take you years…as long as you are open and willing to learn from me. Go download this new podcast episode, and be prepared for major low awaited shifts to happen in your life. Do you feel consumed by the constant need to create content? As I always joke on the podcast, the Content Monster is real…always hungry and never satisfied. The catch to making money online (there’s a catch with everything) is you must create a crap ton of great content that connects with your customers, or you have to hire people to do it for you!!! This is why I always first ask my private clients, who come to me for a customized high converting content plan, “what types of content so you genuinely love creating?” And “what types of content drain you?” It doesn’t matter if I tell you what you need to do in order to make bank online, if you absolutely hate doing it. There’s no way you will be consistent. Just like at the gym. I don’t care how many calories running burns, I ain’t doin’ it. Usually people get content fatigue around trying to figure out what to post, so on today’s podcast I’m going to share my top tricks with you in detail so you are never left wondering what to post ever again. GRAB YOUR SPOT! Free Live Training!!: How to Find your Ideal Clients Online, and Get them Excited to Buy from You >>> Only Time We Are Doing This Training in 2021 projectmewithtiffany.com/freelivetraining Get on the Let’s Get Down to Business Waitlist: projectmewithtiffany.com/getdownwaitlist Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Do you feel consumed by the constant need to create content? As I always joke on the podcast, the Content Monster is real…always hungry and never satisfied. The catch to making money online (there’s a catch with everything) is you must create a crap ton of great content that connects with your customers, or you have to hire people to do it for you!!!  This is why I always first ask my private clients, who come to me for a customized high converting content plan, “what types of content so you genuinely love creating?” And “what types of content drain you?” It doesn’t matter if I tell you what you need to do in order to make bank online, if you absolutely hate doing it. There’s no way you will be consistent. Just like at the gym.  I don’t care how many calories running burns, I ain’t doin’ it. Usually people get content fatigue around trying to figure out what to post, so on today’s podcast I’m going to share my top tricks with you in detail so you are never left wondering what to post ever again. GRAB YOUR SPOT! Free Live Training!!: How to Find your Ideal Clients Online, and Get them Excited to Buy from You >>> Only Time We Are Doing This Training in 2021 projectmewithtiffany.com/freelivetraining Get on the Let’s Get Down to Business Waitlist: projectmewithtiffany.com/getdownwaitlist Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You know what you want to do, the issue is where in the heck to start. So you end up taking In more and more information and advise hoping it will get you the clarity on the next steps, but it only ends up overwhelming you more.  How am I in your head right now? Because this is exactly where I was about 4 years ago before I started building ProjectME with Tiffany Carter…. here I already had a 7-figure business, but with a completely different model and ideal client. I never had a personal brand before…in fact, I had only posted some random personal things in Facebook and Instagram. It wasn’t the WHAT that had me frozen for 10 years or even the HOW, it was the order of the steps.  My brain would scream, “If someone would just give it to me step-by-step, I would do it!” What’s funny is this is exactly what I make a crap ton of money teaching today!!!! There wasn’t a Coach Tiff who showed me the way, my Business Mentor doesn’t specialize in the online space. But I did have a couple of people who helped guide me. Allow me to be your guide today…go download this new podcast episode, and I will break down your next steps I’m a simple and straightforward way. See it as my way of paying it forward.  Also…if you haven’t signed up yet, go grab your spot to my upcoming free live training, where I will teach how to find your ideal clients online & get them excited to buy from you in a way that feels good to you and them. GRAB YOUR SPOT! Free Live Training!!: How to Find your Ideal Clients Online, and Get them Excited to Buy from You >>> Only Time We Are Doing This Training in 2021 projectmewithtiffany.com/freelivetraining Get on the Let’s Get Down to Business Waitlist: projectmewithtiffany.com/getdownwaitlist Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

So your Instagram following is growing at a snails 🐌 pace… You keep trying all the things that these online “experts” are telling you, and still not much growth. It starts to make you wonder what in the hell are you doing wrong or missing here, makes it even tempting to buy followers and likes (don’t do it BTW). About 3.5 years ago I was in this same spot, and since I’m a stubbornly determined Virgo, I declared that I would solve this mystery. Then teach others how to to do the same, since no one seems to be spillin’ the tea on this topic. First I need you to stop doing some things that are repelling your ideal clients from following you. You have less than 3 seconds to get someone to either lean in and follow you or lean out and be gone forever.  Stop trying to replicate what everyone else in your niche is doing, people are craving something unique and fresh…give it to them.  You are playing it safe. Afraid of judgment, afraid of getting cancelled, afraid of triggering people…if you’re whispering in a crowded bar, do you think anyone will hear you? Speak your truth sis, we need it. Part of you isn’t 100% deeply certain of who you are specifically talking to on an emotional level. Therefore you are really catching or grabbing their attention.  > All roads stem from and lead to your ideal clients deep emotional center.  Since I can only teach you so much in a post, I recorded a podcast episode explaining what you need to start doing to grow your following by the thousands.              GRAB YOUR SPOT! Free Live Training!!: How to Find your Ideal Clients Online, and Get them Excited to Buy from You >>> Only Time We Are Doing This Training in 2021 projectmewithtiffany.com/freelivetraining Get on the Let’s Get Down to Business Waitlist: projectmewithtiffany.com/getdownwaitlist Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Stop buying into the BS hype…The myths and facts around getting consistent clients online.   There is a crap ton of misleading information being spewed about making cash using social media, so I’m going to lay down the FACTS today, then you can make an well-educated decision if you want to do what it takes.  More than 50% of revenue across 14 major industries is generated through social sales.  This isn’t just for direct to consumer products like makeup, protein shakes, and clothes….75% of business owners and 84% of C-level executives say they are strongly influenced by social media in making their service-based hiring decisions (Coaches, speakers, web designers, health specialists). [source: smallbizgenius] We’ve now established there is an abundance of money and customers on social media….so how do you get a slice of the pie? MYTH: You need to have at least 10K followers or subscribers to make any real cash on social media channels.  FACTS: I’m not going to be one of those people who tell you that followers/subscribers don’t matter, that would be like owning a restaurant and saying the number of potential customers that walk by it everyday doesn’t matter.  BUT the number of ideal clients in your audience trumps all! 3% of your audience is ready to buy from you at anytime, so if you have 100 ideal clients in your audience, then you will be able to convert 3 of them!!! MYTH: You need to be super creative, clever, and be tech savvy to make bank online. FACTS: There’s a difference between content that performs well (gets the views/likes) versus content that converts into cash. The best client-generating content isn’t flashy, but it’s clear, sincere, and highly valuable to that specific person. MYTH: The online “influencers” are all friends and promote each other, without those connections it’s near impossible.  FACTS: I had not one single friend or connection in the online space when I started ProjectME with Tiffany Carter 3.5 years ago….when you help solve a specific problem for your ideal client, and do it with high-integrity, no one cares who you know or don’t know.  Listen to this episode so you can clearly determine if you have what it takes to get consistent clients online.  GRAB YOUR SPOT! Free Live Training!!: How to Find your Ideal Clients Online, and Get them Excited to Buy from You >>> Only Time We Are Doing This Training in 2021 projectmewithtiffany.com/freelivetraining Get on the Let’s Get Down to Business Waitlist: projectmewithtiffany.com/getdownwaitlist Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you’re feeling like an overworked and underpaid employee of your own business, keep reading.    Lucky for you, I’ve built a multiple 7-figure business the hard and miserable way, and I’m now growing a business (ProjectME with Tiffany Carter) the easy, smart, and fun way. Who knew that building a business was actually supposed to be fun and empowering, not exhausting and soul draining?? Here’s a quick hit list of mistakes that are making your life harder than it needs to be: Trying to do everything yourself in your business, because you want to save money.  Not efficiently using your time, wasting hours doing unnecessary tasks.  Operating your business like a manager and not a Business Owner. Anything that comes after, “I’ll do that when I have ______________” Attempting to figure out how to grow a business on your own when you’ve never done it before.  Regardless if you are just starting your business or you are neck-deep in it, this is a conversation that will save you tens of thousands of dollars, and hundreds of hours in lost time. I brought on my friend and fellow multi-millionaire entrepreneur Candy Valentino to share exactly how you need to set up your business, so you can scale it with ease, and actually have a life outside of work Candy’s firm, Founders Organization, works with business owners providing consulting services and entrepreneur programs, as well as a premier high level business group.    You can connect with Candy on: Instagram:  @candyvalentino Website: candyvalentino.com/ Founder’s Organization: https://candyvalentino.com/founders/ ebook: www.powerfulbusinessbook.com Founders: www.foundersorganization.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.  

You are sabotaging your manifestations without even realizing it. It happens to me too. In fact, I was in subconsciously pushing away the growth in my business I was intentionally manifesting for most of April and May. Of course hindsight is 20-20. It all started when I got my photos back from my epic Miami Beach house brand shoot. I wasn’t in love with the photos, and I had just spent more than I ever had in this business on content. Seeing these unedited photos (which I will never do to my self again) also ignited my exercise addiction/eating disorder brain.  I spent the next 6 weeks with the critical inner bully running my brain. I became focused on everything I don’t have, everything that was wrong in my life, things I didn’t like about my self, my body, my business, even my house.  About three weeks in, I noticed that I was feeling drained, everything felt like a lot of work, even the stuff I love doing. So I thought I was in a “depression cycle,” something that happens when you live with depression and anxiety.   It wasn’t until I went to Mexico recently that my brain got zapped out of this deeply negative loop I was unconsciously stuck in >>> it was the definition of a rude (but necessary) awakening to say the least.  If your manifestations aren’t coming to life, and it feels like the opposite it happening to you….I guarantee you are doing or not doing something that is blocking your deepest desires. I’m going to help you get to the bottom of it in this episode, so we can get you back into the maximum abundance zone where you belong.  Get on the Let’s Get Down to Business Waitlist: projectmewithtiffany.com/getdownwaitlist Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you never feel like quitting, you aren’t invested enough in your dreams.  During my first five years of business, I wanted to quit and move to a remote island and make seashell necklaces at least once a week. At one point, I even started to look at jobs boards fantasizing about going back into corporate life. I had so much shame around wanting to quit, and it all feeling so overwhelming at times, that I thought, “maybe I wasn’t meant to be an entrepreneur….” “maybe I’m not cut out for this, I’m too sensitive, not strong enough, smart enough, focused enough…” The truth is, I would get so overwhelmed because I wanted it to work so badly. I cared tremendously about getting my clients superior service and results, so when anything went wrong, it would feel like the end of the world. This my friends IS how an incredible heart-centered entrepreneur should feel. Instead I bet you are judging yourself for having these days and weeks where you just want to give up, and you’re on emotional overload.  Remember this: When you care and want something badly, there will be many meltdowns and bad days.  When you want only the best for the people you serve, it will be frustrating AF when things break.  When you are risking it all for the dream you have on your heart, it will feel like a pressure cooker at times, and you will burst sometimes.  If your dreams are feeling so far out of reach right now, allow me to coach you through these emotions on this highly requested episode.  Get on the Let’s Get Down to Business Waitlist: projectmewithtiffany.com/getdownwaitlist Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Time to burst your Facebook ad fantasy bubble before you waste your money. You’re scrolling and come across a great Instagram ad from someone in a similar niche as you…you check out who this person is and see the “success” they seem to have…you then make the connection that, “maybe what I need to do is run Facebook ads to grow my business.” After all how hard can it be? It looks like they just used a nice image, and wrote a catchy post. I’ll be the first to tell you that Facebook ads are not easy, they used to be back in the day, but now you really must have a strong funnel strategy if want to see results and not waste you money. Don’t fall for the fantasy that you can magically get hundreds of people buying your course, e-book, or free webinar just because you spend money on ads. This is where business owners end up wasting a ton of time and cash, then come to me wondering why it didn’t work, and it seems to work for everyone else.  FACT ONE: If you don’t already have proof of concept with selling your product/service organically, don’t expect Facebook ads to magically save you.  FACT TWO: There is a science and strategy behind running successful Facebook ad campaigns. Trying to do this FYA (From Your Ass) will end in you wasting cash.  FACT THREE: There is no guarantee in advertising of any kind, even if you took out a TV ad during the Super Bowl. It is a gamble, and your goal is to make it a highly calculated one.  Listen to this episode to determine if your business is ready for advertising, and what you must determine prior to spending any money on ads.  Get on the Let’s Get Down to Business Waitlist: projectmewithtiffany.com/getdownwaitlist Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Are you operating at the level required to achieve your dreams? I remember when my long time mentor hit me with this question after I already consumed two glasses of Cabernet. For once, I was left speechless.  The truth is we all know deep down if we are really doing 100% of what it takes to reach our goals….I mean overeating at dinner while I eat almost nothing all day isn’t a fast track to Tiffany losing her back fat.  Here I was whining to him with frustration over one of our bi-monthly dinner meetings that I couldn’t move past the 250-350K marker in my business, and I couldn’t figure out what in the hell I was doing wrong….he set me straight with one question.  Wanting ALL IN results without going ALL IN on your business, is called entitlement and crazy thinking.  You must be willing to: Show up regardless if you feel like it or not everyday.  Invest in your business even when you don’t the money.  Be humble as hell and regularly ask for help and guidance. Prioritize your choices to match your desires.  My hunch is you’re unsure at what exact level you do need to be operating at and what that specifically looks like. I know I was confused as hell to what I needed to be doing daily.  On today’s podcast, I invited on the Founder of Powerhouse Women and Top Podcaster Lindsey Schwartz to have a candid conversation on what it takes to bring your dreams into reality.  Lindsey Schwartz is an entrepreneur, business mentor, top podcast host, and best-selling author. Fiercely committed to supporting other women, Lindsey invests her time in mentoring women and girls of all ages—from high achieving entrepreneurs to high school students. She’s also an investor in female-founded companies including beverage brand Lite Pink. After seeing numerous women in her life stop short of pursuing their own entrepreneurial dreams because of fear and self-doubt, she saw the need for more honest conversations about the ups & downs of entrepreneurship in order to show women that they don’t have to have it all together to get started. From there, the Powerhouse Women community, annual event, and podcast were born, with the motto that we're not meant to do business (or life) alone!  You can connect with Lindsey on: Instagram: www.instagram.com/llindseyschwartz Powerhouse Women IG: www.instagram.com/powerhouse_women Website: www.powerhousewomen.co Powerhouse Women podcast - available on Apple Podcasts and Spotify Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The key to growing your business without burning out… What if I told you that a big reason why your business isn’t growing as fast or as grand as you would like is because you are already feeling frazzled, fried, and fatigued with what you are managing now? We subconsciously push away MORE of what we desire, when our bodies and brains are screaming for a break. Why would the Universe give you more clients, more sales, and more cash, if you are barely getting through the week as it is? There are several requirements to scaling your business without burning out (all of which I learned the hard way, so my goal is to save you some pain here): Letting Go: you need to let go of the things in your business that you hate doing and are sucking your life force. My control freaks, this will be hard but burning out will be much harder. Leverage your time: you only have so much time and energy in a day. If you don’t maximize and leverage that time, your income and growth will be capped. Time for you to explore how you can generate more money while using less of your time (something I specialize in teaching). Hire help. Stop playing cheap with your dreams, and invest in having other talented humans help you manage and grow your business. Get a part time assistant, hire someone to do your social media graphics, get a damn coach who can create a business strategy with you step by step (ummm hello I’m right here). I break it all down, how you can stop trading all of your time for money in this podcast episode.  Get on the Let’s Get Down to Business Waitlist: projectmewithtiffany.com/getdownwaitlist Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I didn’t think I was dying, I knew I was. After seeing countless specialists, giving vials of blood, changing my diet, everything kept coming up “normal.” Well nothing was normal anymore, as I could barely find the energy to shower, and even then I had to sit down to do it. The last straw was when I got sent to a Psychiatrist and they based my symptoms on having ADHD, and put me Adderall. I spent the next month feeling like I was on crack-cocaine, but inside the body of a dead person. I knew this wasn’t the answer either.  I had heard of Breast Implant Illness, but there wasn’t much scientific data out there, so I didn’t think it was a real thing. Part of me didn’t want it to be real, as that would mean I had to have major surgery to remove my implants. That sounded scary to me. Just as how all things work in my life, God made it undeniable that these saline sacks had to come out. My breasts kept getting bigger and bigger, they took on a life of their own; my body was holding onto weight and inflammation that I couldn’t shed no matter what I did or didn’t eat. My mind felt like I was losing brain cells daily, to the point of me thinking I had early onset dementia.  So in the middle of the pandemic lock down on December 2, 2020 I put my life in Dr. Elliot Hirsch’s skilled surgical hands. He preformed an Explant surgery, and reconstructed my breasts and areola’s (the areola’s are a whole different crazy situation, you will hear about on this episode). Now that I’m 6 months post-op the only thing I wish I did differently, was to have done it sooner. I would have, if I heard a real and raw podcast episode between a patient and her plastic surgeon…which is why Dr. Hirsch and I created this special episode for you.  If you don’t have implants or any symptoms, please share this episode with anyone who does, it could save their life.  Surgery Details: En Bloc Capsulectomy• Breast Lift• Areola Reduction (surgery on 12/2/20) *no fat transfer  ** had saline Allergan smooth 300cc under the muscle 7.5 years ago. >>>8-Weeks post-op episode I reference in show is Episode #264. You can connect with Dr. Hirsch on: Instagram: @hirschplasticsurgery Book a Consult: 1-818-825-8131 (be sure to mention my name) Website: hirschplasticsurgery.com Radio Show: Skin Deep on 105FM Los Angeles GoCountry Radio Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Here’s how the Instagram Algorithm is working in 2021: Before I get into this whole algorithm thing, no one outside from the powers at be inside Facebook know exactly how to “beat” the Instagram algorithm. It is a constantly moving target, just like Google’s algorithm, that all of us digital markers are trying to beat. Thankfully there are some key things we do know… Instagram looks at the user’s past behavior on the app, does a sweep of the latest pieces of content on the app, and then evaluates each one to predict how appealing that piece of content will be to that user. The highest-ranking pieces will appear first. How does Instagram determine this “appeal factor?” It is something they call “ranking signals.” To keep it simple, it is based on the level of interaction that user had with the account owners + if the user typically likes/comments/saves/shares this type of content + the time-factor of the content + how often the user is on Instagram + the users average session time. (I know A LOT right?!) Creating content your audience loves to engage with is critical. You must be delivering consistent content that your audience craves. It will hurt you if you simply throw anything up there. Better to not post unless you have something engagement-worthy. In this podcast episode, I will break down all of the latest Instagram tricks and strategies that will help you grow your audience, increase engagement, and most importantly get you cash and clients. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

93% of brands get new customers because of video on social media.  (Source: Animoto) 84% of customers say they’ve been convinced to buy a product or service because of watching a brands video on social media. (Source: Wyzowl) Straight up stats that video will make your business money online. However, you just slapping a video together then posting and hoping isn’t a proven strategy.  In the world of video marketing there are things that absolutely do work and things that absolutely don’t work. It’s my job to share with you what I know is proven to work, so you can maximize your time, and actually generate more revenue with each video you create.  I’m going to teach you how I make five-figures a week online using my phone, and no fancy camera or editing software to make videos. Remember it’s more about what you say and how to you say it, then how flashy it looks.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“Why would anyone listen to me?” My heart still drops every time I hear one of you say this to me. I think it’s because I used to feel that same exact way. Like, why would anyone hire me or listen to me when they could work with (insert anyone who had more money, years of experience, degrees, press, followers) than me.  Here’s the thing…we can all hear the same message our entire lives, but somehow when we read it or hear it fromm a certain person, it just hits differently. Sometimes for you, I’m that person…Other times I’ve shared the same thing with you 100 times, and then you tell me something amazing you learned from reading a book, which is the same damn thing I’d been telling you. For whatever reason, you were able to absorb it at that specific time from that specific person. Who you are as a person, the life you have led, your energy, your vibe, your communication style, your lifestyle will be so relatable to some people and not at all to others. This relatability and sense of trust is what allows YOUR people to lean into you, and know they have to work with you. For some people, I have too much success and it feels so far out of reach for them, it makes them uncomfortable learn from me. There are others who admire and respect that about me, and it makes them feel safe.  This is why there is room for Health Coach number 3,457,000 and Realtor number 27,450,000, and book number 187,000.000 to be newly published. You wouldn’t have this dream on your heart and soul for all of this time, if you weren’t meant do something with it.  Let me help you deeply rewire your belief system, so you can confidently see that you are needed. You are meant to do this. You are capable of it. And it is happening for the greatest good of all.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

There is an 85% chance you hate your job.  According to a recent global Gallop poll only 15% of people worldwide are happy with what they do for a living. Don’t me wrong, every profession, career, or business has its crap days or even months…but if over all you don’t love 80% of what you do to make cash, there’s a problem. It’s easy to blame the company you work for, the boss, the industry, etc.. but the common denominator is YOU. I bet there are thousands or even millions of people who do something similar to what you do for work, who love it! I know many people who have a desk job, where they go into work everyday staring at spreadsheets, and spend their day in mostly unnecessary meetings. But overall they enjoy what they do; I personally would die a slow death doing that job. Have you even thought of the fact that maybe you aren’t feeling fulfilled because you aren’t living out your life’s purpose. You aren’t meant to be doing what you are doing for money, even if you went to years of school for it. Maybe you are settling because you’re afraid of learning something new, or don’t fully believe you can make any real money doing what you love. Bottom line is if you are felling trapped, uninspired, and unfulfilled in your work and you haven’t taken any real action to change it, then you have some serious money mindset work that needs to be addressed.  If you want something different you have to be willing to believe something different. Listen to this podcast episode to learn what you need to start doing to stop blocking the abundance you desire.  Here’s the thing, you don’t know what you don’t know…if you have been relying on Google University and have downloaded a ton of freebies that’s a great start, but it is only going to get you so far. At a certain point you need to start relying on people who have already done what you want to create, and hire them to teach you.  >>>> Join my ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership here: Projectmewithtiffany.com/projectmeposse  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Are you tired of talking to people who can’t afford to work with you? Hearing the dreaded, “I would love to, but I just can’t afford it right now,” is manageable when you hear it once in a while, but if this is what you are mostly hearing, we need to get this fixed and fast. You may be at the point where you think it’s you, “maybe they don’t trust me or value me.” I’m sure you are wondering what you are doing wrong, or even if this is what you are meant to be doing. Without my eyes looking at your business and coaching you personally, I can’t give you a complete answer, but I can tell you a couple key areas where I bet you are missing the mark. Number One: You don’t really know the exact person you are targeting. You kinda have an idea who she is, but you don’t know your ideal client on a deep emotional level. Without clearly identifying who she is below the surface, and her inner most private thoughts and fears, you will end up spinning your wheels and wasting a ton of time and money trying to attract clients.  Number Two: You don’t really know how to package your offer, you are guessing and basing it off of other people’s stuff you see out there. This may seem clever, but it will actually screw you. Your business and your ideal client is unique because you are unique, and if your offerings sound like everyone else’s, they won’t stand out among your competitors or easily sell out.   Here’s the thing, you don’t know what you don’t know…if you have been relying on Google University and have downloaded a ton of freebies that’s a great start, but it is only going to get you so far. At a certain point you need to start relying on people who have already done what you want to create, and hire them to teach you.  >>>> Join my ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership here: Projectmewithtiffany.com/projectmeposse  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I used to put deodorant on my face.  FACTS: In my first job as a pharmaceutical sales rep, I was so nervous and scared to approach my potential clients (all high level medical doctors), that I spent the entire day in a full visible sweat. Since I knew that wouldn’t make a good impression (hence the phrase “never let them see you sweat”), I had to put deodorant on my upper lip and brow daily to stop it.  Even though this mega multi-billion dollar corporation I worked for, put me through extensive sales training…even semi-privates with Tony Robbins, that didn’t matter when it was time to for me to go out there and make the sales.  What they didn’t train us how to do, is sell in way that feels good to each person individually, as a highly sensitive, introvert, empath, intuitive…conventional sales methods feel awkward, pushy, and annoying to me. I had to come up with a solution quick or I would have lost my job, my car, and my apartment. This is when my Emotional Based Sales Techniques were born, many years ago, while sitting in medical building parking lots in my white Ford Taurus rubbing deodorant into my face.  Here’s the deal, if you want to have a profitable business of any kind, whether it’s an online store, network marketing, coaching, accounting, a wellness professional, a lawyer, a graphic designer, or an artist….YOU MUST LEARN HOW TO SELL in a way that feels good to you and your ideal clients. There is no avoiding this part. I don’t care how amazing your products are or how talented you are…if no one knows you or your offerings exist, you don’t have a business, you have a jobby (a time consuming, money draining hobby). The first rule of selling with a sense of ease is this > you don’t need to convince anyone of anything. All you need to do is see if someone’s problems align with the solution your service or product promises. I’m going to teach you the basics on how to apply this to your own business on today podcast, where I brought one of my ProjectME Posse members to teach you how to sell from a space of service.  Jillian Murphy is a sales and closing mentor to female business owners. She has more than 20 years of experience in corporate sales, and has been responsible for creating long-term client connections that have generated millions in sales.  You can connect with Jillian on: Instagram:  @Jillianmmurphy Text Jillian at: 1-586-788-1509 BUT WAIT THERE’S MORE… Because I want to see you succeed, I’m going to teach you my cash-generating content techniques for free, inside my upcoming live workshop, Content that Makes Bank. To go ALL IN with me, you have to show up live in order for me to help you get out of the jaws of the Content Monster.  These spots are limited, and this will be the only time I do this live training all year. Go snag your spot: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/makebank Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Posting and hoping for sales is not a strategy. I see what you’re doing online…it’s my job to stalk all you; so I can best show you how to reach your goals. Sometimes that requires me giving you some hardcore Tiff-talks, where I tell you what you need to hear, not necessarily what you want to hear.  You study other people’s posts that you view as being “successful” in your niche. You then use their hashtags….try to talk about similar topics….all the while envying their content wishing yours got all of that engagement too. After spending weeks and maaaaany hours writing, recording, and pretending to be a graphic artist in Canva, you lose steam, feel discouraged, frustrated, and unmotivated…then either give up or feel like you don’t have what it takes to make money online. What you have been doing isn’t a strategy; it called GUESSING. Instead of guessing and hoping something will work, I want you to learn a high-converting content strategy that has been proven repeatedly to work. But first I need you to understand what absolutely doesn’t work. There are certain types of content that are killing your engagement and costing you thousands in lost sales. Listen to this podcast episode, where I will break it all down for you in detail.  BUT WAIT THERE’S MORE… Because I want to see you succeed, I’m going to teach you my cash-generating content techniques for free, inside my upcoming live workshop, Content that Makes Bank. To go ALL IN with me, you have to show up live in order for me to help you get out of the jaws of the Content Monster.  These spots are limited, and this will be the only time I do this live training all year. Go snag your spot: https://projectmewithtiffany.com/makebank  Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse   Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Want to know how I made 70k from my phone while buzzed at the beach? I was actually surprised the first time this happened. The scarcity side of my brain wanted to believe it was a one-off fluke, but after taking about a week to process it, I knew exactly what I did, and it was something I could easily replicate. If your brain is anything like mine, you are an over-thinker, over-analyzer, and get easily overwhelmed by the never-ending to-do list. When you throw launching programs, products, and offers for your business into the mix, this will take your head spinning to a new wild level. When we are in that state of overwhelm, fear, self-doubt, obsessing, we actually repel the vary things we want, and can even attract more of what we don’t want.  It’s easy to go into fantasyland about something new you are launching while in the creation mode…once you launch it, if you are white-knuckling it waiting for your PayPal notifications to go off, or your inbox to ping with new applications…YOU ARE IN BIG TROUBLE SIS. This is how I used to be for the hundreds of times I’ve launched things both for my businesses and corporate clients. It was stressful, nerve wrecking, and downright miserable. I usually ended up sick after a launch from all of the stress and sleepless nights.  Those two days on an island where I made 70K from my phone for the first time happened because I was relaxed, carefree, and completely unattached to the outcome. I was in a state of surrender, faith, and zero fu*ks.  You can learn my proven strategies all day long, but if your energy is off, you will repel all of the clients you desire.  Go listen to the full story of this 48-hour launch that changed the way I do and teach business forever.  Spring applications are open for my exclusive private two-month business-coaching program. If you know it’s time to step into building your dream business with savage energy, but don’t really know where to start or how to get consistent clients >>> this program is a perfect fit for you. Application link is in my bio. I only take 6 private clients at a time; so don’t wait to apply as these spots fill up fast.  Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse   Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I used to think I was savage, but I was average AF. On the surface, I appeared to be as savage as they come. I had the luxury lifestyle, traveled in private jets, generated tens of millions of dollars in sales transactions a year, and appeared to have it all together. The reality, I was a disaster behind the scenes. Working 12-14 hours per day/7 days a week, grinding for every dollar, only resting when I was sick, and hating the world. My limiting beliefs had me operating as average, and it was costing me money, time, and energy that I could never get back. The issue is I had zero clue that I was at the center of it all. So I’m sharing with you exactly what I wish someone pointed out to me on repeat. Stop trying to build your business on your own with little direction, you will waste so much time and money that you may even end up having to quit. Stop playing cheap with your dreams. You are so willing to buy an iphone, get monthly gel manicures, and spend hundreds in take out, but resist hiring a business coach, or joining a program that you know damn well you need. Stop telling yourself “nothing is working” when you really haven’t gone ALL IN on your business, or hired someone highly qualified to guide you. You want to know how you will know if you are on the right track in your business? You will be consistently hitting your cash goals, and happy with the amount of effort you are exchanging for that cash. PERIOD. Spring applications are open for my exclusive private two-month business coaching program. If you know it’s time to step into building your dream business with savage energy, but don’t really know where to start or how to get consistent clients >>> this program is a perfect fit for you. Application link is in my bio. I only take 6 private clients at a time, so don’t wait to apply as these spots fill up fast. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you want to make BOSS level cash, then you gotta act like one everyday! Straight up, the reason why you aren’t making the level of cash you desire in your business, is because you are operating it like a low level employee instead of a CEO. In my first 2 years as an entrepreneur, I can’t tell you how many times I would beg for a sign from the Universe to show me what in the hell I was suppose to be doing, because what I was doing, wasn’t working well at all. Even when I started to make a consistent 6 figures, I was exhausted, overworked, and actually felt trapped by the very business I created to give my self more freedom. When you manage your day like a Boss, you prioritize your physical and mental health above all else. Most of us were taught that to be successful we had to sacrifice ourselves. Being exhausted and frazzled is normal for a go-getter. What a lie we all innocently bought into. If you want to see lasting success with ease and joy, then you must intentionally map out your time every day. Instead of doing ALL THE THINGS, I want you to focus on efficiently doing strategic things. The things that will actually give you more of what you want: freedom of time, energy, and money.  I’m going to show you how to schedule and manage your day for maximum profits and productivity, while prioritizing your self-care. By listening and implementing what I’m teaching you in this podcast episode, you are going to get hours of your time back. Plus have more energy to focus on new creative money-making ideas for your business! Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Money is easy to make….WE are the ones who make hard. Do you feel like making big money seems so far out of reach sometimes? Then you see other people who appear to have all the abundance come to them so quickly and with such ease….it frustrates you like, “what in the hell am I doing wrong?” You see, I’ve made a lot of money the haaaard way…. forcing, grinding, working 7 days a week, being miserable kind of cash. This my friend, is not abundance. I would be so bewildered and low-key jealous of friends and strangers on the internet who seemed to attract all the money, opportunities, and experiences without even trying very hard…. meanwhile I was over her spinning my wheels, in a constant state of anxiety, and on a speed train heading to burnout city. When I begged the Universe for a sign, for help, for some kind of break….it delivered, but not in the form I was asking for (of course). When the student is ready, the right teachers appear. I’m honored and privileged to be that teacher to so many of you. At this time, the Universe sent me my Spiritual and Manifestation Coach Tony to Gold’s Gym in LA, as that was only appropriate given I spent at least 2.5 hours a day there! As soon as he told me what he did for a living (insert his niche statement), I word-vomited him all of my frustrations with the Law of Attraction and Manifestation…I was in 100% pity party, head-spin mode and ready to give up on everything. In his calming Lebanese accent Tony said to me, “why do you believe that having great success has to be hard for you?” Ummmmmmm….this got my workout leggings in a bunch. For the next three days I couldn’t sleep after that conversation….so I would take these midnight walks around my complex. I had a major AH-HA moment. I was so focused on trying to MAKE MONEY instead of being in the energy and belief of ATTRACTING MONEY. There’s a balance that needs to be managed between control and surrender. The guided abundance manifestation exercise in this podcast is designed for you to listen to daily, so you can stop energetically chasing and pleading for what you desire and start welcoming it into your life. GIVEAWAY!!! To celebrate the 300th episode, I’m giving away $15 gift cards to the first 30 people who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show. Be sure to include your name or Instagram handle in the review, and then DM me on Instagram letting me you that you submitted a review. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Aren’t you tired of it all??? Aren’t you exhausted by your own self-doubt? Sick of the negative thoughts in your brain? Way over scrolling and comparing yourself to Polly the Influencer? Annoyed at the fact you keep toe dipping on your dreams instead of just doing that damn thing? I pray you answered YES to these, because this level of frustration and discomfort will push you to stop messin’ around and go ALL IN on your dreams.  In fact, it’s required for anyone who I agree to coach privately. Real change and action only occurs when we are uncomfortable, miserable, and discontent. Think about it, when was the last time you put a ton of time and energy into changing something when you were content? After coaching thousands of you, I can confidently say, those who get the best results and make the most money, are the people who are in pain with where they are at, and say, “enough is enough already,” and go ALL IN regardless of the fear. If you are in pain right now >>> it’s there for a reason….to light a fire under your butt to get you into ACTION.  I started my first business because I was so pissed off in my corporate career, as I kept getting passed up for promotions in my male dominated industry. I felt unfulfilled, defeated, exhausted, and resentful. Thank God! Otherwise I would have never been pushed to be crazy enough to start a business. ProjectME with Tiffany Carter finally started (10 years after having the idea) because I was sick of watching all of these other people online start and grow their businesses, with me on stuck on the sidelines with fear. So I said “Fu*k It” and went ALL IN. Spring applications are now open for my 2-month private business-coaching program. The link is in my bio on Instagram or go to my website  projectmewithtiffany.com/workwithme To celebrate the 300th episode, I’m giving away $15 gift cards to the first 30 people who write a 5-star written Apple Podcast review of the show. Be sure to include your name or Instagram handle in the review, and then DM me on Instagram letting me you that you submitted a review. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

There are secrets to creating a standout brand. Many experts have shared them, even taught them, but not in the direct way I’m about to explain them to you today. If you want to create a business that makes bank, you must do one of three things: Solve a unique problem Solve a common problem in a unique way Solve a problem to a unique demographic of people. BUT….this alone isn’t enough, no matter how great of a solution you have on your hands. In order to for people to buy your product or service, they need to be aware it exists. Haven’t you seen great products, TV series, and restaurants disappear? You wonder WTF happened “it was so good?” There weren’t enough people consistency consuming, period. The secret to a successful business is to position it to stand out from the crowd. There’s a catch, you must be willing to NOT be for everyone, in order to make it crystal clear who your products and services are perfect for. Here are questions to help get you started: What makes your business different? What upsets you about your current industry/niche? What are the added benefits for someone to buy from you versus someone else? I’ve had the privilege of working regularly behind the scenes of billion dollar brands, today I’m going to teach you the key marketing lessons I’ve learned, and how to apply them to your business. This episode is perfect for you whether you are a coach, Realtor, accountant, healthcare professional, in the beauty industry, have a product based business, or a network marketer. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Anything that comes after these four words is a lie. I hear these words from you guys multiple times a day… and I used to say and think them dozens of times a week my self. “If I could just…” IF I COULD JUST get my sh*t together. IF I COULD JUST be more motivated. IF I COULD JUST stop procrastinating. IF I COULD JUST be more disciplined. Because then what? Then you would actually follow through with the actions required to get what you want? I really believed that too! If you’re being real honest with yourself, how long have you been saying these “If I could just” statements around your goals? My strong guess is…. It’s been so long you don’t even know. This simple shift helped me get out of this limiting mind trap and dream killer: Replace these statements you say and think with questions. “So, how can I better manage my tendency to procrastinate?” “How can I hold my self accountable to being more disciplined?” “What actions can I take to feel like I have my sh*t more together?” In switching these from statements to questions, you will end up with something you can work with, an answer, some insight, a creative idea, and ah ha moment. Statements like these are a dead end…. Questions create forward thinking and inspire action. There are four phases to making significant changes in your limiting behaviors, habits, and patterns. In this podcast episode, I’m going to help you understand these phases, and identify where you tend to sabotage yourself, so you can better set yourself up for success. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The dream-killing sentence that you have said at least once this week… Most people assume that I never think or say this, but if you were behind the scenes of ProjectME and Casa Coach Tiff this last month, you would have heard me say it, scream it, and cry it during multiple meltdowns. “Who am I to do this?” or it may come out in some variety pack like… “Who do I think I am?” “Why would anyone listen to me?” “Why would someone hire me when they could hire __________ (insert someone with more money, followers, magazine covers, testimonials)?” That critical voice in our heads is nasty, and if you grew up with any form of trauma, abuse, or neglect like I did, that voice can rule your life if it isn’t managed on the daily. Many of you may know that recently I made the biggest investment I’ve ever made into ProjectME with Tiffany Carter (maxed out my black Citibank card for the first time BIG!)…This will be a million dollar year for this second company of mine, and to take your dream to the next level requires doing WILDY uncomfortable sh*t!!! That’s the catch with success….if you want what you say you want, then you’ve got to be willing to take risk (which is scary AF for this Virgo enneagram 6), invest money, do things before you’re ready, be scared AF, and show up REGARDLESS. Your insecurities will pop up to the surface…. your self-doubts….your limiting beliefs…and that inner critical voice will get CRAZY LOUD. If you don’t have a support system in place, along with the tools to manage this stuff….YOU WILL QUIT. I’m here to help be your “Fail-Safe” plan. Without one, you are without a doubt going to crash and burn. My job as your coach is to set you up for success, so you can more easily navigate the potholes, because they aren’t going anywhere. Listen to this episode and hear first hand how to manage those self-doubts and that nasty comparisonitis, so you can bring your unique magic into the world. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

We’ve been sold a bag of crap when it comes to “Success.” Spending 40-70 hours a week working and saving for the dream house, the dream car, the dream vacations, the designer bags, and the 5 star dinners, thinking this will bring ultimate freedom and therefor happiness. I fell for it too. I didn’t know there was any other way. Plus when you’re a broke-ass, watching those people sitting in first class sipping on their pre-flight mimosas, looks pretty damn joyful, when you could barely afford a seat in the back. There’s a giant catch to this glamorous “success” that no one tells you about…you will be miserable AF in that dream house, driving that dream car, and even on those dream trips, if you are trading your soul for it all. I lived it for years. I had a couple million in the bank, a luxury car, townhouse, and many 5-star first class trips under my belt when I went to kill my self 6.5 years ago. I was burned out, felt empty, had only rare glimpses of joy, and I didn’t see any other way out. The real deal is, we get to have both. We get to have the luxury lifestyle while living a joyful life, BUT, you must deliberately dream, design, and execute it into existence. You get to learn how to create this for yourself, and loved ones on today’s podcast episode. You will hear a real, raw, and often funny conversation between my friend Rob Murgatroyd and my self, giving you the guide to the sweet life. Rob is the host of the Work Hard Play Hard podcast, and a top Success Coach. His expertise is helping people determine and design their dream life, so they can reach a beautiful balance between business, adventure, passion, and family. You can connect with Rob on: Instagram:  @robmurgatroyd Podcast:  Work Hard Play Hard the Podcast Website: workhardplayhardpodcast.com Text Rob at: 310-388-9724 Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

At any given moment you’re either attracting or repelling what you desire. This happens both consciously and subconsciously all damn daylong. I spent a large portion of my life repelling, and had zero clue that I was the common denominator in why I wasn’t getting the promotion, the love, the awards, the cash, or the things I so deeply desired. It wasn’t until my bank account hit 7 figures by 30th birthday (a goal of mine), and I finally felt like all of this manifestation stuff was working in my favor. Until, I lost almost all of it 3 short months later. This shocking devastation was a blessing; it woke up me out of denial, and humbled me enough to where I was willing to look at my role in all of it. When I told my Spiritual Manifestation Coach Tony, he said calmly, “this is wonderful news….now you’re ready to go deeper.” WTF I was pissed!!! It was like he knew all along that something of this magnitude was coming my way to wake my ass up. I later learned, he was woken up in an even more devastating way, by losing his house, cars, cash, and had to borrow money from his son to get an apartment. Pretty quickly, I stopped my pity-party and felt grateful that my abundance wake up call was mild in comparison. The first thing required to become a super attractor, is a giant dose of humility. You have to be in enough pain and discomfort with your current life circumstances that you are willing to learn and embrace a new way of thinking, being, and behaving. This won’t happen if you are comfortable “enough.” If you are willing to learn, I’m willing to guide you to learn how to call in what you want for your dream business. Start by listening to this podcast episode, and be prepared for a new way of believing. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The two biggest mistakes I see when it comes to money and business. After coaching thousands of people who come to be after months or even years of nothing working in their businesses, it’s almost always because of these two obvious yet sneaky mistakes. Focusing all 95% of your time, effort, and attention on figuring out how to build your dream business, instead of focusing on repeat action. It is far safer to our egos and nervous systems, to be studying, brainstorming, and “figuring it all out” than is it to do the damn thing. No you aren’t going to get it perfectly right out of the gate, in fact, you won’t ever get it perfect. Your lack of willingness to do it imperfectly, do it before you are ready, do it and learn along the way, it actually delaying your dreams. I’ve seen people stay in this “stuck” and Overwhelm Spin Cycle (as I call it) for years….all because that is more comfortable than putting your offers out there and risking it being a total flop, people hating it, and having to eat humble pie.  Not being willing to sit in the dirty diaper. There is this WILD expectation and belief that starting and growing a successful business is all Bali and butterflies. As soon as it starts feeling too uncomfortable, unsatisfying, and invalidating, you bounce on to the next thing. Sis, you’ve got to be willing to sit in the sh!t, if you want the gold. The creative process of dreaming up and planning your dream business whether that be in real estate, network marketing, coaching, or healthcare is the honeymoon period of this relationship. As soon as the water is ice cold with no sign of any warm water coming anytime soon, 95% of people jump out, and jump on to some other shiny object. When I say to y’all, I can only help guide you if you are willing to go ALL IN, that’s because after 15 years of coaching people, I know what it takes for you to be successful. I want you to hear from one of my clients on today’s podcast, so you can determine if you are ready to go ALL IN on your dreams. Dr. Morgan Anderson is a clinical psychologist and relationship coach, host of the “Let’s Get Vulnerable” podcast, and creator of the E.S.L. Relationship Method. She helps women break the toxic dating cycle, raise their self-worth, and attract the healthy relationship they’ve always wanted in her 8-Week relationship coaching program. You can connect with Dr. Morgan on: Instagram: @drmorgancoaching Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/lets-get-vulnerable-relationship-and-dating-advice/id1496034764 Website: www.drmorgancoaching.com E.S.L. Program: www.drmorgancoaching.com/esl-relationship-program JOIN THE ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership….new member enrollment is open for a short period of time. Go to: projectmewithtiffany.com/projectmeposse Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Having a profitable personal brand isn’t about pretty pictures or a perfect niche. There is a proven marketing strategy at work behind every single successful personal brand you see online, from influencers, to motivational gurus, to top medical specialists, and podcasters like my self. My point is, it didn’t just happen; it wasn’t just luck, or one viral moment. Here’s the interesting thing: I could customize a business strategy for 100 different personal brands, (something I’m well known for doing) and teach them all of my tricks of the trade….but only a handful of that hundred will end up with millionaire status. What sets those personal brands apart from the rest? The founder, the “person” behind the brand, shows up regardless for as long as it takes, with unwavering dedication and passion for what they do, and who they serve. The founder is humble and aware they can’t build it alone. So they happily hire graphic artists, editors, coaches, an assistant, long before they have all of the funds to comfortably do so. BECAUSE THEY BELIEVE THEIR SUCCESS IS INEVITABLE. The founder prioritizes getting to know their ideal client on a deep emotional level above all else, and genuinely cares about each person they serve. The founder does daily work to stay in the energy of abundance, and keep their millionaire mindset on point. The question is, are you willing to do what it takes to be that 5% ?  Get crystal clear by listing to this episode, where I share the tricks behind making major money on social media, when you have a personal brand. JOIN THE ProjectME Posse Group Coaching Membership….new member enrollment is open for a short period of time. Go to: projectmewithtiffany.com/projectmeposse Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Saying “Goodbye” is never easy, at least not to anything we once cared about. Like you, I’ve said “goodbye” to many people, places, things, jobs, habits, beliefs, behaviors, and that once perfectly ripe avocado that turned rotten in 2 hours (why does this happen?!!!). Doing the damn thing is far easier than all of the anguish, stress, over-thinking, guilt, pressure, and shame we put ourselves through trying to decide if it’s the right thing to do, and if so, what is the right time and how do we do it? SO EXHAUSTING! Be straight with me, have you ever really regretting saying “goodbye” to anything that was sucking the life out of you? Of course not, we only regret that didn’t do it sooner. Some of you are in that exhausting “what should I do” spot right now, and today you are going to get clear on what you need to do. Listen to this powerful story on today’s podcast about a successful network marketer, Jill Herman, who was forced to say goodbye to her highly profitable team she built while working full time as a nurse.  Jill’s had many “goodbyes” in her life, from her career in nursing, to the husband of her children, to her identity of being a helper. Now, Jill is the host of the popular  “Be You” podcast, and living her best Zero Fu*ks Given life! You can connect with Jill on: Be You Podcast:  Listen to the Podcast Facebook: @JillHermanPJF INSTAGRAM: @JillHermanBeYou Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money? A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“I know this is exactly the way it’s suppose to be for the moment.” This sentence has gotten me out of dozens of meltdowns. It’s not the words that make this affirmation work, it’s the fact they represent a full surrendering of the current circumstances. So right now your life feels like one GIANT sh!t show? Many days you hold it together, some days are even good, and the rest are reserved for your major meltdowns. How do I know? This is how real life is for people who’ve been through some real heavy stuff; people who want more out of life; people who are highly empathic and feel the world’s pain; people like you who are emotionally present and actually give AF. The gift and the burden of actually giving AF…we care so much about so many things, and this is why it becomes all too much sometimes. Haven’t you noticed that people who don’t care about much are rarely upset or can’t sleep? Don’t know about you, but February and March has been intense for me. Many days have either started or ended in total Tiff-style meltdowns, which looks like a hyperactive tornado inside my brain of obsessive, over-thinking, fear-based thoughts until I crack and start sobbing. After coaching and mentoring thousands of people through serious panic attacks, meltdowns, depressive episodes, and PTSD anger… the only thing the works is when someone gets into a full surrender. Accepting that for this exact moment of time, it is what it is, I can only do so much, and I trust that God or a higher power will take care of the rest for the greatest good of all. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

This is fastest way to kill your dreams…many of you are doing it right now! You saw this today at just the right time because Universe is giving you a giant wake up call sis. I need to let you in on a little secret, none of really know what we are doing all the time, even those of us who have achieved high levels of success. We certainly didn’t know WTF we were doing when we got started, and it was terrifying…there were a ton of mistakes, mishaps, and disappointments….but we kept showing up REGARDLESS of how we were feeling. Self-doubt is what has most of you stuck today. Stuck in a job that is no longer fulfilling you, or never did. Stuck in your business, and can’t seem to gain any consistent momentum. Stuck with ideas and dreams for your business, and not able to get yourself into any consistent action. Sound familiar? It’s not that I don’t have many moments of self-doubt and “WTF am I even doing?” days, I’m equally as human and crazy-brained as you fools. The difference is, I don’t allow my self to lean into the self-doubt, and it’s a choice. We control our thoughts and behaviors. But I don’t attempt this difficult task on my own. I surround my self with personal coaches, friends, and a grade A team who help keep my ass in check. Otherwise,  if left to my own stinkin’ thinkin’ I would end up in the self-doubt shame spin heading to Stucktown, USA. I want you to hear the story of a woman who had all the odds stacked against her, got hit with blow and blow and blow, and she still kept going. Gaynete Jones is the Founder and CEO of GAME Changing Industries and the revolutionary brand Best, Periodt. She has been featured everywhere from Forbes, to CBS, to The Huffington Post to Black Enterprise. Mark my words, this woman will have a billion dollar brand…..and she knows it too. You can connect with Gaynete on: WEBSITE: Gaynete.com BEST PERIODT: BestPeriodt.com INSTAGRAM: @Gaynete Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Making money is really just a game, it a matter of learning how to play it well. I didn’t always see money this way, which is why I had to work so damn hard to make any. Within 3 months of seeing my bank account hit $1,000,000 I lost almost all of it. After I stopped feeling angry and sorry for my self, I was determined to never allow that to happen again, and to make it all back many times over. The deal I made with the Universe is once I made it back, I would teach other women how to make big money….and take the mystery out of it all. Here’s the tea…I know dozens of multi-millionaires, we all have a few things in common when it comes to cash: Millionaires see making money as a game, and we spend our time getting better and better at playing. Millionaires know the exact value of their time, and we are incredibly intentional with everything we do (even when it looks like we aren’t) Millionaires do whatever it takes to gain time. We leverage it, we replicate it, and we streamline it. As time = money. Millionaires energetically and emotionally detach from their money, we know as soon as we attach anything to do it, worth, expectations, validation, success, we will lose it and fast!!!! Great news is this game is free to play, open to everyone, and I’m going to share the rules with you in this cash-crankin’ episode.  Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you try to help everyone you will end up helping no one. The most common mistake I see business owners making online is they aren’t 100% laser focused on speaking to one specific person, so their content is all over the place and so are their offerings. This mistake comes from a beautiful place. You don’t want to leave anyone out. You want to help the most people possible. So to really niche down on your ideal client feels counter-intuitive. You don’t want to just market to women because you can help male clients too, or you don’t want to women who want to lose their muffin-top as you can help them with their gut health too! Here’s the issue…. we are getting bombarded with information from all directions all day long. In fact, we consume on average 100,000 words per day. So if you want to  get that scroll-stopping attention, you MUST be addressing someone’s specific perceived issues and the emotions around them, or it simply won’t connect. Otherwise it will cost you a ton of time, energy, money and stress to try and attract customers; eventually you will burn out and quit. If you’re part of my ProjectME Posse, I won’t allow it. Once you have gained strong traction and success with that one specific niche and ideal client, you can then start slowly expanding IF you have created a solid brand for yourself. Easiest way to start figuring out who is your ideal client, is to learn my IDEAL Method. On this episode, I will walk you through the key questions and components so you can clearly identify and determine who is the heck you are talking to. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

What is blocking your success? It’s a simple yet complicated answer. Everyone self-sabotages. I don’t care how much personal development work you’ve done, 8000 hours of therapy, or you’ve been blessed by a shaman…if you are human, you have self-sabotaging behaviors and habits. I coach both new entrepreneurs making $0-10K a month in their business, and highly established entrepreneurs looking to scale into the millions…. regardless of their background, race, sex, trauma, education or environment…I always uncover a subconscious self-sabotaging behavior they had ZERO awareness they were doing on repeat. We all have those limiting habits that we hate about ourselves, like procrastination (my big one), getting overwhelmed and then checking out and doing nothing all day, or loading your to-do list for the weekend and never accomplishing any of it. If those aren’t managed, they will obviously sabotage your success. The ones that are REALLY blocking you from maximum abundance, are the behaviors that you are unaware of…those things you do or don’t do that really repel people, opportunities, and cash that you DON’T KNOW. Hard truth from Coach Tiff: My clients and people close to me get upset and feel betrayed when I lovingly point out their subconscious self-sabotaging behaviors. “Tiffany why hasn’t anyone in my life ever told me this, or pointed it out??!!!” Because 99% of people (whether you are paying them or not) are more concerned with not creating friction, confrontation, discomfort, or you not liking them….over telling you the FU*KING HARD AND REAL TRUTH. The reality is when we point out something really unflattering in someone else, people get understandably embarrassed, and will often get defensive, lash out, or ghost you (out of their own shame). I’ve been on both sides of this many times…. So for 99% of people, it just isn’t worth it to them to call you out. For me it is, whether you pay me as your business and money coach or you are in my inner circle, I will tell you with love and compassion, because I care enough to risk you being mad at me. If you are willing to take a serious look within and ready to stop blocking your success both personally and professionally, listen to this episode so you can start the first step towards making serious shifts in your life…. AWARENESS. What we don’t know we can change. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The bad news, it’s already March…The Good news…we are in the longest stretch of being Mercury Retrograde-free in all of 2021. So you have until April 27th to get your sh!t together sis! Seriously, this is the perfect time for you determine the next steps in your business, or to make a major change in your life. If you no longer feel alive and aligned by what you do, there is no better time than now to make a move…..not to research more, brainstorm more, learn more, but to take real action. Doing something new is scary AF, there is risk involved, the whole “what if it doesn’t work?” “What if I waste my time, energy, and money?” “What if it fails and I have to go back to working for someone else?” Do a Pro and Cons list right now, draw a line down the center of a piece of paper, and answer these questions: What am I risking for going ALL IN on my dreams? What do I have to gain by going ALL IN on my dreams? What will it cost me if this doesn’t work out? What will it cost me if I never do this in my life? Next I want you to listen to this special podcast episode, and hear a real life look at the pros and cons of transitioning to something completely different and risky. I brought on Debbie Cromack, Romance Author, and former 6-figure corporate employee of 19 years. Debbie has made two major career pivots in her life to land in the one where she feels 100% aligned and energized. When you read her book, it’s clear this is what she’s meant to be doing. I highly recommend this read to my lady listeners especially. You can connect with Debbie on: LinkTree for all my links: linktr.ee/Debbie_Cromack_Author Website: www.DebbieCromack.com Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/debbie_cromack_author/ Pinterest: https://www.pinterest.com/debbiecromackauthor/_saved/ TikTok: @debbiecromackauthor Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/profile.php?id=100012235090760 GoodReads: https://www.goodreads.com/author/show/20904214.Debbie_Cromack Buy her book “Zane Untouchable” here on Amazon Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

It’s not the money you are after; it’s the freedom you believe it will bring you. The dream is to make BIG money with as little effort as possible, doing something you love, that brings great meaning to your life and others….right??? You believe it’s possible because you read posts about how this this former housewife is now making millions on selling her special muffins; a burned out corporate employee now has a 7-figure business selling courses in her sleep; or a broke school teacher is now a mega fitness influencer who gets paid to post. That boost of inspiration quickly turns into sinking discouragement and frustration, because you don’t know HOW TO GET THERE, and the end goal seems so far away. This was the giant hole I saw in the business coaching and consulting space, no one was sharing the step-by-step detailed “HOW,” just a bunch of inspiration….that’s nice and all, but it won’t get you the results you desire. The secret to the super rich, people with actual millions in the bank, are having many multiple income streams being build over time. Good news is this wealth-freedom strategy I’m teaching you is available to everyone, whether you are currently a broke-ass or an exhausted 6-figure earner. I’m exposing the secret around making money while you sleep, this mysterious “passive income” term that is thrown around way too loosely. On this podcast episode, I’m going to lay down the truth and lies behind trading less of your time for MORE MONEY. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

 If you tend to overthink then I guarantee you’re over-complicating success. Tell me if this sounds familiar: You have something big you want to go after, whether it’s starting your business, growing it, or switching careers… You get all excited and do tons of research, maybe even buy a course, sign up for a free training, buy your domain name….you’re on a high and are certain that you “doing this thing!” Then all of your research and studying starts making your brain hurt, it all feels like a lot, now you are more confused than ever on the next right steps, and feel so overwhelmed that you “just need a break,” and completely check out. Mmmmmmmhmmmmmm… I know you so well, because that used to be a pattern of mine. After all Virgo’s are famous for overcomplicating EVERTHING. The best way to stop the “Spin Cycle” (as I call it) is to regroup and simplify. First of all, you have a buried belief that in order to be successful it’s going to be  “a lot of work,” “really hard,” “complicated,” “not fun,” etc…. Because how could something so great like major financial success doing something you love be easy?! Well, it’s not always easy and fun, but it also isn’t nearly as complicated and hard as you’re making it. First thing I do when I start to feel overwhelmed, I pause, go take a walk, a bath, or run errands to reset my energy, then I ask my self these three questions: How I can make this process more fun and easy? What is the immediate next step I need to take? Not steps 3-25. If I truly don’t know, then my next step is to either research, ask a friend, or hire someone to help guide me. What are my specific 3 non-negotiables I will commit to doing every single day that will eventually generate income in my business? (ie. Create 2 pieces of high-value content, work on current project X, nurture current clients/audience) Now go listen to this new episode to learn how to make your fears work in your favor. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

A lie you’ve been saying for years that is keeping you stuck… We all create stories based on things we believe to be fact, then we say it on repeat, and with all of the energy we’re putting towards these “stories” we create circumstances to support our beliefs. And round and round they go for years, until something or someone wakes us the FU*K UP. My go-to stories for most of my life were, “I’m exhausted,” and “ I’m so busy, I don’t have any extra time to do anything, and there are so many things I want to do.” Therefor, I was always busy and exhausted, with no extra time. Hence, one of several key reasons why it took me TEN YEARS to start ProjectME with Tiffany Carter, since having the idea and dream. Until one day, my spiritual coach Tony said to me in the hot tub at Gold’s Gym (yes a bizarre place for coaching session, but it was all by design on his part), “What if, my dear Tiffany, you being exhausted and too busy all the time are just stories and not the actual truth?” At first, I wanted to get defensive and abruptly defend what I strongly believed to be true; instead I paused and trusted his expert guidance. Tony said, “ just entertain me for a moment, and let’s list all of the evidence proving this story isn’t entirely accurate.” My ego resisted at first, but I reminded it that we would simply be doing an exercise and looking at both sides of the story for fair balance (this appealed to the journalist in me). He started asking me questions to get my brain moving: How much time do you spend watching TV every week? How much time do you spend outside of working, browsing and scrolling online? How much time and energy do you use every month doing “quick favors” for other people? What tasks do you do that eat up a ton of your time and energy? Y’all my mind was blown! This story I’ve preached and bought into most of my life, was in fact not entirely true!!!! If you are willing to put your ego aside for 30 minutes, go listen to this new podcast episode, and prepare to have your mind blown open so you can reclaim your fu*king life, and finally get what you want without killing yourself for it. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.  

Multi-passionate problems got your head spinning? You’re multi-passionate brain is also what is keeping you stuck. You want to coach people on manifestation, while healing their gut, creating courses, have a book, a podcast, and even live events….you don’t know which one to focus on first, how to incorporate them all, do you have one Instagram or three?!!! Off your head starts spinning into NEVER NEVER Land. I call it NEVER NEVER Land, because your brand and your dreams will NEVER take flight from this scattered space. If your branding and offers aren’t as smooth and two puzzle pieces fitting perfectly and obviously together, you will end up confusing your customers and they won’t buy, let alone deeply engage with your content. Not every passion of yours is meant to be a part of your business; some are better left as non-income generating hobbies. Here’s is my simple brain de-cluttering exercise to help prioritize your passions: You have 3 piles (just like you would when efficiently cleaning out your closet): 1. Must do it right now 2. Could wait 3. Better as a hobby Only two things can go in category number one, they need to also match the two things that will bring in the most money the fastest (as you are building a business not a jobby). Anything you aren’t 100% sure that you current audience/customers want and would pay for today, can be moved to category number two. Plus your passions with a long learning curve need be in this pile. The stuff that feels like you would be forcing a square peg into a round hole, goes into pile number three…better to keep as a hobby for now. Let me take you through this exercise with clear examples on this podcast episode. Time to organize that wild multi-passionate brain of yours into a profitable business. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

What it really looks like behind the scenes of a major launch. Most entrepreneurs only want to show you their failures long after they have created continued success; it’s far less vulnerable and humbling this way. You hear their stories of being broke, no one signing up for their programs, and having only 3 views on their videos…and now everything they touch turns to gold, and they have 6-figure months and million dollars launches. I’ve been guilty of this too…when my podcast had under 5k downloads total, you didn’t hear me talking about it, as I was horrified and filled with self-doubt and shame. I kept going, but I also didn’t share my experience in real time. Now that each episode of my show gets between 10-15k downloads…its must less vulnerable for me to share about the early days. And it still serves you, but not at the point where I know most of you need that validation and encouragement the most. My latest launch, the first official class of my new Selling with Soul 5-week live group coaching program, just came to end on Feb. 2nd. It was a wild six-week roller-coaster ride, and nothing out of the ordinary happened. I wanted to document this launch for you while the emotions and info were fresh in real time, so you can finally see behind the curtains of what a big launch really looks like. Warning you, it’s not all Bali and butterflies. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Still the scariest thing to me even after doing it 1000 times… How we all operate in life and business is based on what motivates us at core, and I don’t mean your “why,” I’m referring to your “what.” WHAT are you trying to protect? WHAT are you trying to avoid? WHAT are you trying to preserve? For me, as an enneagram 6, trauma survivor, and PTSD warrior, everything I do is rooted in maintaining safety and security. For you, it may be to avoid drama and conflict, being vulnerable, having people not respect you, or you’re energy being drained. The scariest thing for me to deal with is CHANGE, especially when it involves my financial security…some people thrive on it. For me, it’s a giant red alert that my safety and security could be threatened. Because of all of the personal development work + thousands of hours of therapy, I am able to get my self to do the damn thing anyway…but a peek inside my brain would unveil the total sh*t show. We all know when it’s time to make a major change..my guess is you have one to make right now, that you’ve been resisting. Pivoting from a career you know to the unfamiliar and unknown is downright terrifying for most people. But staying stuck in misery just to be “safe,” is a slow death to your soul. Listen to this episode and learn how to make a career change without going broke or blowing up your life. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Are you tired of working so dang hard to get that coin? The more financially successful I got, the more I wanted, and the only way I knew how to get it was to WORK HARDER AND LONGER. Yes, that did work to a certain point, until it all came crashing down. Here’s the thing, our time and energy is an unreliable and limited resource. When we depend on it solely to make money, it will eventually cap out. Most of you, who want to be rich, aren’t just after that cash, you want the freedom that money will provide. There is so way to reach and maintain that level of financial freedom without having multiple passive income sources. There are some money blocks that are preventing you from thinking outside the box, to make money by doing less instead of more. I know, because I had them all…and literally after about seven years of pushing, forcing, grinding, and hustling for my success…my body and brain gave out. I was couch-bound for 6 months, and had to release 90% of my clients as I had nothing left to give…couldn’t even handle a trip to the grocery store. If you are exhausted by your work life, whether you’re a business owner or an employee…do yourself a favor and listen to this episode, so you can finally get the true freedom you’ve been after for years. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

 The number one thing that is slowing destroying your energy and joy… Before I even get into that…who are my fellow over-givers in here?! YOU are the go-to person in your family with seemingly everything. YOU are known as the one who gets things done. YOU can always be counted on to show up and help. YOU have people say to you, “I don’t know how you do it all.” YOU are constantly exhausted, yet you keep on keepin’ on. I’m going to tell you something that I wish was told me to on repeat. When you’re always busy pleasing others, you suffer. I think being such a “giver,” meant I was great friend, a good person, and just the right thing to do. The part I missed is putting everyone else’s needs above my own, would leave me having none of mine met. Let me share with you how I stopped my disease of people pleasing in this new podcast episode. I brought my client and Expert Life Coach Krista Kokot, to help you dissect the disease of over-giving, and how to stop it. You can connect with Krista on: Instagram at: @iamkristakokot Facebook at: @kkcoaching4life Website at: To find out ways to work with Krista please visit her website at KristaKokot.com  My Signature Group Coaching Program Selling with Soul™ is now open for enrollment. This exclusive program will only be open once in all of 2021. Go check out all of the details and incredible bonuses for yourself: >>>>>>>>>>>>Projectmewithtiffany.com/SellingWithSoul Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

 Are you lost in the entrepreneur corn maze? Growing your business is a seriously exhausting process if you don't have a clear plan in place. While 'winging it' might have worked in the very early stages, if you want to see NEXT LEVEL cash, you need to have a strategic plan!! Googling > Guessing > Studying what others are doing IS NOT A BUSINESS GROWTH PLAN. If you're like, 'Tiff, I can barely even focus on creating a content plan, how am I supposed to create a business growth plan!?' First, know that it's totally normal to NOT be a business expert! You should have seen in my first 5 years in business. 𝗜𝗳 𝘆𝗼𝘂’𝗿𝗲 𝗳𝗲𝗲𝗹𝗶𝗻𝗴 𝗳𝗿𝘂𝘀𝘁𝗿𝗮𝘁𝗲𝗱, 𝗳𝗿𝗶𝗲𝗱, 𝗮𝗻𝗱 𝘀𝘁𝘂𝗰𝗸, 𝗶𝘁’𝘀 𝘁𝗶𝗺𝗲 𝘁𝗼 𝗮𝘀𝗸 𝗳𝗼𝗿 𝗵𝗶𝗴𝗵 𝗾𝘂𝗮𝗹𝗶𝘁𝘆 𝗵𝗲𝗹𝗽: What specific things aren’t working in your business? Who can you hire to help you create a system and solution that feels good to you ? What would be most efficient for you right now? Group coaching, private coaching, a self-paced course? 𝐖𝐡𝐚𝐭 𝐢𝐬𝐧’𝐭 𝐰𝗼𝐫𝐤𝐢𝐧𝐠 𝐢𝐧 𝐲𝗼𝐮𝐫 𝐛𝐮𝐬𝐢𝐧𝐞𝐬𝐬 𝐫𝐢𝐠𝐡𝐭 𝐧𝗼𝐰 𝐭𝐡𝐚𝐭 𝐢𝐬 𝐟𝐫𝐮𝐚𝐭𝐫𝐚𝐭𝐢𝐧𝐠 𝐲𝗼𝐮 𝐭𝗼 𝐧𝗼 𝐞𝐧𝐝 ?? (Type it in the comments below, so I can give you advice) I’m going to help you get momentum and money going in your business right away... My Signature Group Coaching Program Selling with Soul™ is now open for enrollment. This exclusive program will only be open once in all of 2021. Go check out all of the details and incredible bonuses for yourself: >>>>>>>>>>>>Projectmewithtiffany.com/SellingWithSoul Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Stop trying to avoid the beginning...this is where we all start off! Around 2.5 years ago I started ProjectME with Tiffany Carter with ZERO followers > ZERO podcast listeners > ZERO email list (well I had no email list until Dec of 2019) > ZERO engagement on any of my videos 5 months later of showing up every FU*KING day I had... > Only about 5k podcast downloads > 13 people viewing my IG Stories > Still no email list > Maybe 3k followers or less (don’t totally remember) TODAY...after showing up every FU*KING DAY for over 2.5 years I have... > 10-15k unique downloads per podcast episode > Thousands of views on my videos > Thousands in my email list (after about a year) > 29.5 followers on IG alone > Has generated a million dollars If you avoid the beginning you will never reach the peak. Once you reach the peak, you still keep showing up. My Signature Group Coaching Program Selling with Soul™ is now open for enrollment. This exclusive program will only be open once in all of 2021. Go check out all of the details and incredible bonuses for yourself: >>>>>>>>>>>>Projectmewithtiffany.com/SellingWithSoul Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Being an empath or simply a sensitive soul can make it extra challenging to show up online. You don’t often think of a highly sensitive person or an introvert as being a successful entrepreneur….it almost seems unlikely. But the truth is… Highly intuitive, compassionate, and sensitive people make some of the best entrepreneurs…the issue is most people who fall into these categories make an assumption that they need to be different in order to be successful. More outgoing. More extroverted. Thicker skin. Have more energy. Be loud and silly on social media. Super charismatic. But what sets us apart (yes I say “us” because I am an empath, HSP, intuitive, and introvert) is actually what draws people to us. Until you move into acceptance of who you are and are not, the internal war in your brain will continue. I’m going to share with you how to use your gifts to show up online and promote your business, in a way that feels self-honoring and genuine to you. Anything else, WILL NOT WORK….and it isn’t necessary. Sign up for my FREE upcoming Live Training Series: 3 DAYS TO MAKE BANK in the New Year (spots are limited as this is a live coaching experience). >>>>>>>>>>>>Projectmewithtiffany.com/MakeBank Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you aren’t getting consistent clients from your social media channels, it’s time to regroup and re-strategize. I know it feels like you are trying ALL THE THINGS, and all you are getting in return are crickets. I’ve been there, which is why I want to share with you straight up what you need to start and stop doing in order to bring in that cash. Listen to this episode to finally get clear guidance on what the heck to do to get your business moving. Sign up for my FREE upcoming Live Training Series: 3 DAYS TO MAKE BANK in the New Year (spots are limited as this is a live coaching experience). >>>>>>>>>>>>Projectmewithtiffany.com/MakeBank Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The lies that are holding you back from success. Isn’t it amazing how we can carry inaccurate and outdated beliefs for decades, without realizing it?!! It’s also scary to think about. All of the inherited false beliefs around money and success, whether it be from our parents, multi-generational stories, our cultures, race, religion, or even where we live in the world….you have likely carried them so long, you don’t even realize they are false beliefs…they feel like FACTS. Up until a few years ago, I carried the inherited belief that in order to be wealthy and successful you have to work your butt to the bone, and make major life sacrifices. I learned this form my mom, but likely she learned this from my grandparents, and our Mid-Western American roots of farm life. The best way to uncover your money blocks is to do an inventory of your beliefs around money and success. Start by asking yourself these two questions: What do I believe it takes to be financially free? What is required? (be specific) What is the downside to having great success and wealth? (be specific) I’m going to help you debunk the most common lies I’ve heard from clients over the last 13 years in this podcast episode. All I ask you listen with an open mind, and have willingness to let go of your long-ingrained beliefs. Sign up for my FREE upcoming Live Training Series: 3 DAYS TO MAKE BANK in the New Year (spots are limited as this is a live coaching experience). >>>>>>>>>>>>Projectmewithtiffany.com/MakeBank Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Time to drop the guilt around asking for money. Why is it that many of you are super zealous and zero fu*ks about helping people for free, but as soon it time to go into launch-mode and charge people, you energetically shrink down into a mushroom-size version of your incredible self ???? Most of you probably answered with, “I know I do this, but I don’t know why.” I’ll tell you….It’s because when you are doing something for free, there are very low expectations. I mean, how can anyone get that mad at you if you are simply being of such service and helping for free, right??!!! As soon as it’s time for you to launch, charge, share your prices, have a sales call…it becomes terrifying, because there is a belief and fear that you won’t be able to deliver for them, or get them the results they desire, and then you will be to blame. Your job is to help your clients move the needle in their life, not to do a full-on drastic life makeover. Yes, that can happen….but people are just as thrilled with a 5% or 10% improvement on an issue they’ve been struggling with. There are no guarantees. All you can control is how you show up and fulfill what you promised you would deliver. You can’t control if someone goes into self-sabotage, if they don’t show up 100%, and if they don’t do their part. Just because something comes easy to you and is enjoyable for you to do, doesn’t mean it’s wrong to charge for it. Your gifts and talents are a result of years of you practicing, learning, studying, and living it…..you earned your right to charge for it. Making money gets to be fun; it doesn’t have to be miserable like corporate conditioning has taught many of us. If you feel like I’m inside of your brain, go listen to this podcast episode. Time to step into your zero fu*ks zone around money. SIGN UP FOR MY FREE Live Training Series: 3 Days to Make Bank in the New Year Series Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The Three D’s to making more dollars… In 13 years of coaching and mentoring people in business, branding, marketing and sales, the same issue is the reason why a business (no matter how big or small) isn’t bringing in the clients or cash consistently. Poor and inconsistent revenue = lack of connection and trust with your ideal client Think of a brand that you once loved, but no longer buy from…..many of the reasons why may seem surface like the product quality went down, customer service went to sh!t, but the common thread is the brand lost it’s connection and trust with you. Instead of spending hours obsessing over your website, email list, Instagram following, or lack thereof, put that time and energy into learning about your ideal client. DISCOVER who he or she is, what is she stressed about? What does she need more of? What does she love? How does she like to learn? DETERMINE what it is she believes would make her situation/issue easier? What would make her life even a little better? How can you help her with that situation/issue? DEFINE the clear problems you help solve for her and how. Define how you do it differently than others, what makes you/your brand/your products a perfect fit for her? Wanna go deeper into this? Listen to this podcast episode and I will give you clear examples so you can best DISCOVER, DETERMINE, and DEFINE who you are meant to help and how you are meant to help them. SIGN UP FOR MY FREE Live Training Series: 3 Days to Make Bank in the New Year Series Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The number one mistake that’s preventing you from making cash in your business. Doesn’t matter to me whether you are a network marketer, an accountant, a coach, fitness professional, a reiki healer, an artist, or a llama trainer….if you’re an entrepreneur not an employee, it’s time for some Tiff-style tough love. To make money in business you need customers, to get costumers you need to have multiple ways they can find and discover you, to get those customers to buy from you on repeat, you need to deliver value and connect with them emotionally. None of this can happen with any level of success, without you embracing >>sharing and selling your services and products. I used to HAAATE selling too, it was only out of sheer desperation of not wanting to lose my pharmaceutical sales job, that I was forced to figure out a way to sell that felt good to me. I knew if I didn’t, I would keep avoiding it, which would in turn make me have crap sales and be fired. When you have a business whether it’s online or offline or both, you must commit and be willing to learn how to sell and market your stuff, otherwise you may as well quit. There are a ton of false beliefs most of you have around selling, which is a huge part of your resistance to it. I’m going to help you get past this, so you can actually make the money you deserve and desire. SIGN UP FOR MY FREE Live Training Series: 3 Days to Make Bank in the New Year Series Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Why I’ve decided to increase my prices this year. Determining the prices for your services and products brings up a ton of resistance; this is 100% normal. Basically this is an exercise in self-worth. Yes, there is strategy around pricing that I teach, but ultimately it comes down to what you believe your intellectual property, your talent, your quality, your time, your effort, and your energy are worth to the world. NOW THAT’S HEAVY SH!T RIGHT THERE! How I look at pricing is a bit different from the norm, I know big shocker. I take an assessment of all the things I mentioned above (external inventory), but I also take an internal inventory. Noticing how I feel about my schedule, am I left depilated at the end of the day? Observing how I feel when I’m pouring into my clients, am I left feeling resentful for all that I’ve been giving, sharing, guiding, and creating? Or, is there a fair exchange of receiving happening in return? >>> If your energy is being depleted because you’re not taking a close internal inventory, everyone suffers, and eventually so will your business and bank account. In this episode, I go into this sensitive pricing topic more deeply, so you can uncover the perfect prices for you and your ideal clients in the New Year. Maybe nothing will change, but I have a hunch they will ;-) SIGN UP FOR MY FREE Live Training Series: 3 Days to Make Bank in the New Year Series Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Ready to leave your limiting beliefs around money behind you for good? I want you to embrace a new end of year tradition with yourself….Instead of simply declaring what you want to call into your life in the New Year; I want you to also declare what you want to let go of. It’s it difficult to call in new things, people, behaviors, money, and experiences IF we aren’t willing to let go of some of the people, habits, and things that are holding us back. Money is such a powerful energy. Even reading the word “money,” brings up strong thoughts, feelings, and beliefs in all us. This is exactly why I love teaching you how to reframe and retrain your money mindset, because if you can do that, you can rewire your belief system around anything. Listen to this episode with an open mind, and allow yourself to experiment with letting go of some long-engrained beliefs around money. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you want your business to grow in 2021, you have got to embrace some changes in your marketing strategy. The digital space is getting more saturated than ever, in order to stand out and really connect with your ideal clients right away, you are going to have to step up your game. Stepping up your game doesn’t mean spending more hours at the computer or even spending more money. I need to you to get laser focused and intentional with your social media marketing strategy.= Posting and hoping isn’t a plan. Time to treat your various social media platforms as lead generators for your business. Listen to this episode to learn exactly what to focus your digital marketing efforts on in 2021, to make great sales and impact. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The secret to manifesting money successfully… You know how I always say, “you can’t out strategize a broken money mindset?” You also can’t rub enough crystals, make enough vision boards, say enough affirmations, or pray your way into manifesting the money you desire, IF, you ultimately don’t believe you deserve it. Low Self-Worth = Low Net=Worth 18 months into working privately with my spiritual law of attraction coach Tony, I was getting so frustrated, as I wasn’t even attracting money, I was LOSING MONEY, and a lot of it!! I wanted to blame the Universe, blame God, blame him, and blame my self for not being enough. Tony looked at me with his kind eyes, and said with his Lebanese accent, “if you don’t believe you deserve it, the Universe can’t serve it to you.” My self-worth was so low, that I wasn’t just blocking the money, I was repelling it. There was a part of me that seemed to feel worthy of having major cash flow to me with ease, but there was also that inner bully, that said things like, “oh sure you think it’s that easy” “This may work for other people, but not you.” “Who do you think you are wanting all of this money?” “You’re so selfish and money-hungry for wanting this.” If you can relate to any of this, give this episode a listen. I share how I shifted out this low financial worth space and embodied an abundant way of being and thinking. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Things I wish someone told me before starting an online business. Not sure about you, but I’m one of those people who would prefer to know what I’m getting into before investing my time, money, and energy. That’s not how my journey was….I was a lone-wolf figuring it out as I went, and wasted a ton of time and money by guessing, assuming, and making a crap-ton of mistakes. I find when I let people know straight-up what will be required of them to be a successful online business owner, they aren’t as discouraged or shocked when they hit those inevitable giant pot holes in the road. In the13 years I’ve been entrepreneur, I get why I’m so successful, it’s not what most of you think. It’s not the followers… (built my entire first company off line, aside from LinkedIN) It’s certainly not my email list (just started one for the first time at the end of 2019) It’s not my education (I’m can barely do math in my head) It’s not my tech skills (those are laughable, just as my Systems Manager) It’s not that money makes more money (yes that is true, but I started at 17K/year) Whether you are thinking of starting an online business, expanding your business online, or feeling downright discouraged with your progress so far…..Listen to this new podcast episode, and hear the straight up truth of what it takes to be a success online. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I didn’t want to believe it at first. About two-plus years ago I started to hear about this thing called BII, Breast Implant Illness. Then I started to see it everywhere in my life, from my dear friend and yoga instructor Gayle, getting sicker and sicker before my eyes, to dozens of women’s stories coming across my news feed, and then this summer three of my clients had their breast implants removed back to back. But…. I still didn’t want to believe that all of my symptoms, for the last five years, could be because of the giant water balloons I paid to have put in my chest. The fact I felt like I was 80 years old. Chronic fatigue Constantly achy muscles and joints (flu-like) Rashes on the backs of both arms Diagnosed with hypothyroidism Major fertility issues (again like I was 80) Plus many many more It’s a funny thing, when I’m in denial, God makes certain what needs to happen, is UNDENIABLE. This year, the inflammation around my boobs kept getting greater and my boobs bigger, to the point where I was having back and shoulder pain. (God was literally on my shoulders) My hair started falling out in clumps, and I suddenly gained around 12 pounds. My hormone doctor had me get labs done, my body stopped producing progesterone, but all the other hormones were great. Even she was perplexed! When in went to Cabo for my birthday with my bestie, second day into the trip she looked at me with concern, love, and compassion and said, “it’s time you get them removed, you’re ready.” I felt God nodding in head in agreement. Although I may be stubborn, I’m humble enough to listen when the Universe speaks. There’s so much more to the story, which is why I created this episode for you to hear all the details of this wild journey. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Exhausted at the thought of creating more content? I know, the Content Monster is no joke. He’s never satisfied, always hungry, and never gets full. One of the things early on, in starting ProjectME with Tiffany Carter, that sucked all of my time, was putting out good content every dang day! Everyday I would wake up with anxiety of having to figure out what I was going to post for that day. Can you relate? This set up wasn’t working for me. I couldn’t afford to lose hours of my time every day into the Content Monster, when I had another business to run and lots of luxuriating to do. So I asked my self my own golden question, “how I can go about this in an easier and more enjoyable way? To make money on Instagram, unique, high-value content is mandatory. The types of content that are preforming the best on Instagram right now are: Quick helpful tips or hacks. (ie. Carousel posts, infographics, IG Stories) Anything that makes people smile or laugh. (ie. Memes, gifs, IG Reels) How to videos. 1-5 minute videos teaching a step-by step how to. (ie. IGTV, IG Live, IG Stories) Now it’s time I teach you my time saving content batching system, step by step. Go listen to this episode and regain hours of your time every day. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

How to set yourself up for an abundant 2021… We all know 2020 has been a wild ride, and still is. Filled with a mixed of every emotion possible. The focus has mostly been on how bad and fu*ked up 2020 has been, how about we spend some time reflecting on how great it has also been. What are some of the blessings that have come out of 2020 for you? In order to set yourself up for max abundance in 2021, the chaos, stress, and fear of 2020 had to happen. If you can find acceptance, gratitude, and peace in 2020, you have strengthened your abundance mindset to the next level. This was a HUGE test on our mindset, even for those of us who have practiced deep manifestation work, and inner healing for many years. To carry this abundance energy into 2021, I need you to deeply tap into it: Make a list of all of the gifts that came out of 2020 for you. Think about how each of these gifts had to happen, to set you up for maximum success in 2021. Pick two key words for 2021: two things you want to call into your life more than anything. How has everything that happened in 2020 been preparation for you to have more of these two things in 2021? Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

So you think you have nothing to share or say because you’re “boring?” Your mind says, “ugh I’m so awkward on video, who would want to listen to me anyway?” When you watch other people’s social media videos (including mine), you wish you could sound that good, and come across that confident, but you’re just “too shy.” The reason I’m in your brain right now, is because it’s my job to know you, plus I hear a version of this at least five times a day. First of all, no one is boring. There are interesting things and personality quirks about everyone. People, I’ve haven’t left my house once in the last five days!!! Of course you are going to think you’re boring, because you’re with yourself all day. I bet none of your friends, your significant other, or you animals think you’re boring if you ask them. And if they do, BYEEEEEEE. Some quick tips to help you feel less awkward on video: Use props, and do show and tell. Share your favorite morning drink, and show yourself making it. Multi-task while recording your videos. Walk and talk, stretch, cook, draw, workout, this will keep you distracted from focusing on yourself. Pretend you are Face timing a close friend. You are talking to one person. Someone who won’t judge you, and loves you just the way you are. Record your video and send it to a trusted friend or Coach, and have them give you a thumbs up, or thumbs down before you post it. Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

One of my biggest mistakes that I’ve made several times over again! Isn’t there a saying about how you only should make a mistake one time if you learn your lesson? Well, let’s just say, I can be an overly stubborn perfectionistic control-freak at times.  Anyone else? More than a few times now in the last 13 years of being an entrepreneur, I have resisted and resisted hiring someone, to the point where I’ve lost tons of time, energy and money, trying to figure sh!t out that I could have just paid for someone to do. My long-time business coach has said to me about millions times, “always hire before you ready, and before you think you need to.” If you are feeling overwhelmed overworked in building your business it’s time to hire some help, even if it’s a virtual assistant for 3 hours a week. If you’ve spent an ungodly amount of time doing deep Google and YouTube research, or trying to reverse engineer what other successful online bosses are doing, you are officially overdue for hiring help. Congratulations!!!! Here’s a quick way to determine, what you should get help with first: What tasks in your business are sucking the most time and energy from you? What do you hate doing? (even if you are kinda good at it) What tasks have you been avoiding, but you know you need to do them? What specifically is preventing you from showing up consistently for your business? Want exclusive millionaire mindset content from me, where I share abundance exercises, tips, and affirmations in 30 seconds or less? Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest today:  projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You need to hear this today, and it may piss you off… But it’s my job to give it to you straight, so you can have the success you so badly want. The main reason you aren’t where you want to be yet, is because your expectations versus reality are way off base. I’m not blaming you, social media has done a number of all of us, when we watch Polly the Influencer # 374 saying she made 6-figures in her first 6 months of business, only doing what she “loooooves.” And here you are 6 months in, nowhere near that number, and you don’t know what you’re missing! When our expectations are far off from reality, it’s a set up for feeling shame (“what am I doing wrong?”), which will lead to thinking you should quit, which then leads to you taking your foot off the gas, and now you aren’t showing up ALL IN for your business. Yet, you still have this expectation that it should somehow still be growing, even though with you operating it like a hobby. Building a successful business requires you to stop fu*king around and toe-dippin’ in that water, you must jump in and stay in, even when the water gets uncomfortably cold. 70% of the things I do everyday, I don’t feel like doing. But I show up REGARDLESS, because I want the result and the reward. Are you willing to be temporarily uncomfortable for days on end, in order to get what you want? Listen to this episode to learn the other two reasons why your online business isn’t making any money. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Create these four types of content to grow your Instagram faster. So you feel like you are doing all of the things the experts say, yet your Instagram following is growing at a snails pace? There are some clear reasons for this, and I’m going to bluntly spell those out for you in this episode. One of those reasons has to do with the type of content you are creating. Posting and praying isn’t an Instagram growth strategy. You must be deliberate, consistent, unique, and generous with what you post, or your account will stay in slow-mo. Remember it isn’t the size of your audience that matters; it’s the quality. Yes, size can give an illusion that you are an expert or well-liked, but if your content sucks, no one will buy from you, or spend much time reading or watching your stuff. MAJOR BLACK FRIDAY DEAL coming your way on November 27, 2020!!!! Join my FREE Secret Posse Weekly Digest to get first access to this exclusive deal: projectmewithtiffany.com/secretposse Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Top mistakes you’re making when pricing your offers. When it comes time to figure out what to charge for your offers, this is when all of the self-doubt, imposter syndrome, and money noise gets really loud. Let me clear up some false beliefs for you, and lay down the facts: MYTH: Lowering your prices isn’t going to make more people buy from you. FACTS: When you undercharge for something, it can actually cause people to question the authenticity and quality. MYTH: Raising your prices isn’t necessarily going to make you more money. FACTS: If you out-price your market and your ideal clients, you will end up making less money, and turn off your potential clients. MYTH: Determine your prices based on how long you’ve been in business, how many followers you have, or your list of credentials. FACTS: Determine your prices based on level of expertise + market demand + level of experience + value of the service/product So you can stop stressing over what to charge, I’ve laid it all out on this episode, so you can confidently state your prices. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

My passive income increased by more an 800% once I understood how to write powerful copy and content for my businesses. When you nail your sales pages, your emails, your social media posts, and even your website copy, your services and products can sell without you having to be directly involved. Hence, the ‘make money while you sleep,’ that we all want more of. Can I get an AMEN ?! (CUE INACCURATE ASSUMPTION) “Easy for you Tiffany, you’re a professionally trained journalist.” You do not have to be some highly educated writer to learn copywriting. In fact, the more you write like how you talk in the digital marketing world, the better. My clients who’ve spent years in corporate, who are doctors, accountants, lawyers, etc… have a harder time learning this skill. One of the most deadly mistakes in great digital content writing is to be too formal, too proper, too perfect, and even too grammatically correct. Notice how this post is spaced out, technically, not grammatically correct, to have all of these sentences in separate paragraphs (but it’s proven to keep you reading online). Let’s get your content poppin’ and crankin’ in those dollars today! I invited on a guest to teach her magic with all of you. Tiffany Lewis is an expert Copywriter and Content Strategist; she’s the Owner of Propel Virtual Solutions. Tiffany’s expertise is writing compelling digital content that converts into sales for female entrepreneurs, who want to have a strong digital presence and engagement for their brand. You can connect with Tiffany at: Instagram:   @tiffanylewis.propels Website:  propelvirtualsolutions.com Facebook: @propelvirtualsolutions Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If I only had 1 to 2 hours per day, here’s how I would grow a business… This is top question I get from new entrepreneurs, workin’ a side-hustle. “I only have 1 to 2 hours per day to dedicate to growing my business, what should I focus on?” Of course my answer is customized depending on what type of business, your existing strengths and skill sets, combined with your goals, but I do have some clear-cut non-negotiables for you. First, we need to level set your expectations. Your business won’t grow quickly from scratch with only dedicating 1-2 hours per day, but you can certainly move the needle and make money. Kinda like weight-training, you wont have major GAINS if you just train one of two times per week, or even with 10 minutes per day, but you will make progress. Something is always better than nothing. (well…in most cases LMAFO) What to focus on in your business with only 1-2 hours a day: Nail down your profitable niche and the emotions of your ideal client *(if this has you stuck, stop wasting your limited time & book a session with me—link in bio) Create your entire brand around serving your ideal clients emotions: the colors, the images, the content, the graphics, the name…all of it. Create one written piece of content and one piece of video content per day, speaking directly to the needs of your IC ‘Digital Handshaking’ as I call it, the virtual version of what you would need to do in real life. I’ll teach you all about it in this episode Listen up to learn exactly minute by minute what I would do to start a business from scratch in just 1 to 2 hours per day. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The pressure to be perfect is killing people, are you’re part of the problem. The perfectly organized bookshelf. The perfect ab lines. The perfect Instagram feed. The perfect hair. The perfect organic meals. The perfectly cute children. As we scroll our social media feeds, we are pumped with constant reminders of what we are lacking, what we could do better, and a general feeling of “I’m not enough.” The average person spends over three hours a day on social media (double that for teens), no wonder why most of us are in a frenzy to do more. Yet, we are also a big part of the problem. Every time we edit a photo, use a filter, selectively show the clean parts of our homes, only show up online when we are in a great mood, and all glammed up, we are contributing to the ‘perfect is normal’ epidemic. This issue is majorly visible in the fitness world, and now there’s one long time fitness cover model and competitor taking a stand. Jill Bunny is saying goodbye to her viral bikini photos for good, in order to take a stand against body perfectionism in the fitness industry. Jill is a Fitness Strategist, Author, and Co-Founder of Reframe Your Biz. You can connect with Jill at: Instagram:  @fitbunnyjill Website: jillbunny.com 4 Week CBT-Fit Course: https://cbtmeetsfitness.com/food-connection-course/ Book on Amazon: Link to Book Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

What to focus on when growing your business from scratch. Thinking about starting a business feels exciting. Actually starting feels scary AF. Staying consistent and showing up when you’re feeling frustrated, unmotivated, and overwhelmed feels impossible. I get how real the resistance is. ProjectME is my second business, and it took me 10 years to start it!!!! Yes, I had the name, the mission, and even the money… yet; I still delayed and delayed, made excuses for ten freakin’ years!!!! Part of my resistance came from having PTSD from the first three years of  business. I wanted to quit every week, and I would hustle and grind for 12 hours a day. It wasn’t fun. I didn’t want to experience that ever again. I don’t want you to either. Here’s what you need to focus on in your first two years of business/under 10K/month: Select a profitable niche. Specific doesn’t equal profitable. Clearly establish who you ideal client is, what they believe they need, and how you are going to help them. Get clear on your visual branding, the vibe, and your brand messaging. Select two primary lead generators (ie. Podcast and Instagram) and create high quality content and engaging conversations. Stop feeling like you need to be on all the things. Want to learn how I stay motivated when the shiz gets hard, listen to this episode. Stop wasting hours on Google guessing how to do these critical things, book one of my few remaining 90-minute private business strategy sessions, and let’s figure it all out. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The thing that magnified my client’s results in their businesses and bank accounts. Even though I’ve coached more than 1500 people privately, and well over 100,000 in-group settings, I am humble enough to know, there is always room for improvement and growth. If you truly operate out of integrity in your business and personal life, you are strongly committed to learning everything you can to best serve and impact your people. I don’t give a sh!t how much money you have in the bank, how many followers, or fame…if you aren’t grounded enough to know, there’s always more to learn, then you are underserving the humans in your life. Learning how to use Enneagram personality typing to enhance my leadership and coaching skills has been a game changer. There is no one that teaches this better than Tracy O’Malley. I brought her on the podcast today to break down all of the types for you, and how to leverage this tool in your business and personal life. Tracy O’Malley is a well known Enneagram Expert, Millionaire Entrepreneur, and Top Performance Coach….she’s also my ride or die by the way. Get prepared to have your mind fu*king blown, go press play! You can connect with Tracy at: Instagram: @tracy_omalley Enneagram Typing Session: Book Here Website:  http://tracyomalley.com/workwithme/ Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

What to post and where? Is sending most of you down the analysis paralysis path. It’s like your brain freezes, and the more to try to think about what to say or write and in what format, the worse it gets. You know I’m not going to tell you to stop over-thinking as that’s not going to happen (coming from a fellow over-thinker and over-analyzer). Instead I’m going to give you a clear example of how you can take one topic and turn it into an IGTV, IG stories, a Reel, and a Live video. First, pick an issue, frustration, or insecurity your ideal client is currently facing. Here is the topic I’m using for today: What to do when you lose motivation for building your business. Second, map out 4 versions of this training topic, which would be the most beneficial to showcase using the different video content options inside Instagram: IGTV- 3 Ways to Get Yourself Re-motivated Today (casual advice direct to camera) IG Stories- Showing you a quick thing I do to get re-motivated (this is more a show and tell…like showing yourself having a solo dance party to raise endorphins) IG Reel- A condensed version of your IGTV topic, sharing the “3 Ways” in 15 or 30 seconds. (be sure to showcase your fun personality here) IG Live- What to do When you’ve Lost Motivation for Your Business. (on a live you go more in depth, share your personal experience and how you got through it, plus take Q & A from people) If the Content Monster has a strong hold on your brain, go and listen to this new podcast episode. I will break this all down much further, and give you some serious bonus content creation tips to save you time, aggravation, and brain pain. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

One of the easiest and yet hardest things to do… When people ask me what is my secret sauce to having such fast success with my personal brand of business coaching, and my podcast....I say “it wasn’t fast at all, it took me decades.” Yes, my second business and first personal brand, ProjectME with Tiffany Carter has only been around 2.5 years, but it’s been maaaaaaaany years in the making. First, I had to learn how to even like my self. Then, learn to love my self (all of me, even the ugly parts). Plus, I had to get comfortable being in my own skin, as I spent my entire life avoiding being in my body (common for sexual abuse & trauma survivors). Aaaaand then, I needed to learn how to be comfortable showing the 100% unfiltered Tiffany to the world  (hence the Zero Fu*ks Given). In order to show up as our best selves consistently, we have to get out of our own way (ego) on the daily. Certainly not easy, but once we do this work, everything flows without all of the pushing, forcing, and grinding. Want help with this? Listen to my real talk conversion with Tara Romano, Network Marketing Expert and Founder of Tone & Tease. We’re dishing it to you straight with love on today’s new podcast episode. Go listen! You can connect with Tara at: Instagram:  @tara_romano Website:  http://www.tararomano.com Event:  http://www.yourlifeunleashedevent.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Recently, I decided to turn away $100,000 of income, here’s why…. Before I get into it, let me stop your crazy minds from going, “must be nice,” or  “what a privilege!” There’s a MAJOR MONEY and business lesson coming your way. Sometimes the best business move we can make is to say, “not right now, “ and even turn down legit cash, in order to preserve and serve the greater good of your company and your damn self. The plan was to launch my 2.0 version of my signature program Selling with $oul this week! I only wanted to run this once, or at the most twice a year (I was clear about this when it debuted in Feb. of 2020). Without a doubt, this would have been a 100K launch, so an additional 100K of cash for my business, ProjectME with Tiffany Carter this year, GONE!!!! Starting in September, my body was showing signs of burnout and resistance to doing MORE. I knew from my past mistakes of not listening to my body, that I had to pay attention. Like I teach all of you: More doesn’t equal More Money. More isn’t always better. It would have been out of integrity for me to have launched just for the money, because I wouldn’t be serving you my best. You guys deserve only the best I have to offer, and nothing less. Here about all of this went down on today’s podcast episode, plus an inside look at this multi-millionaire’s crazy brain, and limiting beliefs I chose to work through. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Do you need to be doing Instagram Reels and TikTok? The Answer… Let me guess, you see all of these people in your niche and industry pumping out Reels and TikTok videos on the daily, making it seem so easy. Then you go and try to make one, and it takes you hours, trying to even think about what you will say or do without looking like a complete fool. If you are familiar with my coaching style at all, you know I don’t teach you anything that won’t move the needle in your business, or make you cash. We are not available for busy-work. Here are the facts: Short-from video (30 seconds or less) is what consumers are craving right now. Therefor, social media algorithms are favoring this type of content, so it’s receiving the highest amount of views and engagement. More engagement equals more clients and cash (if you have a business strategy behind your content) Brands and business that use video marketing see 66% more qualified leads per year, than those who avoid video. To teach you how to create short-from video step by step, I invited Keenya Kelly (@keenyakelly, Branding Consultant, Author, and TikTok Expert onto the podcast, to give you the goods in a simple and easy to understand way. You can connect with Keenya at: Instagram:  @KeenyaKelly TikTok:   @keenyakelly0 TikTok and Instagram Reels Mini Course: (Only $20) https://www.keenyakelly.com/courses-shop-page/ Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“WTF am I suppose to do?!!” That horrible discouraged, frustrated, and aggravated feeling, when you feel like you are doing ALL THE THINGS, and yet your business is at a stand-still. I remember sitting at the airport drinking a third glass of wine, with frustration-tears in my eyes, after I just pitched my services for the 30th time, and got the same response, “we’ll get back to you, when we have the budget for this.” Here I was, a multiple award-winning sales professional, with services these companies needed, working 12 hours a day, and yet in 18 months I only landed two fu*king clients!!! I wanted to quit, because it was all too much and too hard. But I also didn’t want to go back to losing my freedom, being someone else’s employee. So instead of continuing to grind away at what wasn’t working, I made one of the most important decisions of my work-life. I hit the pause button on my business. I was willing to throw out everything I knew, humble my self, and go back to the drawing board. If your business is barely moving, and you’re growing more frustrated by the hour, this episode is a must listen. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Settling is the same as self-sabotage. We’ve all done it; in fact, some of you are doing it right now. Taking what you get, versus asking for what you want, IS SETTLING. Staying at a job or in a profession that is unfulfilling, and not seriously exploring other options, IS SETTLING. Not getting the help you need to start or grow your business, because you are scared of spending the money, IS SETTLING. I’ve lost millions of dollars in revenue over the last 12 years as an entrepreneur, because of SETTLING. We do it because we are scared of things not working out, and then it would be “waste of time and money.” Yet, we let years go by and waste those, not taking any real ALL IN ACTION. We do it because we are afraid of what other people will think. We do it out of self-judgment, and feeling like our needs are too “extra,” “high maintenance,” or “unrealistic.” One of my biggest mistakes as a business owner, was ignoring and avoiding the less sexy and annoying part of owning a business: administrative work, hiring a lawyer, tax prep, contracts, etc… In today’s new podcast episode, I brought on Andrea Sager, Business Lawyer and Trademark Specialist, to explain exactly what to do so you don’t get screwed. I want to make sure to set up your business the right way, so your hard work is protected. I won’t settle for less! You can connect with Andrea at: Instagram: @andreasagerlaw The Contract Vault: thecontractvault.com *Use Code: projectme for 20% off Free Trademark Live Training: thetrademarkcourse.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Is your brain in a spin-cycle of information overload?   Knowing where to focus your time, energy and money in the early stages of growing your business to consistent ten thousand dollar months, can be a mega mind-fu*k! You follow Boss Babe Influencer Tina, and she tells you, you need to have a podcast and focus on growing your email list, plus create a course! Then… you’re in a group-coaching program, and the coach tells you to focus on giving free content, starting a Pinterest page, and going live everyday!!!! “AAAAAAAHHHHH….I can’t do all the things all at once Tiffany! There’s only one of me!!!” No you can’t do all the things, and NEWSFLASH it isn’t necessary to get you to consistent 10K months. What I’m sharing with you in today’s new podcast episode isn’t sexy and may annoy you, but it’s EXACTLY what you need to do…for starters: Put your blinders on and stop devouring more information! You don’t need more intel, you need to get into action. Learning doesn’t count as an income generating activity. So don’t let your ego trick you into thinking it is. It feels safe to be the student; it’s far scarier to put yourself out there into massive action. Only focus on two main lead generators. Pour your heart, soul, and energy into creating top-notch, high vibe on brand content, and serve your people. Stop trying to be on all the things. You can try…but you aren’t doing any of them well…hence why none of them are really working well for you. Go listen to the episode for further instruction. It’s time to stop that mental spin cycle and soak in the cash. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You will never have to “Sell” again, if you learn how to do this… The death of 99% of businesses is the inability for the brand, the owner, the service-provider, the employees, to connect with their ideal clients emotions. Hear me on this! Every single thing you buy is an emotionally based decision. From that cute astrology necklace you had to buy last night at 10pm, to your favorite brand of Greek yogurt, to the accountant you hired, your go-to cycle instructor, and even your favorite podcaster and business coach (which better be me!) Most business owners put 90% of the emphasis and attention to detail on the product and services they offer, and only 10% of their resources towards understanding and connecting with their ideal client.  This is a recipe for ending up in Broke-Town. Instead, I want you to spend a solid 70% of your effort towards connecting with your ideal client…. Without building that like, know, and trust factor, you will end up feeling like you’re “selling” and chasing people down to buy from you. I’m going to teach you the basics today inside this new podcast episode, on how to create an emotional bond with strangers, and easily convert them into paying customers. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Get in the game Sis; it’s time for you to start cashing in on your intellectual property. Millions of people every week buy digital courses, classes, and programs, making it a 200 plus BILLION dollar per year industry. I hear that inner critic of yours LOUDLY right now… “But Tiff, I don’t have the proper credentials or degrees.” “Who would anyone buy a course from me, when they could buy one from someone with far more experience, followers, and testimonials?” Bottom line: They would buy from you, IF…you can teach them something they believe they need to know to improve their life, and IF you package your program in a way that is attractive to your ideal client. Your life experiences are your credentials. All of the time and energy you have put into learning how to do something, or improve something in your life is of high value. Your unique personality, tone of voice, & delivery style are what make your product unique; no one can copy your vibe! It can be as simple as resume writing, how to start & navigate difficult conversations, decorate your home on the cheap, crafting, etc.. I bought a digital course, and then a high ticket in person day-long class for hand embroidery two years ago…this teacher is now making multiple 7-figures a year!!! Don’t know where to start or how to create a program that people will be excited to buy? Listen to this episode, and I will break it all down for you. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you wouldn’t want to use a laptop with bugs in the operating system, then why are you settling for the bugs in your belief system? FACTS!!! No one’s operating system is without bugs, not even mutli-millionaires and billionaires. In order call in the abundance, the love, the success, the friendships, and the support you desire, you must be willing to upgrade your operating system, by removing outdated and inaccurate programming. I hear some of your thought bubbles right now screaming, “I am willing, I am ready, I just don’t know how!” Neither did I girl…thankfully I’ve had multiple experts, wonderful humans, the Universe and God show me the way. My job now is to pay it forward and teach of all of you. Listen to this new special episode with my friend and renowned Transformational Energy Coach and Healer, Natalie Ehmka. Natalie works with conscious leaders, executives, and influencers to remove blocks and limiting beliefs, to strengthen their energy and make positive impact on the world. She is a Professional Certified Coach, a member of the Forbes Coaches Council, and CEO of With Heart Communications. PLUS I’m gifting you with something special just for listening to this episode, and it’s only available to you for free until October 5, 2020. Go to projectmewithtiffany.com/freeaffirmationcards to get your free gorgeous abundance affirmation card deck that you can print out at home. You can connect with Natalie at: IG Handle: @natalieehmka  Website: natalieehmka.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You gotta stop buying into the lies… All of us have been taught, told, shown, and even convinced of lies around money our entire lives. Most of you are still behaving based on those outdated or widely inaccurate money lies. THIS STOPS TODAY! The first step is to be aware of the money stories you are telling yourself. The second step is to admit those stories are not serving your greatest good. The third step is to be willing to explore a different truth, even ones that you have convinced yourself otherwise for decades. Here are the top three money lies most of us have bought into, and many of you still are: To make major cash, you have to work you ass off, grind, and hustle for it. Sacrificing many other things in your life to get wealthy. Only people with certain qualities, education, looks, personalities, have what it takes to get rich. Desiring and focusing on generating major money is greedy, selfish, gross, and ungodly. Have you ever had any of these beliefs? Which ones do you still have today? Listen to this special podcast episode designed to remove your money blocks. For this week only, I’m giving away my new Abundance Affirmation card deck for FREE (valued at $49). This link will expire on October 5, 2020.  After this date, these will be available for purchase. Below is the special link, which will expire on Oct 5th projectmewithtiffany.com/freeaffirmationcards Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

This belief is what triggers overwhelm in even the most ambitious people. If I want to make more money… If I want to lose weight…. If I want a successful business… Then I have to… Workout MORE Be MORE energetic Write MORE posts Be MORE outgoing Work MORE Get MORE done everyday This belief of having to do more and be more is what lead me to near death from pure system failure and burnout. The TRUE path to accomplishing your goals: Learning how to be effective and efficient versus doing more Prioritizing your needs and your health   Welcoming and accepting help to ease and accelerate your growth Embrace the art of strategically planning to create flow I’m teaching you my blueprint for maximizing productivity, while minimizing stress and burnout. Listen in and feel the pressure release. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

One thing I wish someone told me before I started my first business. It wasn’t all that long ago where I was grinding it out 12-14 hour a day, 6 and sometimes 7 days a week, trying desperately not to fail in my first business. Yes, I was able to quit my corporate job in the pharmaceutical industry within six months, but I was terrified of having to go back and wear pants everyday, reading emails that start with, “I hope this message finds you well.” “No fu*king Karen I’m not well, I’m trying to work my side hustle so I can quit and be free!!” I was so focused on matching at least 80% of my base salary (I made a big chunk of my income on bonuses), and being able to quit, that I became solely focused on the money. When we are primarily focused and motivated by money alone, it becomes a dangerous, mind-fu*king, high-pressure mess. Let me know if you can relate… You make some sales, get a new client, and you’re on top of the world…feeling UNSTOPPABLE, and will soon be on the cover of Forbes. Then two weeks go by and not one sale, not one dollar is made, and now you start to panic, self-doubt comes in, and you either go into overdrive (which is what I did) or you get so overwhelmed that you become paralyzed and stop putting in any significant effort. Don’t start a business just to make money, start a business to make a major impact on people’s lives. When you are operating from service-based motivation versus money-based motivation, the journey is filled with more peace, flow, joy, and abundance. PLUS, you’ll be far less likely to give up. People and purpose keep you going, when the money isn’t flowing. Obviously, there is more than this one thing I wish someone told me and taught me in my early years of being an entrepreneur, and I’m going to share with you today the sh!t no one tell you! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Starting a new business is like trying to solve a Rubik’s cube, it doesn’t matter how much or little brainpower you have, it’s still tricky and frustrating AF. Just when you get one side of that dang cube all one color, you still have five more sides to go! BTW I still haven’t mastered the Rubik’s cube. I used to get so frustrated as a kid that I would peel off the stickers to make it look like I solved it. I know where many of you are at right now… You have a business or at least know what you want to do in exchange for money, but now you aren’t sure how to package your offerings so people will buy them. As part of my well-known Emotional Based Sales Techniques® there are four types of offers that are essential to attracting more of your ideal clients with ease, and getting them to buy. Millions of dollars are lost when entrepreneurs, network marketers, and service-based providers package and promote their offers incorrectly. I’m going to teach you today how to structure and present your offers so you can start cashing in on your gifts right away. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

This is too hard. I GIVE UP!!!! I said this at least fifty times a week, the year I decided to end my life. Really, I had been saying it my entire life, but I didn’t feel anyone could hear me, or that anyone cared. Including God. But I kept pushing through, I went to every form of therapy I’m aware of, read countless self-help books, watched every damn episode of Dr. Phil, ate my feelings, drank my feelings, dissociated into work, exercise, relationships, and sleeping pills. All of these things did keep me alive, but I felt lifeless, like the walking dead. Zero excitement or joy for life, didn’t know my deeper purpose (and didn’t think I was good enough to have one), and I believed that God forgot about me. My outsides didn’t match my insides. As I was planning my suicide, I still had my gel nails on point, hair highlighted, went to the gym 6 days a week (often 2 a days), paid all of my bills, traveled all the time, partied, and even smiled in photos. No one saw my pain, even those I shared it with….they thought, “Tiffany obviously isn’t that bad or she wouldn’t be doing ___________.” (this is what they told me years later) You may not be feeling this low, but I guarantee many of you have felt like giving up on something recently…your dream business, your hope for a relationship, your health battle, your inner healing journey. I promise you won’t hear any annoying platitudes from me like, “time heals all wounds,” “you are just stressed right now,” “you gotta push through it.” If you are having suicidal thoughts call the National Suicide Prevention Lifeline 1-800-273-8255 (open 24/7) or visit suicidepreventionlifeline.org and you can web chat if you don’t have the energy to talk to someone live. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Coming up with stellar content all the time can be exhausting AF. This is why I refer to it as the “Content Monster.” It is never satisfied, always hungry for more, and if you don’t feed it, it will bite you in the ass. There is saying in the digital marketing world that is straight up facts: CONTENT IS KING You nail the content game, your visuals, your videos, your posts, your emails, you become a magnet to your ideal clients. Now customers are coming to you to buy, all without having to use paid ads. The catch….you know I will always tell you what the catch is to everything (as there always is one)…you have to being willing to work and build that content muscle of yours, and the only way to do it is by creating content, some of which will suck. “Tiffany, none of my posts are getting engagement, no one is liking my stuff.” Number one: Not everything you touch or create will turn to gold. Time for an expectation reset. I still have pieces content that flop, so do all of the multi-billion dollar companies in the world (remember that Pepsi campaign with Kendall Jenner last year?) Number two: Digital marketing is a compound effect. You must build momentum and everything will grow in time. If you aren’t willing to put in the work up front to get that momentum going, then don’t even bother starting. I’m going to give you a head start, and share with you what I wish someone told me about creating content when I first started.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Does techy stuff also give you a rash? Nothing drains my energy more than trying to figure out tech stuff in my business. Well, aside from fake and annoying people, folding clothes, taxes, admin work, and cooking! One of the biggest barriers for most people who are trying get clients and cash online is the tech-side of everything. Some of you probably haven’t even started because of your tech-resistance. There is a belief that in order to make money online you must have a website, be on all the social media platforms, have an email list, a funnel, Facebook ads, etc… NOT TRUE! When you have a business of any size, there are a few ‘must haves’ and there are a ton of ‘nice to haves.” You see all of the beautiful websites, graphics, content, freebies, ads, and programs your favorite online boss’ have, and think you need to have all of that too in order to even start. I thought the same thing, which is why I bought a $5500 iMac that I’ve used three times in 2.5 years! (90% of my time is spent using my iphone to generate cash!) I’m going to share with you exactly what you need to have, starting from scratch, to achieve 10K consistent months. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You can’t have it both ways. You can’t create your dream business, without having fear and anxiety. So if you want the life, the luxury, the freedom you desire, you my love are going to have to learn how to manage your fear instead of getting paralyzed by it. Remember, I waited YEARS for it to be the “right time,” to start ProjectME. I let ten years pass me by, all because I was waiting to not feel so scared to start. Feeling scared is inevitable when you are going after something you want badly, and its uncharted territory. Meaning….you have little idea WTF you are doing. What sounds scarier to you? Going ALL-IN on your dream business and risking looking like a fool, or letting years pass you by where you stay in the exact same spot you’re in today? Listen in, and I will share with you how I manage my fear and anxiety. It is still alive and well even after 12 years in entrepreneurship! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The fastest way to burn out is to keep trading your time and energy for money. Most of us weren’t taught there was any other way to make money, other than to be actively involved in generating it. This created the belief: If you want to be successful, you have to hustle and grind for it. I wanted that cash, that freedom, that success, so with my old belief system, I worked 12-14 hours a day, 6 days a week to get it. I was exhausted and miserable. Yes I made good money, but I was I too fried to enjoy or appreciate it. There is a MUCH EASIER way to generate the wealth you desire, and I had to learn the hard way so I could teach you a better way. Hear me on this; it is essential you create streams of passive income, where you make money without being actively involved. Examples of Active Income: live coaching or consulting, 9-5 job, personal training, public speaking, events, and retreats Over 90% of people only make money from active income. This has a cap on it how much you can make, as your time and energy is a very limited resource. This is usually when another false money belief pops up for people…”well it takes money to make money, so I can’t create passive income.” I’m going to share with you exactly how I started and built up multiple streams of passive income, to where it’s responsible for 70% of annual cash flow. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

What to do when you feel like giving up. If you’re an entrepreneur, whether you are at year one or year 12 (like me), it is par of the course for you to want to give up at least once a month. Building your dream business is no joke. It brings up all of our deepest fears, insecurities, and self-doubts. Recently one of my podcast listeners DM’d me and asked, “What do you do when you feel like giving up, and nothing seems to be working?” My heart swelled, because this is one of the big reasons I created ProjectME, so I could be the support system and the Coach for all of you, that I wish I had when I felt so drained, frustrated and alone. I want you to know a few things, and I’m going to be blunt so y’all can hear me: >>> It’s normal for things to not workout in your preferred timing, as NEWFLASH you aren’t in control of everything, especially timing. All you can do is your best, and you must learn to surrender the rest to divine timing, or you will lose your damn mind. >>>It’s normal to have those weeks when you say, “Fu*k it, this isn’t worth it!” This is when it’s time to take a break. Go on a mini-getaway, a day trip, a spa day, you need to take at least 2-3 days to play and have fun. Rest is a key part of success. >>>It’s normal to feel alone when you are pursuing your dreams, because they are YOUR dreams, no one else’s. This is why having support from a coach, from an entrepreneur community (like my Posse), and people who “get it” is vital to your success and mental well-being. Hands-down the best investments I’ve made in my business were based in support. I’ll share how I came back from a full month of bathroom floor meltdowns on this podcast episode. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Don’t make this mistake when selecting your niche. Before I get into this, I pronounce niche like rich, simply because it’s more fun. Most people associate “finding a niche,” with getting really specific about what they do, unfortunately, specific doesn’t necessarily equal profitable. Some of your niches can seem ON POINT (because they sound specific), but they are making zero dollars, so we are going to fix this today. $0 Example: I’m a mindset coach and I teach you how to de-stress and find inner peace and joy Yes this is specific, but it isn’t tangible. People only buy what they: 1. Believe they need 2. Something that feels tangible By tangible I mean, it is clear AF what they will be getting if they work with you, if they buy your course, if they attend your event. $$$ Example: I’m a mindset coach. I teach you how to re-structure your schedule and set boundaries, so you can achieve your personal goals. If you niche sounds too grand, too vague, and too good to be true, people won’t trust it and therefor won’t buy it. Exercise for you: List out all of the tangible results your ideal client will get if they follow your guidance, get the treatment you provide, buy your product, etc… Pick the top two tangible results your ideal client will rave about the most, and niche on those! Now go listen to this podcast episode and I’ll break all of this down for you, plus I’ll give you a many more examples. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Are you running away from success without even realizing it? Our egos are so clever, cunning, and manipulative, that it’s impossible for us to catch all of our self-sabotaging thoughts and behaviors. This is why I have two coaches, a therapist, and several close friends who aren’t afraid to lovingly call me out on what I can’t see, or don’t want to see. Because I give a sh*t, I’m willing to risk you being upset with me to tell you the hard truth. If you aren’t seeing consistent progress towards the life, cash, and freedom you desire, it’s because you are running away from it. You run away from the things you dream of in such subtle ways, some of these ways have become habits you’ve done for so long, that you simply don’t recognize them or know of another way. Your beliefs are either having you run towards success or running away from it, so leaving them unexamined is a recipe for success-sabotage. If you are willing to take a hard but loving honest inventory of yourself, then listen to this episode, and I will show you how to undercover what is keeping you stuck. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you want people to see you as a trusted expert in your niche, you need to up level your vibe. First of all no one is going to view you as a trusted authority on a subject unless you deem yourself worthy of that reputation. It all starts with your confidence on the knowledge and experience you carry. I’ve worked with many clients who know they know their stuff, and watch other people online cashing in, who don’t know nearly as much as they do; yet they come to me because they can’t figure out what’s not clicking. If you are a service provider, a coach, or someone with a personal brand, you are the product, so you have to showcase and highlight your skills, expertise, and intellectual property. Mentioning your credentials or sharing your experience a few times isn’t going to cut it, you have to shine a spotlight on it daily for it to connect with strangers, that you are a trusted valuable expert. You do this by exhibiting something I call Command Presence. This Command Presence needs to show up in your written content, when you’re on video, and how you interact with your potential and current clients. Listen to this episode to learn how to create your own Command Presence, and get the recognition and respect your deserve. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you’re a procrastinator, then you’re a perfectionist. Tell me if you can relate to this story… It’s Sunday, you make an epic to-do list for the upcoming week with great conviction that you will crush it. Now it’s Monday, you look at the list and instantly get overwhelmed with all you have to do, you wish you had the same energy you had when you wrote the list yesterday. Your brain flashes to, “but first…I need to _________” (workout, do laundry, make a nail appointment, call your mom, go to the grocery store). Now it’s mid-day and you still haven’t gotten one thing done on your list, the pressure and anxiety sets in, and you tell yourself you will do it tomorrow when you have more energy, focus, and motivation. The reason you are putting off what you know you need to do in order to achieve the goal you so badly want, is because you have some made-up requirement that the task must be completed perfectly, which would require a ton of energy, focus, and time. What if all you needed to do was get it done, and there were no high expectations around it? What if done was better than done perfectly? It’s your belief that these tasks must be completed perfectly that is causing the resistance, anxiety, dread, and procrastination. Your belief is self-imposed, and it’s a lie. Go for done and fu*k perfect. Done makes dollars, while perfect is preventing that cash flow. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Time to get your content converting into clients and cash. That is unless the hours you spend writing posts, emails, and articles is a JOBBY (an expensive hobby) and not intended to be money-generating business. There are four key elements of high cash-converting content: Emotional connection. Your writing must pull at the heart and soul of your ideal client. What she desires, admires, dreams of, longs for, is scared of, secretly hates, keeps her up at night, and so on. Your writing must show your ideal client that you “get” her. You understand her unique life, her issues, her drama, her crazy brain, her struggles, her doubts, etc… Your writing must share some kind of a solution to the issue you are targeting. Something to help her get from her current state to her core desired emotional state. This can be as simple as a key mindset shift you made, or the reason why you created your new12-week transformation program to take her from ___________ to ____________. Call to action. Your writing must include a clear action you want your ideal client to take. This should be simple and straightforward. If you don’t tell people exactly what to do, they will do NOTHING. Be sure to listen to this episode to learn the two key reasons why your content isn’t converting into cash. 95% of small business owners make these mistakes, and then wonder why none of their online marketing efforts end up generating any clients or cash. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The Number One reason you are feeling stuck. Time for some real talk, Coach Tiff style. You aren’t stuck; you simply don’t see a clear way out of your current situation that you can achieve without a crap-ton of pain and sacrifice. I used to say I was “stuck” so often that I got sick of hearing my self. The truth is, it was easier for me to feel “stuck,” then it was for me to take the scary action required to move forward. You likely don’t know the entire roadmap to your end goal, none of us do!!! But I bet you do know several actions you could take, or something you could start doing today that will move you towards that goal. Hmmmmmm mmmmm hate me yet??!! Bottom line is you are choosing to stay in the familiar discomfort of stuck, versus the terrifying feeling of taking real action towards your dreams. There is no way to make real change in your life without feeling scared. Maybe there are people in your life you need to disconnect from or break up with, your life will be better for it, but it’s scary and uncomfortable as hell to take that action. You want to make money doing something you love and create the freedom you crave, but you know in order to do that you have to go ALL-IN on your business. It will require some serious effort on your part, and that sounds scary and unpleasant to you. So will you chose the temporary feeling of scared over the long-term feeling of remaining stuck? Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Are you being an unintentional CREEP?   I get at least 5-10 DMs a day that read something like this: “Girl I love your feed! I see you’re a busy boss babe, and it can be hard to fit in proper nutrition to keep you going. I’d love to offer you a free 15-minute nutrition consulting call, and share how I can get you feeling your best.” For the record, she lost me right at “I see you’re a busy boss babe.” It reeked of insincerity and felt like I was being sold to. Would someone ever say this sentence in real life while waiting for a cocktail? I repeat, I do not want you sending these types of messages to anyone, it’s a waste of your time and they don’t work. Many of you have this belief, that in order to get clients and cash on social media, you have to do this type of DM outreach, which is also why you are so resistant to starting or even growing your business. Let me be clear, you do not need to send any messages of any kind that feel empty, gross, or annoying to you in order for you to be successful. I have NEVER in the last 12 years sent one message like this, nor have I ever approached friends or family asking them to buy something from me (I just force them to like my posts LMAO!). Instead I want you to do this: -Build sincere connections and start genuine conversations  -Focus on being of service versus selling anything -Chat with people online just as you would in real life, if you like their dress > say so, if their dog is adorable > say so, if their post moved you > say so. Listen to this episode to learn how to convert these strangers into paying clients, without being a creep. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You have to be willing to say this sentence in order to get exactly what you want. It’s so simple, yet one of the hardest things to put into practice. “No.” Being able to say, “no,” without preparing an excuse or giving some explanation, without apologizing for it….was pure agony for me. Because people sensed this about me my entire life, I got used, walked all over, and taken for granted in both business and my personal life. It wasn’t until I literally almost died from people pleasing, over-extending my self, and tending to everyone needs above my own, that I was willing to change my operating system. I believed that if I told someone I wanted something different than what they wanted, or something they wouldn’t approve of, that they would hate me, leave me, or ridicule me. This scared me to the point where I was willing to suffer and abandon my own needs and desires. I’m sharing this vulnerable truth about me; because I want you to hear what I wish someone had taught me from birth. If you aren’t happy in certain areas of your life (or any areas), ask yourself what are you saying “yes” to when you really mean “no?” We have to be willing to say “no” to the people, places, and things that are no longer working for us, in order to allow room for the people, places, and things we desire. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Can’t figure out how to include all the things you love into your business? I’m going to share some things with you that I wish someone told me on repeat. Not every passion or interest of yours is meant to be monetized. Not every passion or interest of yours is best suited to serve your ideal client. When we try to include too many things, services, and offers into our brand, it’s confusing to your audience, and confused people DON’T BUY. It takes most buyers 6-8 times of hearing and seeing the same offer, before they hand over their cash. So, if you are sharing your favorite hair products, then talking about manifestation, then sharing your Amazon store, then sharing about your new “drop that baby weight” program…your audience will end up remembering NOTHING other than, “Suzie does a lot stuff.” Issue with all of the multi-passionate people I coach, is your focus ends up scattered and in the wrong place. The focus must be on serving your ideal client exactly what they believe they need and want, in the package they desire. Not on, “how do I fit in all of my passions into my brand?” That makes it about YOU not about the people you are meant to serve. Since I am also multi-passionate, I figured out over the years how to best satisfy that side of me, while serving my clients at the highest level, and making a crap ton of cash doing it. I will help you get clear today on developing your own profitable multi-passion business matrix. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

To be a highly respected coach, who generates great results for their clients, requires a next level version of you. I used to be a #Basic coach simply because I was new to it, didn’t know any better, and didn’t really know my self. Like with everything else, you improve with time, experience, and the humility to always be learning and growing. After coaching more than 1500 people privately, and tens of thousands in group settings, I can identify what separates exceptional coaches from #Basic coaches. Don’t get me wrong #Basic coach can still get results…think of a #Basic entry level fitness trainer at the gym….you are still getting accountability and someone correcting your form, but what you aren’t getting (or paying for) are the years of experience of working with different body and personality types, knowing exactly what works and what doesn’t. To be an exceptional coach, you have to be willing to do the deep, often gut-wrenching inner healing work on yourself. You can’t skip this work and expect to help guide your clients through their blocks, struggles, and issues…if you haven’t worked through your own. And you certainly wouldn’t be able to help them pull out their greatness, their genuine confidence, or their divine gifts…if you haven’t worked through your own. The coach, the teacher, the friend, the leader that I am today, after doing years of deep healing and personal development work is far more impactful, insightful, and intuitive than the Tiffany 1.0 from 12 years ago. But I had to be willing to step into this up leveled version of my self to get to where I am today….it was terrifying, uncomfortable, painful, and humbling. But it also was empowering, enlightening, exhilarating, and transformational. Remember, “Healed People, Heal Millions.” (Tiffany Carter) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I came close to dying twice, once by choice and the other as a result of a health crisis. Both of these rock bottom times in my life had one major thing in common, but it took years of reflection to realize it. September 2014 on my birthday, I had a plan to kill my self by way of pills. They were all laid out on my kitchen counter. I was exhausted and tired of life….it felt like it was way to much work to live, in exchange for tiny glimpses of happiness. In 2017, I was neck deep in a health crisis that 7 different doctors couldn’t figure out (two even told me it was all in my head), and my body was at war with me, and there wasn’t anything that was working. I was couch-bound for months, didn’t even have the energy to go the grocery store, and I ballooned in weight and full-body inflammation. I had no hope. Nothing was working. The millions I had in the bank didn’t matter. My prayers didn’t seem like they were being answered. I knew I was dying. What led me to deaths door were my beliefs. My belief that I wasn’t special. My belief that I had no greater purpose. My belief that I wasn’t enough to have the love, success, and joy I so badly wanted. My belief that some people are just lucky in life and others get the sh*t end of the stick. My belief that my life wasn’t worth fighting for. Whatever we believe, our minds constantly search for evidence to support those beliefs, we end up manifesting them into our lives on repeat, which then reinforces those beliefs further (even if they are wildly false!). I’m going to teach you how to identify your Toxic Belief Loop (as I call it), and how to exit this pattern. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Want to learn how to have your posts go viral on Instagram? Your answer better be a BIG FAT YES, if you have a business, or want to make money using Instagram. No, you don’t have to go viral in order to make great money on the Gram, but it certainly will help you grow your audience faster, and expand your influencer further. When I started my ProjectME with Tiffany Instagram account around two-plus years ago, I assumed in order to have a post go viral you had to have a big following and/or be some Insta-famous influencer. Then I saw some small-ish accounts I followed have some of their posts get a crazy amount of likes and shares….that began my quest, well really my obsession (Virgo problems) to figure out how I could do this with my own content. It took me many months of experimenting with content to figure it out, BUT I DID! As always, one of my motivators in learning new things is to eventually teach those skills, tricks, and techniques to all of you. Get ready to go viral people!!!! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Seven out of ten people feel imposter syndrome at least once in their lives. The feeling of being a fraud or being “found out,” is something I struggled with most of my life, up until about four years ago. I never felt like I was all that book smart, as I had to study so much longer than anyone I knew to even squeeze out an A-, unless of course it was a broadcasting or public speaking class. Deep down, I knew it was my hustle, determination, and grit that created my success…certainly not my intelligence. Since I held onto this insecurity of not being some Ivy school grad or even being able to do math in my head, I felt like, “if they only knew the truth, they would fire me.” Since our beliefs create our reality, I would shy away from people, clients, colleagues, and opportunities, where I may be “found out.” This only compounded my already low self-worth and self-doubt. I wasn’t able to shift out of this distorted thinking until I started diligently doing the inner work to learn how to even like, then love, and appreciate my self. The root of feeling like you don’t belong or aren’t valuable enough all stems from low self-worth. Until that healing begins, you will never be able to escape imposter syndrome, you will never feel like you’re enough. The reality is that you are already more than enough just as you are today, whether you have the degrees or not, whether you can do math in your head or not, whether you have abs or not, whether you are 25 or 55, you were created exactly as you are for a special reason. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Being an entrepreneur doesn’t equal complete financial freedom. Complete freedom comes from knowing you don’t have to exchange your time and energy for money. No, you don’t just wake up one day and start making money while you’re sleeping. It’s a process you work towards. The reason why at least 60% of my income is passive, meaning I don’t have to directly exchange time/energy to generate that cash, is because I’ve built up multiple passive income streams over months and years, NOT OVERNIGHT. I started ProjectME because I want to teach you how to create this true freedom for yourself, to never have to depend on a person, job, or intuition for money ever again. When we depend on one main way to make a bulk of our income, that is when we feel stuck, trapped, unmotivated, and get burned out. I have a vulgar saying I like to use (I know shocking)….it’s called having “F*&K YOU MONEY,” meaning you can say (even lovingly) F You to anything or anyone that no longer serves you, because you’ve got cash flowin’ in from multiple sources. “OK great Tiff, I want that, so how do I even start?” Number 1: You have to start at the bottom just like everyone else, and put in the work up front in order to not have to work at it later. Number 2: Be willing and humble enough to learn from someone who has done it (in this case MEEEEE) Number 3: Listen to this new podcast episode I created to teach you the tricks to creating multiple streams of passive income online Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Some serious shiz went down in Sedona…I’ve been strongly called to share it with you. For those of you who know me, you know I love to have a plan, for a plan, for yet another backup plan, hello Enneagram 6. So it takes some serious daily mindset work to remind my self to slow my roll, get quiet, connect with divine energy, and trust my intuition. If you have been stuck in a state of confusion about a decision or what to do next, you gotta hear this story. There are some things I’ve been obsessing over in my crazy brain, which I know is a waste of energy, so during one of my pool floats, I surrendered these things to the Universe, to God, to my angels, and I said, “ this is too much for me, I surrender to you, please guide me in a way that I can clearly understand.” And I truly did let those things go, and believed with my entire being that I would be guided, in divine timing. Flash forward a week and somehow my trip to Scottsdale, Arizona, turned into a road trip (which I have never done in my entire life….I always hated long car rides). I resisted even the thought of driving at first, but I remembered my prayer and I trusted I was being clearly led to drive 6 plus hours by my self. When my best friend said she’s booking a house for us in Sedona, I felt that same resistance again. I mean after all this wasn’t planned far in advance, and that is so out of character for me. But I remembered my prayer, and I trusted the guidance. I was scared as to what was waiting for me in the ever-powerful vortexes of Sedona, but I knew I had to trust in the guidance anyway. Even with the constant conversation with my bestie, the drive to Sedona seemed long AF. She kept saying to me, “just wait, you’ll see.” Once she drove around the bend, the skyline was filled with stunning red rock mountains, and I knew some serious shiz was about to go down in Sedona. Listen to what was unveiled, and see this as clear evidence that when we surrender to the divine, and listen to the guidance, the answers and directions appear. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The game-changing secret to covering strangers into paying clients, without exhausting yourself trying to chase people down. Amazing how we as humans make things so much more complicated then they need to be. I can easily slip into that mode. Anytime the negative committee in my brain wants me to believe something is hard or not enjoyable, I ask my self, “how can I do this in a way that feels easy and fun?” Look at converting strangers into paying clients as an art versus some enormous task. Remember, mindset can dismantle even the best strategies and systems. The key to attracting ideal clients is to develop a relationship so close with your IC, that you know them as well as your bestie. You need to know what they are: feeling thinking worrying about what makes him/her (she/he) laugh? what would make him/her (she/he) feel less alone, heard, supported, and understood? Care about, think about, and pour just as much energy and love into your IC as you do with your best friend. Soon your content, your stories, your messaging will speak straight to the souls of those specific individuals you were born to help, and they will be called to take action and work with you. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Is fear paralyzing you from going ALL-IN on your dreams? It took me 10 years to go ALL-IN with ProjectME with Tiffany Carter!!! I knew deep down this was a huge part of my divine purpose, and that scared the hell out of me. “What if I fail at living out my purpose, then what?” Starting my first business was scary, but nowhere near as scary as creating a business that fulfilled my soul calling, where I was the face of the brand. What finally made me rip off the Band-Aid is the discomfort of resisting my dreams and desires became far greater than the fear of failing at them. What you resist…. persists. That divine purpose of yours will NEVER go away, the nudges will turn into pushes, then pushes will turn into shoves, and you will get sick and tired of the mental and emotional insanity you are putting yourself through. Sound familiar to any of you? There is no way around this fear; it’s part of being a human. It’s a matter of believing in your dream and the people you are meant to help, so much, that you are willing to do it scared and be uncomfortable AF. Listen to my journey of going from paralyzed in fear to going ALL-IN on my dreams, let it guide and inspire you. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Create your own IT FACTOR, to stand out in a saturated market. How many of you have said, “but there are so many people already doing what I want to do?” Then you start scrolling…and the Comparasionitis takes hold and your Inner Bully starts pointing out all of the things you don’t have, “you don’t have the credentials like she does;” “you don’t have dozens of testimonials;” “your pictures suck and no way will your abs ever look like that.” THE END. Now you have halted production on your dream business. Well, I won’t allow you to stay in that zone, because I know if you have that calling inside you, you were meant to do it, in fact, you were designed for it. Otherwise you wouldn’t have that vision sitting on your heart at all. You would be totally satisfied where you are at, so clearly you were MEANT FOR MORE. The secret sauce to standing out from the crowded marketplace lies within you. Your unique energy. Your unique perspective. Your unique personality. Your unique style. Your unique quirks. As the Founder of a brand, you are the brand. People buy from brands, coaches, network marketers, service providers, etc… who make they FEEL a certain way, who make them feel seen, heard, understood, and connected. The way to draw these ideal clients to you is by shining a spotlight on your “uniqueness” (putting this in quotes as I’m sure this is another one of my made up words).  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you aren’t taking advantage of this social media feature to build your business, you are majorly missing out. There are so many social platforms, features, apps, and moving parts, it can get really overwhelming trying to determine which ones are worth your time and energy. It seems like all of the people who are “killin’ it” in your industry are doing ALL THE THINGS, which can feel so discouraging, and seems impossible and exhausting. I felt the same damn way. BUT I also know from being an entrepreneur for 12 years, that doing a select few things REALLY WELL, trumps doing 15 things half-ass. For sure it is worth your time, effort, and energy to use and learn the IGTV feature on Instagram. Right now, IGTV video posts in your feed are getting between 8-10 times the engagement (views, comments, DMs, Saves) than ANY other style of post. (Well… unless you are shaking your A*S on the Gram…which isn’t necessary BTW). My social media team and I have been experimenting with IGTV since it first came out, so now I can share with you what tricks really work, and what you shouldn’t do. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

So no one is buying your coaching services? Let’s discuss why… One of the worst feelings is to know that you have the skills, talent, compassion, and integrity to help people, but no one is applying or buying your services. Then you start scrolling on the social media, and you see all of these Boss Babes & Dudes selling out their coaching programs, getting raving testimonials from thrilled clients, and it seems like they are doing it with such ease. RIGHT??!!! The negative committee in your brain starts getting loud, “What am I doing wrong?” “How are they having all of this success? I know I have just as much or even more to offer people?” Don’t you wish someone would just be blunt AF and tell you WTF you are doing wrong, and what you need to be doing instead? I know I did when I was in my first 18 months of business….but there was no one 12 years ago, so I had to figure it out on my own (which is why it took me so dang long… not recommended). This is why is it my mission to be that kind of business and success coach for you every single day, and tell you like it is instead of telling you want you may prefer to hear. Listen to this episode and learn in detail why you aren’t attracting ideal clients more easily and how to fix it, starting today. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You have a major choice to make today, do you want to stay in the SH*T or SHIFT? This is the conversation I had with my self last Monday, after a three weeks of feeling depressed, unmotivated, and low-energy. (Yes, I do I have regular conversations with my self, often out loud! Anyone else do this???) I was sick and tried of my self and how I was feeling…none of my go-to tools were cutting it. Maybe I would get a short bump after a mini-dance party or a float session in the pool, but within a couple of hours, I was right back to the “blahs.” If you’re at the point, where you are sick and tired of where you’re at in your life emotionally, financially, or energetically….you gotta have a tough-love conversation with yourself, “Stay in the SH*T or SHIFT? What’s it gonna be girl?” What I mean by SHIFT (in ALL CAPS on purpose) is not just taking action, its taking different actions with consistency so your behavior patterns SHIFT. If you never want to feel financially insecure again, taking some different actions won’t cut it; you have to create BEHAVIOR SHIFTS. If you want to move past your fears to go after your dreams, you must create BEHAVIOR SHIFTS. If you want to start manifesting the abundance you so badly crave, you must create BEHAVIOR SHIFTS. If I (Tiffany) want to get out of a depression rut, I have to create BEHAVIOR SHIFTS. These BEHAVIOR SHIFTS all start in our minds, like everything else. This is the good news; because this is something we have control over (even if you have a mental health condition like I do, you can still make these SHIFTS). On this episode, I will pour into you the three necessary mindset SHIFTS for success. This will give you the bump you need to alter the limiting behaviors you’ve been stuck in. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

How to Create a killer Instagram post in 15 minutes. Is creating content consuming all of your time and energy? Two years ago, when I first started my ProjectME with Tiffany Instagram channel (with 3 followers), I was spending hours every single day writing posts, finding hashtags, and figuring out what images to use. Doing this while running my other 7-figure business was not a good use of my time. I had to create an Instagram posting efficiently plan, if I wanted my account to grow without losing my damn mind. One killer IG post shouldn’t take you any long than 15 minutes. Don’t you just love the people out there saying you can batch two weeks of content in 30 minutes!!! HA! LIES!!! I explain my post creation process in detail on this podcast episode, complete with examples; I’ll take you through it step by step. Here are some bonus tips to speeding up content creation: Use bullet points inside your caption versus trying to write long eloquent paragraphs. Way faster and easier to write. Focus your time on creating a great hook line (your first sentence) and a scroll-stopping image. 8 of 10 people only view your image and read the headline anyway. If you get stuck on what to post. Google your niche plus “trending topics” and tons of blog posts and great headlines will appear. Ie. (type in) “Trending nutrition health topics” Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Caring more about what “THEY” will think what or “THEY” will say, than your dreams is an act of self-neglect. Dedicating your mental energy towards other people’s opinions on your life is corrupting your goals, and in turn your ultimate joy. “I get that Tiff, so how do I stop caring so much about what other people think?” You have to consistently remind yourself that: YOU are the Most Exceptional project of your life and no one is responsible for your happiness other than you (#ProjectME). These other people don’t pay your bills, and if they do help you financially, clearly it comes with unhealthy conditions (you need to break off that dependency on them). Your mission, your purpose, and the people you want to help serve are far more important than the sting of someone criticizing you, thinking what you are doing is dumb, or someone making fun of you behind your back. Imagine if the people you admire and who’ve helped you, never went ALL-IN on their dreams out of fear of what “THEY” would think of say. We wouldn’t get to experience Oprah the great. We wouldn’t have the beautiful teachings of Brene Brown. We wouldn’t get to experience the incredible music of most artists, who were told that, “singing isn’t a real career.” You certainly wouldn’t have me teaching and telling you these things. Ask yourself this question when your mind starts messing with you: “Does what ____________says, thinks, or does, matter more to me than my overall happiness and success in life? If the answer is “NO,” rip off the Band-Aid and press record on that video, start that business, get on that podcast, write that post, create that product….prove to the Universe and yourself, that you’ve got your own back no matter what. Plus you know, you will always have me in your corner cheering you on!! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The Number One Reason Why You aren’t Taking Consistent Action on your Goals, and How to Change it. Isn’t it the worst feeling when you tell yourself or even another person that you are finally going to start X or you are going to finally finish Y this week, then days pass and you still haven’t done jack?!!!! You know you need to do X and Y if you want what you say you want in your life, yet you feel stuck, unmotivated, and a boat load of shame around it. Most people make a task out to be so big in our minds that we believe it will require a lot of work, time and energy to complete it perfectly. You don’t even want to begin this “huge task” unless you are in the perfect mood and the starts are aligned. First problem here is the belief that it has to be perfect for you to reap the rewards. This perfection belief causes, as I call it, Perfection Paralysis. A dream-robbing condition, which prevents you from even starting, because the self-Imposed expectations are so high. That internal pressure sucks the life out of your mental and physical energy. Perfect doesn’t make money if you if it prevents you from showing up & creating. People don’t buy from you because you stuff is perfect, they buy from you because they trust you can help them. In fact, perfect often repels people, as we all know nothing is perfect. I’m discussing this in detail inside the episode, and explaining exactly how to get out of Perfection Paralysis. There is a cure!!!   Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Are you operating like a Manager or a Leader? Not sure if you know this part of my entrepreneurial journey, 4.5 years into running my business full-time, I still couldn’t grow it past 350-400K/year. Yes I’m aware that is still a great amount of revenue, but the business wasn’t growing and I felt stuck. I worked harder, longer, frantically Goggled all the things, and my business still wouldn’t grow. I was so tried, fried, and sick of it that I finally hired a business coach to help me figure out what I was doing wrong. Yes it took me that long to ask for help!!! (not recommended) One of the life-changing moments is when my coach pointed out to me that I was operating like a Manager inside my business (and life) and not a leader. Truthfully, I didn’t even really grasp the difference, but slowly the light bulb turned on. A Manager focuses on putting out fires, tending to employee’s and contractor’s needs, checking in on projects, reviewing and correcting everyone’s work, basically getting into the weeds of it all. A Leader focuses on the mission and vision of the company, while creatively coming up with new products and services to meet the needs of their customers. Allowing other people to deal with weeds and the rest of the garden, while I map out the overall landscaping. (you knew I couldn’t resist that analogy) Being a Manager was familiar to me, as that was my role in the corporate world, I had never been shown how to be a Leader, let alone thinking little ‘ole me could be one. The difference between building a 6-figure business and a 7 or 8-figure business, is becoming a Leader, and feeling you have the right to be in that position. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The first key step to becoming a millionaire is to train yourself to think like one. Sounds simple, but there’s a catch, y’all know I will always tell you what the catch is, as everything has one. To transform your thinking into a millionaire mindset requires next level discipline, and a genuine belief that it will greatly benefit you. If you are still game after learning the catch, then read on! First, I need you to write down the top five things you desire for your life, both personally and professionally. Be specific, be clear, and don’t play small. Second, turn each goal into an affirmation that is set in the present tense. Ie. I am creating a business doing ___________that generates five million dollars a year. Third, under each BIG goal, I want you to write down the three next steps you need to take to help you get closer to achieving each goal. Ie. I need to research X, I need to start an Instagram account, I need to hire Tiffany as my Business Coach (LMAO, but seriously) Fourth, every morning I want to read you affirmations at least five times, I do mine while walking around my pool in the morning (at some point you will have them memorized). To further build your millionaire mindset, a morning routine is critical. I’m sharing my exact millionaire mindset morning routine and rituals on this podcast episode. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Not knowing the answer to one or both of these questions can cause years of inner torment and suffering. What is your purpose here on this Earth, in this lifetime? How do I make money doing something I love? I would feel a ping of shame every time someone would ask me, “what is my passion or my purpose?” I felt like it was something as a human I was suppose to know, at least by the time I was 25 or even 30 years old. But I didn’t have a clue. So I made a career and even built my first company around what I was good at, not what I genuinely loved doing or felt fulfilled by. As years went by, I started to feel that maybe God didn’t give me some grand assignment or bigger purpose, maybe I wasn’t “called” to do anything special, because after all I didn’t see my self as special. Yes I made great money, but I felt like the waking dead, and I was jealous of people who seemed to be living their purpose and even making money doing what they loved. I wanted that life so badly, but I didn’t know how to get it, and I was determined to figure it out. And now I’m going to help you do the same. My goal here with ProjectME is to be the coach, the mentor, the guide, and the friend I wish I had throughout the years, to all of you. Purpose Finding Exercise: (Write everything that comes to mind for each questions, nothing is too small or silly) What are you the “go-to” person for among your friends, family, and/or co-workers? If money were of no concern, what you would love doing consistently for free? What do you love teaching and advising others about? >>>>>> Now I want you to circle the things that show up in all 3 columns I’ll explain how to analyze the exercise on this episode. Let’s get you closer to uncovering your purpose. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Most people deep down don’t believe this… Some people don’t want to believe this, because it makes it clear that you aren’t in complete control of your life. “The Universe knows the perfect timing for all the things that you want.” (Abraham Hicks) Believing this requires something so simple, yet oh so difficult to do, surrender and faith. Trusting in divine timing and letting go of your ego’s desired timing is one of several keys to igniting your ultimate manifestation energy. What helps me get back to a place of surrender is by writing a list of all of the things that have happened in my life at just the perfect time, even if it didn’t feel like it at the time. Everything from the timing of Molly’s (my longtime sweet-love Bulldog) death, yes it was sudden and traumatizing, but after months of reflection it was suppose to happen that way, as I was with her the entire time, versus me being out of the country or even asleep. I include less profound things on my list too, like how I just got a Donald Trump check in the mail for $1200, and I didn’t apply for a stimulus check, but it came at just the right time to remind me of my powerful manifesting energy, that I can co-create anything I desire in my life. So you can learn how to tap into your magnificent manifesting power I bought on a special guest to today’s podcast. She also happens to be a private client of mine. I believe all of my clients are brought to be for the greatest good of all. Sonia Lopez is a Manifestation and Energy Expert. She is known for her practical and actionable approach to manifesting your desires. She’s a regular contributor for the popular blogs, Elephant Journal and MindBodyGreen. You can connect with Sonia at: IG Handle: @Sonialopezcoaching Paid offer: Manifesting Energy Blueprint Freebie: Cord Cutting Meditation & Journal Prompts FB Private Group: Manifest Epic Private Group Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Two easy ways to get ideal clients slidin’ into your DMs. Did you guys know that I spend two hours every single day, seven days a week inside my DM’s answering your questions and getting to know all of you? But it wasn’t always this way, when I started ProjectME about two years ago, I didn’t get any DM’s, well aside from the occasional 90 Day Fiancé guys (insert “you pretty lady”). Your DM’s and messages are where many of your sales will take place, as that’s where you can build a more intimate relationship with your ideal client, versus your public comments. Think of it as a cyber-networking, so for all of my fellow introverts out there, it’s incredible! You get to network with people all over the world, without talking live or shaking hands. So how did I go from zero DM’s to around 45-60 per day without DMing strangers out of the blue (cuz that’s awkward AF). Encourage people to DM you in your stories, videos and captions on repeat. This way people will feel more comfortable to DM you and not awkward, like they are bothering you. Ask people a direct question in stories (using video) and encourage them to answer you via DM. Now you have a private conversation being started. But you BETTER REPLY BACK. If you don’t reply back in a short period of time, it will make the other people feel ignored and uncared for. Do an IG or FB live and DM the people who attended, and reference something from your live, and give them a gift for attending (one of your freebies). This builds trust and rapport with your audience. Use the poll and quiz features to ask questions, and you can DM direct responses to people who answered. Don’t try to sell them anything-just keep the conversation going and be of service. Listen to this episode where I break down the details of exactly how I’ve made my DM’s blow up with ideal clients. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Want to be in Forbes and featured on TV? But you think that you have to be some Insta-famous millionaire to be deemed worthy of press? This is not true. It’s far easier to get quality press for your business than most people realize. How do I know? For one, I was the press. I’m a former NBC and CBS TV Newscaster, and many of my long-time friends are still in the “news biz,” as we call it. Yes, it was a no-brainer to put a famous actor or a politician on TV, but it was also a no-brainer to share a highly engaging news story, which we knew our audience would appreciate. I’ve interviewed stay at home moms, many small business owners, self-published authors, and people who could barely pay their bills. You’re now wondering, “how do I get these press opportunities?” You have to create them. No reporter or writer is going to come to you unless you are already an established expert out in the public eye. You must create a sexy sellable storyline to pitch. It must be timely, different, and be beneficial to their target audience. (P.S. this is something I help my private clients create if they want press) You need to pitch your story to media outlets that are in alignment with your niche. (ie. Don’t pitch a top parenting magazine/blog if you aren’t a parent) To teach you exactly how to get your own press, I brought on Nicole Myden, a long-time public relations specialist, and founder of The PR Concierge, a publicity-consulting agency for purpose-driven entrepreneurs. You can connect with Nicole at: Instagram: @nicolemyden or @thePRconcierge Email: nicole@thePRconcierge.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

My spidey senses are telling me that you are procrastinating on something you deeply desire, both personally and professionally. There’s a boatload of shame associated around procrastinating on things we know we need to do, in order to have what we say we want. Tell me if you can relate to this scenario: You badly want to have your own thriving business, making massive cash doing what you love to do, helping thousands even millions of people. You scroll on social media analyzing and envying dozens of other woman who are living a version of your dream business/life. You know in your soul that you are meant to do and give more in this life, but something keeps you from really going for it. Every day that goes by, where you don’t take action on your dreams, brings up more self-judgment, self-doubt, anxiety, and even depression. You have a belief that you are stuck or blocked, if you only knew how to overcome it, you would be GOLDEN. This “goal shame-cycle” as I call it, is what’s coming between you and your dreams. If you could relate to the scenario I desired above, this podcast episode is a must listen to help you get out of this defeating dream-crushing cycle.   Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you want financial freedom versus getting rich, most of your fresh income needs to be passive. Otherwise you end up being a slave to your business, which you created in order to have more freedom and flexibility in your schedule and life. I know because this is what the first 7 years of my business felt like. Eventually, this lead to a major health crisis, which forced me to stop the presses, and have to learn an entirely new way of living and operating my business. Fast-forward five years and now 70% of my fresh income is passive. Meaning, it requires very little regular effort to generate that income. 30% of my income is active, meaning I trade my time for money (ie. Coaching, speaking, sales training, podcasting). This is freedom my Posse, and this is what I want so badly for all of you. Let me teach you how to start incorporating passive income into your life and brand. Remember it is one small step at a time. I started with investing an extra $200 a month into the stock market….then I started selling other people’s products as an affiliate marketer, then I added my own products, and it all has now compounded into dozens of streams of passive income flowing in each month. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You might not like what I have to say about this, but it’s something you need to hear. My job is to teach, show, and share with you the things you need to hear and know, which aren’t necessarily the things you want to hear. It’s worth it to me if I trigger you, if that ends up being the catalyst for change and real action in your life. (BTW...this is what real support looks like) >>>The reason you aren’t attracting more of what you desire in your life, is because you have a fantasyland conception, and spiritual immaturity around manifestation and the Law of Attraction. This isn’t your fault. Most manifestation coaches I see online focus on creating vision boards, pulling cards, journaling, and rubbing crystals. Don’t get me wrong, I love all that shit…but that’s not what’s at the core of being a POWERFUL MANIFESTOR or a “Super Attractor,” as my favorite modern manifestation teacher, Gabrielle Bernstein, calls it. Millions of books and courses are sold with titles like, “Manifest 3k in 30 days,” which I get the sexy marketing side of it, but it gives the illusion you can take a short cut and spiritually bypass becoming a “Super Attractor.” Yes you may have some quick abundance, “energetic evidence,” as I call it, but what I want for you is to learn how to stay in the POWERFUL MANIFESTOR state as often and long as possible, plus learn to get back into that energy when you slip out of it (which you will, as we are only human). “Begin to measure your spiritual maturity not on how easy your life is, but on how easy you are on yourself when things go awry.” (Gabrielle Bernstein, “Super Attractor,” her latest book) You are reading this for a reason, it’s because you were suppose to, the Universe has called you to learn how to align your core-being, with the POWERFUL MANIFESTOR and “Super Attractor” energy. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The easiest, lowest risk, and most cost-efficient way to make money online… If that didn’t get your business brain going, then I likely can’t help you. Here’s why you need to stop thinking about creating a digital course, and just do the damn thing:   They cost nothing to create as long you have access to a computer and a smartphone. The risk is low, because you don’t have to invest much money to create the final product. So if no one buys, you aren’t screwed. The e-learning market is projected to be worth 325 BILLION dollars by 2025, so this is a rapidly growing market. (Source: Forbes) E-learning increased revenue by 42% for US based businesses. (Source: eLearning) You can create an online course over a weekend; it doesn’t take months or years of development like physical products. I know why most of you haven’t created a course yet, it’s the same reason why you haven’t created anything else that you dream of having…fear of putting in all of that time and no one buys it, fear that no one will like it and want their money back, plus a belief that it will be a giant undertaking to make it happen. It is only hard if you believe it’s going to be. Let me take you through the key steps of creating an online course that will actually sell. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

 Three things you must get crazy good at to build a successful online business. If you have followed me for a while, you know that I love keeping everything I teach simple and straightforward. We have enough things in life that make our brains hurt, like spreadsheets, taxes, and annoying people!!! In my 12 years as a mostly digital based entrepreneur, I have made more mistakes than I can count. Many of them would have been easily avoided if I had someone like me kindly yet bluntly saying, “ Girl don’t do that,” “Watch out, I tried that four times and it doesn’t work,” “Sis you may want to approach that in a different way.” But back then business coaching wasn’t a thing, there was Tony Robbins and Zig Ziglar CD sets (which of course I listened to all of them), and there certainly wasn’t a female business coach sharing her wisdom. ProjectME with Tiffany Carter is my way of providing all of you dream chasers, ambitious, multi-passionate, and service-centered women the support, encouragement and practical guidance you need to achieve your goals smoother, faster, and much easier than I did. To have that thriving online business you so badly desire, you have got to get dang good at three things, and they aren’t what you expect: Identifying and processing your emotions. In order for you to attract your ideal client, you MUST connect with them on a deep emotional level. You can’t do that unless you are able to deeply connect with your own feelings. Most people blow this part off because they don’t realize how important it is, and it super uncomfortable to feel your feelings, if you spent most of your life trying to stuff them (like I did). Cutting out distractions. When we aren’t sure of what the heck we are doing (which BTW no one ever really is), we can get caught up in studying other people’s businesses, their content, their books, their videos, their pricing, their style, and so on. Then you end up creating a brand and offerings that aren’t unique to you, and therefor nothing converts into cash. Stay in your lane, force yourself to put blinders on, trust your intuition, and spend more time consistently creating than consuming. Writing marketing and social copy that connects. For online-based businesses, and brick and mortar lead generators (ie. blogs, social media, websites), written content paired with captivating visuals is what converts to clients. Even if you have the money to pay a top copywriter, you will blow a ton of cash, and waste a bunch of time, if you don’t learn how to convey the voice of YOUR brand, YOURSELF first. How can you expect a talented stranger to capture the essence of your brand and ideal client’s emotions, if you haven’t done that already? Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Fill in the blank: I am too ________________ to be successful as a _______________. The crap our inner bullies try to relentlessly convince us of shatters more dreams, hopes, visions, brilliant ideas, and life force than everything else or anyone else. Can I get an AMEN?!!!! This exact fill in the blank statement is the reason why I was resistant to starting ProjectME with Tiffany Carter. It didn’t matter that I was already a successful 7-figure entrepreneur for ten years. It didn’t matter that I was a marketing, branding and sales expert. It didn’t matter that I was a professionally trained former TV Newscaster and knew how to show up on video and on stage. It didn’t matter that I graduated at the top of my class in college, and went on to get numerous “impressive” credentials and awards. My inner bully was running the show and had me convinced that I was: -Too fat to be successful as an empowerment mentor and public figure -Too introverted to gain traction in a new industry and make connections and network with people. -Too sensitive and insecure to handle any haters on social media or people not liking my work -Too blunt and direct to be a successful coach outside of the big corporate world -Too unknown to make any traction and stand out when there are so many podcasts already and personal brands Guess what? None of those thoughts went away when I ripped off the years-old Band-Aid…if I had kept waiting for those thoughts and beliefs to go away, I would have NEVER STARTED. I did the damn thing anyway…wobbly, insecure, doubtful, terrified, awkward AF, sensitive, and anxious. Each day I would rip off that Band-Aid again…as weeks passed I no longer needed to rip it off, it peeled off easily. As more weeks passed, the wound started to heal, and no Band-Aid was needed at all. Now you see how I am today, two years later….all that is left is a faint scar to keep me humble. I’m here to help guide you to rip off your own Band-Aid every damn day. For a short time, I have decided to open a few additional private business-coaching spots for people who know they want more, but are stuck with the Band-Aids on. To apply visit www.projectmewithtiffany.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

This shit is hard. This shit is painful. This shit is scary. What grows from hard, painful, and scary circumstances? Radical Transformation!!!! I know this to be a fact, because I have experienced it many times over. Truly so have you. Losing your job SUCKS, even a job you hated in the first place. What comes out of that scary situation is a fire lit under your butt to go after the job or career you truly desire, but were being too chicken or lazy to go after it. Having your heart shattered into pieces SUCKS. What comes out of that is new wisdom for what you want and need in a partner, and a spotlight shined on the parts of you that still need healing and nurturing. Loss of income SUCKS. The fear and anxiety around it SUCKS even HARDER. What comes out that temporary financial setback, is you get forced to think bigger and more creatively on how to generate cash. This is when businesses are born, brands are made, and empires are built. Having someone you love die SUCKS. I can’t think of a more gut-wrenching pain than losing my father suddenly before my 25th birthday. What came out of it was a spiritual awakening, and a much-needed connection with God and the Universe that I felt too unworthy to previously explore. List the top five super SUCKY things that have happened in your life on a piece of paper, then under each situation list all of the growth, personal discovery, wisdom, transformation, and spiritual enlightenment that was born as a result. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Three straightforward ways to find more customers online TODAY! I know how frustrating it is to watch everyone else seemingly get loads of customers and attract them easily, while you are sitting behind your screen wondering what you are doing wrong. My first year as an entrepreneur I only landed two clients! To boot, I was considered a sales and marketing expert in the corporate world. WTF??!!!!! But I didn’t quite get how to find new paying clients online versus in real life. >>>>Fast forward 12 years as an online entrepreneur… I have mastered how to find strangers and turn them into paying happy customers consistently. So that you don’t have to spend years figuring it out the hard and frustrating way like I did, I’m going to tell you how to do the darn thing. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Most of you are blowing off this money generating free asset that is at your fingertips. I can’t stand by and watch you pass up this golden opportunity to grow your business, while I’m over here cashing in on it. In my opinion, Instagram Stories is the most under-utilized online free marketing tool! I make 5 figures a month from Instagram Stories alone, how do I know? Because when you truly want to build a REAL business versus a Jobby (my term for an expensive hobby) you need to be tracking how you get your leads and sales. My Instagram Stories weren’t always a primary cash generator…in fact, my first year of doing them, barely anyone watched my Stories. I started to think I wasn’t as entertaining as I find my self!!! Who can relate? If you are using Instagram to grow a business, then you need to look at each feature on the platform and ask these questions when creating content: How can I creatively use this feature to educate, enlighten, and entertain my ideal client? What can I share today in Instagram Stories that my ideal client will feel heard, validated, and understood? How can I visually post my Stories in a way that is visually interesting, interactive, and engaging? What can I do to set my self/my brand apart and leave people eager to see that lite up ring around your profile photo? In this episode I’m going to share the tip and tricks that are heavily responsible for generating 5-figures a month from Instagram Stories. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

This will smack you upside the head, guaranteed. When I first learned this, my jaw literally dropped. Did you know that it isn’t normal to feel fatigued most days of the week? Did you know it isn’t normal to so badly wish for more sleep when your alarm goes off in the morning? Did you know it isn’t normal to regularly forget where you parked your car or put your keys? As women, we’ve been told, we tell ourselves and each other, that being tired, groggy in the morning, and scatter-brained is just par for the course of being a busy woman, a mom, a business owner, or all the above. IT’S A LIE! Yes, it’s a fact that you feel that way, but we aren’t supposed to feel that way. There is likely an underlying issue going on that occurs when you sleep, combined with your choices around sleep. You know I teach that “energy doesn’t lie, and it can’t be faked.” No one is going to be excited to buy from someone who is a pushing and forcing their way through the day…nor do any of us deserve to live this way. I want you to listen to the doctor I brought on today’s show to talk about this Young Fit Female Syndrome, that is robbing women of having their best quality of life and vitality. Dr. Kristina McGuire is a sleep and stress expert, the owner of the TMJ and Sleep Therapy Centre of Cleveland, and an advocate for helping women beat exhaustion so they can preform at their best, and regain their zest for life. Connect with Dr. Kristina: For a virtual consult: ClevelandTMJsleep.com Connect on Instagram: @drkristinamcguire Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Millionaires have roadblocks, tough times, and failures too, we just keep going, when most people decide to quit. While going through some old papers, I came across a speech I gave to several thousand people at a conference, the year my business hit the million dollar mark.   I was asked to speak on what makes someone financially successful versus average. The answer is simple; the work is tedious, constant, and often painful. It’s your mindset and willingness to continue on regardless of how many fails, dramas, embarrassing moments, mistakes, your mood, or personal problems. Did you guys know that I started my first side-hustle during our last giant recession? I also quit my 6-figure prestigious career to go full-time into my business during that same recession. Yes I was terrified, but I knew at some point I had to jump, as playing it small and safe was killing me slowly. There is no bad time to go after your dreams. Just as there is not perfect time to go after them either. If it wasn’t the coronavirus or the economy, you would come up with another excuse to delay, simply because you are scared and don’t believe you have what it takes. We all have it in us. You have to believe that you are worth it and capable of giving it a fair shot. Listen to this episode to hear my take on starting and building a business during a stressed economy and a pandemic. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“I’m afraid of looking stupid. People will wonder why in the hell I’m doing this!!” How many of you have had this thought? I know I have. Even though I’m a professionally trained former TV Newscaster, I was terrified of showing up on video, when I started ProjectME with Tiffany Carter. I was afraid of what my corporate clients would think. I was afraid of what my high school friends would say. I was afraid of my mom’s reaction and cutting remarks. I was afraid of looking fat. I was afraid that people would think, “oh she thinks she’s all that.” I knew if I wanted to help thousands and millions of people become financially and emotionally empowered, I had to show up on video over and over and over again. There is no better way (aside from IRL) to build connection, trust, and loyalty with strangers than video. There were four key things I did to get my self to just do the damn thing: Record a video and ask an friend to view it and give their genuine feedback. This way if my friend says it’s good, I felt a little better about posting it. I write out key notes in large print (with a purple sharpie, duh) on a piece of paper, so I can easily glace at my notes, versus trying to remember everything I want to say when I’m nervous. I make sure to record when my energy is at the high point of the day, like after my morning workout. This way I felt more confident on video and mentally sharp. I allowed my self room for mistakes, slur of words, weird facial expressions, incomplete sentences, etc… When I anchored the news live at both NBC and CBS for hours at time, all sorts of things happened because we are human and you can’t edit them out. Plus, this makes you more real and relatable to people. When something comes across too curated and perfect, it doesn’t feel as authentic right? Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I have three lies and a truth for you today. The most common things I hear coming out of people’s mouths who so badly have a dream they want to achieve, are all lies that they believe are 100% FACTS. “I’m just feeling so stuck on what to do…” = LIE “I’m not sure where to even begin or how to start” = LIE “I’m just blocked right now, I will do _____ when I’m clear”  = LIE Now insert, “but Tiffany, you don’t understand… blah blah blah” I have no doubt that you are REALLY feeling this way, because you believe this to be true, and you keep repeating this to yourself and others, so of course you are going to feel what you repeatedly think and say. But here’s the truth in all of this… You buying into and giving energy to these “I’m stuck,” “I’m confused,” and “I’m blocked” declarations, will IN FACT keep you from moving forward. The truth is, part of you doesn’t want to move forward because you are scared. Moving forward means actually taking the risk, putting yourself out there, investing real time, money, and energy into something that isn’t guaranteed. Going after your dreams is scary AF, not going after them is far worse. Don’t you think having massive crushing regret is far worse than temporary fear? Let me help you move out of this stagnant purgatory-like state and into motion. Remember a body in motion stays in motion. When we stay stuck….mold, bacteria, and scum festers. I’ve been there….it gets real ugly you guys. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Ever notice the magical powers we have after saying “FU*K IT?” “FU*K IT I’m just going to do it anyway!” “FU*K IT I’m quitting!” “FU*K IT I’m breaking up with him!” “FU*K IT I might as well try!” “FU*K IT I’m pressing post!” What’s unfortunate is what most of us endure leading up to those “FU*K IT” moments. By the time we say “FU*K IT” we are fed up, exhausted, broken down, have nothing left to give, and have verbally tortured ourselves for months (maybe years). What if I told you there was a faster and more loving way to get to the “FU*K IT” energy? Would you want me to teach it to you? I know….DUUUUHHH….”give up the goods sis!” You can fast-forward to “FU*K IT” by giving up your attachment to what others will think of you. This includes the strangers on the internet, your judgy Aunt Suzie, the bully in your head, along with your close friends and family. Most of our resistance to doing what we know deep down is best for us and our overall happiness and inner peace, is our fear of what THEY will think or what THEY will say or do. I’m going to teach you on this episode how I went from giving way too many fu*ks 24/7, to what I call the Zero Fu*ks Given Zone of confidence. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The top three mistakes entrepreneurs make when setting up their new business: First let me share this with you, I made many major mistakes when I started my first business, this is why in my first year I only had two sales and worked 12 hours a day 7 days a week to even get those! Here I was a top sales professional in corporate America and I still wasn’t attracting ideal clients…as we know hindsight is always 20/20, but I want you to learn from my mistakes so you can have success much faster, easier and with more joy than I did. Setting up your business properly administratively and tax-wise from the start. I surprisingly did do this one correctly, but most new entrepreneurs don’t, and it can be a timely and expensive mistake to correct. It is absolutely worth it to hire a good accountant or CPA with business tax experience. Don’t use some random cheap accountant who only deals with basic 9-5 employee taxes. Starting a business with no ideal client in mind, and without any specific problem or solution that you are helping them solve. I see most people start businesses based on what THEY want to teach people and what THEY want to share with the world, leaving out the specific niche they want to go after and the specific problem they are going to help improve. You must NICHE TO GET RICH, but you also need to do market research to make sure that niche is a profitable one (which I did not do in my first 3 years of business). Having no customer acquisition plan. Starting a business even with a profitable niche but no plan on how to find and convert your customers, is a set up for having a VERY expensive hobby, or as I like to call it a Jobby. You will be working your bootie off for pennies on the dollar, resenting your business and wanting to quit every week, if you don’t bring in sales. Without consistent paying customers, YOU DO NOT HAVE A BUSINESS. I go much deeper into these top three mistakes on this podcast episode, so do yourself a favor and have a listen. If I heard this advice 12 years ago when I started, or even in my first three years of business, I would have made significantly more money and actually had fun doing it. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

We all lie everyday, especially to ourselves. At least nine of these lies are blocking the success, the happiness, the health, and the wealth you so badly proclaim you desire. I say “we” because I have told my self (and even others) every single one of these lies many times. My clients profess these lies to me everyday, when they do, I take them through my 3 A’s Process to end self-sabotaging thoughts and beliefs. The transformations I’ve seen in confidence, clarity, worthiness, and stuck energy bring me to tears. THE CATCH. You have to be dedicated and disciplined with the 3 A’s or it won’t stick, your inner bully and ego will over rule. The first A is Awareness…becoming aware of your lies and false beliefs. We can’t change what we aren’t aware of, right? Review this list of the 10 most common lies and make a mental check of each one you have told to yourselves recently: “If I could just _______ my life would be amazing.” “If I had more time I would do _______.” “If I say or do _____ people will think I’m ________ (ie. Crazy, stupid)” “If I say or do _______ this situation or person will change.” “Everything is Great” and/or “Everything Sucks!” (Absolute proclamations) “There is something deeply wrong or different about me.” “I would do ______ but I can’t because of _________” (ie. Time, energy, money) “I can’t live without ________” “She/He must be _________ in order to do that” (insert assumption about someone) “I’ll do __________ (insert dream/goal) once _________” (ie. Kids are in school, we have more money, I do more research) Now go listen to this episode so I can take you through the other 2 A’s of my 3 A’s Process to overcoming your self-sabotaging thoughts and beliefs. This is an exercise you will use for the rest of your life! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Instead of asking yourself if your feed is pretty and perfectly curated, you should be asking yourself, “will this image convert into cash?” Recently one of my clients who is an aspiring Wellness Coach was holding herself back from going ALL-IN on her business because she didn’t have fancy edited photos for her feed. I got all fired up and said, “screw the pretty, that shiz is played out, let’s focus on branding that brings in the money!” Yes Polly the Influencer has a beautiful dream-like feed with photos of her frolicking on beaches across the world (in skimpy white bikini causally holding a celery juice), but that doesn’t really matter if you are trying to build a brand. If your images are just pretty and they don’t help anyone or make any money, then you have a glorified hobby not a business. In case you haven’t noticed, 90% of my feed contains really helpful, inspiring, and informative infographics….the high vibe “influencer quality” photos of me actually convert significantly lower than the pretty pictures. Now this isn’t the case for everyone’s brand, but it is for mine. You have to look at your numbers and see what your audience really wants from you, not just the “likes” but are they generating DM’s, applications, purchases, and visits to your website? If you want to learn how to create images that covert into cash, listen to today’s episode with my friend Brodie Pierson. He is an international leader in personal brand photography and content marketing strategy. He helps entrepreneurs create standout brands that SELL through his courses, speaking, and his top rated podcast. He has crafted brands for thousands of thought leaders around the world including New York Times Best Sellers, women in Forbes, TEDX Speakers, and Best Selling Authors. Connect with Brodie: Get Brodie’s $197 content course for FREE by sending him a direct message to instagram.com/brodsimages with the words “CONTENT COURSE”  You can listen to Brodie's podcast here: http://bit.ly/brandedpodcastITUNES  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I should be dead. Around 5.5 years ago, on my birthday, I was at the lowest point I had ever been in my life. If you know anything about my story, you know that is saying A LOT. From the outside, my life looked fabulous. I had a couple million in the bank, a luxury townhouse in Los Angeles, had my own business, could work from anywhere in the world (and I did), had “friends,” and my sweet giant fur-baby Molly. BUT I DIDN’T FEEL LIKE I BELONGED IN THIS WORLD. I DIDN’T FEEL I WAS WORTHY OF EVEN BEING ALIVE. Truly, since we are being so raw and real here, I never felt like I ever fit in, like I ever belonged. I always felt different, but not in a good way. I did my best to survive and fit in. I wore the right clothes, took the right jobs, said the right things, had regular doctor and dentist visits, laughed at jokes that weren’t funny, and hit the gym almost every day. I felt like the living dead, just going through the motions of life with rare glimpses of happiness (never pure joy, had no idea what that was or how to get it). So after a series of extremely painful back-to-back events, I was finally DONE. I planned to end my life on my birthday as a gift to my self, and had access to all the pills and knowledge to get the job done. I truly felt no one would really miss me (not even Molly), and God made a mistake by having me born into this world. Then something happened that many would call a miracle…it’s far more powerful for me to tell you verbally than write it…listen and be prepared to get the chills. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Your Facebook group is a ghost town leaving you frustrated, and you’re wondering how in the heck do all of these people have poppin’ online communities, “what am I missing here people?” Does that sound about right? (give or take a few cuss words) Here’s the thing, we need have to have a reality check as our brain can come up with crazy unrealistic expectations on where we are suppose to be at in our business, with our amount of followers, and all the things…most of which are NUTS. It takes years to build a flourishing highly engaged community of loyal fans. Now there are things you can do strategically to help speed up the process, but ultimately time is a major factor. So I first need you to take a heaping dose of patience. If you don’t already have another built up platform to crossover your audience from YouTube to a Facebook group or from a popular Podcast to a Facebook group, it will take longer as you don’t have any community heavily built just yet. One of the biggest mistakes people make when creating an online community is they make it about themselves and their brand, and not about their ideal client. A community is when your members not only come to talk to you, but they come to hang out and chat with the other people in the community. It is your job to encourage and facilitate these interactions, while creating a great space where your people want to come and hang out on the daily. To learn exactly how to do this, I brought on someone who I feel is incredible at cultivating community, Samantha Parker, Founder of the girlsquadseries.com and a Digital Community Development Expert Samantha built her business on the belief that being successful in this world is all about believing that you're capable of far more than you can imagine. That belief must come from within and it's reinforced by the people you surround yourself with. Samantha has a degree in communications with a focus on technology, so she can hold her own in the digital and online worlds. She’s been running a successful online business for over five years now, which is like a million in internet years. Samantha is passionate about what she does. She’s been featured in some pretty amazing places like - Now This, LA Weekly, Good Morning LaLaLand and Bold TV. Samantha’s biggest and most epic boss moment this far- interviewing Gary Vee and a few other online legends. Samantha loves to connect, here’s how. Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/theonlysamathaparker Facebook Group: The Girl Crush Alliance Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thesamanthaparker  Instagram Girl Squad- https://www.instagram.com/girlsquadseries Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

A dangerous lie that is killing dreams every single day. What if I told you the market being “too saturated” is bullshit? Would you come up with a new story to tell yourself, or you would get mad at me and spew off all of your evidence as to why I’m wrong. Countless times I hear people who are passionate and talented stay stuck because of this lie. My heart sinks every time I hear someone tell me, “I would love to be a health coach but there are too many people already doing it.” Or, “I want to start a podcast, but everyone has a podcast now.” If you have been telling yourself this lie, let’s bury it together today. Are you really going to let the fact that many other people have gone after their dreams in a similar genre or specialty, stop you from perusing your own? Imagine if Pink, Beyoncé, or Alicia Keys decided not to pursue their singing career because there are too many professional singers already. Imagine if Oprah, Dan Rather, or Diane Sawyer decided not to pursue their journalism passion because there were already so many journalists out there. Imagine if the highly influential people in your life, from the medical professionals who have helped you heal, health experts, business mentors, and teachers decided not to pursue their passions because there were too many people doing it already. Got your mind flipped upside down now don’t I? Go listen to this episode for a strong dose of dream motivation. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Self-doubt is a fast track to failure, so why do we do it? No one is immune to self-doubt, it hits the wealthy, the famous, the spiritually enlightened, those with great childhoods, etc.. Some people end up paralyzed by it for life, and others seem unphased. One of the primary reasons it took me so long to start my personal brand ProjectME with Tiffany Carter, was a heaping dose of self-doubt. I was terrified at what people would think of me, “who does she think she is?” “I’m not pretty enough or skinny enough to be on Instagram” “will anyone really care what I have to say?” I would be lying if I told you self-doubt never shows up anymore for me, in fact it can get really damn loud when I go after something new, big, and scary. We must learn how to manage our self-doubt, since it will come up for the rest of our lives. It’s important for you to see the behind the scenes reality of successful entrepreneurs, so I brought onto the podcast one of my coaching clients for the first time ever. Courtney Baker built a multiple six-figure business, teaching people how to be successful coaches. She also specializes in helping women turn their stories into marketing content that converts into sales, and engaged followers.  Listen to get yourself out of self-doubt and into action. Courtney loves to connect, here’s how. Instagram: @courtbaker Website: www.courtbaker.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

On average, people need to see your brand 5 to 7 times before they will remember it. (source: Lucidpress) These stats get into the high multiples for companies with poor quality branding. The longer it takes for a potential customer to remember your brand, lengthens the time and possibly of them buying anything from you. There are many companies who have great brand recognition, and a product or service launch still fails because the branding around it failed to connect with their ideal customer. If you’ve had a launch of any kind in your business, whether it’s for one-on-one services, events, courses, free trainings, a Facebook group, etc… and you had crappy results, first thing I want to you assess is what you named the thing and how you presented it (the wording, the look, the vibe). Two Key Common Mistakes business owners make when naming and/or describing their services and products are: Using fancy and fun words and phrases instead of using words that their ideal clients really say and think. Ie. My Unicorn Power System versus My Ditch the Bra Fat Workout System (BTW isn’t bra fat the worst?) Being too general or generic with your name. If your service or product doesn’t speak to someone’s specific problem, it just won’t sell well. Remember you gotta niche to get rich. Ie. My Accounting Made Easy Course versus Simple Accounting Solutions for Busy Working Moms Listen to this episode to learn my special system to creating winning names that convert. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

How you squeeze your lemons says a lot about you… Are you someone who squeezes a lemon by putting in little effort, and you know you’re likely leaving some juice behind, but that little extra juice isn’t worth the extra work? Or are you someone who squeezes the crap out of that lemon, not wanting to waste a single drop of the juice or pulp? Most people fall into the first category of “squeezers.” If you knew that extra effort was the difference between you being a 6-figure earning woman and a 7-figure earning woman, would you do it then? I used to leave behind some juice in my first five years of business; I was too overworked and tired to have the energy to squeeze anymore. This was also the very reason why my business wasn’t growing, yes I made great money but not life-changing real wealth. One of the first things my long-time business coach said to me was, “if you want to be a millionaire, you gotta think and act like one.” To break down what that looks like, I brought on a 7-figure Coach and Growth Strategist, Kareen Walsh, she is also the proud creator of the lemon-squeezing analogy. She had no idea before the interview of my extreme love for using analogies when teaching. Kareen Walsh has mastered integrating her heart of service and her business savvy to assist entrepreneurs and C-suite leaders of any industry align what they love with what they do every single day. Kareen believes income can always be earned, but fulfillment is what each of us should strive to attain. Kareen can disarm you with undivided attention and help you quickly jump into action after one short interaction. Kareen loves to connect, here’s how. All things Kareen: www.kareenwalsh.com Grab Your Gift from Kareen: https://www.kareenwalsh.com/resources Follow on Instagram: @kareenzwalsh Follow on Facebook: @coachkareenwalsh Connect on linkedin: linkedin.com/in/kareenzwalsh Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“I’m sick again!!!” Like clockwork, I would get sick every time I was going after new big things in my life, both personally and professionally. Not just a slight cold sick, I’m talking full-fledge stomach flu, sinus infection, walking pneumonia, or bronchitis. I would be knocked down out of commission for a solid week (at least!). The anxiety was brutal, as it always happened right when I was building something new in my business, when I left my corporate career for entrepreneurship, launching new services/products, when I hired my business coach, and many times while I was in recovery for my exercise addiction, workaholism, and codependency. I would get so pissed as I didn’t have time to be sick, especially right then. There was truly nothing I could do but obsess, overthink, and do my best to get better. One of the first things I said to my spiritual coach 14 years ago, ( I hired him loooong before is was thing…so I literally told no one as I knew people would think I lost my damn mind) was me complaining that I kept getting sick every two months and it was so frustrating. His reply, “what you afraid of my dear?” Me afraid noooo, I’m a survivor, a baller, a hustler, I thought…. He explained that me getting sick was my body’s way of manifesting the fear messages in my brain…WHOA, WAIT, WHAT? “You are subconsciously sabotaging your success, so we need to work on addressing those fears in order for your body to respond differently, and you will stop getting sick so often,” he gently explained with compassion. Go listen to rest of this story and what unfolded let me know if you can identity with any of these self-sabotaging signs. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

One key reason your Instagram following isn’t growing at a good pace is because you aren’t using hashtags strategically. Some of you may think you are using all of the “right” hashtag tricks, and getting really dang frustrated that your audience still isn’t gaining any traction….I get it, that’s how I felt my first 6 months on the Gram (which BTW was only 1.5 years ago). I said WTF after each one of my carefully crafted posts didn’t get much engagement, or they did and it didn’t help grow my following at all. At one point I thought, “Do I have to shake my bootie and show my body more to gain followers?” I wasn’t willing to play that game. Ya hear me ladies? I started to experiment with hashtags, and track my results, after much tedious effort and lots of WTFs, I cracked that damn code. There were Three things I was doing wrong: I was using hashtags waaaay too big for my small size audience. No one would even find little ‘ole me in a sea of influencers with hundreds of thousands of followers. I was selecting hashtags solely based on what the post topic was about, versus the people who find that particular post helpful, enlightening, or entertaining. I wasn’t thinking at all about my ideal client when selecting hashtags, and as I teach EVERYTHING must be filtered through the eyes, hearts and souls of our ideal clients. Since you know I never hold back on teaching you exactly how to succeed in your business and in life, in this episode I will teach you my winning hashtag formula that has helped me attract thousands of ideal clients to my feed. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I’m answering the top questions I receive on the daily, in my straightforward no BS style of course. When I get asked, “How did you become so successful and a multi-millionaire?” I get a half-smirk, half-smile across my mostly Botox’d face. Truly to answer that properly, I had to create an entire podcast dedicated to sharing success secrets, business strategies, insane stories, and unique guests. But that’s not the answer people want to hear, they want me to sum it up in a pretty purple box with a sparkly gold bow. So I’ve put together a list of 8 things that I strongly attribute my continued success to: Putting my spirituality and health as a non-negotiable number one priority every single day. Working on my abundance mindset all day long, incorporating all of the techniques I’ve learned and I’ve created on repeat. I don’t take my self so seriously (although I used to). I make even boring and annoying tasks fun…by laughing at it all, doing what I call “humorous complaining.” I have strict boundaries around whom I surrounded my self with and what I absorb (TV, podcasts, events, books). If it doesn’t feel good, loving and nurturing to me…it gets the boot. I reinvest at least 50% of what I generate in my businesses back into growing them, refining my skill-set, learning something new, hiring quality people, having a coach, buying products, courses, platforms that make my life easier. I say NO a lot. I say it with zero guilt 99% of the time. I don’t have to offer some long explanation or make up a lie (something I used to do) to decline an invite, a favor, an interview, an opportunity, a client, or a 90-Day Fiancé troll. Instead of getting fixed on the numbers and figures of my audience, my email list, my podcast downloads, my revenue….I do the best I absolutely can on any given day and let go of the rest. I do review my numbers either monthly or quarterly, and if something is great I celebrate and if something is off track, I asses, but I don’t obsess. I stay loyal and focused on my core-values (which are also the core values of ProjectME with Tiffany Carter) Integrity, Service, Empowerment, Compassion, and Fun. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Low Self-Worth = Low Net-Worth If you have been following and listening to me for some time, you know this is a message I deliver on repeat. I will shout, write, speak, dance, and infuse this message on repeat ‘til the day I die, and even after I die, I will come back and haunt you with it. You aren’t living the abundant life you so desire and deserve because at core, you don’t believe that you deserve it 1000% I lost almost everything I had in the bank, three months after becoming an official millionaire...it wasn’t because I didn’t know how to make money, or because I wasn’t smart, it was all because I had very low self-worth. When our self-worth is low, we end up making decisions and taking actions from a low vibrational space…and therefor we end up with more low vibe circumstances, people, places and things in our lives. Who do you think has more success landing new clients and selling their offerings, someone in a low-vibrational state or a high-vibrational state? High-Vibes CAN’T BE FAKED! Believe me I tried that route most of my life, as I didn’t know my low confidence, heaping mound of self-doubt, and lack of self-worth could be fixed. Yes I was able to make a crap-ton of money, but I also lost it all. This is why I’m so passionate about guiding all of you and why I created ProjectME with Tiffany Carter, because WE are the Most Exceptional projects of our lives (that’s what the ME stands for)! Allow yourself to accept the guidance from someone who has been there, and can show you an entirely different way of being, one that will set you free, emotionally, spiritually, and financially. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

New Levels, New Devils. Scaling a business is no joke. I can confidently help you generate 100k, 250K, 500K, 1 Million in your business…I’ve rinsed and repeated this proven process hundreds of times with people in all different specialties from all different backgrounds. What I can’t do is guarantee that you will do your part. A LOT of YOU is required to start and scale your business, and as your continue to grow and your goals get bigger…a hell of A LOT more of YOU is required. There is no way around it. You want to know what the top two things are that prevents people from reaching their goals? It’s not talent, it’s not education, it’s not looks, it’s not the size of their audience or email list…. Number One: They lack the willingness and determination to stay focused on that goal, even when it’s hard AF, even when you are having a bad month, even when it isn’t fun, even when you lose money. Number Two: Not willing to invest their business, personal development, and mindset in order to grow. Basically not willing to put your money where your mouth is…You say you want ________ more than anything, yet your actions don’t match your words. So what you are really doing is putting conditions around your dreams….I want it but I don’t want to have to sell my services, I want it but I’m afraid to spend money to get expert guidance, I want it but I hate going on video so I won’t, I WANT IT BUT…. The real question is are you willing and determined to do what it takes to achieve your goals? IF you answer is yes, I want you to attend my FREE live training class (today is your last chance to register!!!) , how to step-by-step land clients, fill your programs/events, and your network marketing teams in a way that feels good to you with high integrity. Space is very limited for training as it is live, register right now to secure your seat, and invite your fellow goal-chasers, who want to learn from me live. www.projectmewithtiffany.com/freetraining Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

This is why your stuff isn’t selling. No one is enrolling, and your calendar isn’t full with ideal clients… First I need to say this to all of you service-based, heart-centered, driven, dream-chasers, please don’t let your lack of sales, revenue, followers, and/or clients determine IF you are meant to be following this dream of yours. When we attach our self-worth and confidence to some external factor like how many clients you have, how much money you are making, or how long it is taking for your dream to manifest, it is a set up for failure and certainly doesn’t help anyone. Tell me if this sounds familiar to you: -You get all excited about going after your dreams, whether it is starting a business, growing your business, reigniting your networking team, and you are riding high on ambition and abundance vibes for a couple of weeks. -Then after pouring your heart, soul, time and energy into ALL THE THINGS for a couple of weeks and there is ZERO or ho-hum traction….no one has enrolled, no applications have come through, only a couple of potential client sales calls and they both said, “they can’t afford it.” You feel frustrated, defeated, and discouraged…the self-doubt monster rears its ugly head in your brain. -Your brain is now on a repeat loop of, “why am I doing wrong?” “why is this working for me and not me?” “Maybe I’m not as qualified to be doing this as I thought,” “I should just quit, this is way too much for me handle!” Who can relate? My job and my calling is to help you achieve your goals and make that cash faster, easier, and with a heck of a lot more fun and flow. What if I told you there were 3 critical mistakes entrepreneurs and service-based professionals make on sales calls, causing them to lose tons of clients and thousand of dollars? I am going to teach you for FREE in a live training class, how to step-by-step land clients, fill your programs/events, and your network marketing teams in a way that feels good to you with high integrity. Space is very limited for training as it is live, registered right now to secure your seat, and invite your friends and your team, who want to learn from a multi-millionaire live. www.projectmewithtiffany.com/freetraining Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

FU*CK IT! I QUIT! These four words have been said dozens of times over my twelve years of being an entrepreneur. Most recently, I said them right at the start of the New Year. Yes while everyone was “New Year, New You’ing” (gag) my heart got shattered into a million pieces when I suddenly and unexpectedly lost my fur-baby, baked potato, bird bean, princess, tootles, Ms. Molly. It happened so dramatically that my nervous system is still processing the event and my PTSD was heavily triggered. On top of that I was in hard-core pre-launch mode for my signature sales course, and I’m in my busy season for both of my businesses. Then just two days later Mike and I got food poisoning, which left me non-functional for 48 hours. My inbox was exploding, my voicemail was full, I had over 65 unread texts, and well over a hundred DM’s, plus a mile long time-sensitive to-do list…so I did what all seasoned mutli-millionaires do and I screamed, “FU*CK IT! I QUIT! This is just too much for me!” Every time I say it, yell it, cry it, and think it, I mean it at the time yet I would never truly quit. It’s my way of crying “MERCY” and waving the white flag. I know you have been there too, whether it’s with your career, your business, your marriage, your kids, or your laptop. I’ve decided to bring you along, and share how I process and move through those times when I just want to quit it all. This episode is raw and next level real, but it’s important for you to see how I manage when the sh*t hits the fan. After all, we know its not all Bali and butterflies everyday. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

There are 5 things I wish I did differently when starting my online business, and they will for sure surprise you. Hindsight is always 20/20. I believe reflecting back on what we could have done better is important, just be sure not to dwell on what could have been (this can be challenging for me, a Virgo, Enneagram 6, INFJ). As your business coach, it is my responsibility to share with you not just what works but also what doesn’t work, and the why behind it. Your business is something that is ever evolving just like your personal relationships. You will try things and some will workout great and others not so much, plus a few epic fails. Just know this is 100% going to happen, and if it hasn’t yet, you aren’t going all-in. The first thing I wish I did differently is not focusing on how everyone else is showing up online. I wasted a lot of time and energy on studying how other female online business owners were presenting themselves online, the types of content they shared, how they dressed, etc... None of that matters, all I needed to do was show up as me 100% and serve my ideal client who needs my help. Number two: I wish I reached out to people who had established personal brands and asked them for their hiring tips and biggest hiring mistakes. Even though ProjectME with Tiffany Carter is my second business, it is a personal brand, which is a completely different business model then my other online business. Therefor, the types of people I needed to hire were very different. I thought it would be smart to hire girls who had great social media accounts as it showed they understood digital marketing, WRONG. I attracted a bunch of people who wanted to be Insta-famous and were focused on building their business while using mine to get ahead. The other three are best explained live, so download the episode to get all the juicy details. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If your current social media audience isn’t bring home the Benjamin’s’ you need to keep reading. I know how frustrating it is to want to serve people so badly, you know you have this gift, and it feels likes no one is that interested. It can make you question your skill set, your business, and yourself. What makes it worse in when you see other people online getting tons of “likes,” comments, and paying clients doing something similar to you, WTH?! What am I doing wrong?!!! First of all let me knock out two myths for you: number one, you don’t need a big audience in order to make great money online, it’s about the type of people in your audience versus the size. Number two, just because someone is getting a ton of engagement on their posts and they have a hundreds of thousands of followers, doesn’t mean they are making major money. (many of these ‘influencers’ apply for my coaching, not knowing how to monetize their audience) Here’s the thing, if your social media audience isn’t consistently growing in size and engagement (even slowly) then your content is simply not captivating your ideal client. If month over month, your number of daily DM’s aren’t increasing (even by 1 or 2) and your account isn’t growing, you are not serving what your ideal client is craving. So Tiffany, “how do I fix it? I thought I was pouring my heart out in my writing and spending hours taking pictures and creating quotes.” BUT are you writing what you THINK your ideal client wants to learn and needs to hear, or are you just assuming. Because we all know what happens when we assume things right? I’m going to teach you step by step how to create social media posts that will fill your audience with people who will buy from you. Listen to today’s special training episode and get ready to step up your content game. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Should I quit my job? How do I know when it’s the right time? What if I fail? These questions tortured me for six months before I ripped off the damn Band-Aid. You know I freakin’ love analogies, so get ready one is coming. Leaving a solid career or job that you don’t loooove anymore or maybe you never truly did, that is paying you well but not what you deserve, is like knowing you need to break off a relationship with the “but they are so nice” person. There are some things that feel so comfy and convenient, but it untimely leaves you joyless. Insert the guy I was dreading breaking up with because he was so good at setting up and managing all of the electronics in my house and business….plus “he was so nice.” Smart companies purposely design comp packages to give you just enough to be comfortable that it would be scary to leave. Hell I even had a company car, credit card, stock options, and giant office supply budget. Leaving a crappy job with a miserable boss with low pay is like breaking up with an A-hole, way easier, and you know there is something better out there. Whichever scenario you find yourself in, ONE fact is the same, you aren’t happy. Most of us were taught that making great money and enjoying your work rarely exist together, and that’s one of the saddest lies that has been passed down for generations. I want you to listen to my interview today with Regina Lawrence, a former trial attorney and law school professor turned soulful business and life strategist. She left a successful career that she sweat blood and tears to achieve, and made a 180-degree pivot into the coaching world. Connect with Regina: Instagram: @reginaalawrence  Website: reginalawrence.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

80% of you will not follow through on your 2020 goals! FACTS!!! This hard stat comes from US News and World Report. The good news is 20% of you WILL achieve your 2020 goals, and I would like to help as many of you as possible be on this side of the equation. From the well of over 1500 people I have coached and mentored, every single one of them has failed at achieving goals multiple times in their lives, ME INCLUDED. The fail-point actually occurs right from start. We unknowingly, subconsciously set ourselves up, by getting caught up in the yumminess of fantasy thinking. It all usually starts around the end of November...mass media; social media, people surrounding us start talking about their plans for the New Year or “next year.” Then we start slowly placing our New Year plans, goals, and visions into our mental magical fantasy filing cabinet. It goes something like this: You are searching for your seventeenth pair of black yoga pants, (but they are your favorites when you feel bloated), and your closet is “sooooo unorganized” it takes you ten minutes to find them. You proclaim to yourself, I’m going to make a point of being more organized in the New Year and Marie Kondo my closet. Instant dopamine (the feel good brain chemical) is released and you feel a wave of relief, empowerment, and satisfaction that just solved the problem. Then while waiting for yoga class to start you start scrolling Instagram, and you see Polly the Princess social media influencer telling you she makes six-figures blogging…now your brain says, ”I’m going to start a YouTube channel in the New Year, if she can do it I can too.” Once again instant dopamine is released and you walk into your class feeling excited, empowered, and full of hope. These fantasy index cards keep stacking up over the days leading to the New Year, and all of a sudden it’s January First. The emotional pattern is typically excitement, motivated, determined to overwhelmed, discouraged, frustrated, disappointment, and then shame. If this at all resonates with you, listen to this episode and learn how to regroup and regain traction on your real goals. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I’ve discovered there are 7 common traits in the way female millionaires think; let’s see how many of them you have… I came up with this list after being interviewed for special article coming out in Glamour Magazine on millionaire mindset. The writer asked me, “out of all the female millionaires you’ve coached, collaborated with, are friends with, what are their common traits?” (Insert…a loooong pause before I could answer.) For those of you who have been part of the ProjectME Posse community for a while, you know that I am rarely at a loss for words, but this question really made me think. So I asked the writer if I could create a great list to best answer her question, thankfully she agreed. My list started with 23 traits and I narrowed them down to these key seven: Female Millionaire’s may not know exactly how they are going to achieve their goals, but they are confident they will figure it out no matter what. Female Millionaire’s are critically aware of their strengths and weaknesses, and are resourceful in making sure they stay in their “strength zone.” Female Millionaire’s are relentless in pursuit of their vision. They get knocked down many times, but they ALWAYS get back up and keep going even when battered and bruised. Female Millionaire’s have a small and strong inner circle support system. Most have few “real friends,” but the people they do have are highly trusted and valued. Female Millionaire’s embrace the importance of putting themselves first and not in a selfish way, in the ProjectME way (we are the Most Exceptional Projects of our lives). Female Millionaire’s know how to promote and market their businesses in a way that feels great and fun to them, they enjoy SELLING! Female Millionaire’s give zero f*%cks about what “they” think, sure some things do sting but it doesn’t stick to them. Want to sink into this Female Millionaire Mindset further? I thought so. On today’s podcast episode, I brought on Lindsey Mango, a boss lady who ditched her corporate life to start her own successful mindset coaching business. Her mission is to show women they are capable of doing anything they dream, in business and life. Connect with Lindsey: Instagram:  @lindseymango_ Facebook:  facebook.com/LindseyMangoCo Website: lindseymangocoaching.com SoulCEO Podcast:  podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/soul-ceo/id1360406832 Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

One of the worst forms of metal abuse is the kind we inflict upon ourselves! I was the MASTER at making my self feel like crap. The weird thing is I had zero idea that it was self-inflected…which is why I’m sharing this story with you today, as a mentor pointed it out to me several years ago, and it hit me between the eyes. Comparison is form of self-sabotage and self-abuse. The scary reality is that is can be addictive. The definition of addiction is you are doing something repeatedly that is robbing you of your health, mental wellbeing, spirituality, and/or livelihood, yet you continue to do it anyway. Going online and ending up in the Comparasionitis spin cycle and sink hole, and not doing anything to stop it, is a HUGE RED FLAG. The same holds true for doing this in person….you are at a networking event or at the gym, you find yourself comparing and making yourself feel less than, and yet you do nothing to stop this “habit.” THIS WAS ME. I even would know that I needed to get off social media, it wasn’t making me feel good, yet I continued to scroll-compare-critize my self on repeat. I sub-consciously would be looking for a “shame hit” as I call it, like a heroin addict is looking for a needle. Pure insanity, not healthy, yet I was in this addictive loop of self-abuse. If you find yourself in this negative Comparasionitis spin once a week or more, do yourself a favor and listen to this episode. I will teach you how to stop this cycle, plus what to do when you find yourself in it. Otherwise the negative committee in your brain will continue to sabotage your dreams, and that my loves isn’t an option. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

How to align your energy with your 2020 goals… The most important and priceless resource you have is your energy. As I always say, personalities can be faked, but energy cannot. If your energy is out of alignment with your 2020 goals, they will not manifest into reality no matter how hard you work at it or how much money you throw at it. Believe me, Tiffany 1.0 tried it doesn’t work. Here’s how you know if your energy is out of alignment with your vision: if your body are mind are tense, stressed, or anxious anytime you think, speak, or take action towards your goal…you my friend need an energy adjustment. Our bodies never lie…our Ego’s do. Sometimes we think we want something but it’s not our true soul calling. We get conditioned by society, our gender, money, and the media, to do certain things by certain ages and in a certain way…it’s important that we tap into our bodies and our intuition, as this is where the truth lies. To get that energy flowing towards our greatest good is a daily practice. I need you to establish a morning routine for 2020. An easy way to create one is to ask yourself, what would the person who already has what you desire do every morning? Would they pray, would they write, would they exercise, meditate, draw, listen to music, have creative time, etc…Now create a version of this. Yes I know it’s not all possible right this minute, but a version of it is. There is always a creative way. For next level energy flowing, I brought on an Elite Energy Guide and Empathic Healer to today’s podcast. Miss Jordan’s specialty is connecting you to the highest version of yourself led by the truth of your soul.  Connect with Miss Jordan: Instagram:  @theunicornway Facebook: m.facebook.com/missjordantheunicornway/ Website:  www.theunicornway.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

There is a strategy behind packaging your services to guarantee they will actually sell. After all that is the point here right? You are running a business, not spending all of this time, heart, and energy for a hobby. Most of my business-coaching clients come to me after they are fed up, exhausted, and feeling deflated after trying it all but their shiz still isn’t selling, at least not with any ease. I get it, I’ve been there. My first three years of business I spent hustling my bootie off doing tons of presentations and sales calls, with a less than impressive close rate (this is number of people who buy from you compared to the number of people/businesses you pitched). My rate was 35% at best. Yes I made legit cash, around 200K per year, BUT, I was grinding away to make that number, so much so, that I wanted to quit on a weekly basis, as being an employee was waaaaay easier. When I was on my last thread, I had heart to heart conversation with my self (I do this often BTW…only child syndrome perhaps)… “Tiffany you have come this far and spent countless hours working, sacrificed a social life, and I’m not going to let you quit just because it’s hard right now. We just need to create a better way, there has to be one.” I took about ten days off from doing almost anything work related to reset my body and mind. It’s amazing what happens when we slow down and rest. Who else gets their best and most creative ideas while on vacation or in the bathtub? Instead me leaving you to figure all of this out the hard way, I’m paying it forward by sharing with you step-by-step how to package your services so they are guaranteed to sell. Learn how I increased my close-rate to 90%. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Guess what’s standing between you and the multiple 6 or 7-figure life you desire? It’s not some special strategy (that can easily be taught or paid for). It’s not a different networking company. It’s not having more social media followers. It’s not you getting another certification or credential. Some tough love here…you are the common denominator in all areas of your life. It’s you who is in your own way: The lack of belief in yourself, your lack of trust in yourself, your impatience, and most of all your willingness to surrender to a power greater than yourself (the Universe, God, angels, etc…). Let’s commit to being done with standing in the way of your dreams for 2020. Let’s leave these abundance blockers in 2019. I’ve recorded a special episode for you today, and brought on a guest who is going to teach you how to train your mind to get the life of your desires. Taylor Simpson is a Subconscious Mind Expert, Motivational Speaker, and Money Manifestation Coach. Light a candle, break out the crystals, get your journal out, and open your mind to limitless possibilities. Connect with Taylor: Instagram:  Instagram.com/iAmTaylorSimpson Website:  www.TheTaylorSimpson.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

New Year’s Eve manifesting techniques to set you up for maximum abundance in the New Year: Not sure if you guys know this about me but I have been a student of the Law of Attraction and an active manifestor for 15 years. I studied privately for ten years with a top spiritual guide in the field, for hours every week. One of the many benefits of living in Los Angeles. I see manifesting as an artistic dance. The energy is always moving, and if you skip a step and get lazy, you will end up with a bruised foot. Also in keeping with that analogy, the more you practice the dance, the better at it you get. What’s most important is that you start, even if it’s baby steps….as long as you believe this manifestation thing is possible for you. If you think it’s total hogwash (where is the hell does that term come from anyway? LOL), then don’t bother, as like attracts like, so your disbelief will attract more things and circumstances to prove to you that it is in fact hogwash. Today I’m going to share with you my step-by-step manifesting techniques I use every New Year’s Eve to manifest what I desire or something better in the New Year. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Who is the heck are “THEY” anyway? “THEY will think I’m under qualified.” “THEY will think I’m too fat.” “THEY will think I sound stupid.” “THEY won’t buy from me.” “THEY say you need X, Y, Z in order to be successful.” THEY are the negative committee inside our own brains. Usually comprised of every toxic person we have encountered in our lives. This is great news, as we, our higher abundant selves lead this committee and have 100% voting power. When a “THEY will think,” or a “THEY will say,” enters your mind, I want you to picture yourself in a giant judge chair with a gavel, and slam that thing down and say, “order in the court!” Gain back control of the unruly, ignorant, loud mouths in your committee. Don’t allow them to take over your courtroom. To get you further fired up, I brought on the Queen of Confidence, Rachel Luna. She is a best selling author, sales and confidence strategist, a former US Marine, Founder of Girl Confident, and Host of the live event Confidence Activated. Connect with Rachel: Instagram: instagram.com/girlconfident/ Website: rachelluna.biz Live Event: confidenceactivated.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Here’s why your social media following isn’t growing, even though you are doing “all the things.” There isn’t enough of the REAL you infused into your content. What I mean by the “REAL YOU,” are your quirks, your habits, your obsessions, your silliness, your sass, your playful side, and all the other stuff that you have deemed “boring.” “Tiffany I don’t really do that much, I’m pretty boring, so there isn’t much interesting stuff to share.” LIES LIES LIES LIES No one and I mean no is boring. Everyone is interesting in some way. You just need to convey your “boringness” in an interesting way. Look at your social media platforms that are personal-brand based (versus product-based, like a jewelry company), like mini reality-TV shows. People are voyeurs and nosey by nature, this is why realty-TV and live streaming has taken over. If you have a personal brand, make the damn content more personal, showcasing your uniqueness. I’m an introvert, empath, homebody, so if I can manage to make my “boringness” interesting and captivating, so can you. Now I’m going to teach exactly how to do it in this episode. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“If you keep on believing, the dreams that you wish will come true.” (Cinderella) Have you ever gone back and watched some of your favorite childhood fairytales as an adult? There are so many incredible abundance mindset perspectives that we can apply to our adult lives. In the case of Cinderella, a large part of her life was crap. She was unwanted, abused, and publicly ridiculed. Yet, there was a light within her that couldn’t be dimmed no matter what. She so strongly believed she was meant for more, that she manifested her way to a better life. When I think about it, I have my own Cinderella story, one of abuse to abundance. I’m sure this why even as young as seven years-old I remember watching this movie so many times, I wore out the tape (who remembers those giant Disney VHS tapes and covers?) It’s no wonder that the Universe connected me to a real-life former Disney Princess who was the voice of Cinderella (crazy right?!). This woman is nothing short of remarkable. Deanna Falchook had a severely abusive childhood with a paranoid schizophrenic as a father, yet she never stopped following her light within. This led her to become a Disney Princess, a Mom of 7, and a millionaire network marketer. Listen to hear her full incredible story. Connect with Deanna: Facebook: facebook.com/deannafalchook LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/deannafalchook YouTube: youtube.com/youparent Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Have you lost your business mojo? For some reason many entrepreneurs become so shocked and discouraged when they lose that lovin’ feeling for their business. I want you to know it is absolutely 100% normal to fall out of love for your business many times. In the 11.5 years of me being a full-time entrepreneur, I have been head over heels in love with my businesses, have hated them, have felt indifferent, and then I’ve fallen in love all over again. Just like a long-term romantic partner, you will not be madly in love with them at all times. The sound of them even chewing or how they wash the dishes, will be enough to irritate you some days. Ladies can I get an “AMEN.” The relationship with your business is no different. You will need to work at getting the mojo back for your work, and do your best to keep it alive. For me, that requires an extreme balancing act, which I’m going to share with you. If you are feeling business burnout, then likely your output is out of balance. You have been putting so much energy, content, time, and products out there, that you need to include more input (consuming). Allow yourself to receive; receive information, read, watch videos, massage, attend a personal development event, or take an online class or free webinar. I’m sharing more about this balancing act in this episode. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Are you SHOULDING all over yourself? “Should I do _______?” or should I do ________?” is responsible for hours of lost sleep, anxiety, ruined manicures, and inaction. Staying in a space of indecisiveness will keep you stuck, and everyday you stay in it is another day further away from your dream life. Indecision is form of fear in disguise. It’s like being in a rocking chair, your mind is moving but you aren’t going to get anywhere. Hence the term “analysis paralysis.” As a hard-core Virgo, Enneagram 6, INFJ, I’m a natural over-analyzer. I want to have back-up plans for the back-up plans. If I stay in this state for too long, it ends up consuming me and causes mental burnout. Can any of you relate? To shake me out that state, I first have to catch my self in it. So I want you to do a daily check in (it takes 15 seconds) and acknowledge anything you have been chewing over in your mind, whether it’s personal or professional. Next, I want you to write down the thing or things that have been taking up space in your brain. Across from each thing answer this question: What would the highest most abundant version of my self do? WARNING!!! The answers may scare you, as once we have the answers, we can no longer can use the “I’m not sure what to do” or “I’m so torn,” excuses for our inaction. I want you to hear from someone who recently made a huge career shift and how she came to that decision. Her story will help you gain the clarity your crave. Kristen Crowley is TV personality, fitness cover model, and Founder of WELLFITsocial. For the first time in her life she is an entrepreneur versus an employee. Excited for all of you over-analyzers in the Posse to hear this episode. Connect with Kristen: Instagram:  instagram.com/kristencrowleytv YouTube:  youtube.com/channel/UC4vcJwe4Vno830vPe6JXctw Website: kristencrowley.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you want to become more efficient and productive with your time, ask a Virgo. With running a 7-figure business, a separate multiple-six figure brand, many investments, a nutty travel schedule, two rescue dogs, my high maintenance eyebrows, and my deep passion for sleep….I had to figure out a way to maximize each minute of my day in a way that didn’t feel like my life was controlling me. So I became a task-batching master, and a self-negotiator. You see I don’t enjoy doing anything that makes my brain hurt or that is unnecessarily hard. So for tasks that I dread, I always ask my self, “how can I make this easier, go faster, and be more enjoyable?” Amazing what happens when we ask ourselves great questions, we usually end up with fantastic answers. I’ve put together my best tricks for getting more stuff done in less time; you can thank me after listening. Let me start helping you right now, what is one task that takes up a bunch of your time that you absolutely dread? Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you build it they will come, is a fantasy. Business simply doesn’t work that way. It’s more like, before you build it, make sure the people want it and need it, then once you build it, you will need to let specific types of people know about it, over and over and over again in a variety of ways. In coaching thousands of people, I have seen a pattern where solopreneurs can get to about 250K a year, and then they get stuck at that point. Many of you reading this right now may the thinking, “ Tiffany I would love be stuck at 250K.” Yes, reaching that financial milestone is impressive, but if you are a true entrepreneur and want to help the most people possible, you need to have a vision well beyond a quarter of a million dollars. If you don’t plan how you will scale, you will fail. You are going to learn about scaling your business for success on today’s podcast. I invited on a business strategist who helps dozens of companies across the US build and scale their businesses. Adam Flores is a young revolutionary leader in business. For years he struggled to get his message and business out into the world. His frustration led him to become a radical student in leadership, social media, and internet marketing. Now his marketing consulting business, The Dream Factory has over a million dollars in sales. Connect with Adam: Instagram: @AdamImobFlores Facebook: Adam iMob Flores Personal Website: Adamimobflores.com Blueprint Strategy Session: http://dreamfactoryco.com/blueprint Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Things I wish I knew in my first 5 years of entrepreneurship. You guys, I was an entrepreneur long before it was cool, and before this whole #bossbabe thing, and #womensupportingwomen movement. When I made the decision to start a side-hustle business and then quit my prestigious career in pharmaceuticals 11 years ago, I had one person professionally who believed in me, and one person personally. Most everyone thought I was nuts to leave a high paying and high profile corporate career for a dream and a gamble. What they didn’t understand is that I had to, I couldn’t do the corporate grind and ladder climb anymore. I would rather had been a coffee barista then continue in that environment. Can anyone relate? Those first five years in business were insane. It was the blind leading the blind, which left me making many mistakes, costing me tens of thousands of dollars, countless nights of sleep, and me contemplating quitting at least once a week. This is why I’m so passionate about coaching all of you on how to make the money and impact you desire, doing what you love in a much smoother and more efficient way. To help you avoid some of the big mistakes I made, listen to this episode, trust me you will save yourself thousands of dollars and thousands of hours just by listening. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You will never use your kids as an excuse again after you read this! When you have been in management and an entrepreneur for over 11 years, you will have heard every excuse in the book. Everything from time, money, energy, kids, fur babies, traffic, and even Ambien (more on this crazy story later). Making excuses is a way of saying, “it’s just not that important to me.” or “ I really don’t want ___________ badly enough.” People create these false stories to make themselves feel better about not showing up for them, their employers, their clients, or loved ones. Then you add kids into the picture and everyone can give exhausted moms a pass, after all you are taking care of tiny humans 24/7. Even though this sounds like a more reasonable and socially acceptable excuse versus, “the traffic was bad,” or “ I don’t have money to start a business, it is still BULLSH*T. An excuse has truth in it, that’s why it’s an excuse. This is why when you use an excuse enough; you can believe your own story. Mine used to be, “I’m too exhausted,” and I could justify the shit out of it to my self and others, UNTIL someone cared about me enough to call BULLSH*T on me. Love yourself enough to call BULLSH*T on your excuses. Be honest with yourself, if something truly isn’t that important to you, that’s okay, if it is and you are covered in a layer of excuses, as yourself, “What discomfort am I avoiding?” Today I brought on a guest to prove this point on excuses, Lauren Jumrukovski has a three of them, ages 1, 4, and 6, but she didn’t let that stop her from going all-in. Lauren is a popular mommy blogger of TheySayParenting.com, and now a published Author of “They Say, Not Your Average Parenting Book,” available at bookstores nationwide. Connect with Lauren: Buy her book (on Amazon): They Say, Not Your Average Parenting Book Instagram: @theysayparenting Blog: http://www.theysayparenting.com/ Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Four years ago I had to remove almost everyone from my life, if I wanted to save my own. The toxic people I had in my life were literally killing me (slowly), and I had been allowing it my entire life. You see when you are raised in a highly dysfunctional environment; you get desensitized to unhealthy and toxic behavior. In fact, it becomes familiar, so in a twisted way, it’s actually comfortable to you. So for me I was drawn to narcissists, sociopaths, and active addicts my entire life. Now I wasn’t aware of this subconscious attraction, I just thought I attracted messed up people because that’s all I was worthy of. Then those sick people reinforced the belief that I was unworthy, so round and round the endless revolving door of craziness we go. If you have anyone in your life right now, whether it be a lover, a boss, a “friend,” a coach, or a therapist that makes you feel anxious, nervous, confused, or exhausted after spending time with them….you have a toxic person in your life. Now what Tiffany? Listen to this episode to learn how it manage it, when to remove these people from your life, and how to do it safely. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

What are you convincing yourself of? We have between 60,000 to 80,000 thoughts per day, and it’s impressive how many people use a majority of those thoughts up, thinking of all the reasons why they can’t achieve the things they want in life. “I don’t have credentials to teach other people what I know.” “No one is going to read my posts or watch my videos anyway, I’m pretty boring.” “I should have started my business years ago, now it’s too late, the market is saturated.” Imagine if you spent this time and energy thinking of all of the reasons why you can do it, why you should, and why you will succeed, where you would be at today? My professional guess is you would be busy doing the damn thing, making cash, helping the people, working for yourself, doing what you love. The best way to retrain our thinking is with facts. Our minds can’t say, “yeh but” to facts and undeniable evidence. This is why I brought on a former heroin addict turned multi-millionaire onto today’s show. He is real live evidence that anyone can change his or her current life status at anytime. Jeremiah Campbell is a serial entrepreneur who has built several seven-figure businesses, but what’s even more impressive is he was able to become drug-free after a serious heroin addiction. Now he helps other addicts rebuild their lives and achieve their true potential.  Connect with Jeremiah: Instagram: @jeremiah_campbell    Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

How to know when it’s time to start using Facebook ads for your business… First let me ask you a few key questions to help determine if they are A) necessary and B) if you are ready to take on that risk. Do you have proof of concept that people actually want to pay for your product and/or service? If your audience is organically (without paid ads) buying what you are selling consistently, then you have proof of concept that your niche audience actually wants your stuff. IF this isn’t the case, then before you waste money on ads, you need to refine your offer, your delivery, your niche, your product, and perhaps all of the above until you have consistent buyers. Ads wont’ make people buy something, when no one is buying organically. Period end of story. Do you have a proven advertising customer conversation plan in place for how you are going to take strangers from the Internet, from seeing your Facebook ads into buying your offer? Will you be advertising a free training, or advertising to an e-book and then upsell them to a course, cold-audiences wont buy a mid or high ticket item from someone they don’t know or trust. Are you willing to be patient and gamble with at least $100 per week? All advertising is a gamble. There is no guarantee it will work, even if you hire me, or a top New York ad agency to help you create a great campaign. You have to be willing to test ad images, ad copy, and different audiences to until you find a winning combo for your niche. Listen to this episode to hear my recommendations on when to start experimenting with ads, and the best way to go about it. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Today is a powerful manifesting day. It’s 11/11. For those of you new to the law of attraction and manifestation, 11/11 whether it is the date or the time, or both (that has happened to me may times by the way), is confirmation from the Universe that your deepest desires are being manifested right now for you. Whenever you look at a clock and it’s 11:11, ALWAYS state your desires at that moment, in the present tense. For example, “Money comes to me with ease in unexpected ways and I welcome it.” or “I make enough money as a life coach that I can easily quit my job.” Since today’s date is 11/11, I want you to write and say exactly what you want to manifest and be specific, clear and confident in what you are putting out into the Universe. To help to maximize this energetically powerful day, I created a special podcast episode for you, and brought on a guest who will take your abundance mindset to the next level. Vanessa Valdez is a TV news broadcaster turned radio host; of the popular show Transforming Consciousness on KPFK FM Los Angeles, she is a transformational life coach specializing in integrative healing and spiritual psychology. Connect with Vanessa on: KPFK Radio Show: Transforming Consciousness is broadcasted LIVE every Tues from 1pm to 2pm PST on KPFK 90.7FM Los Angeles Instagram: @transformingconsciousness Website:  https://www.kpfk.org/on-air/vanessa-valdez/   Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“Doubt kills more dreams than failure ever will.” (Suzy Kassem) Isn’t the power of self-doubt insane? It will make even the most talented, creative, and intelligent people give up before they even started on their dreams. Truly if I didn’t end up in recovery five years ago and cleared my life of all the toxic people, places, and things, my self-doubt would have prevented me from starting ProjectME with Tiffany Carter. The company of my dreams...helping other women make money doing what they love. Self-doubt is actually selfish. If I allowed my doubt to fully take over, I wouldn’t have created this company that’s based in service of helping others. The thousands of people lives I’ve impacted in just a little over a year would have never happened!!!! Take a few minutes and listen to this episode I created for you. You owe it to all of the thousands and even millions of lives; you have yet to change for the better. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I hear this dream and doubt at least once a day... So you want to be a health coach, but you aren’t sure if the market is too saturated or if you have enough credentials? If you are in or desire to be in the health, wellness, or fitness coaching space, KEEP READING! Yes there are a crap ton of health and fitness coaches out there, but there is also a crap ton of anything where there is a high demand and money to be made, from lawyers, to hair stylists, to business coaches! There will always be room for you in the marketplace as long as you go all-in being uniquely you. There will always be people who need your help specifically, versus someone else’s help, because they feel safe, comfortable, and trust YOU! Now as for the credential thing, this is best answered by the great guest I have on today’s podcast episode. It’s better for you to hear it direct from the source, and don’t worry you know I asked her all of your burning questions. Lindsay Young is a successful health focused entrepreneur, a Certified Transformational Nutrition Coach, and Certified Strength & Conditioning Specialist Connect with Lindsay on: Instagram: @lindsay.lives.well Website:   www.lindsayliveswell.com Free Gift: Burnout to Breakthrough www.lindsayliveswell.com/ownyourday Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Feeling stuck is rooted in fear. The fastest way to get unstuck is by creating clarity. Every time I felt stuck in my life, confusion came with it. I would lie awake at night being torn on what I should do about a given situation, or which direction I should go in life. It’s a horrible feeling that uses up a ton of energy and precious time. Yet when you’re in it, there doesn’t seem to be a clear path out. Everything is cloudy and overwhelming, which then leads to a feelings of discouragement and hopelessness. Do ya feel me on this? I don’t want you wasting another minute of energy and time in that “stuck” space. So I’m going to share with you the steps I use with my self and private clients to get out of the fog. The first step to getting unstuck is to admit and acknowledge to yourself and someone who you trust what you are struggling with. Keeping this inside will only keep you spinning. Step two, write down where you would love to be a year from now, how you want to feel, what type of people are you spending your time with? what are you doing to make money? who are helping? how are you helping them? For the rest of the steps, I need you to listen to the episode, so I can best teach you how to get from stuck to serious clarity. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

For my network marketers, tell me if this sounds familiar… In the beginning, you get all hyped-up to crush it in your network marketing company, you see yourself winning the luxury trips, quitting your job, and walking across that stage. This excitement energy gets you maybe a ranking or two rather quickly, and you are on cloud 9. Then…after about a month maybe two, things aren’t going as well, you are getting a bunch of “no’s” and getting ghosted online. You start to lose that excitement you had just a few months ago, and self-doubt creeps in telling you, “well maybe this isn’t for me after all, it’s too hard.” Did you know this scenario is what happens to 90% of network marketers? This is a huge part of why you and the people in your down-line always need to be recruiting, while searching for the golden 10% of people who don’t give-up so easily. What if I told you there was a way to jam pack your calendar with calls of highly qualified people, interested in hearing what you have to say? What if I told you, there is a proven method that works and it’s completely free to learn it and to do it? All you have to do is download today’s podcast episode, listen closely, and take notes as my guest and I provide you with a free hour-long how to training on growing your network marketing business using LinkedIn. My guest, Scott Aaron is a LinkedIn leads expert for network marketers, best-selling author, and creator of the explosive growth program, the LinkedIn Accelerator. Connect with Scott on: Instagram:  @scottaaronlinkedin Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/scott.aaron.33 Website:  www.scottaaron.net Book Link: LinkedIn Book on Amazon Free 15 Minute Discovery Call: https://networkacademy.kartra.com/page/bookacall Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you want to get rich you must focus on a niche. You have probably heard the term “niche” thrown around a lot on in the digital marketing space, and all of the successful people you follow talk about it but you are still left feeling confused…“what the heck is this niche thing and how do I apply it to my business?” Don’t worry girl, I’ve got you (with an analogy of course). Here the deal…if you go fishing in the ocean with the goal of catching any kind of fish, you will likely not catch anything or you will end up with a piece of trash on the line (literally, given how polluted our water is). BUUUUT if you go fishing with the goal of catching lets say a blue marlin (a giant gorgeous fish), you would research how to do it, ask a pro who has caught many, get the right gear, rent the right boat, use the best bait possible to increases your chances, and go into the right part of the ocean at the prime time of year. See the difference? If you are currently going after ANY clients or customers, because you want to help everyone and don’t want to leave anyone out, you will for sure end up making little money and helping very few people (if any). Sound familiar? On this episode I will help you get clear on niching your business, so you can actually achieve all that you desire. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“Waiting is a trap. There will always be reasons to wait. The truth is, there are only two things in life, reasons and results, and reasons simply don’t count.” (Robert Anthony) I thought teachers have heard all of the excuses in the world, but I would bet that coaches and employers have heard more! Here are some that have stuck with me throughout the years: “I have to wait until I’m in a creative space to start writing.” “My kids take up all of my time and energy, so after they are grown up I will go after my dreams.” (kids were 9, 10, 13) “I don’t work during a full moon.” “I figured why bother, and wait until Mercury Retrograde is over.” Waiting is a form of procrastinating and procrastination is fear in disguise. Fear of failure, fear of success, fear of what people will think, fear of not being good enough, fear of it not being perfect, fear of no-one buying it, fear it will be too hard, etc… Waiting is similar to worrying….like being in a rocking chair is technically moving, but you aren’t going anywhere. Let me teach you my three-step strategy to mastering procrastination (AKA waiting), so you can get out of your own damn way and squeeze the most out of this one life we get! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

What it takes to be a 6-figure entrepreneur versus a 7-figure entrepreneur. Fortunately, I am blessed to know the difference, and I’m divinely led to teach it to all of you. It’s all about paying it forward. Eight-percent of people (US) make more than $100,000/year, and one-percent of people (US) make more than $1,000,000/year. (Wall Street Journal) Before your money mindset start spinning with some BS, 8% of the US population (329,541,317 humans) is 26,363,305 million people making 100K or more per year. As for the millionaires, there are 3,295,413 in the US alone. And yes I used my calculator. That’s a lot of people making a lot of cash. You can be in the top 8% or 1%, but you first must believe you are worthy of that level of abundance and you have what it takes. Before you declare your wealth percentage goal, listen to this episode and determine if you are willing to do what is necessary to become that 6 or 7-figure entrepreneur. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Selling with integrity and authenticity is easier than you think. The first issue is a mindset one. If your sales suck or you are chasing people down to get clients, then somewhere inside, you have a belief that sales sucks, sales is hard, selling is manipulative, selling is sleazy, or that you hate sales. I could personally coach you on sales with Tony Robbins, Gary V., and Grant Cardone for a solid month (yes I’m aware that most of the top sales coaches are men, which is why I’m changing that dynamic!!!), and if you still had those negative sales stories running in your mind, you wouldn’t sell jack poop. Selling only sucks for you because you haven’t been taught how to do in a way that feels genuine and good to you and your personality. Most likely you have been trying to do what others tell you do in books and online, and it just doesn’t fit. Am I right? Today I am going to teach you how to sell in a way that feels good. I will show you a different and more effective way to market your services where you will actually enjoy the process. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“There is only one way to avoid criticism: do nothing, say nothing, and be nothing.” (Aristotle) Hard truth, but if you know me, that is my job, my service to you, is to tell you the truth out of love in order to help you achieve your dream business and life. At least one time on every private coaching call I do, a client is in resistance against doing something that would greatly grow their business and bank account, because of what other people (general or specific) will think, will say, will believe. First of all, it is none of our business what other people think about us. What someone choses to think is their right, just as it is ours to think that people shouldn’t wear socks with sandals, wear giant broom-like eyelashes, or swear and talk about God (what I get criticized on the most). I also know simply telling you this isn’t going to make the fear disappear. I know because up until recently, I cared too much about what certain people would think (mostly my mom). Now I’m at a place of not giving AF, in a good way. I want to help you get to that #zerofucks zone too; as it is one of the most freeing gifts I’ve given to my self, to my business, and to all of you. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

5 money mistakes that you MUST correct if you want financial freedom: One of many things people assume about mutli-millionaires is that everything they touch turns to gold. FALSE! When you take risks with larger amounts of money, you end up losing more money when you miss the mark or make a mistake. It’s all-relative whether it’s $100 or $10,000. To help prevent you from losing any more money unnecessarily, I’m going to share with you the top 5 money mistakes people commonly make (I’ve made many of them). If you are someone who feels like they can’t ever seem to get ahead, or you get ahead for a few months and then something happens and you get set back, we are going to help end that poverty cycle today. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Made 270K in my first year of this business, wanna know how? I’ve seen a version of this headline many times, only to be disappointed that #bossbabe number 57 fails to truly reveal how in the hell she did the damn thing! So don’t worry, I’m not going to do that to you. If you are new to me, just know that my primary mission is to take the mystery out of making BIG money, and teach you exactly how to do it for yourself. In full disclosure, ProjectME with Tiffany Carter is my second business. I have another company that focuses more on the corporate client side in the medical and health niche, built that for 11 years now and is my 7-figure business. So I didn’t start ProjectME without any prior business experience, however, I had never built an online based, personal brand company before, and WOW is it different. I made several key mistakes in my first year of launching my baby, but I also had several big wins. I’m going to share them all with you in this episode. After all one of the benefits of having a business coach is to get a fast-track to success, as you are benefitting off from their wisdom, their mistakes, and their victories. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

 Have you heard of the 90/10 business rule? 10% of businesses make 90% of the money, while the other 90% of businesses all scramble over the remaining 10%. This is especially true for online businesses, influencers, coaches, and brands. My goal is to guide you and your business into being that 10%. There is one major thing that 90% of the people out there are missing, and therefor missing out on major money. This is something that is absolutely FREE and you already have easy & unlimited access to it! Do you want to know what it is? If you don’t, I’m very concerned for you and your business already. To best explain and teach this this ONE MAJOR THING, I created a podcast episode around it. This way I could do role-plays, give examples, and use some of my crazy analogies. If you want to be in the 10% gang and attract ideal clients and cash with ease, give this episode a good listen. Love Tiffany Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

How to start a business when you have limited funds… So you want to start a business or grow your business but you don’t have the cash. Yet you know in order to make the money you want to make and have the freedom you desire, you need to build your dream and make it happen. What a frustrating and scary catch-22!!!! Anyone reading this, who is a coach, has heard a version of this line hundreds of times, “I really want to and I know I need this to get to where I want to go, but I don’t have the money.” The question I usually ask after hearing this is, “ so what’s your plan to get the cash you need?” Very few have one when I ask. This is because they are caught up in the emotions of feeling trapped, feeling like their dream is impossible, impractical and so far out of reach. No one can think logically when in fear. I started at 17K a year, I know what’s it’s like to not make much cash and have champagne dreams. I also know there is always a way if you want something badly enough. I’m going to help you get into your resourceful empowered mindset, so you can find those funds and go after your fabulous future. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I have a confession and I feel many of you will relate. Since I started the ProjectME brand a little over a year ago, almost everything I’ve posted has had some sort of filer on it, or has been professionally shot and edited. I want to say it’s not out a lack of self-love or confidence, more so that I love looking at pretty feeds and colors. That’s partly true, the other part is a lie I’ve been telling my self since the beginning this social media world…you (my people, my posse) would prefer to look at a filtered me versus the me with uneven skin, breakouts, cellulite, and lines on my chest from being a side-sleeper with big boobs. So I said F it about two weeks ago, and started my weekly Bathrobe Business Sessions videos without being filtered….whew I was waiting for no one to watch them and even prepared my self for some rude comments. The opposite happened. You all loved it! I took this scary leap, because I was inspired by another woman showing up as her self, loud and proud with zero filter. So of course I had to bring her on as a guest on my show. This episode is must listen. If you do one thing for yourself this week, listen to this episode. I encourage you to share your bathrobe selfie with #nofilter. Of course tag me so I can celebrate you. The real, raw, perfectly imperfect you. Alexis Doss is a stay at home dog mom who has built on online wellness business from her laptop. She teaches, inspires, and mentors the people she works with in monthly wellness groups and in 1:1 private sessions. Her goal is to help them step into their truth and actually learn and understand over wellness as a whole - not just simply working out and eating healthy.  She focuses on helping YOU learn to fall in love with YOU. She's worked with women who have struggled with things like eating disorders, self love or self esteems issues, PCOS (polycystic ovarian syndrome), anxiety, and ADHD, to truly realize how good their minds and bodies are designed to feel. Joy is SO possible and she wants to share that. Connect with Alexis on: Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/onefitcoconut/ Website: https://www.onefitcoconut.com/ Join my newsletter: https://tinyurl.com/jointhecoconutlist Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The most valuable sales tool and business asset that you aren’t using is something you have easy access to and it’s free. But there’s a catch. In order to access it on a consistent basis in its pure form, you have to be willing to do some serious self-reflection and inner work. Your energy is your most valuable asset by far. Energy even trumps money. Energy trumps talent, trumps degrees, and trumps years of experience. I’m not talking the “oh I’m an energetic person,” energy, I’m referring to a grounded, confident energy that is connected to your soul, your essence as a person. There are lot of energetic people who come across as fake, pushy, intense, and/or annoying…they could run circles around me and be on the go 24/7…this is not the energy asset I’m referring to. This is something much better discussed live than in a few paragraphs. Hop on this episode and get tapped into your priceless asset. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Nothing is working and your shit isn’t selling, your calendar isn’t full of ideal clients…let’s fix this today. So dang frustrating when you pour your heart and soul into your business and something just doesn’t seem to connect with the people. It’s heart breaking actually. Many of the coaching sessions I have early on are filled with tears of exhaustion, defeat, and confusion as to why nothing seems to be clicking for them, yet it seems everyone is nailing it. First of all there are maaaany people out there who aren’t nailing it, this is in part why my private coaching program typically has a wait list. Second of all, nothing is wrong with you, you are meant to do this, and the right people will come, you just need some guidance and be open to try something new. I’m introducing you to a proven pop-up Facebook group strategy that will get you ideal clients and buyers, for free. I brought on an expert in today’s podcast to teach you step by step.  Christina Jandali is a confidence boosting, cash creating, Business Growth Strategist who helps online business owners stand out and create 6-figures using Facebook Groups. Freebie: deliveryourgenius.com/projectme How to get your first 1000 Facebook Group Members: https://nz324.isrefer.com/go/pdcvp/cjt/ Connect with Christina on: Instagram:  https://www.instagram.com/christina.jandali/ Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/DeliverYourGenius/ Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

My Top 3 Online Marketing Secrets to Generate Massive Sales. I should be doing this as a paid master class versus a free podcast, but such is the life of an over-giver. Without a doubt, by learning these three marketing secrets you will increase your number of leads and therefor sales. You can thank me by sharing this episode. Secret #1: Stop trying to help everyone. I know you care and you don’t want to leave anyone out, but in order to really make an impact and cash you MUST focus on a very particular type of person you want to help. Secret #2: My Power of 3 method. This will instantly help you feel less overwhelmed and scattered. You will need to listen to the episode to learn about this, way too much for me to type here. Secret #3: Tell the people what to do. This one is HUGE. People love to be directed and lead, even other leaders. People like being led by someone they respect, someone with confidence, and someone they trust. If you don’t take change and lead, no one will follow or buy. I’ll explain all three secrets in great deal and of course with Tiff-style humor and analogies on the podcast. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

  Self-doubt is the ultimate dream killer! Over the past 15 years I have personally coached thousands of people, and the number one reason why people’s dreams never take flight or fail, is due to a lack of belief. They chose to believe the market is saturated versus believing they have something unique to offer the world. They chose to believe they aren’t well credentialed or talented enough versus believing in the value of their own life experience. They chose to believe they don’t have the time it takes to go after their dreams; versus believing they will create the time. They chose to believe they don’t have enough money to move their business to the next level, versus believing they will figure out a way. They chose to believe they aren’t pretty enough or fit enough, versus knowing the right clients relate to someone who looks exactly like them. I brought on a therapist and emotional skills coach in today’s episode to help move you out of self-doubt and into confidence. Kelly Patrick has helped hundreds learn to realize the benefit of tapping into the messages their emotions are sending in order to heal, and develop the tools to remain focused and achieve their dreams. Kelly is the Co-Owner (partnered with her husband James Patrick) of one of the top fitness conferences and masterminds in the US, FITposium.  I’ll be speaking at the conference this October; you can head over to their Instagram or use the link below to buy tickets. I would love to meet you IRL. Get Tickets to FITposium here: *Use my special discount code for 25% off: PROJECTME25  www.fitposium.com Reach out to Kelly on: INSTAGRAM: @fitposium WEBSITE: kellypatrickcoaching.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

This is a dangerous self-sabotaging lie that’s a success killer. How many times have you said you yourself or another person, “ugh I’m just not feeling motivated,” or “I’m not feeling inspired right now”? Then what proceeds is we hold off on doing the things we aren’t feeling ‘motivated’ or ‘inspired” to do, magically waiting for that energy to arise. As a writer, I’ve been guilty of this many times. Until I decided I was going to stop that bullshiz limiting behavior. It’s not possible to be motived and inspired all of the time. Imagine if all the plants only decided to grow when it was sunny, then in the rainy season they did nothing, our entire ecosystem would fail. Humans are no different. We have a spectrum of moods and emotions for a reason. If we allow ourselves to be controlled by those feelings it can be a slippery slope to self-sabotage. Truly, if I based my work productivity and determination on if I “felt like it,” I wouldn’t have either of my businesses today. I explain this in more detail on the episode. If you find it helpful, share it with that friend who’s not feeling motivated lately. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Go neck deep or don’t bother. In entrepreneurship you don’t get to feel safe and comfortable while growing your business. If you are feeling safe and comfortable than you aren’t growing at all. Believe me as an abuse and sexual assault survivor, I love feeling safe and certain. Therefor, when I first started my business I tried to do it the “safe” way, and while yes I made good money, my business wasn’t growing to meet my goals. It took me five long years before I hired a coach, as that was scary to me. One of the first things my coach said to me way, “ok if you want me to take you on as a client, you must commit to yourself and me that you are done with playing it safe.” My throat instantly tightened and when I swallowed it sounded like a GULP echoing through a canyon. I knew he was right. I still wasn’t ready, but I knew if I wanted something different I had to be willing to do something different. So I jumped in neck deep. This taught me how to operate in fear, versus freeze in fear. I was terrified some days and even weeks, but I kept inching forward. I had the support of my coach so I didn’t feel alone in the deep end of the water, but I didn’t feel comfortable either. Learn more about what needs to happen to take your business to the next level, whether that means just starting it, growing it to 5k a month, 15k a month, 50k, and beyond. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

They teach the Pythagorean theorem and photosynthesis in school but nothing about money, boundaries, or self-care…this needs to change! Seriously how much better off would we all have been learning about budgeting instead of memorizing the periodic table? I’m sure most of you are like me where you have had to learn your money lessons the hard way, by losing it, often times repeatedly. It’s not always easy for me to share my mistakes and life lessons with you guys as they are humbling and leave me feeling naked, but I know I learned them so I could best teach all of you. Today I’m sharing on the podcast, the three things about money I wish someone taught me years ago. Guaranteed by listening to this episode you will save money, make money, or both! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“Is this legal?” A common question that entrepreneurs ask themselves, but what typically happens next is what disturbs me. Usually nothing or a Google search…because most business owners either don’t have the excess funds to hire a lawyer or they don’t want to spend that cash. This is where you can get yourself into BIG trouble, which can end up costing you your entire business! I remember thinking in my first two years of business that I should probably consult with an attorney, but I had some false belief that attorneys were only for big companies and people making major cash. Thankfully I had someone warn me and educate me early on before I got my self into trouble. People want to focus on the fun and sexy side of being a #girlboss and ignore the serious adulting actions that are required to operate and grow a business…you can take that route if you choose. Just know it comes with a BIG FAT risk. Take a half-hour today and educate yourself of when to hire an attorney and what you need one for,  in today’s podcast episode. I brought on Nicole Oden a California based attorney who helps online business owners protect themselves with her easy to use legal templates. After receiving countless questions from other online entrepreneurs who were just so overwhelmed with legal, she pivoted in her coaching to offer legal templates to take the expense and overwhelm out of the process for them. Because while you don’t have to devote all your time, energy, and money to addressing legal issues, as an entrepreneur you do have to become familiar with the law.  You can connect with Nicole here: My legal templates can be found at nicolecherioden.com/legal-shop/ My social media channels are:  Instagram: www.instagram.com/nicolecherioden Facebook: www.facebook.com/nicolecheriodenlegaltemplates Pinterest: www.pinterest.com/nicolecherioden Linkedin: linkedin.com/in/nicole-cheri-oden Freebie: nicolecherioden.com/legal-email/ Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you aren’t happy with the amount in your bank account…read this. I should warn you that I’m going to tell you some things you may not want to admit or hear, but I wouldn’t be doing my job if I let you get off the hook. The amount of money you have or don’t have is a direct reflection of your self-worth. This is where those of you who have really clever minds chime in and say, “I make enough to pay my bills,” or “I make do,” or my favorite, “money isn’t that important to me.” Sound familiar? You see, when we humans are in a place of feeling overwhelmed, discouraged, and powerless over a situation or circumstance, we often end up convincing ourselves of a false truth that feels better than the real story. I’ve seen this hundreds of times in coaching people. When you tell yourself a story (inaccurate or not) long enough, it becomes a fact in your mind, and facts establish a belief. Now you start behaving based on this belief that isn’t even founded on factual evidence, but your mind doesn’t know the difference. The good news is if you can bullshit yourself into believing a story filled with lies, you can convince yourself of a new story based on facts. Does that make sense? Do yourself, your family, and your favorite charities a favor and listen to today’s podcast episode. The more money you make, the more people you can help, so if you aren’t motived to listen for you, listen for someone or something you love. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Can you guess the most costly epidemic in America right now? More than 80% of Americans have personal debt totaling more than the cost of new car! Many people in debt end up spending between 50-100% of their income every month trying to repay it...making it nearly impossible to get out from under it. No, this isn’t a fun or sexy topic, but it’s one we need to discuss. My goal for you is to be financially empowered doing something you love, in order for that to happen, we need to have you in control of your money and not be at the mercy of your credit card balances. Today, Jessie White, a Debt Expert and Financial Coach and my self are going to help you dig your way out of debt and gain control of your finances. This podcast episode is designed for you to share with your significant other (married or not), to help you start a discussion and build a plan around a topic that can be uncomfortable and tense to bring up. After all debt and money stress are two of the top reasons why people separate and divorce. Jessie specializes in helping college grads and people with credit card debt dominate their finances, so they can build a life they love You can connect with Jessie here: Instagram:  @financial_coach_jess Facebook: @financialcoachjess Website: https://jessie-white.mykajabi.com/goalstrategysessions Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Things that make me go ewwwwwww… Truly I cringe several times a day when I watch people with personal brands attempting to promote their services and products on video lives and stories. I get it, video can feel awkward. After all most of us are recording alone at home with pajama pants on and unwashed hair. So we are basically talking to ourselves but broadcasting to the world. Super bizarre when you think about it. I’m assuming most of you didn’t go to school for broadcast journalism like I did, or have any professional video/TV training right? So don’t be so hard on yourself for felling like a weirdo on video, it is skill that requires training, technique and practice. No way am I going to let any of you continue to make these mistakes I see daily, because they are causing you to leave a crap ton of money and clients on the table. We can’t have that. Tune into today’s podcast episode where I will teach you how to sell-out your programs, increase sales, and drive traffic to your website using video. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

When is the right time to run Facebook ads for my business?  This is a question all entrepreneurs asks themselves at some point. Usually this point comes when you are tired of hustling for leads, purchases, and sales calls. I mean, you see all of the “big” online coaches doing it, so you think, “they must work.” But then you also probably make the assumption that it requires a lot of money and skill for it to pay off. Here’s my take on it, organic traffic and sales are great, but why not have paid traffic making you money too? As long as you are making more than you are spending….those paid ads are worth it don’t you think? All of your Facebook and Instagram ads questions will be answered in today’s podcast episode. I brought on Danielle Klemm, an Instagram and Facebook Ads Expert to teach you exactly how to fill your coaching calendar with calls, and your PayPal with dollars, using her signature P.A.C Method™ Danielle helps service based entrepreneurs create a stream of ready to buy leads, sell out services, while getting their time back. Through strategy, educating, and creating content all around these topics, she's helped women be seen as an expert in their field and make more sales in their business. You can connect with Danielle here: Instagram: @iamdanielleklemm  Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/iamdanielleklemm Free Training: danielleklemm.com/freeigtraining Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you are reading this, IT IS TIME, whether you are ready or not. IT IS TIME for you to pursue your passion and make money doing it. IT IS TIME for you to say yes to yourself, and no to anything that is holding you back. IT IS TIME for you to stop dreaming and start doing. IT IS TIME for you to stop with the bullshit excuses. IT IS TIME because all you have is today, this very minute, tomorrow isn’t promised. IT IS TIME because “being ready” is a story you’ve been telling yourself to avoid really going for it. IT IS TIME because you were created for more, and you are worth it or that desire wouldn’t exist within you. IF you want further convincing that IT IS TIME, put your headphones on and listen to me instill confidence in your ears…I’m not going to allow you to put your goals on hold for one more day. Regret is a far worse and a longer lasting feeling than any amount of fear. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“Thank God that’s not me! I have nothing to complain about. I need to be more grateful.” This is the internal conversation that goes on in most people’s minds when they cross paths with someone who is outwardly different, like someone who is wheelchair bound, a burn survivor, or a missing limb or two. And then within 20 minutes max, your thoughts move back onto whatever you were obsessing over prior to that reality check, or maybe your go-to move when you are thinking uncomfortable thoughts is to start scrolling on your phone to distract yourself (this used to be mine). The “different” person doesn’t get to check out and escape from their reality; they live with the stares, the questions, and the circumstances every minute of the day. So there’s a choice to made when born outwardly different from the rest, either hide or embrace it. My guest on today’s episode has done both. Rubi Skilton was born with one arm (and a half) as she says…she spent a fair majority of her life covering up her difference in sweatshirts, excess weight, and telling her self a boat load of lies. Rubi now helps others learn how to embrace their differences and share their story. She is a Podcast Coach and Confidence Activist. You can connect with Rubi here:   Instagram: http://www.instagram.com/rubiskilton Facebook Podcast Group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/ Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

My second favorite 5-letter word is one that most of you hate. S-A-L-E-S…..What do you think my #1 favorite 5-letter word is? There are so many negative vibes around the word sales; the idea of sales, and the process of sales….yet sales is what makes our world economy function. Sales are what allow cures for diseases to be discovered. Sales are what rebuild homes after natural disasters. Sales are what put food in your family’s mouths. Here’s the thing, every one of you are always selling whether you know it or not. Every time you step foot into work you are selling, in the form of representing your personal brand in your appearance, behavior, choice of words, and quality of work. Every time you volunteer to help a non-profit or a school to raise funds, you are selling. Every time you show up on social media you are selling. You are choosing (usually carefully) what you show the world about you and your life. Every time you negotiate with your significant other or your children to get your needs met or to get them to eat their veggies, YOU-ARE-SELLING! So then why is it when you need to sell, promote, influence in order to make money in your business, do you get it all uncomfortable, awkward, and low vibe? It’s because you have some belief (buried or not) that selling is wrong, selling is dirty, selling is slimy, selling is sketchy, and selling is sleazy…likely it is something you were told or taught in childhood. Perhaps you had some bad experiences with slimly sales people at parties or within your own family (I know I have!!!). In order to run a successful business, network marketing team, non-profit organization, or to get that promotion at work, we need to get you comfortable in your relationship with selling. Let’s rip off the Band-Aid and start today. I’m giving you (for FREE) a mini-sales training on today’s podcast. Teaching you how to stop sucking at sales. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

One of the biggest challenges ambitious dreamers face is building their dreams with little to no support from the people in their lives. Sometimes the people in our lives who are supposed to support us the most become our biggest roadblocks to achieving our dreams. I remember when I started telling the humans in my life that I was going to start a business on the side while working in my pharmaceutical sales career, and as soon as I could match my salary I was going to quit and leave that corporate grind behind. Wow! I wasn’t expecting what came out of the people’s mouths that “loved me.” All but one person close to me were in total resistance and negativity about me going after my dream to be financially free AF working for my self. And I wasn’t even asking them for a dime!!!!! Obviously I went after my dreams anyway but I would be lying if I told you it didn’t slow me down and make me doubt my self a little. I have a relentless personality, and I know not everyone is wired this way…. so this type of negative response and lack of support form loved ones stops millions of women from going after their dreams every day. And I’m fucking sick of it! So I brought on a doctor and relationship coach to teach us all how to navigate the people in our lives who are negative and unsupportive. Dr. Morgan Anderson is a California licensed clinical psychologist and relationship coach specializing in couples therapy and interpersonal relationships. She helps people get the relationship they want by giving them the tools they need to understand their patterns in relationships, as well as build the self-worth that attracts healthy intimate partnerships.  You can connect with Dr. Anderson here:   Instagram:  @drmorgancoaching Website:   drmorgancoaching.com  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Being broke isn’t from a lack of resources, it is from a broke mindset. Many people’s eyes glaze over when they hear me talk about how money is made in the mind first and in the pocket second. And about 12 years ago I would have been right there with you…even rolling my eyes or walking out of the room (this actually happened at a Zig Zigler event hosted by a former employer). The resistance to believing that a wealthy mind is required to achieve and maintain great wealth is exactly why you don’t have it yet….and if you do, just a warning, you are going to lose it all like I did, if you don’t get your mind right. I had a solid million dollars in the bank by the time I was 30 years old. I remember seeing those 7-figures for the first time, it was kinda cool but that feeling only lasted about 30 seconds before my stomach started churning and I started feeling anxious and uncomfortable. Within 3 months almost all of it was gone! My lifetime of working long hours, grinding, and saving…..vanished. I was in shock and then I was in shame. To hear about what happened, how I dealt with it, and how I was able to earn it all back and then some, listen to today’s podcast episode. You will feel like you are listening to a crazy-ass movie, but this movie was my life and this story will likely change yours. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You’re exhausted aren’t you? The endless task lists, the constant content creation, the sales calls, the kids, the spouse, the gym, the store, the hair, the brows, the nails…it is all so much!!! Even if you are doing things you truly love, those things can lead to burnout and being stressed out too. I know for me, this had me thinking at one point, “I was actually less stressed and had more of a life when I was an employee and miserable, what the hell did I do?!!!!!” Seriously you guys, I felt more trapped and strapped of energy as a successful entrepreneur than I ever did as an employee. When we get in this anxious, and in a go-go-go state it’s difficult to see that there is another way to go about this whole conquering our dreams thing. Let’s be real, no one taught us in school or any job we’ve had how to be successful by working less and going slow. We were taught and encouraged to do exactly the opposite: hustle, grind and repeat. News Flash! There is a kinder, gentler, more joyful way to achieve your business and financial dreams. On today’s podcast my friend Michelle Sorro and I are going to tell you all about it. Michelle is a Transformation Activist and Media Strategist. She’s the Founder of Live Video Mastery Academy, TV Host, Speaker, and host of The Fire and Soul podcast, a Top 10 in the Self-Help category. She created the world’s largest Facebook Live Challenge with nearly 1400 people crushing their comfort zone and putting themselves on live video every single day. Her mission is to help message driven entrepreneurs master an impactful, authentic message that gets epic, measured results.   You can connect with Michelle here:   Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/michellesorro/ Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/michelle.sorro LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/michelle-sorro/ Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Let’s take a peek behind the curtain of what it’s like to be a multi-millionaire entrepreneur. I know you are curious because this is one of the top requested topics to cover on my podcast. TV is filled with reality shows like the “Kardashians,”  and “Housewives of Beverly Hills,” because people are fascinated with seeing how the rich live and how they acquired all that cash. Although no one’s story is the same, there are some common things that change with the amount of success and wealth you achieve. I like to take the mystery out of making BIG money, because truly anyone can do it regardless of your education, background, personality, or looks. Millionaire status isn’t reserved for just the privileged, the select few, or the chosen ones. It is YOURS if you want and if you believe it is your birthright to have great abundance in your life. Join me on today’s podcast episode, where I will take you through my journey as I climbed (often times crawled) from making 17-thousand dollars a year to having millions in the bank today. You will walk away knowing that you have this in you too, if you deeply desire it. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Just because you fail doesn’t mean that you’re suppose to quit and do something else. One of the top #Fails I see people doing who strongly desire to be free from working for anyone else and free financially is what I call “Scaredy Cat Syndrome.” Here’s how it goes: Getting excited about a new business opportunity whether it be a networking marketing company, a new course, or a coaching business….then they put in a good deal of effort for about two weeks and get really upset that they haven’t made a dime. In fact, they likely spent money. Maybe they get a pep talk or two and give it another “try” for two weeks, and then when little or no results occur…the discouragement for unfounded and unrealistic expectations consumes them and they give up. Then after a pity-party period of time, they come upon a different opportunity and convince themselves that this one is a “better fit” for them and this one will work. And round and round the Scaredy Cat Syndrome cycle goes until they give up on their dreams of entrepreneurship all together. Saying things to themselves and others like, “I’m just not cut out for entrepreneurship,” or “I guess I don’t have what it takes.” If you have bells going off in your head right now or your stomach is churning a bit and this sounds like you….well that’s great! The first step to curing SCS (Scaredy Cat Syndrome) is to be aware of it, admit it, and accept it. Your next step is to listen to today’s podcast episode, where I brought on a fellow successful female entrepreneur who will walk you through her mindset process on each of her business fails, which ultimately have lead her to find her BIG win. Jaya Rose is a Transformational Speaker, Spiritual Life Coach, Podcast Host and the founder of the 7 Phase Magnetic Embodiment Method.   With her powerful leadership and coaching she helps women embody their highest selves and create an expansive energetic container for wild & soulful success using her practical & potent methodologies.  She believes we are here on the planet in this new paradigm of possibility to create a ripple effect of positive change.  She is all about living a thriving lifestyle, in deep trust and flow and modeling that for her daughters and clients.    You can connect with Jaya here:   Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thejayarose  Instagram:  https://www.instagram.com/thejayarose/  YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/TheJayaRose   FREEBIE LINK: http://bit.ly/embodyguidebook Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The Cliff notes to starting a new business, whether you have prior business experience or not. Wouldn’t it be nice if one of these 7-figure entrepreneurs just told you exactly how you can do the same regardless of your education level, training, or experience? I thought so too! This is the hole I saw in the business coaching market.  There are many coaches teaching business strategies and tips online but no one is spitting it all out bluntly, simply, and without all the fluff. I knew if it annoyed me, it must annoy other people too. So like a great entrepreneur, instead of complaining about it, I decided to get a shovel and fill the damn hole my self. ProjectME with Tiffany Carter the podcast, the private coaching, and the Posse membership were born. I’m here to give it you straight, and simplify the complicated and confusing stuff in business, and in generating great wealth. By doing this, you will start your dream business sooner, it will make money faster, you will be fulfilled in living your passion and purpose, all while generating the cash you desire for all of the fun and practical stuff. If you want to start a new business or your current business isn’t performing so well, make it a priority to listen to today’s podcast episode. I’m sharing exactly how to start a profitable business….simple and straightforward- Tiff-Style. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“When should I quit my job?” The question that has haunted so many of us, and the question that may be keeping you awake at night right now. You know you are meant for more…you dread going into work….it feels like each day you are there the life gets sucked out of your soul more and more. Sound about right? I tormented my self over this very question for a couple of years. If you are like me, you have known for quite sometime now that you want to do something more with your life, you know deep down that you have gifts to share with the world, and you know the avenue to make any real impact and cash isn’t at your 9 to 5 job. Yet, you aren’t sure what type of business to create or how to have it make money….at least enough to match your current salary. All of the energy and time I spent on ruminating over the, “should I quit my job?” question, I could have created my dream business and been cashing in. But…when you know better you do better. Allow me to help you get unstuck with the crazy debate going on in your head. Whatever it is you are torn over (work, starting a business, moving, breaking up with someone), confused about, or lost….today’s podcast episode is guaranteed to get you some much-needed clarity. I even brought on a special guest to help me help you sort this shit out. Scott Garwood is a high profile success coach and founder of metaLyf. He has worked with highly successful and high profile business leaders, entrepreneurs, Grammy nominated recording artists, and professional athletes to help them achieve their highest personal and professional potential while discovering and living life on purpose. He has been featured in many worldwide media outlets, including USA Today and ESPN. Scott went through his own personal search for transformational growth after successfully climbing the corporate ladder for over 17 years and realizing that nothing he had worked and sacrificed for could bring TRUE growth or TRUE happiness – there had to be something more. You can connect with Scott here:   Website:   www.metalyf.com  Facebook: www.facebook.com/metaLyf/  Instagram: www.instagram.com/metalyf_community/?hl=en  LinkedIn:   www.linkedin.com/in/scott-garwood-3a682722/ Join his groups or attend a live event here: metaLyf Community Leadership groups:  www.metalyf.com/book-online metaLyf Growcation:  www.metalyf.com/events/southern-california-growcation Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Most people are broke because of their own making. If reading that sentence made you angry, then you really need to keep reading. A majority people are broke because they aren’t willing to do the work, to pay their dues, to sacrifice temporary pleasure for future stability, to ask for help, to be willing to learn, to do whatever it takes. Here’s the catch. Most of these broke people I’m referring to truly believe they are “trying” really hard and nothing is working. Some of these broke people really are taking action and trying all the things with little to no luck, so what gives???! This is where self-sabotage comes into play. The thing with self-sabotage is that we rarely are able to identify it within ourselves, it’s sneaky and hides in plain sight. This is why I created this podcast episode for you today, to help you identify where you are self-sabotaging in your life. We all do it, no one is immune. People do it to varying degrees, and one telltale sign of severity, is your bank account. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

It all starts with the mind, yet people still want to believe it’s mostly about strategy. I was one those people who rolled their eyes every time someone mentioned mindset or reframe your thinking.  Just give me the special secret strategy already!!! This is why I have so much patience and compassion working with all of you. I get it. I didn’t want to believe that everything I wanted to achieve was 90% mindset. That seemed too simple to be true. Well, for anyone who has done mindset work, you know it’s anything but simple. It’s daily, even hourly work. To further prove the power of the mind, I interviewed a woman who lost 150 pounds with a 90% mindset approach and has kept it off years later. Her approach can be applied to any area of your life or business. So listen up, it’s damn good! Elizabeth Benton was depressed, deeply in debt, and obese. As a nutrition expert and educator who binged on junk food every time she put gas in her car, she felt like a fraud and a failure. Desperate to start truly living her life, she decided to believe in her potential rather than her past. She lost 150 pounds, paid off $130,000, and remains debt-free as a successful entrepreneur. Today, Elizabeth is the owner of Primal Potential. Through her platform of podcasts, coaching, and live events, she has fueled her deepest struggles into a burning passion to help people create transformations and live more fulfilled lives. You can connect with Elizabeth at:   Website: primalpotential.com Instagram: www.instagram.com/elizabethbenton Book: Chasing Cupcakes: How One Broke, Fat Girl Transformed Her Life (and How You Can, Too) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

“Ugh I just don’t feel like it today.” We’ve all been there and I bet many of you are feeling this right now. By the way it isn’t human to be “unstoppable” and “so motivated” all the time. Anyone who claims they are or try to portray this image online are full of poop. If I only worked, made the call, did the paperwork, went to the gym when I felt like it, I would be 500 pounds living in a tent surrounded by unused office supplies!!! Well maybe that’s a bit of an exaggeration but you get my point. When we lose our groove it’s important to have a tool kit ready to help get our groove back. I’m going to help you build your motivation kit today. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Just because you are good at something doesn’t mean you have to do it for a living. My lord do I wish someone told me this early in life! So many people (me included) turn what we are good at into a career, never asking ourselves if we are truly passionate about it or enjoy it. We may love the awards, praise, and accolades from doing these things we are good at or even naturally gifted at, but that doesn’t mean it’s what we are meant to do. I am naturally great at conflict resolution and crafting corporate documents, while these are great skill sets, I am not passionate about either, in fact I don’t enjoy them at all. The magic happens when we align our gifts with our passions. My guest on today’s podcast episode found that magic and he’s going to share how you can do the same. James Patrick is an award-winning and internationally published commercial and editorial photographer and best selling author based in Arizona. He has also worked as a business coach, marketer, website strategist, journalist and a public speaker covering a variety of topics including photography, marketing and business development. James is the founder of FITposium, an annual conference, online education network and weekly podcast helping fitness entrepreneurs and talents launch their careers.As a writer he has authored two e-books on fitness entrepreneurship. You can connect with James at:   Website: www.fitposium.com Facebook: www.facebook.com/jamespatrickphotography Instagram: @jpatrickphoto Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Nails on the chalkboard to me are when I see online coaches making common mistakes that are costing them a ton of money. The coach in me wants to reach through the screen and say “nooooooo please stop, that’s not going to work,” and the fact I would look weird stalker level crazy if I did that. I’m not suggesting that I know it all or that I’m perfect, I’ve just been doing this a long time and I know what works and what REALLY doesn’t. I want all of you to have massive success and financial freedom, so if I can help you avoid and stop common mistakes then you can reach your goals much faster and easier than I did. So I figured the best way to reach the most humans and teach the five costly mistakes online coaches are making, is through my popular success podcast, ProjectME with Tiffany Carter. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

One big thing I learned being a journalist is that everyone has a story and no one escapes life without pain. I’ve probably interviewed well over 1500 people throughout my career, ranging from farmers, to a past president, to crime victims, to criminals, and celebrities. Regardless of status, income level, nationality, or education level, they all had a story and every story included some level of pain. If we do the inner work and process this pain, we can use it as fuel and inspiration to make a great impact on others. If we chose to lay down and play victim, then what did we go through all of that pain for? I’m eager for you to meet Angie Sanchez. She spent years in a religious cult and after escaping she did the deep healing work, now she helps guide others to awaken into who they are meant to be. Angie Sanchez is a Certified Past Life Regression Hypnotist she is a trained Quantum Healing Hypnosis Technique (QHHT).During a session, people travel through time and space visiting past lives, other dimensions and ultimately connect with Higher Self and the Universal Collective Consciousness. Angie has facilitated QHHT in group settings and one on one for hundreds of people.   Angie is a speaker, facilitates live workshops, group meditations, and works with people one on one to support them in their awakening process, live intentionally, joyfully and with purpose. She is also a mindfulness  + lifestyle blogger at  and is a self-love advocate.  You can connect with Angie at: Website: https://www.angie-sanchez.com/ Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/AngieSanchez Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/_angiemsanchez/ Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Let me tell you a little story about two best friends. One woman seemed to have a magic manifesting touch and anything she desired whether it be an incredible boyfriend to luxury trip to a Gucci bag, she got it and got it with ease, and often without having to even pay for it. Her best friend, on the other hand, always got the “shit end of the stick.” She attracted a bunch of jerks, always had to work her ass off for anything she wanted, and never got anything for free, in fact, she was the one who bought other people things. On paper these two ladies were quite similar, even their personalities were alike, yet their ability to attract what they desired were opposite. Listen to this episode to learn what the key difference is between these two women, and how the one friend learned how to shift into a wealth mindset. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I can’t think of anything worse than feeling like you are lost with no purpose in life, but we have all been there, and maybe you’re in that spot right now. I swear I felt this way for most of my life. I knew I was meant for more but I couldn’t put my finger on it, and the more I tried to figure it out the more lost I would feel, can you guys relate? Many people have periods of time where they have a temporary identity crisis like after they have kids, marriage, a health crisis, or when they hit a certain birthday. Just know it is completely normal to feel lost sometimes, as I like to say, “we need to get lost sometimes in order to find ourselves.” This is exactly what happened with the guest I have on today’s episode.  As a former professional 300+mph racecar driver, a major life and career change left Jessie Harris Bouton feeling lost and unfulfilled in life and business. As Jessie set out to reinvent herself and save her health, marriage and motherhood through intentional living techniques, she felt a deep pull to empower others to do the same by simply choosing to use their power to pursue their desires rather than restrain them by becoming a certified life and business growth strategist, author, podcaster and speaker. Jessie is not shy about sharing her struggles and failures inspiring you to persevere and get you on the fast track to success quicker and easier.  As a motivated mompreneur, Jessie teaches simple, high-impact strategy to ditch the overwhelm, attract more clients and increase your cash flow organically to get you on your way to your 6-figure business fast! You can connect with Jessie at:   Instagram: @jessieharrisbouton Facebook: @jessieharrisbouton Podcast: Millionaire Mompreneur Project  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Procrastination is really fear in disguise. Here’s why… Our brains are cunning, clever, and oh so creative. To the point where we don’t always know why we’re doing certain behaviors or habits. Things like writers block, lack of concentration, felling “all over the place,” being “overwhelmed,” or even confused are all sneaky forms of procrastination. They sound justifiable when we say them to ourselves or when we whine to others, but if any of these last longer than two days, we have ourselves a “procrastination situation.” In all of the people I’ve coached privately, when we peel back the layers, below the surface of the “procrastination situation” is always FEAR. Fear of making a mistake, fear of looking stupid, fear that no one will buy the thing, fear of judgment, fear of selling, fear of vulnerability, fear that no one will show up, and so on. Let’s clear this situation so you can get out of your own way. As we both know, no movement towards success can happen when we are stuck. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Getting paid to talk about your favorite products on social media isn’t as far out of reach as you may think. In fact, experts predict that in the next two years, global influencer marketing will be a $5-10 billion dollar industry. Now is the perfect time to work towards this goal if you want to get paid to post and share your favorite things and services. “But Tiffany I only have 1076 followers, no brand is going to pay me to promote their stuff.” You are right, probably not at that low of a number, but I got a 5-figure sponsorship deal when I was at 5000 followers, so we can get you there! Before you let your inner bully overrun your mind with all the reasons why this can’t be you, all I ask is you listen to my latest podcast episode first and learn how to make money on Instagram doing what you love. I brought on Ortal Levitan (@workout_unicorn) to teach you exactly how to make this happen. Ortal is a Social Media Growth Expert, Popular Fitness Influencer, and the Founder of Workout Unicorn. Her mission is to help entrepreneurs scale their online business without paying tons of money for ads and funnels by harnessing the power of social media platforms. She has successfully built a huge social media following of over 261K followers by following three basic rules: be consistent, be authentic and honest and help others by providing value. You can connect with Ortal at:   Website:  www.Ortallevitan.com Instagram:  @workout_unicorn Free Growth Guide:  www.ortallevitan.com/smguide Instagram Course:  http://www.ortallevitan.com/instagramguru Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

So you want to launch a course, or a group coaching program except you have no clue what to charge people? What if you overcharge and no one buys? What if you undercharge and then make no money? Then I know what most of you do…go stalk dozens of people on social media who are in a similar business as you to see what they are charging. BUT THEN your inner bully goes on a rampage and tells you things like, “you can’t charge that you only have 500 followers,” or “people will laugh if you charge that, you are just starting and don’t even have a degree.” Sound familiar? Here’s the thing, yes pricing is very important but it’s not the most important thing. Keep in mind this is coming out of the mouth of a multi-millionaire. If your course, or your book, or your exercise video trainings, or your group-coaching program fills a strong need of your ideal customer and you deliver it with confidence, they will pay a respectable price tag to access a solution to their pain. Let’s get into specifics so you can come up with a price and be done with it today. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

This is the first time in my career that I have ever done this! Over my 11 years as an entrepreneur owning two businesses and an investor in many others (both silent and active), I never have publically mentioned any business partners of mine. Not for any strategic or even personal reason that I was aware of, but I just never felt strongly called to do so. As my loyal audience knows I am all about following and honoring my intuition, anytime I have ignored it, disaster or disappointment followed. On the flipside, every time I honor it, amazing things happen, even beyond what I had prayed for or manifested. So this highly accomplished and sweet natured women saw me speak at an event and then reached out to me via Instagram to be a guest on her podcast. I immediately felt drawn to her energy and knew I was destined to connect with her. Have any of you ever felt this way? Very quickly, organically, and seamlessly we partnered together in an exciting business venture to help tens of thousands of woman become financially independent doing something they love, so they can have freedom and space in their lives to do exactly what they want and when they want without having to ask permission from anybody. Julie Davey is a Christian, wife, and mom of twins. She is also a nurse practitioner and wellness expert with over 20 years of experience in healthcare. She has been caring for patients in the area of cardiovascular medicine for over 16 years. Julie also holds a faculty position at Emory University educating future nurse practitioners. In 2013, Julie became interested in a more holistic approach to wellness.  She began educating others on the power of food and natural medicine to heal the body. Today, Julie is the founder and co-owner of a Natural Shift, a lifestyle brand that helps women upgrade their habits. She believes that true health starts in the kitchen with what we put into our bodies. Her program “In the Kitchen with Julie” helps busy women prepare healthy food while spending less time in the kitchen. Julie is passionate about empowering women with the necessary tools to live a healthy and vibrant life. Julie believes that with the right support and daily habits, you will experience real progress and lasting change! ****Special Discount Code mentioned in the podcast: KITCH20 You can connect with Julie on:   Website: www.anaturalshift.com Instagram: www.instagram.com/julie_ann_davey Fackbook: www.facebook.com/anaturalshift Membership Program: In the Kitchen with Julie https://anaturalshift.com/in-the-kitchen-with-julie/ Podcast: Take the Upgrade available on all platforms Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You know what irritates me more than anything in business? I can’t stand how so many uber successful people give evasive and vague answers to specific questions about how they achieved their success, or how they created their following, their YouTube channel, or whatever. Why be so mysterious about it? I don’t get it. This is where I saw a hole in the coaching space, and I also saw a great need. These two things combined almost always create an incredible business. I decided almost ten months ago that I would be the coach, the keynote speaker, the mentor, the guide, and the teacher who took the mystery out of making big money and how this success game all works. My goal every day is to break it down for all of you and keep my lessons straightforward, simple, with no bullshit. If I want to see you all succeed in doing something you are passionate about, don’t I also need to help guide and direct you on how to best do it in an efficient, effective, and enjoyable manner? I think so. In honor of my hundredth podcast episode, today listen to my seven secrets to seven figures, the real shit no one tells you about achieving great financial success. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If you are debating on starting a podcast or have one that is slow to grow, you landed on this post for a reason. One of the biggest misconceptions about starting a podcast, an Instragram channel, or a YouTube show is that if you pump out good content and consistently they will grow steadily and organically. HA! Unless you are Kim K. or Bieber this ain’t happening. So then how in the hell do people get hundreds of thousands and even millions of podcast downloads? There is no short answer, that’s why I’m going to tell you in today’s podcast. I brought on master podcaster, Chris Burns, Host the Be Your GPS Podcast, he has conducted more than 500 interviews of inspirational role models, influencers and leaders.  Clients hire Chris Burns, to help them start or grow their own online show (or podcast) and encourage them to step into their Greatest Possible Self™, and achieve higher levels of personal and professional performance. He does this by focusing on your PURPOSE, your PRESENCE, and your PLATFORM.  You can connect with Chris on:   Chris' Facebook: Facebook.com/Th3Burns Chris' Instagram: @IAmMillionaireChris Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You spend thirty minutes passionately talking to someone about your coaching process, your products, or your networking marketing opportunity only to have them say, “I don’t have the money,” or “I don’t have the time to invest right now.” Sound familiar? Well it should, because if you are actually trying to build a business you will hear these common objections, or, as I like to call them “excuses.” If you are hearing “no’s” more than thirty percent of the time, then you need my help. When you ask for the business, the money, the person to enroll, or whatever you call  it in your world, this is when the true coaching process begins. It is your duty to be of service to the person who is meeting with you out of their busy schedule and in need of your help. It is your duty to help them get out of their own way in order to receive the assistance they desperately need. Put on your headphones and listen while I take you through a full sales call role-play, complete with these frustrating objections and how I handle them. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

What’s your sign? Seriously though, I want to know your sign so drop it in comments. If you didn’t already know I’m a hard core Virgo, or at least I thought I was until I interviewed the famous “Joshua the Psychic.” To be successful in life and in business self-awareness is a critical skill you must develop and continue to explore until the end of time. The more we know, accept, and understand ourselves, the most we can be in alignment with exactly what we are created to do on the planet. Whether you are an introvert or an extrovert….where you fall on the Myers Briggs test (I’m an INFJ by the way), a cancer or a leo, or which number you are on Enneagram (I think I’m a 1 but I’ve also gotten 6 a few times). I bravely and nervously allowed Joshua the Psychic to do a live reading of me on this episode…you don’t want to miss this one. Joshua MacGuire ("Joshua the Psychic") received the highest rating in a psychic exposé by Time Out New York. His talents as a psychic and astrologer have been featured on VH1, NBC, FOX and international pop culture and news outlets. In addition to readings and coaching for individual clients, Joshua offers astrological coaching for companies who prefer innovative methodologies like astrology and Law of Attraction in lieu of DiSC or Myers Briggs to help improve culture and foster growth. He also does workshops and keynotes to help people create their ideal realities through the science and art of astrology and Law of Attraction. He also bumps up the excitement factor at parties and events throughout Los Angeles and beyond by giving light yet insightful readings.   You can connect with Joshua on:   Website: psychicsun.com  Instagram: @joshua.macguire  Twitter: @psychicjoshua   *Just search "Joshua the Psychic" Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

If I had you list all of your thoughts on paper for an entire day, guess what percentage of them would be negative? Eighty percent!!!!!! No wonder so many people walk around feeling tired, frustrated, and distracted. We humans, have anywhere from12,000 to 60,000 thoughts per day. According to research, as many as 98 percent of them are exactly the same as we had the day before. If the compound effect of these crappy thoughts equated into dollars we would all be billionaires by sixty. Here’s the thing, we are human so we can’t stop negative thoughts all together, but I have learned how to quit them and drastically decrease that percentage from eighty percent to at least twenty percent on a good day. In this episode I’m going to tell you my methods, if they sound good to you give them a shot. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

One of my top sales secrets that shocks people to this day is: stories make the sales. People only spend money for products, people and services they feel emotionally connected to in some way. This is why people will be loyal to one brand over another who sells almost the identical thing. This is why people will hire one human over another who both have similar qualifications, talents, and recommendations. So if you want to stand out from the masses, you must share your unique story and those people who feel impacted by it will become raving fans, followers, and paying customers. If I didn’t share my stories whether it be how I went from severe abuse to abundance, or how I went from 17k to a millionaire, or how I lost almost a million dollars when I was 30 all from lack of self-worth, how would I be able to greatly impact and engage all of you beautiful souls? By sharing stats, facts, and my credentials….I DON’T THINK SO. On today’s episode Marian Bacol-Uba, TedX Speaker, International Best Selling Author and Founder of the Thriver Lifestyle will share how she turned her story into a successful business. Years ago, Marian was a successful marketing executive, yet she still felt unfulfilled, unhappy and dealt with her PTSD and depression through alcohol and substance abuse. It wasn’t until an overdose and out-of-body, near-death experience that she finally WOKE UP! She was given a second chance and has since radically transformed her life and business through holistic health, wellness and mindset mastery. Marian shares her inspiring “Survivor to Thriver” story globally and empowers women to stop living in survival mode and start thriving in mind, body and soul. She speaks on conscious entrepreneurship, women’s empowerment and leadership, meditation and wellness. She merges her 15+ years of marketing, event production and business development experience with her mission to create positive social impact and help elevate the collective consciousness. Marian has been featured on CBS Los Angeles, Thrive Global, Medium, Elephant Journal, Bustle, SWAAY Media, Miami Under 40 and over 35 podcasts and publications. For more info visit  You can connect with Marian on:   www.marianbacoluba.com and follow her on Instagram @mbacoluba Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Have you ever said this line? “The market is saturated, there are so many people doing this already.” Or how about this, “who is going to hire me as a coach or a service provider when I don’t even have a degree or a certification?” I already know a majority of you have said and thought these things or I wouldn’t have put together this episode to help unscramble your crappy mindset. Are there people out there more educated, more fit, more attractive, more well-spoken, and more talented than you…..YES! Last time I checked it is not a success requirement to be the absolute best in the entire world in every area of your life. If that was the case there would be no Oprah (struggles with food and weight issues), no Elon Musk (horrible public speaker), or Brene Brown (who teaches vulnerability and openly has a difficult time being vulnerable). What is required is a belief in yourself that is greater than your doubts, perseverance to keep going for it even after you make many mistakes, and a support system to help you get back on track when you have veered off and are stuck in a ditch. Listen to this episode and save it for when you are off course…I’m here to remind you that you do have everything it takes to get what you want. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The magic of finally saying, “Fuck it!” When the pain of our current job, relationship, or situation becomes greater than our fears of the unknown is when we enter the “Fuck It Zone.” When we are beaten down (sometimes literally) and sick and tired of being sick and tired, we either give up or we go for it! I’m someone who always goes for it and I’ve never regretted it once. The only things I regret are not saying, “fuck it” sooner than I did. At some point every successful inventor, innovator, and entrepreneur said, “fuck it” (in their own words) before they went after their dream, their vision, their calling. Today’s guest is no different; she said “fuck it” to a high-paying corporate job to start an apparel brand and a community with a deeper purpose than crunching spreadsheets all day. Monica Agana is the Founder of Savage Babe Collection. A brand for women who felt trapped from being who they truly wanted to be. After years of experiencing physical abuse, constant bullying from other children, societal pressures, and pursuing goals that others wanted her to pursue, it led to feelings of unworthiness that lingered with Monica into adulthood. After years of working on her personal development (and still continuing to), she finally broke away from the chains of her past.  You can connect with Monica and Savage Babe on: Savage Babe Website: www.savagebabecollection.com Savage Babe Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/savagebabecollection/ Savage Babe Podcast: https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/savage-babe/id1383532586?mt=2 Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Racking your brain trying to figure out how to get more followers and likes on Instagram? You plus millions of other people are trying to figure out how their friend down the street who is basic AF has 25K followers, or how some random dude with weird car photos has 7k follows, or worse a girl boss in a similar field who seems to be growing by thousands of followers per week while you’re still stuck at 753. WHAT GIVES?!!! It probably leaves you feeling like you must be doing something wrong, or maybe you aren’t cut out to be a coach, an entrepreneur, an influencer, or in affiliate marketing….sound familiar? This is the point where a solid percentage of people wave the white flag and buy followers and even likes. They are tired of trying to figure out how to grow organically and want a short cut, the easy way out. Well, the “easy way out” ALWAYS comes with catch. Don’t worry, I won’t leave you hanging…on today’s podcast I will tell you why you shouldn’t buy followers or likes, and what you can do instead to grow your Instagram the legit way. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Everyone has a secret that you can’t see. It can be easy to fall into judgment especially when scrolling social media, assuming “that” woman’s life is near perfect, after all they look so happy, healthy, and wealthy! I’m hear to help you snap back into reality and out of the fantasy land thinking that can start making all of us feel less than, discouraged, and even depressed. Both ladies on this episode and in the above photo have lived with many dark secrets that you couldn’t see from the outside. In fact, everyone thought their lives were incredible, traveling the world, driving luxury cars, owning 7-figure businesses, and throw in a fairy-tale Paris wedding to a handsome rich suitor. Sounds pretty damn good right? Except they both were slowly dying inside one day a time. Take a time out today to tune into this raw and real discussion between two survivors, and you will learn how to find that inner sparkle again, just as they did. Jenny Taylor is the founder of the world famous Jenny Taylor Boudoir Photography which is the nation’s premier boudoir & glam photography studio over the past decade. Her clients range between 21-85 years old (some even being popular reality stars like Scheana Marie from Vanderpump Rules.)   Back in 2015, Jenny found myself in a living hell, and felt trapped in an abusive relationship.  She knew that she needed a huge shift in the way she was living her life and decided to do the very hard work of diving deep into her past. Jenny wanted to pay forward all that she learned during her personal transformation so she created the Transformational Life Coaching Company “Sparkle Lifestyle” which includes One on One Coaching and Luxury Women’s Retreats. You can connect with Jenny on: Instagram: www.Instagram.com/everythingjennytaylor Facebook: www.facebook.com/everythingjennytaylor Website: www.JennyTaylor.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Not sure how many of you know this, but I have been pouring a ton of money, time, and energy into something that is completely free to all of you. To the point where recently I thought, “what the hell am I doing, this is crazy!” Of course I didn’t think it was crazy when I started, I thought and felt all of the things many of us do when we start something new….excitement, nerves, passion, hope, and fantasying about all of the amazing things to come. Then the high wears off after the results don’t pour in like we fantasized about or even worse expected. I’ve been an entrepreneur for 11 years, so I know that things take time, typically much longer then we would even like.  For whatever reason, with my new TV Show ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter, based on YouTube, I found my self  with 11 episodes in feeling discouraged and doubting my decision to go all in with top-notch production, sound, glam, and editing. “This is costing me a small fortune to produce plus a ton of time and I barely have any views, what gives?!!!!!” I even thought about putting it on hold. Even as I’m typing this I’m laughing at how entitled and ridiculous I sound. Aside from the small percentage of first time videos that go viral, since when does someone get a shit ton of engagement on YouTube after posting 11 episodes without any advertising. That would be like someone creating a blog from scratch with 11 blog articles and wondering why they don’t have a solid number of readers, comments, or sponsors. So as with everything, I thought this would be a good teaching experience for all of you. For anyone who is interested in starting a video based channel or really anything digital for that matter, this episode is for you. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

When should I start doing Facebook ads? How much do I need to spend for results? Is it worth doing? Why aren’t my ads making me any money? What am I doing wrong? I get it! Spending a minute in Facebook Business Manager as a newbie is enough to put your stomach in knots. Hell, that can happen to me and I use the platform daily. You probably don’t know this about me, I’ve spent millions of other people’s money designing and managing Facebook ad campaigns for corporate clients since Facebook ads started many years ago. Pressing that publish button is scary when it’s your own money on the line, it’s actually a more uncomfortable feeling than gambling in Vegas, at least then your expectation is that you are likely to lose. With Facebook ads, most people have the belief that they should make back more than they spend, in fact it should be at least double. You guys are smart, if it was that straightforward and simple, every single company would be pouring their entire advertising budget solely into Facebook advertising. With Facebook ads, knowledge isn’t just power it is necessary to have a solid chance of a great ROI. I brought on a Facebook ads expert to answer all of your questions and clear up any myths . Lorell Lane is the Founder of The Social Sales Lab, an online program helping business owners scale thru Facebook ads Lorell started her career in the corporate world working with major TV networks such as Univision, NBC, the CW, and Viacom to generate millions in sales by creating ad campaigns. She’s helped scale the sales growth for brands and clients around the world. After seven years in corporate world, and becoming a mom of 2, she decided to quit the corporate life and use her experience in advertising to help women in business gain financial freedom. Now she helps online business owners and sales professionals accelerate their business by using Facebook ads through her signature online program, the Social Sales Lab.  You can connect with Lorell on: Instagram: @LorellLane  Email: hello@lorelllane.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Three of my top tips to manifesting more money into your life. First let me lay some foundation for you. I have been practicing the Law of Attraction and manifestation for 16 years. Everything that has happened in my life good, bad, and ugly I believe has happened for me not to me. That belief alone may trigger you as it used to piss me off when I would read it or hear other gurus in the manifesting space say it, now I know it as my truth. Every single thing I have strongly desired in my life I have manifested, this doesn’t mean I sat on a lounge chair sipping champagne and everything from money, handbags, chance meetings, incredible opportunities, and luxurious trips just “happened.” For a lot of it I had to work for it, sometimes for many years, and for some of it, it did fall into my lap…the most challenging part of manifesting is the exact reason why so many people give up on it too soon and say things like, “oh that manifesting is BS,” or “manifesting just doesn’t work me” (which both beliefs will certainly make it not work BTW). Let me give you a fast track pass to manifesting money. On this episode, I share my top three tips to manifesting money. These tips come from years of refining my manifesting practice, reading at least a hundred books and countless articles on the Law of Attraction principles and practices, and studying privately with a well-respected manifestation guru and spiritual teacher. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

  A mark of a successful entrepreneur is someone who trusts her gut instinct over logic. Imagine if some of the most famous innovators of all times listened to other people’s opinions and logic over their strong intuition. We wouldn’t have air travel, electric cars, or even the Internet! When we get quiet enough to tap into our inner guide, and listen to that voice…our questions are answered, our confusion turns to clarity, sometimes we don’t love the answers as that means we have to take uncomfortable action. I have spent most of my life ignoring and second-guessing my intuition, which made my life up until four years ago waaaaay harder and more chaotic than it needed to be. If I could time travel and send a message to that 11 year old little Tiffany, I would tell her that her instincts are never wrong even when people she trusts tells her that they are, I would tell her that she already has the answers and it’s safe to trust that guiding voice in her head. Since I can’t time-travel, I’ll put these life lessons into a podcast to remind you that you can trust yourself, and your best life guide already resides within you. Today, I want you to meet a friend of mine who followed her gut instinct over logic, over years of schooling, over a lifetime pursuing this goal, and over what her friends and family would think. Kate Taylor is a high profile fashion stylist and the Founder of Stylist School, an online teaching academy to train people on how to be a successful fashion stylist. Kate worked as VP of Sales & Marketing for a clothing company – where she got to work as a fashion designer.  She learned the ins-and-outs of behind the scenes fashion...from styling to design to trade shows to fashion weeks. Through all of these career changes and opportunities, Kate realized that there was one common factor in all of them. What she loves the most is helping people truly discover their image and allow it to shine. You can connect with Kate at: Instagram: KateTaylorStylist Facebook: Facebook.com/KateTaylorStylist Website:  KateTaylorStylist.com The second "Stylist School" will be starting the beginning of May 2019!! If you're interested in having your dream of fashion turning into your career -  check out the info here: https://katetaylor.lpages.co/stylist-school/ Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Ever notice how much more you get done when you are feeling inspired, high energy, and unstoppable? Since we are all human, we aren’t designed to feel this way every single day. So if we let our inner drive be determined by our mood, this will cause great inconsistency in our lives and our businesses, which can eventually lead to financial failure. The key is to learn how to navigate the tough times in your journey. Your business won’t always being growing, things won’t always go your way, clients won’t always be happy, your photos won’t always get a ton of likes, so we can’t have our happiness and since of self dependent on outside circumstances. It took me many years to figure out how to stay motivated the healthy way. Allow me to share with you my top three three tips. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Do you want to have big brands paying you to post and pose but think you need to have mega followers for that to happen? You are wrong. Many brands are shifting towards using micro-influencers to share and speak about their products and/or services on social media and in blogs. The reason is because the engagement rate for people with a smaller niche following is much higher then those mega accounts. Since companies are all about the bottom line, they know that a higher engagement rate means more sales. Now is a better time then ever before to position your personal brand for sponsored partnerships. As with everything, there are best practices on how to go about this successfully. So of course I’ve got your back, and I brought on an expert to tell you how to get this done. Today I have on the podcast, Carly Hartman she is an entrepreneur specializing in blogging sponsorships and social media strategy. After starting her first business at the age of 17, Carly, at 23, has developed over 3 businesses that have expanded worldwide. She loves managing her advertising agency, inner-beauty pageant organization and talent agency. She has always believed in optimism and choosing to see the best in every day. This is why she has created her motivational speaking ministry and calls it "Best Day Ever.” You can connect with Carly at: IG: @carlyyhartman Website: www.carlyhartman.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

To be a successful entrepreneur is 90% mindset and 10% strategy. If you have been following me awhile or listening to my show, you know I love to use analogies as teaching tools. So here it goes….you know how fitness experts will tell you that you can’t out work off a bad diet at the gym? Or that abs are made in the kitchen? Same is true for entrepreneurship. You can’t out strategize a shitty mindset. In fact, you could have the best product or be the best coach in the world, and if you mindset isn’t on point and managed all day every day, you will likely not achieve much success or keep it. This is how I lost almost a million dollars that I had in the bank by the time I was 30. Not from lack of talent, tenacity, or drive…but from a crap low-vibe, low self-worth mindset. My motivation for teaching money mindset to millions of people is because I know the answer to true financial freedom lies in our own damn minds. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I have a prime example of why it is so important for us to show up loud, proud, and as ourselves on social media. Most of us entrepreneurs are so busy creating content and doing #allthethings that we forget to take a moment and put ourselves into our ideal client’s shoes, and how they go about searching for solutions to their current problems. We start making assumptions on how clients find coaches, or wellness products, or fitness plans…and it’s important to be reminded of the basics. The guest I brought on for today’s show is my real life example of successful content marketing and branding. You see, I hand-select and approve of all my podcast guests. I only bring people on who are going to teach you, enlighten you, and hopefully entertain you. I can’t even recall what I was searching for on Instagram one night, but I came across Dr. Amanda Barrientez’s profile and I saw in all caps “NO FUCKING AROUND COACHING.” If you are a regular listener you know I love a well-placed F-bomb. These four words in her profile caught my attention enough to look further, and I loved what I saw. A woman who has been through a lot of crap in her life and has made a huge turn-around and now helps others do the same. Dr. Barrientez is the Founder and CEO of NFA Coaching. She went from being on food stamps to making 6-figures in just three years. She is passionate about helping people thrive in their businesses and reach their max potential. Dr. Amanda Barrientez - Founder and CEO of NFA Coaching Website: www.NFACoaching.com Instagram: www.instagram.com/NFACoaching/ Facebook; www.facebook.com/NFACoaching LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/in/NFACoaching/ Podcast & YouTube: NFA Coaching Max Potential Habits Podcast: CoachCast Lab - www.CoachCastLab.com Download Amanda's FREE eBook: The THRIVE Roadmap: The 6 Step Guide of How I Went from Food Stamps to 6-Figures in 3 Years (Link: https://www.drbarrientez.com/thethriveroadmapsummary ) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You spend hours each month crafting perfect catchy and key-word heavy emails for your list, only to experience a less than 10% open rate. This can be frustrating as hell, wondering if it’s even worth all of the time and effort. To make matters worse, you hear #bossbabes on social media touting the importance of growing and nurturing your email list and a majority of their sales come from email marketing. WTF!!!!! In full transparency, I built a 7-figure business without any email list. Truth be told, I could have an 8-figure business if I started building my email list from day one, 11 years ago. So with my second company ProjectME with Tiffany Carter, I was determined to learn from my mistakes. After all, I have been building and nurturing giant emails lists for years with mega corporate clients. So I know how it’s done, and I know what works and absolutely doesn’t. So you all can feel a sense of relief, the average open rate ranges from 7% to 17% depending on the industry. Most people will open an email from their bank or doctor’s office over a service based business like computer software or your cable company. But you don’t follow me to learn how to be average, you follow me to learn how to make massive cash and change in people’s lives. Today’s episode I will spill the tea on all things email marketing. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.  

We are all addicted to something. For some people that’s alcohol, for others it’s food, and for many it’s something they aren’t even aware they are addicted to. I was one of the latter. Working 12-14 hours a day 7 days a week and then going to the gym often twice a day, people were impressed with my “dedication,” “diligence,” and “hard work.” I was highly rewarded for these behaviors with money, compliments, and a seemingly super fit body. Truth is when you peeled back the layers, I was dying inside. I was actually just one step away from killing my self. I was using my excessive working and exercising as an escape from dealing with buried trauma and feelings from the past…plus I wanted to avoid being alone and still with my thoughts at all costs. Being still and unoccupied was terrifying to me. Little did I realize that my focus was going the wrong direction, I was trying to run away from my self  to achieve peace and happiness versus run to my self. Eventually like with all addictions I hit a brutal rock bottom. My ways weren’t working anymore, in fact they were causing more harm than any sense of relief. So I was forced to surrender and get help, or die. By the grace of God, I chose to live. I want you all to carefully listen to today’s episode with an open-mind. You will for sure hear some things you have never thought of before, and some things you need to hear. There is no one better suited to help you navigate your additions and “distractions” then my dear friend Tracy O’Malley.   Tracy is a world-renowned recovery coach helping women recover from addiction. She is a multi-million dollar entrepreneur, speaker and author. Tracy has mentored over eighty thousand women in her career helping them to achieve six and seven figure incomes. She has revolutionized the coaching industry with her work in recovery by healing generations of women and saving lives. She continues to motivate and inspire thousands as a keynote speaker and industry leader.  Everything Tracy teaches is based on a process that works—as long as you’re willing to work it. If you feel like you can’t live like this anymore and you’re ready to really live your life, please visit tracyomalley.com/work-with-me to learn more about how you can receive mentorship from her!   *******PROMO CODE: To all the listeners, we have an exclusive offer to anyone who mentions this podcast with promotional code “PROJECTME” will receive $500 off 1:1 Coaching with Tracy! Offer expires TBD with notification of podcasts release date. You can check out Tracy at: Website: tracyomalley.com Instagram: instagram.com/tracy_omalley Facebook: facebook.com/tracy.omalley LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/tracy-o-malley Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Learn How to Increase Your Sales without being Annoying or Pushy. Lesson number one is reframing your mindset from believing you are being annoying or pushy. Why would telling someone about something they likely need in order to improve their life be annoying? Would that annoy you? If I had a hundred dollars for every person I’ve coached that had a fear of being annoying or pushy when promoting their product or services I would be well on my way to a net-worth of a quarter-billion dollars. People feel this way when they don’t truly believe what they have to offer is going to help their ideal and potential customers, otherwise you would be shouting it from the rooftops (or at least on Instagram!). Let’s get you out of feeling sleazy when selling and into the zone of feeling shameless. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You are permitted and worthy of making massive money doing something you love. Somewhere along the way most of us learned that in order to make great money we had to just suck it up and get a serious “grown-up” job, or lucrative career in law or medicine. This is one of the BIGGEST lies we were ever told, leading to a society of millions of miserable people working at soul-sucking jobs to pay the bills. On average, we spend more than 5,525 days out of our lives working (that’s over 13 years BTW)! Imagine the positive impact if you spent those 5,525 days doing something you were passionate about instead of dealing with the dread and boredom. For some inspiration and proof of concept, I bought on the co-founders of Jordan Road Jewelry. They are a mother-daughter duo, who decided to combine their love of travel and jewelry into an online business….and their passions have turned into profits. On a chance trip to India to volunteer helping children, Emma and Jordanna encountered world-class craftsmen producing custom jewelry and soon after decided to start a line of their own. Having a love for travel they named the company Jordan Road after a street in one of their favorite cities, Hong Kong. They both went on to study at GIA, becoming Graduate Gemologists.  However, after seeing how hard it was to constantly travel back and forth to India, they began sourcing jewelry in the US, which ultimately led them to the line they offer today. Emma and Jordanna love the idea of creating jewelry that is effortless and can be worn everyday. Each piece can be mixed, matched, stacked or worn alone.  Along with the success of Jordan Road Jewelry, friends started inquiring about custom engagement rings. After completing a few rings and seeing how much we enjoyed the process (and how happy our clients were), it has now become a growing part of our business. Sourcing diamonds & creating one of a kind engagement rings is a path Jordan Road plans to continue on.  ***Promo code is: PODCAST You can check out Jordan Road Jewelry at: Instagram: @jordanroad_ and  @jordanroad_diamonds www.jordanroadjewelry.com hello@jordanroadjewelry.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

The Top 3 Questions Multi-Millionaires Get Asked. Curious? I thought so, that’s why I answered them all for you “Tiff-Style.” It still amazes me how I get asked the same questions from people regardless of what county they are from, education level, economic status, or gender. So I asked colleagues and friends of mine who are also millionaires if they get asked the same questions, and everyone responded with laughter followed by a BIG “YEEEEESSS!!!!” even my coach who is worth 100 million dollars agreed. And here I thought the burning question would be about whether I wax or thread my eyebrows! My guess is you will all want to know my answers to these top questions, so I created a podcast episode dedicated to answering them. Now when I get asked one of these questions, I’ll be directing everyone to download this episode. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Are you just going through the motions of daily life in survival mode? Or are you living a passionate, vibrant, and soulful life where you are thriving? Most of my life was spent in survival mode aside from a few “exciting” moments each year. I felt zombie-like, and often asked my self “is this all there is to life?” I would observe other people online and even friends who seemed to be so full of life, energized and excited about their day. What I concluded is that something was terribly wrong with me (which there wasn’t, but that was my low self-worth MO that it must be my fault). If you can relate to my story or know someone who can, this podcast episode will be life changing (so share it!). I brought on my personal empowerment coach, who has developed a unique approach and uncovering subconscious soul wounds that prevent us from thriving. Truly I didn’t even know thriving was in the cards for me until I did this deeper work. Ana Maria is a trauma informed personal empowerment coach – she creates an inertia of healing alchemy from the inside of your soul by building you up to keep moving forward, with a healthy dose of self care, love and compassion. She is passionate about empowering her clients using a kind, gentle yet assertive mindset towards their growth. She has an innate felt sense of intuition with whomever she is interacting with. She can pick up on subtle emotions and feelings and gently guide her clients towards the core of their soul’s desires. Ana Maria listens not only to her clients’ spoken words, but she also listens to their body’s language and the signals that are released by their subconscious.  She took the ‘Trauma Treatment training in Interventions for Deep Healing’ with industry experts: Bessel van der Kolk, Peter Levine, Janina Fisher, Pat Ogden, and Interpersonal Neurobiology of Trauma Resolution with the clinical professor of psychiatry Dr. Dan Siegel. She also attended numerous neuroscience, psychotherapy and spirituality summits in the categories of healing and resilience, and became a licensed facilitator for Danielle LaPorte's Desire Map method which she finds to be a fabulous tool in giving our innermost selves a voice, the space to be heard, the opportunity to be honored. You can connect with Ana at: Her website is www.lifebutterflyeffect.com Email: lifebutterflyeffect@gmail.com Instagram: @lifebutterflyeffect Facebook page: Life Butterfly Effect Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Wonder how those girls get paid to travel the world and get tons of free beauty products and clothes sent to them for free in exchange for posting on their blog or Instagram? I use to wonder the same thing…and I was determined to solve this mystery. 2017 was one of the most difficult years of my life. My entire system came to halt, I didn’t even have enough strength to take a shower or go to the grocery store. It took many months but I was finally diagnosed with Adrenal Fatigue stage 3, borderline stage 4. By the way, at stage 4 I would have to be hospitalized.  The recovery process of this invisible illness is slow, and requires multiple lifetimes of extreme rest. Since I was couch-bound and couldn’t focus enough to even read a book (one of the many symptoms of AF), I scrolled and studied Instagram and Influencers. Truly, I was doing the prep-work and research needed to launch ProjectME with Tiffany Carter, but I wasn’t even fully aware of that at the time. My motivation was to figure out how in the hell these chics were getting paid to post and write about the cool free stuff and trips companies were giving them. I did my reporter thing and interviewed influencers, the companies who use them, and the agents who represent them…. now I get how the entire system operates. So of course I’m going to share everything I learned with all of you. What fun would it be keeping all of the juicy details to my self? Some of the stories are crazy, some sexist, and most are straight up about sales and money. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

You want to know how someone is super successful, take a look at his or her daily actions and habits. A millionaire is made one dollar and one decision at a time. My friends and me get asked all the time, “how did you get so successful?” My answer is typically the same unless I’m in a really sassy mood. I say, “I do what 99% of people aren’t willing to do, and I do it even on the days that I don’t feel like it.” I think people who ask this question are expecting some complex strategic answer, but the foundation really is that simple. The catch is, it’s a pain in the ass many days to do all of the things when you are tired, grouchy, overwhelmed, and over it. So I brought on one of my long-time friends (I’ve known her since I was 14) and one of my most successful friends, to tell you exactly how she went from making literally nothing with zero sales to having an average of 140 million dollars in real estate sales every year. Melissa Tucci is the number one realtor for Coldwell Banker in all of California. She is the official agent for the San Diego Padres. Melissa is regularly featured on the TV show, “The American Dream” as an Elite Specialist. Plus she has been recognized by The Wall Street Journal, as one of the Top100 Agents in the Nation. You can connect with Melissa at: Website:   melissatucci.com LinkedIn: linkedin.com/in/melissa-goldstein-tucci-a652a58/ Facebook: facebook.com/MelissaGoldsteinTucci/ Twitter: twitter.com/melissagtucci Instagram: instagram.com/officialpadresrealtor/ Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Do any of these sounds familiar? “I don’t have the money right now,” “Oh wow, that’s expensive!” “Now isn’t a good time for me financially.” If you have a business of any kind, you likely have heard these “excuses” at nauseam. If you haven’t heard them, then you have a different issue of not attracting enough ideal clients to you and getting them on a damn call. You need to DM me STAT. Most sales calls die the moment someone says a version of the excuse, “I can’t afford it.” I use the word “excuse” because that’s all it is. When someone no matter how broke they are REEEEAAAALLLY want a problem they have to be solved or relieved, they will find the money. When they believe you have the solution to their problem, they will find the funds. So either you A, didn’t connect their problems with your solutions, or B, you lost your shiz when they started talking about money and didn’t know how to handle it. Maybe you felt bad or pushy saying anything after they told you they were broke…I get it, but look at it this way, you are doing them a disservice by allowing the conversation to stop at their first or even second excuse. Listen and learn as I take you through a full role-play on how to handle the common money objections. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

So you want to make money doing something you love but that something is completely different than your current career, what you went to school for, or what your family and friends would expect from you. I hear you, I see you, and I get you. I spent a chunk of my adult life in a completely different profession than what I am doing now. Hello pharmaceutical sales and management for billion dollar corporations to entrepreneurship. People thought I was nuts in fact even irresponsible to leave a (as they called it) “cush” corporate job for the unknown and risky world of being an entrepreneur. Little did they realize their doubt and apprehension only made me want to succeed even more. Pro tip: Don’t doubt a female Virgo. On today’s podcast, I bought on a woman who just did a complete 180. She was pushing papers in the insurance world at a desk job, and decided to go all-in on being a private eye and an entrepreneur. That’s right…like a legal spy. In fact, she is currently on a stake out while doing this interview. That is next level multi-tasking. Also a great sign that she will crush it in entrepreneurship. Lisa Phillips is a private investigator, a mom, and the proud owner of Pink Lady Investigations, specializing in infidelity and child custody cases.   You can connect with Lisa at: Instagram: instagram.com/pinkladyinvestigations Facebook: facebook.com/pinkladyinvestigations Website pinkladyinvestigations.com Email: pinkladyinvestigations@yahoo.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

When a client tells me they are broke or in debt, the first place I explore is self-worth. Money mindset stuff is sneaky AF. Most of the sabotaging behaviors we do are sub-conscious, meaning we are not even aware we are doing them.  All of our choices are intertwined with our sense of self-worth. When we believe we deserve to have and it all get it, then guess what we do! (as long as there isn’t more buried crap under the surface you are in denial over) When we believe that we are good but not as good as so and so, and that success is only reserved for super pretty extroverted people, GUESS WHAT? Then we operate at just a “good” level, only make maybe “good” money and “good” choices, and surround ourselves with “good” people. Imagine how this exercise goes with you think you are a piece of shit, a fraud, less than, fat, ugly, not that smart, etc…. This is why I always say low self-worth equals low net-worth, but the good news is high self-worth equals high net-worth. Self-worth is something we can repair. Listen to this episode to learn how to assess your current self-worth and what you do to fix it.  If I was able to take mine from the gutter to glory, then I’m confident anyone can! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I was sexually abused from age 11 through 21 years old. Wow! I’ve never written that publically until now. The only two reasons I’m even able to share my painful story with you is because #1 I’ve done the deep healing work necessary to process the extreme trauma and damaged self-worth. #2 I believe that I survived that abuse in order to be a shining glimmer of hope and guidance for other humans who are still sitting in the deep gut-wrenching shame. You see the Universe has a beautiful way of connecting you with the right people and the right messages, as even the crap people and situations you encounter are there to teach you and help you grow. The beautiful and powerful soul I have on the podcast today came into my life via Instagram, and we share a common bond only abuse survivors can understand. This conversation may be triggering for some of you, and if it does please reach out to a therapist or one of us, you are no longer alone. Petia Kolibova is a passionate coach who helps corporate women who have been pushed down and been playing it small due to toxic relationships or unhealed childhood trauma, to create a life that is true to them and their soul purpose.  Her mission is to help women who are on the path to healing from past wounds, move through their limiting beliefs and internal blocks so they can finally do what they want to do, what feels good to them, serve other women in a powerful way online.  If she is not interviewing on her podcast Be Strong Minded, working out, or reading, you will find her in nature disconnecting from the world, connecting to herself. You can connect with Petia at: Instagram:  instagram.com/be.strong.minded Podcast: itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/be-strong-minded-podcast/id1376964066?mt=2 Website: www.bestrongminded.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

Picture this…your alarm goes off in the morning and instead of checking your Instagram or email, you check your PayPal account to see how much money you made while you were sleeping. Sound like a fantasy or some bullshit to you? That’s just your mind having some limiting money noise going on….trying to make you believe that you can’t make money easily or without your direct involvement at all times. Here’s how I know it isn’t true…because I have created this life for my self and I’m direct friends with and work with people who have this daily reality. There is nothing more freeing and empowering than not being dependent on anyone, any job, or any client for cash.  This is why I have made it my mission to teach millions of women how to create multiple streams of passive income into their lives and businesses. Curious on how I make money while I sleep? Listen to today’s podcast episode, where I share exactly how I do it and how you can do the same…starting TODAY. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I swear there is nothing people fear more in business than learning they must sell to be successful. When did this whole sales thing get such a bad rap? Every single intuition, non-profit, religious entity, hospital, and for-profit company must sell and market to not only stay in business but to give back to the world. Think about it, how to non-profits raise the funds to build those schools in Africa? They hold giant fundraisers and galas, and sell tickets to these events along with silent auctions to bring in the cash. Your local public schools even have fundraising drives with bake sales, and those damn giant chocolate bars your kids have to sell. What about the Girl Scouts? Even they sell cookies. Continuing to refine and sharpen my sales and marketing skills are a regular priority for me. These skill sets are essential for my companies to have continued success. To help you with your up level your sales skills, I brought on a top international sales trainer to the podcast, who has directly trained thousands of people to generate tens of millions of dollars in revenue as a direct result of his experience and teaching style. Plus, he was actually incredibly shy when he started in sales, so he can personally relate to many of your fears. Steve Goldstein is the Founder of Gold Selling Success, a well-respected motivational speaker, and a proud father. Plus he is also born and raised in Chicago like me, so that makes him extra cool. You can connect with Steve at: LinkedIn:  https://www.linkedin.com/in/stevergoldstein/ Website: http://www.goldsellingsuccess.com/ Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and watch her TV episodes on ProjectME TV with Tiffany Carter on YouTube.

I struggled with this question for years before I took action, “when is the right time to hire help for your business?” This procrastination based on fear of making a mistake and overspending, ended up costing me millions in lost revenue. You are starting to make money-maybe pretty good money, your focus is being pulled is 15 different directions, this entrepreneurship thing is feeling really overwhelming, you know you need help but aren’t sure it’s worth spending the money on it yet. As the money you spend on help will mean less money in your pocket. I TOTALLY GET IT! To delay hiring help can end up costing you 100 times the amount it would cost just to have hired the humans in the first place. Let me help guide you on how to assess when is the right time to hire help, to hire a business coach, who to hire first, and everything in between. Any follow up questions to this episode just message me on social media and I would be happy to answer them. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Facebook @projectmewithtiffany or Twitter @tiffcarter4U.

You have to decide if you want a business or a brand. A business is basic, you provide something that people need and like, and if you are doing it correctly, they will come back to buy from your business repeatedly. A brand is something much more than a business, it has it’s own emotional currency to people, trust has been built over time, anything that is sold aligns with the soul and mission of the brand. I have both, my first company is a business not a brand, although a 7-figure business with an excellent reputation, it isn’t a brand. My second company, ProjectME with Tiffany Carter was designed from the beginning (still less than a year old) to be a brand. It stands for something….the mission is clear…the tone is consistent…the vibe is obvious. Learning how to create a brand that withstands time requires a special set of expert marketing skills (either learned or innate). My guest on today’s podcast Jennifer Gardner, has run her brand and practice since 1992, she’s a successful trial lawyer in Los Angeles who is teaching other lawyers how to build their own brands. She also is the host of the Roamhowl Podcast, and author of 10X Your Referrals, which teaches must-know survival strategies for 21st Century Law Humans who want to skyrocket their referrals. You can connect with Jennifer at: Instagram: @Iamjenniferbgardner Podcast: http://www.roamhowl.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and on Twitter @tiffcarter4U

“But I hate doing videos…” I hear this at least a dozen times a week; followed by some excuse for hating video. This ranges from having no time, to the kids being all over me, to I don’t have anything to say and I’m boring. Well for starters no one is more boring than me! I’m a Virgo introvert that loves routine; chill time, Epsom salt and oil baths, writing, reading, and bad reality TV. Per month I have tens of thousands of views of my videos…and I’m not doing anything exciting and most of the time I don’t have any makeup on. If content is queen, video is king! To have a successful business you MUST learn to embrace video and do it consistently. Video builds trust with your audience, as they can see you, experience your energy, see your products in 3D, and connect with you on a much deeper level. Would you keep dating someone who you only emailed and texted? Would you be close friends with someone who only interacted with you with a still photo and a typed message? Doesn’t sound very fulfilling or intimate does it? It holds true for your audience and customers…listen to today’s episode to learn how to use video to sell and grow your following. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Facebook @projectmewithtiffany or Twitter @tiffcarter4U.

If you build it they will come, is so far from the truth when it comes to creating an Instagram community of raving fans. People who are making massive cash while creating loyal customers with their brand on Instagram are doing certain things strategically and consistently that pay off over time. Since I know you want to find out what those things are, I brought on the top Instagram expert for entrepreneurs in the business.  Sue B., known as @theinstagramexpert is an insightful, energetic, and in-demand social media educator, speaker, and business coach. Sue’s blog was ranked as one of the Top 10 social media blogs in 2017 by Social Media Examiner. Sue B. is also one of the most popular CreativeLive instructors and has been named by Huffington Post as one of the “Top 50 Must-Follow Women Entrepreneurs in 2017” Whether she’s taking the stage at an industry conference, like Social Media Marketing World, or working one-on-one with her clients, Sue B. is driven to help business owners leverage the power of Instagram to meet (and exceed) their business goals. As a lifelong entrepreneur, Sue B. has over 30 years of business experience. And, with her extensive knowledge and implementation of social media, it is Sue B.’s mission to teach, mentor, and empower others. You can connect with Sue B at: Instagram:  @theinstagramexpert YouTube: @suebzimmerman Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and on Twitter @tiffcarter4U

When looking at a millionaire’s finances, you will find this one thing in common with them all, including mine. Multiple sources of income…to be more specific at least between 5-7, this means we are making money from 5-7 different sources. Let me explain. The most common source of income in the world is someone’s primary job, their paycheck; In fact, this is the only source of income for most people in the world. But you don’t follow and listen to me to learn how to be like the masses, you want to be minority not the majority. It’s OK if you only have one or two incomes sources…this can be changed today. This is must easier and more effective to teach via my podcast versus a short post, so go boost your cash flow for 2019 and listen to this episode. Be sure to message me with any questions after listening. I know questions will come up and I’m happy to help guide you. After all that is what I’m here for. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  Facebook @projectmewithtiffany or Twitter @tiffcarter4U.

So you set some big goals for 2019 and now the fear monsters are starting to bubble up in your brain…by the way this is totally normal. When we set big goals and have big dreams…big fears pop up to try and keep us “safe,” to not endure any risk. If we don’t address and process these fears, they will sabotage your goals. We want to set ourselves up for success with ease, not success riddled in fear and anxiety. So I brought on an expert in this fear department for all of you high achievers and big dreamers who follow me. Dr. Jenn Chrisman is a licensed clinical psychologist, speaker, master coach, and host of the newly top rated Love Your Truth podcast, she is committed to guiding people into their highest potential through inspiring radical self-reflection and offering practical direction. While her doctoral education and formal training has provided her with valuable knowledge about different theories, interventions, and mental health, it is her life experiences and intuitive nature that makes her truly special at what she does and capable of guiding others on their own paths. Her quest to find meaning and purpose in her own life has led her to whole-heartedly believe in the healing power of compassion, tolerance, and human connection. Her podcast, Love Your Truth, launched in November of 2018 and it quickly climbed the iTunes top 100 chart in self-help. Guests of her show frequently comment on how skilled she is at asking the questions that lead to deeply impactful and unique interviews. She is known for asking the question behind the question. You can connect with Dr. Jenn at: Instagram:  @dr.jennchrisman Website: www.drjenniferchrisman.com  Podcast: Love Your Truth (available on iTunes) Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and on Twitter @tiffcarter4U

You know that saying, “be careful what you wish for?” I always thought that sounded so negative and anti-success mindset. Once I really started to rake in the cash, I learned the hard way what that saying was all about. You see once you achieve what so many people deeply desire (whether they are willing to do the hard work or not), you become a target for their own anger, shame, and disappointment against themselves. Plus, a certain percentage of the population are “takers” as I call them. They feel entitled to have things and life handed to them, and fully justify taking things from others, from their employers, from their friends, family, stores, the government, and so on. I’m sure you all know a “taker” or three!!! Once you are making massive cash, takers come out of every dark corner of the world, in a variety of disguises. Listen to the 4 key things I wish some someone had warned me about in making massive money. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

You know those beautiful mermaid-looking girls on social media who travel the world, and you wonder what the hell are they doing to make money? Me too! One of those yoga loving mermaids wanted to interview me on her podcast (Life Inspired), I thought, “well this will be interesting,” as I was secretly dying to know how this magical looking location-independent creature makes such a good living. I found out, this humble beautiful soul, makes hundreds of thousands a year (alongside her partner and hubby) selling other peoples products! 100% online. Oh and she has only been doing this for 2.5 years. So I had to bring her on the show for all of your to learn about affiliate marketing, how to do it, should you do it, pro and cons of doing it, and how she and her husband are crushing it. Kayla Delargy is an affiliate marketing expert who teaches others how to create a successful affiliate marketing business. She has been in the space now for 2.5 years as the Co-Founder of Kontent Kulture alongside her husband. They promote a few different offers, in terms of video content creation, a how-to marketing guide, and a video editing creation guide that she and Brandon (her hubs) have created to teach people how to master affiliate marketing.   You can connect with Kayla at: Instagram: @kayladelargy Facebook: @kontentkulture Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and on Twitter @tiffcarter4U

Yes you really can make massive cash with networking marketing…but as with everything there’s a catch. You all know I keep things very real here on ProjectME with Tiffany Carter, truly I don’t know any other way. So, I like sharing all sides of business, the fun, the sexy, and the shitty. This is the only way you can get a full perspective and make highly educated decisions for yourself. I’m a huge supporter of networking marketing as a residual income revenue stream. However, not every network marketing company is created equal, and not every human is meant to be great at network marketing. I want you to hear from someone who built an empire from scratch using network marketing. She shares exactly how she did it and what it takes to be great at it. Cayla Craft, Host of Mommy Millionaire Podcast, is a mom of three, a self-made Millionaire, and a lifestyle entrepreneur. As a California native, she went from saving lives as a nurse in the ER working from 9-5 to helping women pursue a passion for owning their own business. Her first taste of success began when she created an organization of 60k+ people for Isagenix, a company that sells health and wellness supplements. Using that business-building knowledge as a foundation, she branched out as a Business Strategist and found incomparable satisfaction from helping others achieve success. Cayla has inspired thousands of women to believe in themselves as entrepreneurs and business women. Her main goal is to help women shamelessly pursue their ambitions and grow their business to 7 figures.   You can connect with Cayla and apply to her mastermind at: Mastermind: https://www.mommymillionaire.co/mastermind/ Instagram: @cayla.craft Facebook:  @cayla.craft.7 Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany  on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany and on Twitter @tiffcarter4U

Having a dream without a visual representation is like starting a business without a clear mapped out strategy. How likely do you think a business is to succeed without a clear plan in place for growth and consistent revenue? This is a huge part of why 20% of businesses fail in their first year and 50% fail by their fifth year. Since my goal is to always set you up for success, I wanted to share my vision board practice with you before the New Year. This is my exact process I use to help manifest everything I desire in my life and business, from 5 star trips to the Greek Islands, to attracting amazing clients, to exceeding my passive income goals…all of these things manifested, and all of them were on my vision boards. Give yourself a heaping dose of abundance today, and learn the techniques that have worked for me year after year after year. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

To manifest a good parking spot is one thing, but to manifest massive goals in your business requires next level skills. So many people want to believe that you can manifest your dream business and life while chillin’ on the coach watching endless hours of reality TV, and maybe making a vision board or two. Unless you have a secret Jeannie in a bottle, it won’t work. A huge component to manifesting is taking aliened action. You have to show the universe in every way possible that you desire and deserve that very goal, and in fact it’s happening right now. Someone sitting on the couch creating vision boards doesn’t carry that same intense electrifying energy as the person who immerses themselves into taking action towards the desired goal day in and day out. Learn how I practice manifestation in my business and to generate great wealth. Please listen with an open mind; otherwise you may as well skip to a different episode. Successful manifesting requires you to believe in the process. Even if it seems far-fetched to you, believe that it is possible and you are in the learning phase of this practice. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

My motto is to be the best you must hire the best. This practice is what helped me become a multi-millionaire. I’m well aware you can only go so far on your own. So when I set out to launch my second company, ProjectME with Tiffany Carter, I knew I had to hire the best even though this was a start-up company solely funded by me, myself and I. Since I’ve done this business building thing before, I’ve learned a thing or two from making a crap ton of mistakes. One of which, is I always regret it when I base my decisions on cost versus quality. To have the best, you have to pay a premium. You can’t buy a Coach bag and turn it into a Chanel. Although Coach is a good quality bag, it will never be a Chanel. Do you want your brand to be good, superior, or the best of the best? I searched for and hired the Chanel of the branding world, Jordan Duvall, to help match my vision of ProjectME into a visual symphony. Jordan is a Soul Brand Strategist, Certified NLP Practitioner and Success Coach. With more than 20 years of experience in entertainment advertising, marketing, and photography, Jordan has worked on such campaigns as The Lord of the Rings Trilogy, Star Trek, and The Voice. She got her start as one of the three founding members of The Ant Farm print department and went on to work with such private clients as Ben Stiller and Eddie Murphy. She served as an Art Director for BLT Communications, Universal Pictures, AvatarLabs and NBC Entertainment developing unique and award-winning campaigns and won PromaxBDA awards for her work on both The Blacklist and Aquarius. Jordan combined her knowledge of marketing, branding, art direction, photography, and social media to launch her own brand to help spiritual entrepreneurs create a clear strategic roadmap and cohesive brand vision so they can elevate their brand and expand their influence. Her specialties include creative direction, photo shoots, and creating an aligned, abundant and authentic brands which produce strong ROI for her private clients and students. You can connect with Jordan Duvall at: Website - jordanduvall.com Instagram - instagram.com/igniteyoursoulbrand FB - facebook.com/igniteyoursoulbrand FB Group - facebook.com/groups/igniteyoursoulbrand/ Soul Brand Quiz - jordanduvall.com/soul-brand-quiz FREE Masterclass - onlinemeetingnow.com/register/?id=popmx65qzd Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

Let’s get down to business today and discuss a hot topic Tiffany-style. What the heck are business masterminds and should I join one?  No I’m not writing this as a self-serving post for you to join some mastermind I’ve created. The intention here to demystify this whole “mastermind” thing, so you can decide if it is something that would help you, plus what to look for and what to stay the hell away from. One of the benefits of subscribing to my podcast, ProjectME with Tiffany Carter, is I do all of the hours research for you and bring on the experts to answer your questions. Sometimes I am best expert on a subject, and when I’m not, I go seek out the best and bring them to you. I’ve had the pleasure of working with and developing friendships with many people who participated in Chris Harder’s For The Love of Money Mastermind. All of them in confidence with nothing to gain, shared their candid thoughts with me on his well-known mastermind. They raved about the connections they made, the collaborations, and it all being well worth their investment in time and money. So I knew I had to interview multi-millionaire entrepreneur and top podcast host Chris Harder, on the business and benefits of masterminding. After an 11-year career as an executive and partner in the banking industry, Chris experienced plenty of success, however he severely lacked fulfillment – and was completely burned out. Recognizing that a change needed to be made, he retired from banking in 2011 and partnered with his wife, Lori, and her brand, LoriHarder.com along with their 175,000 customers network marketing business. Chris now handles most of the business affairs and business coaching for their three multimillion dollar brands, and has found exactly the fulfillment and happiness he was seeking in a career. You can connect with Chris and apply to his mastermind at: Mastermind: http://www.fortheloveofmoney.com/mastermind Instagram: @ChrisWHarder Website www.fortheloveofmoney.com  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, health, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

Some of the most outrageous excuses I hear are from people who want to start a business but claim they don’t have the time because of their full-time job, parenting, or both. Let me be blunt with you, there is never a perfect time to start a business. There will always be a reason or season that doesn’t line up just right for you to feel safe and secure starting a company. This is why entrepreneurship isn’t for everyone. Business requires risk, but I teach strategies that minimize the risk and stress of starting a business. One method that I did my self and I now teach is the “straddling method.” This is a smart way to start a side-hustle and transition from employee to successful entrepreneur. My guest on today’s podcast episode is using my straddling method without even knowing it. She has a full-time demanding job, and she created an awesome athletic-wear line on the side. Janel Broderick is the Founder and CEO of Jot and Tittle Designs. An athletic-leisure wear brand that seeks to champion women from all walks of life as they journey to become their best-possible selves. As an extension of her own personal values, the brand donates 10% of each sale to Life for the Innocent—an organization that works with the victims of human trafficking. For 20% off your entire order! Use my exclusive discount code: projectme Janel Broderick, cheerleader-in-chief of Jot & Tittle Designs You can connect with Janel and Shop Jot and Tittle Designs at:Website: www.jotandtittledesigns.com Instagram: @jotandtittledesigns Facebook: @jotandtittledesigns Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

Holy Crap! We are only 2-weeks away from 2019. Does this give you guys’ massive anxiety? Being a hard-core Virgo boss babe, I can start spinning towards the end of the year because one, I have so many things to wrap up prior to year-end, two, because I didn’t accomplish everything I wanted to, three, I’m a spaz! So I had to learn how to manage my self effectively or I would literally spin to the point of a meltdown. Not cute at all. Thankfully I have really mastered how to assess my year and plan for 2019 without losing my sanity and in fact, having fun doing it. This lesson I’m teaching you today is my goal-reflecting and setting strategy. Full disclosure, I use certain products and tools that I find incredibly helpful for this process. You don’t have to use them, but I can tell you I’ve had 16 years of trial and error with hundreds of products. And these are my absolute favorites by far!!!! To shop the Inner Guide products I mentioned, use my exclusive code: Projectme15%off for 15% off your ENTIRE ORDER! Website: www.inner-guide.com Instagram: @innerguideplanners To shop the Desire Map visit: Instagram: @thedesiremap To apply for my customized coaching: Message me on Instagram at @projectme_with_tiffany or Facebook @projectmewithtiffany

Do you have a cool idea for a business or an invention filed away in your crazy brain that no one knows about? Or you are that person who watches Shark Tank and goes, “why didn’t I think of that?” Well I qualify for both. The thing is, ideas are the fun and easy part, which is why a majority of people have just great ideas and not a business. To take a product idea and turn it into a prototype, to then do all of the things required to turn that product into a successful business takes guts, resourcefulness, and a belief so deep that not even your mom or significant other would deter you. So if you want to learn step by step how to take an idea and turn it into a thriving business in under a year, you must listen to this interview. Yoga instructor turned inventor, Julie Westervelt is literally making thousands while she sleeps and while YOU SLEEP!. She is the Founder of Sleep Crown (@sleepcrown). Julie had a wild idea all stemming from childhood, and decided to go all in and share this unique and much needed product with the world. All of this was achieved with no business experience, little money, and no help from some Insta-famous family friend. For $10 Off and Free Shipping use my exclusive discount code: PROJECTME (expires on 12/15/18) You can connect with Julie and buy a Sleep Crown at:  www.sleepcrown.com IG @sleepcrown FB @sleepcrown Twitter @cozysleepcrown Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

While you’re dreaming about being an Instagram influencer, I’m over here making mega money. A little secret that most people don’t know and Instagram influencers don’t want you to know, is that many of them who have accounts with hundreds of thousands of followers aren’t making enough money to pay all of their bills. How do I know this? Because some of those very influencers have become my clients, and I meet many of them at various speaking events I do. It’s like they are sitting on a gold mine but can’t sell the gold for cash, so they are just sitting on a mound of the pretty shiny stuff. Truth is you don’t need a ton of followers to make money with Instagram, you need a niche, kick-ass branding, purposeful posts, and several other key elements I discuss on this episode. Time to turn that gold into cash. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

You went to school for a certain thing or you started a job and find yourself still in that same industry that bores the shit out of you five years later. You feel stuck, trapped, and suffocated, all of the symptoms of the soul sucking corporate life. There is a way out. You are there voluntarily, even if your mind has tricked you to believe otherwise. Transitioning from employee to entrepreneur is scary and a bit overwhelming even if you know exactly what business you want to create. It can be downright depressing, when you have no clue what you want to do, but you know that you don’t like your current situation. We are going to help you with all of this today. I interviewed Dani Watson, who spent years studying to be a lawyer, practiced law, and it just didn’t fulfill her. On this episode, Dani shares how she transitioned from an employee to an entrepreneur without really knowing what it is she wanted to do. Dani is the Founder of The Clique, a multiple 6-figure company that certifies new coaches; healers & spiritual teachers, helping them grow their business online.   You can connect with Dani Watson at: Instagram: @dani_watson_coaching Instagram: @we_are_the_clique Free Masterclass: www.wearetheclique.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

If you tell me you don’t have any money, I’ll gladly show you 3 ways you can start making extra cash today. Nothing irritates me more than hearing people complain they are broke or don’t have enough money, but aren’t doing a damn thing to change it. I also know, sometimes we humans get stuck when we are in a negative space and need help lifting the fog of hopelessness and overwhelm. On this episode I share the 3 things I tell people they can do to make extra cash starting right now. Believe me, there is always a way. Many people are more comfortable complaining then they are making it rain. I know my ProjectME peeps are willing to do what it takes, so I’m excited to see what ideas get sparked from listening to this money-making episode. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

CYBER MONDAY PROMO CODE: PROJECTME = 30% off entire order Website: TheCrystalBoutique.com Instagram: @thecrystalboutique Seeing countless photos of people living a #workfromanywhere lifestyle on the beaches of Bali to the comfort of their own coach, can be inspiring but it can also be defeating if it seems unobtainable, reserved for someone other than you. The truth is living a location independent lifestyle is easier now than ever in the history of mankind. It requires some creativity, confidence, and a crap ton of faith. Oh and of course a laptop, a cell phone, and a strong Wi-Fi connection. Since I get most inspired by hearing how other people changed their lives and did the big scary thing, I bring people on my podcast who not only have a great story but are willing to tell you exactly how they did it. In today’s episode, I interview Amanda Forth, the Founder and CEO of the Insta-famous The Crystal Boutique. This is a healing crystal brand for beginners and beyond that wants its customers to enjoy the beauty and benefits of crystals from their online store.   Amanda was born in CT and moved to Los Angeles after college where she worked in media, marketing and ad sales for 10 years.  She is also the "mom" and manager of one of Instagrams first famous dogs (who recently passed) named @tuskthedog.  She grew Tusk's instagram account to over 100,000 followers. After a successful career in LA, she felt as though she plateaued and decided to travel.  She bought a one-way ticket to India with no plan but to enjoy traveling, and do a yoga teacher training course.  During her three months she spent in India  - the idea for The Crystal Boutique was born and she went full force building her company from that moment.  She has since moved to Bali, Indonesia where she resides most of the year and runs her business from. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

If you make money doing something you love you will never work a day in your life. This is a well-known piece of advice that has made the quote rounds for decades. Like most advice, it’s missing the “how.” I’m sure all of you agree that making money doing something you love is #lifegoals. I’m also certain that your second thought is, “but how do I do that?” No I don’t have the exact blueprint for each of you, but I can teach how to monetize your passions. A warning, creating a winning business isn’t for the faint of heart. It will require more of you than you ever thought you could give; it will require lots of trial and error; it will require patience and heavy mindset work…but if you stick in there, the payoff will be huge! Listen and pay it forward by sharing this episode with a loved one.   Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Can you be highly successful in business and highly spiritual at the same time? Can you make massive cash as introvert who loathes networking and small talk? The short answer is of course you can. The longer answer is we were all made different, each with our own unique gifts, quirks, and talents. We were made this way for a reason, and it’s up to us and the universe to uncover our purpose and passion to share with the world. I’ve known for a long time that I was highly sensitive, intuitive, and an introvert. Being this way in the business world isn’t exactly the norm or even welcomed. So I pushed down my true self and acted like the majority to fit in. I did the extroverted dance and pretended to let everything just roll off my shoulders, and had hours and hours of small talk at business events. This left me exhausted and crabby most of the time. Once I learned to accept and embrace who I was at core, my stress level dramatically decreased and my success skyrocketed. To help show you how to create the success your deserve while honoring your unique self, I brought on the Founder and Leader of the Highly Sensitive Entrepreneur® movement, Heather Dominick. She is the winner of the 2015 Best of Manhattan Coaching Award and creator of the 2014 Stevie Award winning virtual event A Course In Business Miracles®: 21-Day Discovery Series that attracted close to 6,000 official registrants from all around the world. She has appeared on Lifetime Television and has been published in numerous books including “Stepping Stones to Success” alongside Deepak Chopra. You can connect with Heather Dominick at: Instagram: www.instagram.com/bizmiracles Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/businessmiracles/ Twitter: https://twitter.com/ACIBMs LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/businessmiracles/ Website: www.BusinessMiracles.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

Acting as if you are a success when you are broke as a joke is the definition of a total mind fuck. But this is what many famous personal development speakers tell you to do in order to achieve your goals. Truly it is where I would always get stuck. How in the hell am I suppose to have this successful mindset and behavior when I have to borrow money to pay my taxes? I didn’t grasp this whole abundance mindset thing until I was introduced to the Law of Attraction by an expert on the subject, who literally showed up in my life at the perfect time……at the gym of all places. Creating and maintaining an abundance mindset requires daily practice and it does get easier the longer you practice it, like anything else in life. I like to describe it as mind-trickery with positive intentions. If my stubborn over-analyzing mind was able to do it, I know I can help you get a millionaire mindset. First thing you gotta do is listen to this episode and be open to new ways of thinking. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

The lies we tell ourselves are truly incredible and are often dream killers. “I’m too young,” “I’m too old,” “everyone is doing this already,” “I don’t have a degree,” “I’m broke, “other people have more experience than me,” I could keep going but you get the idea here. All of these excuses are lies we tell ourselves are born out of fear. Fear of failing, fear of success, fear of looking stupid, fear of being exposed, and so on. If we latch onto any of these limiting beliefs for too long, we will end up never going after what we want in life. Playing small is not on option here on ProjectME. We weren’t put on this planet at this time to play it safe, or be stuck in a dead end job. We are meant to thrive not merely survive. So I brought on a guest who will help show you what’s possible and what a winning mindset and motivation will do for you. Leland Jones is a19 year-old who has accomplished more than most people do in their entire lives. He is a three-time published author, an international motivational speaker, and founder of the Multi-Motivation Movement. You can connect with Leland Jones at: Instagram:  @TheLelandJones Facebook:  @TheLelandJones Website: www.multimotivation.com His book series is called "A Journey with Purpose" and is available on Amazon.  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

You have potential clients all lined up and you’re feeling excited with high hopes…then meeting after meeting you get one form of “no” after another. Your high hopes have turned into deep discouragement, and you’re left wondering “am I doing something wrong?” or even worse, “should I even be doing this business anyway?” I get it, I’ve been there and it isn’t fun or pretty. It became so frustrating to me that I was determined to figure out how to turn no’s into yes’s, and so I did. This didn’t come naturally to me or easy, it’s taken me years of practice, being coached, and making awkward mistakes to learn what works and what doesn’t. Today I’m paying it forward and teaching all of you what I wish I had taught to me early on in my career. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

What is the most cutthroat, competitive, and rejection-heavy industry in the World? People who have dreams of being on the big screen have to face discouraging odds and develop “thick skin” as they say, to have even a small chance of becoming a paid actor, let alone staying “relevant” in this crazy business. Who better than to teach all of us about overcoming rejection while maintaining your confidence and composure then a Hollywood actress? I met the petite powerhouse talent Camille Montgomery while on set for a TV appearance, she was promoting her latest movie and I was on to talk about millionaire mindset, plus share some of my crazy life story. You know when you meet someone and you just know that you are going to be friends? I instinctively knew she had something special to teach me and millions of others. I mean, she is the most calming, grounded, and authentic actress I’ve met in my life, and I have met, partied with, and interviewed many. Listen, learn and be inspired to not let rejection stop you from going after your dreams, EVER!!! Camille Montgomery is an actress, known for Sick for Toys (2018), Sweet/Vicious (2016) and As Long as I'm Famous (2018). Her latest film Sick For Toys is a horror film with a Christmas theme, a true Christmas nightmare. It is available now on iTunes and Amazon. You can connect with Camille Montgomery at: Instagram: _camillemontgomery  Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/camillemontgomeryactress IMDB: http://www.imdb.com/name/nm3729357/ Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

My least favorite holiday is Halloween. I hate scary, creepy things like spiders, and skeletons, and zombies. Although I’m someone who will run away screaming at the site of cobweb, I seem to run towards the scary world of entrepreneurship. Which, by the way, is far more cringe-worthy than any horror flick. I thought a great way to celebrate Halloween without having to dress up in a weirdly inappropriate costume, would be to share my scariest stories from my 11 year journey as a business owner. After you listen, I would love it, if you would pop over to Facebook or Instagram and share one of your scary stories….be sure not to use anyone’s real name. Get ready for some jaw dropping true tales, as I’ve had some seriously crazy stuff happen. Much of which I had a part to play in it my self, you will learn some key “what not to do’s” from me on this episode. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

If you are an overachiever who is continually pushing yourself to exhaustion with an overfilled calendar and never ending to-do list, not to mention all of your responsibilities at home, this episode will help you learn how to regain your energy and maintain it. I’m very familiar with burnout; in fact, I pushed my self so hard in my work life and personal life that I ended up near death. That’s not an exaggeration. We are only human, and our bodies can only push that hard for so long, before it totally gives out. I know I’m not the only overachiever on the planet, so I brought on the woman, the expert, my wellness coach, who helped me climb out of the despair of extreme fatigue, and into a newly revised version of my self. Leanne Oaten is a Holistic Counselor and Coach, with a background and education in Applied Counseling Psychology. After working with dozens of women, she discovered that many of her clients had similar underlying issues of hormone and adrenal imbalance. They came in for depression, anxiety, exhaustion, or other challenges they were experiencing, but the common thread was crystal clear. She soon discovered that like her, the Type A overachieving women she attracted in her work, all had ingrained burnout patterns they were caught in, that had a deeper root cause. She helps women uncover and change the internal root cause of adrenal, and hormone imbalance by addressing the main stressors a woman tends to experience, including emotional stress. She works virtually with women all over the world to empower and educate them to reclaim their health and lives. 5 Day Adrenal Kickstart program leanneoaten.com/adrenalkickstart  Use code: podcast, and let Leanne know you are a ProjectME with Tiffany Carter listener. You can connect with Leanne Oaten at: Instagram: @Leanne.Oaten Podcast:  Thrive From the Inside Out Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

What would be the point of listening to my show if I didn’t share the tricks of the trade with you? A major motivation behind creating this podcast was to give you access to a multi-millionaire mind, business strategies, wealth creation, money mindset, and exclusive business and marketing secrets. So in this episode, I pull back the curtains on what millionaire entrepreneurs are doing and not doing to achieve these awesome numbers. I promise you that you will hear things that you have never heard or read before…you may not love what you hear, as I tend to not sugar coat things, but you will be enlightened, informed, and empowered. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Have you spent hours on creating a YouTube video only to get 5 viewers and no comments? Perhaps you have spent a year or even years creating videos that get little to no traction. So much time and effort without results can leave you giving up on the platform or even your brand all together. This is why I brought on my dear friend and master video content creator David Lagana. He was creating amazing content long before YouTube or Facebook existed, as a Writer for the hit show “Friends,” and the Head Writer for the most famous wrestling company in the world, the WWE. His latest project is partnering with the Smashing Pumpkins front man Billy Corgan, to create a massive worldwide brand of raving fans all through providing people with incredible content. Connect with David on social at: Twitter: @lagana Instagram: @lagana YouTube: youtube.com/nwa Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

In order to get sales, whether you have an online-based business or a physical storefront, you must drive people to your site (digital, physical, or both). This is marketing. This is also what costs companies a crap-ton of money, and what most of their budget is allocated towards. When you are a start-up or a small business, you need to be able to scale your marketing budget. One way to drive a ton of traffic to your website or store is through a strategic social media giveaway. So you the business owner are giving something desirable away in exchange for the person taking the steps needed to enter. I have created at least a hundred of these throughout my career for a variety of companies, including my own. On this episode, I will take you through the steps of how to create a successful social media giveaway that generates sales. We will also cover what not to do! Plus I share examples of my most successful giveaways that you can customize for your own business. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Yes this is the episode to download for the FREE LUXURY GIVEAWAY. Details are at the bottom of these show notes. This episode is so impactful that I created a luxury high-vibe giveaway around it, to help spread this success wisdom to as many people as possible. Creating a successful and sustainable business requires a lot of things that most of us already know, like a strong work ethic, long hours, bravery, and lots of trial and error. Many of us entrepreneurs are so focused on the ever-growing to-do list that we ignore the single most crucial component to success, a winning mindset. Niyc Pidgeon is a popular Hay House Author of the book, “Now’s Your Chance,” a positive psychologist, and an award winning entrepreneur. She has been featured in Marie Claire, Mind Body Green, Men’s Health, the BBC and many more. In the past two years she has helped 5,000 business owners create great success. One of her popular free courses is 35K in 35 days (she also shares about how she achieved this in the episode!). You can connect with Niyc Pidgeon at: Facebook: facebook.com/niycpidgeonpersonal & facebook.com/niycpidgeon  Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/niycpidge Website: http://www.niycpidgeon.com/ $35k in 35 days: https://35kin35days.com/35k-np LUXURY GIVEAWAY DETAILS: I'm giving away a pair of FREE Apple AirPods! To Enter: Follow me on either Facebook or Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany Subscribe and Download this episode of ProjectME The Podcast (link in bio) Leave a 5-Star Written Review on iTunes Winner will be announced on both Instagram and Facebook using your ITunes account name and a screen shot of your podcast review. The not-so-fine print: No purchase necessary. Void where prohibited by law. This giveaway will end on October 19 at 12:00 PM PST. Winner will be announced on or before 3:00 PM PST on October 19.  Fake or giveaway only accounts are not eligible. Open to all US residents. This giveaway is in no way sponsored, administered or associated with Facebook/Instagram or any of the brands above. By entering, entrants confirm they are 18+ years of age, release Facebook/Instagram of responsibility and agree on Facebook/Instagram’s terms of use. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.  

Typically there are two types of reactions when someone learns about the practice and laws of “manifestation.” One, is WTF that sounds like a bunch of bullshit, or two, they are willing to try it out and quickly become fascinated and obsessed with studying and practicing it. By now you can rightfully assume that I fall into the “fascinated and obsessed” category. The way I incorporate manifesting into my personal life and business is unique to me, but it works, and I have some massive proof to share with you. I have refined my manifesting skills over the last 15 years, and the more I learn and manifest the stronger my practice becomes. Whether you are a newbie to this manifesting thing, have been practicing but are stuck, or looking to further refine your practice…tune in. All I ask is that you listen with an open mind, and have some faith that I know what the hell I’m talking about…after all I am a multi-millionaire (that should count for something, LOL)! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Interested in creating your own personal brand or up leveling your current one? Give this episode a good listen. We brought on a top branding expert, and I ask her all of the questions that I know you all are dying to know. Some of her answers may surprise you! Jessica Zweig is the CEO of The SimplyBe Agency, a premiere personal branding firm based in Chicago and serving clients nationally. She was named one of the Top Digital Marketers to Watch in 2017 by INC. The SimplyBe Agency helps its clients, ranging from corporate executives to entrepreneurs to creatives, in becoming recognized industry experts and thought leaders. She speaks and facilitates workshops and masterminds, teaching the power of personal branding to corporations such as Heineken USA, Red Bull, Chicago Tribune, Virgin and BBMC Mortgage Bank. Jessica has been featured in Forbes, Crains, Chicago Tribune, Chicago Suntimes, Refinery 29, Tasty Trade, BizTech Magazine, Today’s Chicago Woman, Michigan Avenue, NBC, ABC, FOX, WTTW, WCIU, CBS and more as a leading entrepreneur and personal branding expert. She has spoken on the international stages of Mindvalley Techweek, NEOCON, LinkedIn, The United Women in Business Foundation, 1871, Microsoft and more as an expert on entrepreneurship, digital marketing and personal branding. You can connect with Jessica Zweig and contact the Simply Be Agency at: Instagram: @jessicazweig Facebook: @Jessica Zweig Fisher Twitter: @Jessica_Zweig LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jessicazweig/ Info on her upcoming Mastermind in Costa Rica, visit : https://www.jessicazweig.com  Jessica is CEO and Founder of SimplyBe. Agency. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

Stress is something everyone deals with, some of us more than others. I dealt with an anxiety disorder my entire life. So I am especially sensitive to extra stressors, it can literally make me sick. God is funny, and also gifted me with a hard-charging, ambitious personality. When you pair this personality with anxiety, plus entrepreneurship, you have an insane recipe for disaster, unless you learn to manage it carefully and closely. If you are feeling stressed and anxious, I’ve got you covered in today’s episode. I’m sharing the things I do and practice daily, to keep my stress level down. Of course if you are feeling overwhelmed and anxious to the point of hurting yourself or someone else, you need to reach out to a medical professional or therapist for help. There is nothing wrong with asking for help when life just gets to be too much. I have my therapist in my iPhone’s “favorites” list. Seriously I do. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

We all have something we are deeply passionate about, or a subject matter that lights us up; sadly very few people turn their passion into a business. Our guest on this episode went for it, with the driver being, to help other women be unapologetically selfish with their self-care, in order to live a more beautiful life for themselves and their families. Liz Carlile, is a Mom, a blogger, a Certified Nutrition Health Coach, and a podcast host. Through her brand Motherhood Unstressed, Liz built a 6-figure business helping other women and moms reclaim their health and lives. Now, Liz is expanding her business and launching her own line of CBD supplements, which will be available to ship nationally. You can get more info on CBD and her products at www.motherhoodunstressed.com. You can connect with Liz and Motherhood Unstressed on social at: Instagram: @motherhoodunstressed Podcast: Motherhood Unstressed Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

What scares most business owners and marketing professionals in the online world are Facebook Ads. If you have ever attempted at setting them up before, you are nodding your head right now. Facebook is incredible platform, but their business manager platform for creating ad campaigns isn’t user friendly, and steers many people to just give up on it. I have been doing Facebook advertising since they first introduced it years ago; with close to a million dollars in ad spend for dozens of clients, ranging from multi-billion dollar companies to start-up businesses. Almost everyday, I’m walking a client through the Facebook ad process, or creating their campaigns for them. Allow me to share some secrets to success I’ve learned over the years, through trial and error, many ‘ad fails,’ and mega wins! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

This is a success story that you must hear. Truly a journey filled with actions that only 1% of people would have the guts, gumption, and drive to take. Learn how James went from being a poolside server in Vegas, to a highly paid motivational speaker and coach, in a short period of time.  I guarantee you will feel fired up and ready to take elite action after listening to these two. James and Amanda Silvas are college sweethearts and now business partners. They are experts at doing what it takes to constantly rise to the next level, while helping others do the same. Their obsession is teaching others how to step into their own one percent. They   built Be That 1% into a six-figure business from nothing except a 'mantra' and a dream of what it could be if they put their unique minds together. They now host multiple events, coaching programs, and produce the popular Be That 1% Podcast.   You can learn more about James and Amanda Silvas, along with Be That 1% at: http://www.bethatonepercent.com Instagram: @bethatonepercent Instagram: @james_silvas Instagram: @doit_likeyou Their upcoming Be That 1% live event is in Las Vegas on October 27-28th. You can learn more about the event and buy tickets on their website at http://www.bethatonepercent.com. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Doing business in 2018 and beyond requires you to have a digital footprint. For many business owners, this can lead to major overwhelm. Not knowing what is most important to do first, a website, Instagram, a Facebook Group, a podcast, and so on. Whether you are taking your business online or you are starting an online-based business, you will want to hear my top 5 startup tips to help simply this process. When it comes to digital marketing, there is so much noise out there on what is best to do and what not to do, that it can make your head spin and worse, lead to analysis paralysis. Plus, the last thing I would want is for you to go hire people without having a clear digital plan in place. You could easily lose ten of thousands of dollars hiring people to do things, which you really don’t need yet, if ever! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

If you are human, and I assume you are, then I bet it’s safe to say that you have wondered what your purpose is; in this thing we call life. Some of us are blessed to know our purpose, some of us know it and are afraid to act on it, and some struggle to find it. Whichever category you fall into, I strongly encourage you to listen to this episode. I had a HUGE “ah ha” moment, while listening to my guest’s answer to a question about making money while following your purpose. I don’t want to give it away, so you will have to listen. Dr. Erin Fall Haskell (“Dr. Erin”) lives in Los Angeles and is the creator and host of Good Morning LaLa Land.  America's first live-streaming daily talk show focusing on good news, inspiration, and positivity.   Dr. Erin is a doctor of divinity, new thought minister, international best-selling author, transformational speaker, and mother. She is the author of Awakening: A 40-Day Guide to Unleashing Your Spiritual Powers, Life’s Purpose, and Manifesting Your Dreams! Her mission is to awaken a billion people globally to their divinity while teaching them how to reprogram their subconscious, align with their personal truth and universal laws, and create a daily spiritual practice.  Dr. Erin mentors people one-on-one on a body, mind, and spiritual level. She believes that when someone awakens, they naturally have a gift and message to bring to the world. After many years of working with a wide range of clients; from top celebrities to single mothers, her programs are now available to everyone. She believes that the route to happiness and fulfillment is not just knowing the truth, but living the truth! You can learn more about Dr. Erin and her programs by visiting: www.ErinFallHaskell.com  Claim your 30 free guided meditation by visiting www.drerin.tv Get your free digital course when you purchase the book by visiting www.erinfallhaskell.com/awakeningbook  Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

What is one thing all businesses have in common, including non-profits? They all require sales! Yup even churches. Donation dependent non-profits SELL tickets to galas, dinners, raffle tickets, bake sales, in order to raise funds to keep their businesses running and their ability to serve those in need. Accounting firms SELL to get more highly qualified clients. Without my highly refined sales skills, I wouldn’t have multi-millionaire status. On this episode, I teach you the basic foundation of my proven Emotional Based Sales Techniques. I developed and refined these techniques over 17 years of being personally involved in more than 100 million dollars worth of sales transactions. These techniques work for low-ticket and high-ticket offers, both online and in-person. Let me know what you think, and leave a written review in iTunes. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Wondering how the hell people grown their businesses to 7-figures, well it isn’t as complicated as you may think. If we allow our minds to takeover, so many limiting beliefs and excuses will crop up and sabotage your dreams before you have even taken the first step. Like, “I don’t have the time, I’m raising kids,” or “I don’t know how to do X, Y, or Z.” This is why I brought on long-time entrepreneur, Lori Kennedy. She’s a single mom of two who scaled her business to a million dollars. Lori breaks down how she did it, including her mistakes, and how she recovered from them. Lori Kennedy provides professional training for health practitioners looking to build and grow their businesses online. Lori’s two foundational programs The Wellness Business Academy and the Launch It Like a Boss Mastermind are growing a powerful community of health leaders who are transforming the way healthcare is done all over the world. She is also the host of The Business of Becoming Podcast for entrepreneurs who want to build the business and life of their dreams… all on their own terms. She is offering a free guide: Creating a High Converting Lead Magnet thewbh.com/leadmagnetguide Connect with Lori at: Website: thewellnessbusinesshub.com Instagram: instagram.com/lorikennedyinc The Business of Becoming Podcast: thewbh.com/podcast Free Facebook Group - Take Your Health Practice Online: thewbh.com/tyhpo-fb Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Entrepreneurship can be exhilarating and exhausting. If you aren’t carful, it can damn near flat line you. I know, as my insane schedule, my running monkey mind, and my mismatched priorities lead me into a major health crisis that I couldn’t brush off. Now, 2.5 years later, I operate much more efficiently and effectively than ever. This allows me to make more money, while working less, while maintaining great health and energy. In order to sustain this new way of operating, I had to make some major adjustments in my life. This episode is for all of you who are heading towards burnout or feel like you are already there. It is for those of you who tend to say, “yes” to everything and everyone except for yourself. I’m hoping for it to be a wake up call, or even a giant warning sign that things needs to change in your life. Without our health and energy, it doesn’t matter how much money we are making, or how nice of a home we live in, or how fast our business is growing. If you want to maintain your success and actually enjoy it, then give this episode a listen and pass it on to someone who puts everything and everyone ahead of themselves. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

So many people dream of writing a best-selling book, having a TV show, speaking all over the world, impacting millions of lives…..but few actually turn theses dreams into reality. Even fewer achieve all of the above and then some. In today’s episode, I interview a powerhouse woman who has done it all. She candidly and humbly shares how she made it all happen. Dr. Shellie Hipsky is the CEO of Inspiring Lives International, Editor-in-Chief of Inspiring Lives Magazine, Founder and President of The Global Sisterhood Nonprofit, and International Best-Selling Author of Common Threads Trilogy. Dr. Shellie Hipsky dedicates her life to empowering women globally to achieve their dreams. She began Inspiring Lives Magazine—now nationally available—to focus on positive stories and spotlight people, especially women, who overcome the odds, help others, and do amazing things for the world. The crown jewels of her 11 published books, Dr. Shellie’s international best-seller Common Threads trilogy, is based on 100 interviews from her Empowering Women Radio show. Dr. Shellie also created the non-profit   The Global Sisterhood and remains at the helm as president, guiding the charity to provide support for women and girls toward achieving their dreams and goals. As an entrepreneur, Dr. Shellie has been lauded with Entrepreneur of the Year in Inspiration and Empowerment, the Women of Achievement Award, Best Woman in Business, and VIP Woman of the Year, among other awards. She has graced the covers of over 15 magazines. A former tenured professor of Ph.D. students at a private university, she stepped out of traditional academia and made the world her classroom by teaching business and non-profit leaders with her EmpowerU Master Class and from the stage in front of thousands from the United Way Powerful Connections for Women to University of Oxford in England. Dr. Shellie truly believes that “Inspiration is just a story away!” You can hear Dr. Hipsky speak live in Los Angeles at, Passions to Profits, Sept 13-16th in Hollywood, California. You can connect with Dr. Hipsky via social at: Dr. Shellie Hipsky Insta: @Dr.Shellie Twitter: @DrShellieHipsky Facebook: @InspiringLivesMagazine Website: www.InspiringLivesMagazine.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

As a former TV newscaster for NBC and CBS, I have been approached in every way possible with people, publicists, and companies trying to get publicity for their business, brand, or cause. On this episode, I cut through the crap, to share with you exactly how to approach news outlets to get media attention, and what to absolutely NOT DO. You can hire an expensive publicist, but unless that person was a former journalist, producer, or editor….they really don’t know how we think and operate. So I’m going to tell you. Get your pen and paper ready….so we can get you some free publicity. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

While everyone is hyper-focused on Instagram followers and Facebook ads, Rachel Ngom put her energy into Pinterest, and it is paying off to the tune of hundreds of thousands of dollars for her company, She’s Making an Impact. Now Rachel teaches other business owners how to use Pinterest to generate traffic and sales. On this episode, we discuss all sorts of Pinterest tips, and how she created a 6-figure business with no money, no team, and while living in Europe. You can connect with Rachel via social at: https://www.pinterest.com/rachelngom/ https://www.facebook.com/rachelngombiz/ https://www.instagram.com/shesmakinganimpact/ https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCw-moStPkCsqcZ4Vf1flYWQ Also, she has a killer freebie vault, packed with valuable info: https://rachelngom.clickfunnels.com/vault-freebie17960803 Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

If you are struggling to figure out how to build an amazing Facebook group, or how to create a live in-person event, where droves of people show-up and walk away feeling wowed, you need to listen to this episode. PLUS, A special party invite from Badassery Magazine, if you live in the Los Angeles area or in SoCal, you are invited to their party on August 24, 2018. All of the details are on this link http://badasserymag.com/la-party. ProjectME listeners get a ticket discount by using the code: projectme. I booked this dynamic duo on my podcast after attending one of their live events in Chicago. As a busy entrepreneur and an introvert, I’m highly selective about the events I attend, and I rarely last more than 45 minutes. These two ladies made me  (a complete stranger) feel so welcome and connected, that I stayed 2 hours! I had to learn their secret party sauce. Samantha Parker (Instagram @badasserymag) is the co-founder of Badassery Magazine and the co-host of the Badassery Podcast. She’s ridiculously passionate about living a life of true Badassery, by definition, rendering all onlookers as awestruck. Badassery Magazine is more than just a magazine and Samantha supports a global community of female entrepreneurs who live bold, passion filled lives. Kathy Rasmussen is the co-founder of Badassery Magazine and the co-host of the Badassery Podcast. She can truly see the gift in others when they can’t. Kathy is an idea-cultivating machine and can strategically birth your idea to life. When she’s not busy connecting other entrepreneurs with fabulous experiences, you can find her being featured on NowThis, Bold TV, numerous interviews and podcasts. Kathy is passionate about owning who you are and stepping into the spotlight just as you are. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Michelle Weinstein, also known as “The Pitch Queen,” teaches entrepreneurs how to sell without being or feeling sleazy. She teaches her clients how to have empowered sales conversations, own their value and worth, and skyrocket their top-line revenue. On this episode, Michelle takes us through her 5-part PITCH sales method, step by step. I have to say, as someone who has been involved in well more than 100 million dollars worth of sales transactions, her method is simple yet spot on. You can sign up for her “Sell Without Sleaze” course at thepitchqueen.com You can connect with Michelle on any of her social pages:  facebook  |  instagram  |  linkedin  |  twitter  |  youtube Plus she has a great podcast, check it out: Success Unfiltered podcast. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Everyone has the ability and the right to make lots of money doing something you love. This is no prize for grinding away at a job you hate day in and day out, regardless of how much they are paying you. In fact, it’s selfish to stay in that space. How we make money is how we spend a majority of our time, and if you hate what you do to make money, you will be a miserable person to be around. Even if you think you are faking a happy face. Allow me to help you easily figure out how to make great money doing something you love. Download this episode, and grab a pen and paper…this will blow your mind how simple this process really is. Stuff doesn’t have to be complex to be of high value, in fact, simple sells and complex repels. When was the last time you enjoyed learning something epic the hard way? EXACTLY!!! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

For those of you who don’t know, I’m a proud bulldog mommy (to Molly) and I’m obsessed with all things bulldog. Therefor, I follow maaaaaany bulldog accounts on Instagram. My absolute fav one is @mabel_thebully, and Reece Witherspoon shares the same love for Mabel as I do!!! In this episode, I interview professional photographer Sarah Bridgeman, she shares how one photo of her bulldog Mabel went viral, and lead to 11k followers at lightening speed. Sarah shares how she proactively and creatively engaged A-list celebrity Reece Witherspoon, who now regularly likes Mabel’s posts and has even shared some. You can connect with Sarah on Instagram @sjbridgeman. Head over and say hi to her Insta-famous bulldog @mabel_thebully. Seriously, the cutest dang pictures you have ever seen. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

Don’t you just cringe when you hear about some celebrity or sports star that was once worth tens of millions going bankrupt? Like how do they spend all of that money so quickly?!!! Well it has nothing to do with their money. In this episode I will tell you why. The first thing I teach my clients is the connection between self-worth and net-worth. Without self-worth, you will remain at a low net-worth, or stuck financially at a level you aren’t happy in. I know this first-hand as I lost three-quarters of my entire net-worth, my hard-earned life savings and investments, within three months. I spent years digging through what happened, meeting with therapists, business coaches, and multi-millionaire friends of mine. It all came down to my broken self-worth and limiting beliefs that were buried deep inside. In this episode, I share the exact strategy I used to re-develop my sense of worth, and how this ProjectME Method has helped hundreds of people turn their financial lives around for the best. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

This episode is packed with valuable money making and wealth building strategies and tips. Our guest took her knack for numbers and created a highly successful business and brand out of it. She shares how she got the idea, and what she did to make her vision a reality. Brittney Castro, CFP®, CRPC®, AAMS®, is the Founder and CEO of Financially Wise Women. She is also the Chase Slate Financial Education Ambassador. For those of you interested in becoming brand ambassadors, Brittney shares in detail on how she landed these lucrative partnerships. You can connect with Brittney, plus get great free tips on her social pages: www.instagram.com/brittneycastro www.facebook.com/financiallywisewomen www.twitter.com/brittneycastro www.youtube.com/brittneycastro If you are interested in working with Brittney and Financially Wise Women, you can sign up for a free discovery session at https://www.financiallywisewomen.com/work-with-brittney. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

If you have always wanted to attend a Tony Robbins event, or are just curious about this billionaire entrepreneur energy powerhouse, then you will appreciate my candid insider experience of Unleash the Power Within (UPW) Chicago. For those of you who are already fans or have seen him speak, I guarantee you will get a good laugh and major validation from my personal accounting of this crazy experience. Basically I said WTF at least a thousand times over the course of this 4-day event. There were WTF amazing moments, WTF mind-blowing moments, WTF surreal moments, and just general Tiffany Carter style WTFs. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffa

If you are looking to grow your Instagram or other social media accounts organically, then you must download this episode. We also discuss in detail, how to increase engagement with your target audience. Plus, popular mistakes people are making online, preventing you from growing your desired social following. Our guest, Analiese Ross is the Founder and President of AMR Digital Marketing. AMR is a full service social media-marketing agency. They work with start-ups and small/medium sized businesses to grow their following, build a community around their brand, and establish them as influencers in their industry!  You can find Analiese and her top notch team on Instagram @amr_digital or visit their website at amrdigitalmarketing.com to schedule a complimentary consultation! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

Figuring out all of the things to market a business online these days is enough to cause a migraine. It can be especially intimidating if you aren’t tech savvy, or get a rash anytime you have to learn a new platform or program. The last thing I would want is for you to hold back on starting, or up leveling your business, because you were overwhelmed with the idea of digital marketing. In this episode, I share the proven digital marketing hacks I use to get the job done. I explain everything in a non-techy way, since I’m not one. I would prefer to come up with new way to make more money while I sleep, then geek out on learning another new platform. Helpful resources mentioned in this episode: ritetag.com hashtagify.me hootsuite.com calendy.com If you got something good out of this episode, please leave a written review. These reviews allow us to keep producing this show as a free high-value resource for all of you. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

Lynda D’Amico is the Co-Founder and VP of InnerGuide, LLC. A unique brand of both daily and goal focused planners, which empower people to achieve their dreams through strategic exercises on mindset, inner awareness, and action setting techniques. The InnerGuide planners are my new favorite success tool! You can buy them at: Website: inner-guide.com  (Join our e-list!) Amazon: https://amzn.to/2MXbEcM Join their InnerGuide Community on: Facebook Page: facebook.com/InnerGuidePlanners/ Facebook Group: InnerGuide Support Group for Success: facebook.com/groups/innerguidesupport/ Instagram: instagram.com/innerguideplanners/ Some of their top selling products are: The InnerGuide Yearly Planner (two editions) Our academic planner (July 2018–June 2019). Great for teachers and students. The January–December 2019edition. This will be available late August. We’re really excited about the new content and beautiful new cover designs we are offering in this edition. The InnerGuide Undated Planner. For those that prefer an undated planner, our new edition will be available on our website in late August. inner-guide.com/yearly-planners/ The Life Coach in-a-Book: A 90-Day Challenge That Gets Results! Designed to act like your personal life coach. A structure for success! inner-guide.com/product-category/90-day/ InnerGuide Teleseminars: Visit our Events tab on inner-guide.com for a list of upcoming events and live teleseminars. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Every single one of us gets caught up in our crazy mind. If we don’t have a disciplined mindset practice to manage this monkey mind, it can sabotage all of goals and certainly our mood.  Learning how to maintain an abundance or wealth-based mindset is critical to sustained success. I had no clue what #moneymindset even was for most of life, and therefor at a certain point I lost ¾ of my net-worth. Yup, I nearly lost all of the money I worked so hard to create and save. In this episode, I am sharing some simple and straightforward millionaire mindset practices to give you the tools you need to achieve your dreams. If you already practice some mindset work, you will still learn something new I guarantee you that! As each person who has successfully practiced this work daily for years, develops their own unique tweaks and tricks. If you got something good out of this episode, please leave a written review. These reviews allow us to keep producing this show as a free high-value resource for all of you. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

This episode is filled with tips and examples on how to best manage that inner critic we all have living in our minds. Our guest Brittney Jarrett, shares her own experience battling anxiety and depression, to the point of suicidal thoughts. You will hear how this incredible young woman is using her pain as her platform to change thousands and eventually millions of lives. Brittney is the current Miss California, Woman of Achievement. Competing for Nationals in August 2018. She founded My Inner Critic, three years ago from her bed, while in the throws of severe anxiety and depression. She decided to turn her pain into her passion for helping and inspiring others living with mental illness.  She is also a Hollywood Journalist, writing for “Inspiring Lives Magazine,” interviewing inspirational women who are making a difference in the world. You can connect with Brittney Jarrett directly via social at:  Instagram: @brittney.jarrett Twitter: @My_Inner_Critic To join the My Inner Critic support community visit: Website: www.MyInnerCritic.com Instagram: @My_Inner_Critic Facebook: www.facebook.com/myinnercriticofficial Brittney Jarrett’s Facebook: facebook.com/BrittneyJarr3tt For more information on “Inspiring Lives Magazine,” including where to buy and subscribe visit: Facebook: facebook.com/inspiringlivesmagazine Instagram: @Inspiring.Lives.Magazine Website: inspiringlivesmagazine.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

You know the saying, “you are what you eat?” Well I have another one, “your habits will predict your future earnings.” One of the primary behaviors that separate successful people from unsuccessful people is consistency. Broke people do certain things consistently that keep them broke. Wealthy people do certain things consistently that keep them wealthy, and their bank accounts growing. In this episode, I share 3 of my key daily success habits, which help me generate more and more money, year over year. I’ve noticed that many of my habits are shared between other multi-millionaire and billionaires. Mine are custom tailored to my wealth, health and worth goals. This episode inspired me to create another freebie for you guys. So on my website www.projectmewithtiffany.com I will soon publish a full detailed list of my daily and weekly success habits, that lead me to multi-millionaire status. If you got something good out of this episode, please leave a written review. These reviews allow us to keep producing this show as a free high-value resource for all of you. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Nichole Sylvester (find her online at www.nicholesylvester.com) Or on social: Instagram: @nicholesylvester Facebook: Nichole Sylvester  YouTube: Nichole Sylvester  In this interview, Nichole intimately shares how she went from a life filled with intense abuse and addiction, to having a total spiritual transformation. She went from making $10/hour as a struggling Mother, to now running a multiple 6-figure business, sharing her story, and guiding other women to ‘shift’ their own lives. You can read her riveting life story in her best selling memoir, “Oh Shift, a Journey from Chaos to Consciousness” direct from her website or on Amazon. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Gayl Walder (find her online at gaylwalderyoga.com) Gayl is an ERYT certified yoga instructor, teaching at prestigious wellness clubs and centers, like Equinox. She’s also a Mother of 4, and a survivor of multiple serious surgeries, after learning she carries the BRCA breast cancer gene. In this interview Gayl shares her best practices for managing intense stress, both physical and emotional. Her inspirational story is one so many of us can relate to; the consequences of giving to everyone except ourselves. She has an innate ability to get people “unstuck,” and her mission is to help as many people as possible reclaim their strength and self-care, becoming as she says, “unfuckwithable.” Coupon code for ProjectME the Podcast with Tiffany Carter listeners is   August 31 CODE : GAYL5 For $5 off your order *expires August 31st Be sure to check out Gayl’s website for special workshops coming soon. gaylwalderyoga.com Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Listen to this episode if you want to start a business or up level your current business, but don’t have the money to make it happen. One of my common phrases is, “there’s always a way.” I’m sharing exactly what I have done when I needed extra cash to grow my business, and advice I’ve shared with clients over the years. If money is your main obstacle, then this episode is designed for you! Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

My greatest lessons came from my biggest mistakes. None of them were fun at the time, but they each served a major purpose. One of those, is now I can share those mistakes with you, which will save you time, money (lots of money), legal drama, and sleepless nights. I want to give you the knowledge, the wisdom, the support that I wish I had during my entrepreneurial journey and career. Whether you are a business owner, want to start a business, or are in a corporate job, this advice will apply. One of my biggest keys to success is my ability to listen and learn from other successful people. Wouldn’t you rather learn the easy way, then the hard way? Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Rachel Olson (find her online at www.shesgonebananas.com) Rachel is the Owner of the custom baking business She’s Gone Bananas. She’s also a mom, a wife, and still holds a full-time job. In this interview, Rachel shares how she turned her passion for baking into a business. Like many of you, she had to start this business on the side, her motivation and determination is contagious. “The real drive here is hustle and passion and I like nice things, LOL. In all seriousness, I just want to inspire people.  I want people to at least try and if they fail, at least they can say they tried.  I've failed a lot, I've tried multiple businesses.  I even claimed for years and years that I wasn't a baker and now look at me!  Once I stopped listening to the people telling me "I can't" and listened to my calling it all clicked.” You can also connect with Rachel via Facebook at www.facebook.com/shesgonebananas. Instagram @shesgonebananas. As promised in the episode, Rachel’s unique “must have” cleaning products can be bought at http://rachelolson.norwex.biz/.  

If only there were podcasts when I started my business! If only I had someone sharing their best tips and worst mistakes….it would have saved me a ton of time, money, and headaches. This is why I created this episode: 5 Things I Wish I Knew Before Starting My Business. I want to give you the knowledge, the wisdom, the support that I wish I had during my entrepreneurial journey and career. Whether you are a business owner, want to start a business, or are in a corporate job, this advice will apply. One of my biggest keys to success is my ability to listen and learn from other successful people. Wouldn’t you rather learn the easy way, then the hard way? Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany. 

Cortney Cribari (follow her on Instaram @cortneycribari) is a former corporate banking consultant from Montana turned  Los Angeles healthy lifestyle expert, cookbook author, and entrepreneur. "The Naked Confidence Cookbook" Now Available On Amazon! Using the combination of her passion, personal story, practical experience and professional expertise, it is her mission to help transform those who are struggling with food, motivation, health, finances and self-belief by giving them practical tools that can be applied immediately so they can live happier, healthier and wealthier lives. Cortney has a deep passion for health, fitness and living her dreams. From doing a fitness commercial shoot for a national brand in Los Angeles, to teaching people how to burn fat and eat right, to private celebrity training and workouts; and building residual income she is known to many as their personal coach and mentor. 

If you are not making money while you are sleeping, you will never gain significant wealth. In this episode, I share the low-down on generating cash, while you lay down. Plus, I give you the 101 on this amazing thing called “passive income.” Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.

If you are hating office life, and drool with envy over people who have that #workfromanywhere lifestyle, then this episode and ENTIRE PODCAST is exactly what you need! I believe our stories, our mistakes, and our lessons, are designed to teach others a better way, an easier way. Today I share my story on how I transitioned from being an employee to entrepreneur. I share the awesome things I did, and the mistakes I made, and how I corrected them. Welcome to ProjectME the Podcast with your host Tiffany Carter, who takes the mystery out of making BIG money. A former NBC and CBS TV journalist, turned multi-millionaire entrepreneur, teaching you all things wealth, worth, and business. You can follow Tiffany on Instagram @projectme_with_tiffany or on Facebook @projectmewithtiffany.